diff options
| author | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 02:47:12 -0700 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 02:47:12 -0700 |
| commit | 6b9d935793217378ae72fd9888ab322875cb86ee (patch) | |
| tree | c89c8191b92cebbeec07f2214744ba0885801110 | |
| -rw-r--r-- | .gitattributes | 3 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29286-8.txt | 6241 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29286-8.zip | bin | 0 -> 126268 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29286-h.zip | bin | 0 -> 365891 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29286-h/29286-h.htm | 7930 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29286-h/images/img-130.jpg | bin | 0 -> 48141 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29286-h/images/img-cover.jpg | bin | 0 -> 95691 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29286-h/images/img-front.jpg | bin | 0 -> 45095 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29286-h/images/img-title.jpg | bin | 0 -> 47008 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29286.txt | 6241 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 29286.zip | bin | 0 -> 126206 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | LICENSE.txt | 11 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | README.md | 2 |
13 files changed, 20428 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/.gitattributes b/.gitattributes new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6833f05 --- /dev/null +++ b/.gitattributes @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +* text=auto +*.txt text +*.md text diff --git a/29286-8.txt b/29286-8.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..cc49e31 --- /dev/null +++ b/29286-8.txt @@ -0,0 +1,6241 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Noble Deeds of the World's Heroines, by +Henry Charles Moore + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Noble Deeds of the World's Heroines + +Author: Henry Charles Moore + +Release Date: July 1, 2009 [EBook #29286] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK NOBLE DEEDS--WORLD'S HEROINES *** + + + + +Produced by Al Haines + + + + + + + + + + +[Illustration: Cover art] + + + + + +[Frontispiece: 'YOU SHALL NOT KILL MY MISTRESS UNTIL YOU HAVE KILLED +ME!'] + + + + +[Illustration: Title page] + + + + + +Noble Deeds of the + +World's Heroines + + +By + +HENRY CHARLES MOORE + + + + +_WITH COLOURED ILLUSTRATIONS_ + + + + +LONDON + +THE RELIGIOUS TRACT SOCIETY + +4 Bouverie Street & 65 St. Paul's Churchyard + +1903 + + + + +PREFACE + +In these pages I have tried to show how women, old and young, in many +ranks of life, have proved themselves in times of trial to possess as +much courage and daring as men. Some of these 'Brave Women' died for +their Master's sake, whilst others, in His cause, passed through dire +peril and grievous suffering. All of them counted not their lives dear +unto them, so long only as they might do their duty. I have designedly +omitted many familiar heroines in the hope of winning attention for +some whose deeds have been less widely recognised. + +H. C. M. + + + + +CONTENTS + + +I. BRAVE DEEDS OF RESCUE BY WOMEN + + ALICE AYRES AND THE UNION STREET FIRE + GRACE BUSSELL AND THE WRECK OF THE GEORGETTE + CATHERINE VASSEUR, THE HEROINE OF NOYEN + MARY ROGERS, AND THE WRECK OF THE STELLA + MADELEINE BLANCHET, THE HEROINE OF BUZANÇAIS + HANNAH ROSBOTHAM AND THE CHILDREN OF SUTTON SCHOOL + +II. BRAVE DEEDS OF WOMEN IN THE MISSION FIELD + + JANE CHALMERS; ALONE AMONGST CANNIBALS + ANNA HINDERER, AND THE GOSPEL IN THE YORUBA COUNTRY + ANN JUDSON ) + SARAH JUDSON ) PIONEER WOMEN IN BURMA + OLIVIA OGREN, AND AN ESCAPE FROM BOXERS + EDITH NATHAN ) + MAY NATHAN ) MARTYRED BY BOXERS + MARY HEAYSMAN ) + MARY RIGGS AND THE SIOUX RISING + +III. BRAVE DEEDS OF WOMEN IN WAR-TIME + + MARY SEACOLE, THE SOLDIERS' FRIEND + LAURA SECORD, A CANADIAN HEROINE + LADY BANKES AND THE SIEGE OF CORFE CASTLE + LADY HARRIET ACLAND, A HEROINE OF THE AMERICAN WAR + AIMÉE LADOINSKI AND THE RETREAT + LADY SALE AND AN AFGHAN CAPTIVITY + ETHEL ST. CLAIR GRIMWOOD AND THE ESCAPE FROM MANIPUR + THREE SOLDIERS' WIVES IN SOUTH AFRICA + +IV. BRAVE DEEDS OF SELF-SACRIFICE AND DEVOTION + + ELIZABETH ZANE, A FRONTIER HEROINE + NELLIE AMOS, A FRIEND IN NEED + ANNA GURNEY, THE FRIEND OF THE SHIPWRECKED + GRIZEL HUME, THE DEVOTED DAUGHTER + LUCY HUTCHINSON, A BRAVE WIFE + LADY BAKER, AN EXPLORER'S COMPANION + + + + +I + +BRAVE DEEDS OF RESCUE BY WOMEN + + +ALICE AYRES AND THE UNION STREET FIRE + +'FIRE! FIRE!' + +It was two o'clock in the morning when this cry was heard in Union +Street, Borough, London, and the people who ran to the spot saw an oil +shop in flames, and at a window above it a servant girl, Alice Ayres, +screaming for help. Some rushed off to summon the fire-brigade, but +those who remained feared that before it could arrive the place would +be gutted. + +'Jump! jump!' they shouted, and stretched out their coats to break her +fall. But instead of jumping Alice Ayres disappeared from the window. +There were other people in the house, and she was determined not to +seek safety for herself until she had made an attempt to save their +lives. + +Hurrying to the room where her master, mistress, and one child slept, +she battered at the door, and awakening them warned them of their +danger. Then through smoke and flames she sped back to her own room, +where three children slept in her charge. She gave one look out of the +window, but the firemen were not yet on the scene. + +'Jump! jump!' the crowd shouted. + +But Alice Ayres ignored the entreaties, for she had determined to save +the children or die in the attempt. Her first idea was to tie two +sheets together and lower the children one by one; but, finding that +the sheets would not bear their weight, she dragged a feather bed to +the window and dropped it into the street. Willing hands seized it and +held it out, expecting her to jump; but she disappeared again, +returning, however, a moment or two later, with a little white-robed +child in her arms. Holding her at arms' length out of the window, she +glanced down at the bed, and seeing that it was ready, dropped her. A +tremendous cheer from the crowd told her that the little one was safe. + +Then she snatched up the second little girl, but the poor mite was +terrified, and throwing her arms around Alice's neck cried piteously, +'Don't throw me out of window!' So tightly did the child cling to her +that Alice had great difficulty in getting her into a proper position +to drop her on to the bed, but she succeeded at last, and another loud +cheer from the crowd announced that she had saved two lives. + +Scarcely five minutes had elapsed since the fire broke out, but the +contents of the shop were such that the flames spread at a fearful +rate, and the onlookers knew that if Alice Ayres did not jump quickly +she would be burned to death. + +'Jump! jump!' they shouted excitedly. + +But there was a baby lying in the cot, and back Alice Ayres went, +brought it safely through fire and smoke to the window, and dropped it +out. She had saved three lives! + +Weakened by the heat and the smoke, Alice Ayres now decided to leap +from the window, and the anxious people in the street watched her in +silence as she climbed to the window sill. She jumped, but her body +struck one of the large dummy jars above the front of the shop and +caused her to fall head foremost on the bed, and then topple over on to +the pavement with a sickening thud. Quickly and tenderly she was +lifted on to a shutter and carried into a neighbouring shop, where +medical aid was soon at hand. + +In the meanwhile the firemen had arrived. They had come as soon as +they were called, but they arrived too late to save the other three +inmates of the house from perishing in the flames. + +But the interest of the crowd was centred in the condition of Alice +Ayres, and as she was being removed to Guy's Hospital there was +scarcely a man or a woman present whose eyes were not filled with +tears. Many followed on to the hospital, in the hope of hearing the +medical opinion of her condition, and before long it became known that +she had fractured and dislocated her spine, and that there was no hope +of her recovery. + +Alice Ayres died at Guy's Hospital on Sunday, April 26, 1885, aged 25, +and at the inquest, when her coffin was covered with beautiful flowers +sent from all parts of the land, the coroner declared that he should +not be doing justice to the jury or the public, did he not give +expression to the general feeling of admiration which her noble conduct +had aroused. In the hurry and excitement of a fire there were few who +had the presence of mind to act as she had done, or who would run the +risks she had for the sake of saving others. He deeply regretted that +so valuable a life, offered so generously, had been sacrificed. + +In the Postmen's Park, which adjoins the General Post Office, there is +a cloister bearing the inscription, 'In Commemoration of Heroic +Self-Sacrifice.' Within it are tablets to the memory of heroes of +humble life, and one of the most interesting of these is that on which +is inscribed:--'Alice Ayres, daughter of a bricklayer's labourer, who +by intrepid conduct saved three children from a burning house in Union +Street, Borough, at the cost of her own young life. April 24, 1885.' + + + + +GRACE BUSSELL AND THE WRECK OF THE GEORGETTE + +The steamer Georgette had sprung a leak while on a voyage from +Fremantle to Adelaide, and the captain knew that there was little hope +of saving his ship. But there were forty-eight passengers, including +women and children, and to save these and the crew was the great desire +of the captain. The ship's lifeboat was lowered, but this too was in a +leaky condition, and the eight persons who put off in it were drowned +before the eyes of their friends on the Georgette. + +Seeing, soon, that there was absolutely no hope of saving his vessel, +the captain decided to run her ashore, hoping by that means to be able +to save all aboard her. The vessel grounded some 180 miles south of +Fremantle on December 2, 1876; but she was some distance from the +shore, and it seemed to the captain that no boat could pass through the +surf which would have to be crossed to reach land. He swept the coast +through his glass, but not a house or human being could he see, and he +gave up all hope of receiving help from the shore. + +A boat was launched, but it had scarcely quitted the steamer's side +when it capsized, and before the crew could right it and bring it back +to the ship an hour had elapsed. Once again it was lowered, but it +capsized again in two and a half fathoms of water, and the women and +children who escaped drowning clung to the overturned boat, and called +to those aboard the steamer to save them. But help did not come from +that quarter. + +Grace Bussell, the sixteen years old daughter of an English settler who +lived some twelve miles from the point opposite to which the Georgette +had gone ashore, was riding through the bush, accompanied by a native +stockman, and coming out towards the edge of the cliff saw the steamer +in distress, and witnessed the overturning of the small boat. +Horrified at the position of the poor people on the upturned boat, she +moved her horse forward and descended the steep cliff. + +It was a terribly dangerous act, for had the horse slipped both beast +and rider would have fallen to certain death. Behind her, on his own +horse, rode the stockman, which of course made the danger greater. + +But Grace Bussell made nothing of the danger she was undergoing, her +sole thought being to reach the drowning people as quickly as possible. +The passengers and crew of the Georgette, watching her with a strange +fascination, expected every minute to see her fall and be killed. To +their astonishment she reached the beach in safety, and rode straight +into the boiling surf. The waves broke over her, and it seemed +impossible that she would ever reach the upturned boat and rescue the +exhausted people clinging to it. Once the horse stumbled, but Grace +was a skilful rider and pulled him up quickly. + +As she drew near to the boat, closely followed by the stockman, hope +revived in the hearts of the shivering women and children clinging to +it, and when at last she was alongside every mother besought her to +take her child. Quickly she placed two little ones before her on the +saddle, and grasping hold of a third she started for the shore. The +stockman, with as many children as he could hold, rode close behind her. + +The journey outward had been difficult and dangerous, but now that her +horse was carrying an extra load it was infinitely more so. However, +she proceeded slowly, and although on one or two occasions they were +nearly swept away they reached the beach in safety. + +Having carefully placed her living load on dry land, she rode again +into the raging sea. Her progress was slower this time, but she +returned to shore with children on her saddle and women clinging to her +skirt on each side. + +Drenched to the skin and exhausted by the buffeting of the surf, Grace +Bussell might have pleaded that she had not the strength to make +another journey, but again and again, accompanied by the stockman, she +rode out into the dangerous sea, and not until four hours had passed, +and the last passenger was brought ashore, did she take a rest. + +Hungry, tired, and shivering with cold, she sank to the ground; but she +soon noticed that many of those whom she had saved were more exhausted +than she, and that unless food and warm clothing were given them +quickly they would probably die. + +So, rising from the ground, she mounted her dripping horse and galloped +off towards home. The twelve miles were covered quickly, but on +dismounting at her home Grace fainted, and it was some time before her +anxious parents could discover what had caused her to be in such a +drenched and exhausted condition. + +When at last she told the story of the shipwreck her sister got +together blankets and food and rode off to the sufferers, whom she +carefully tended throughout the night. At daybreak Mr. Bussell arrived +with his wagon, and conveyed the whole party to his home, where they +remained tenderly nursed by mother and daughters for several days. +Mrs. Bussell, it is sad to say, died from brain fever brought on by her +anxiety concerning the shipwrecked people whom she had taken into her +house. + +Grace Bussell's bravery was not allowed to pass unnoticed. The Royal +Humane Society presented her with its medal, and a medal was also +bestowed upon the stockman who had accompanied his mistress down the +steep cliff and on her many journeys to and from the upturned boat. + + + + +CATHERINE VASSEUR, THE HEROINE OF NOYEN + +A terrible accident had occurred in one of the streets of Noyen. The +men engaged in repairing a sewer had, on finishing their day's work, +neglected to take proper precautions for the safety of the public. +They had placed some thin planks across the opening, but omitted to +erect a barrier or to fix warning lights near the hole, with the result +that four workingmen, homeward bound, stepped on the planks and fell +through into the loathsome sewer. + +An excited crowd of French men and women gathered round the hole, but +no one made any effort to rescue the poor fellows. Soon the wives of +the imperilled men, hearing of the accident, ran to the spot, and with +tears in their eyes begged the men who were standing round the opening +to descend and rescue their husbands. + +But not a man in the crowd was brave enough to risk his life for his +fellow-men. They would be suffocated and eaten by rats, was their +excuse, and the frantic entreaties of the poor wives failed to stir +them to act like men. Women were crying and fainting, men were +gesticulating and talking volubly, but nothing was being done to rescue +the poor fellows from the poisonous sewer. + +But help came from an unexpected quarter. Catherine Vasseur, a +delicate-looking servant girl, seventeen years of age, pushed her way +to the front, and said quietly, 'I'll go down and try to save them.' + +It seemed impossible that this slightly built young girl could rescue +the men, but her willingness to make the attempt did not shame any of +the strong fellows standing by into taking her place. All they did was +to lower her into the dark, loathsome hole. On arriving at the bottom +she quickly found the four unconscious men, and tying the ropes round +two of them gave the signal for them to be hauled up. + +The few minutes' work on the poisonous atmosphere was already telling +upon her, and finding herself gasping for breath she tied a rope around +her waist, and was drawn to the surface. The women whose husbands she +had saved showered blessings upon her, and the other two implored her +to rescue theirs. She replied that she would do so if possible, and +having regained her breath she again descended. + +A third man was rescued, but before she could attend to the fourth she +felt herself becoming dazed. She decided to go to the surface again, +and return for the fourth man when the fresh air had revived her. It +was necessary that she should be drawn up quickly, but the rope which +had been tied around her waist had become unfastened, and it was some +minutes before she found it. When she did find it she was too +exhausted to draw it down to tie around her. For a few moments she +tugged at the heavy rope, but could not draw it lower than her head. + +There seemed to be no escape for her, when suddenly a bright idea +occurred to her--she undid her long hair and tied it to the rope. Then +she gave the signal to haul up. + +Cries of horror and pity burst from the onlookers when they caught +sight of the brave girl hanging by her hair, and apparently dead. +Quickly untying her, they carried her into the fresh air, where she was +promptly attended to by a doctor, who eventually succeeded in restoring +her to consciousness. She received the praise bestowed upon her with +the modesty of a genuine heroine, and was greatly distressed at having +been unable to save the fourth man. The poor fellow was dead long +before his body was recovered by the sewermen, for none of the men who +had witnessed Catherine Vasseur's heroism had been brave enough to +follow her example. + + + + +MARY ROGERS AND THE WRECK OF THE STELLA + +It was at 11.25 on the morning of Thursday, March 30, 1899, that the +steamship Stella left Southampton for Guernsey with 140 passengers and +42 crew aboard. Most of the passengers were looking forward to +spending a pleasant Easter holiday at Guernsey or Jersey, but a few +were natives of the Channel Islands returning from a visit to England. + +For the first two hours the voyage was uneventful, but at about 1.30 +the Stella ran into a dense fog. The ship's speed was not reduced, but +the fog-horn was kept going. There is nothing more depressing at sea +than the dismal hooting of the fog-horn, and it is not surprising that +some of the ladies aboard the Stella became nervous. These Mrs. +Rogers, the stewardess, in a bright, cheery manner endeavoured to +reassure. + +Mary Rogers' life had been one of hard work and self-denial. Eighteen +years previous to the Stella making her last trip Mary Rogers' husband +had been drowned at sea, and the young widow was left with a little +girl two years old to support; and a few weeks later a boy was born. +To bring her children up carefully and have them properly educated +became Mrs. Rogers' chief object in life, and to enable her to do this +she obtained her position as stewardess. + +Her experience of the sea had been slight, and for five years after +becoming stewardess she scarcely ever made a trip without being +sea-sick. Many women would have resigned the appointment in despair, +but Mary Rogers stuck to her post for the sake of her children. Ill +though she might herself be, she always managed to appear happy, and to +attend promptly to the requirements of the lady passengers. When at +last she was able to make a voyage without feeling sea-sick, her +kindness to the ladies in her care became still more noticeable. In +foggy or rough weather her bright, sympathetic manner cheered the +drooping spirits of all who might be ill or nervous. At night she +would go round, uncalled, and if she found any lady too nervous to +sleep she would stay and talk to her for a time. + +Only a few months before the Stella's fatal trip, a lady passenger +assured Mrs. Rogers that her bright, cheery sympathy had done much to +make her trip pleasant. 'Well, you see, ma'am,' Mrs. Rogers replied, +'I don't believe in going about with a sad face, and it is such a +pleasure when one can help others.' + +At this time Mrs. Rogers' prospects were very bright. Her children, +whom she declared 'any mother might be proud of, they are so good,' had +grown up, and her daughter was to be married in the summer. In three +years her son would finish his apprenticeship to a ship-builder, and it +was settled that then she was to retire from sea-life and live with her +daughter, continuing, as she had done for several years, to support her +aged father. But the days to which she was looking forward with +pleasure she was never to see. + +For two hours the Stella ran through the dense fog on this fatal March +30, and at about ten minutes to four the captain was under the +impression that the Casquets lay eight miles to the east. But suddenly +they loomed out of the darkness, and almost immediately the Stella +struck one of the dreaded rocks. Instantly the captain saw that there +was no hope of saving his ship. + +'Serve out the life-belts!' 'Out with the boats!' 'Women and children +first!' were the orders he shouted from the bridge. + +Mrs. Rogers did not for a moment lose her presence of mind, and by her +activity many women were saved who would in all probability never have +reached the deck. The ladies' saloon was long, but the door was +somewhat narrow, and being round an awkward corner there would have +been a fearful struggle to get through it, had a panic arisen. But +Mrs. Rogers, by her calmness and promptitude, prevented anything +approaching a panic, and got her passengers quickly on deck. + +To all who had not provided themselves with them she gave life-belts, +and then assisted them into the boats. The last boat was nearly +full--there was room for only one more--and the sailors in charge of it +called to Mrs. Rogers to come into it. + +Before attempting to do so she took a last look round, to see that all +the ladies were gone, and saw that there was one still there, and +without a life-belt. Instantly Mrs. Rogers took off her own, placed it +upon her, led her to the boat, and gave up her last chance of escape. +But the sailors who had witnessed her heroism did not wish to pull away +without her. + +'Jump, Mrs. Rogers, jump!' they shouted. + +'No, no,' she replied, 'if I get in, the boat will sink. Good-bye, +good-bye.' + +Then raising her hands to heaven she cried, 'Lord, have me!' and almost +immediately the ship sank beneath her. + +Seventy lives were lost in the wreck of the Stella, and the news of the +terrible calamity cast a gloom over the Easter holidays. An inquiry +was held to determine the cause of the ship getting out of her course, +but the result need not be mentioned here. One thing that soon came to +light was the story of Mary Rogers' heroism, which sent a thrill of +admiration through all who heard it. + +Her well-spent life had been crowned with an act of heroism, and her +memory is deserving of more than the tablet which has been placed in +the Postmen's Park. + + + + +MADELEINE BLANCHET + +THE HEROINE OF BUZANÇAIS + +The Red Republicans had risen. The factories and private residences of +the wealthy inhabitants of Buzançais were in flames, and owners of +property, irrespective of age and sex, were being dragged from their +hiding-places and murdered. + +For some months it had been rumoured that the Red Republicans, +aggrieved at the high price of bread, intended to rise and kill all who +possessed wealth; but the people of Buzançais paid no attention to +these rumours, and were consequently unprepared to defend themselves +when, on January 14, 1853, the rising occurred. Had they banded +themselves together, they could have quelled the riot, but, taken by +the surprise, the majority sought safety in hiding. + +Meeting with no resistance, the Red Republicans pushed through the +town, leaving behind them a trail of fire and blood, and came at last +to a big house where lived Madame Chambert and her son. + +Madame Chambert was a kind old lady, and generous to the poor; but the +Red Republicans, inflamed by wine which they had stolen from various +houses, forgot her good deeds, and remembered only that she was +wealthy. And because she was wealthy they were determined to kill both +her and her son. + +Madame Chambert and her son were in the drawing-room when the +infuriated mob burst into the house. It was useless to attempt to +drive them out, as all the servants, with the exception of Madeleine +Blanchet and a man, had deserted them. At last the armed mob, their +blouses stained with blood and wine, rushed into the drawing-room +hurling insults at the poor old lady, and charging her with crimes +which she had never committed. + +Madeleine Blanchet fainted on hearing her mistress so grossly insulted, +but the man-servant rushed at the ringleader and knocked him down. The +half-drunk murderers were eager to kill the Chamberts at once, plunder +the house, set light to it, and pass on; but as they stepped forward to +kill the old lady her son fired his gun and killed one of them. + +The whole mob now rushed at Monsieur Chambert, who escaped from the +room, but was caught before he could find a hiding-place, and hacked to +death. + +In the meanwhile Madeleine Blanchet had recovered consciousness, and +going to her mistress, whom she had served for nine years, she hurried +her from the room to seek a place of safety. But in the hall they came +face to face with the murderers returning from committing their latest +crime. 'Death! death!' they shouted, and attempted to strike the old +lady, but Madeleine Blanchet, with one arm around her waist, received +the blows intended for her. + +'Go, go, my poor girl!' Madame Chambert murmured. 'I must die here. +Go away.' + +But Madeleine Blanchet refused to leave her, and shouted to the +cowardly ruffians, 'You shall not kill my mistress until you have +killed me!' + +Still parrying the blows aimed at her mistress, she implored the men +not to be such cowards as to kill a helpless old lady. This appeal and +her devotion to her mistress touched the hearts of two of the Red +Republicans, who declared that the old lady should not be killed while +they could strike a blow in her defence. Guarded by these two men, +Madeleine Blanchet carried her mistress to a neighbour's house, where a +hiding-place was found for her. + +Assured that her mistress was safe from further molestation, Madeleine +Blanchet hurried back to the house, which the rioters were looting, and +saved many treasures from falling into their hands. This dangerous +self-imposed task she performed several times. + +The Red Republicans' reign at Buzançais was terrible, but it was short. +Scores of them were arrested, and Madeleine Blanchet was one of the +witnesses for the prosecution. She told of the attack upon her +mistress's house and the murder of her young master, but not a word did +she say concerning her own bravery. The President of the Court had, +however, heard of it, and was determined that her heroism should not be +unknown because of her modesty. + +'We have been told,' he said to her, 'that you defended your mistress +with your body from the blows of the murderers, and that you declared +that they should kill you before they killed your mistress. Is that +true?' + +Madeleine replied that it was, and the President, after commending her +for her bravery and devotion to her mistress, declared that if there +had been twenty men in Buzançais with the courage she had shown, the +rioters would have been quickly dispersed and the terrible crimes +averted. The story of Madeleine Blanchet's heroism spread rapidly +throughout France, and the Academy made a popular award, when it +presented her with a gold medal and five thousand francs. + + + + +HANNAH ROSBOTHAM AND THE CHILDREN OF SUTTON SCHOOL + +On October 14, 1881, a gale raged throughout England, and in all parts +of the country there was a terrible destruction of lives and property. +Round our coasts ships were wrecked, and the number of lives lost at +sea on that day was appalling, while on shore many people were killed +by the falling of trees, chimney-pots and tiles. + +In Sutton, Lancashire, the gale raged with tremendous fury, and the +children in the local National School, frightened by the roaring and +shrieking of the wind, could pay little attention to their lessons. +Hannah Rosbotham, the assistant mistress, was in charge of the school, +the head mistress being absent through ill-health. She was very +popular among her pupils, and knew them all intimately, having herself +lived all her life in the village, and having been educated at the +school in which she was now a teacher. She calmed the more timid of +her pupils, and endeavoured to carry on the school as if nothing +unusual were happening outside. + +While she was teaching the bigger children, the infants (little tots of +three and four) were sitting in the gallery at the further end of the +room in the care of a pupil teacher. Over this gallery was the belfry, +a large stone structure. It had weathered many a storm, but none had +equalled this gale. Suddenly about 11 o'clock Hannah Rosbotham was +startled by a loud rumbling, grinding noise, and almost at the same +moment a portion of the belfry crashed through the roof and fell in +pieces upon the poor little children in the gallery. + +Immediately there was a stampede. The pupils and the pupil teachers +rushed terror-stricken into the wind-swept playground, every one +anxious for her own safety. But Hannah Rosbotham did not fly from the +danger; she thought only of the little children in the gallery. The +air was filled with dust, but she groped her way to the gallery +staircase, which was littered with stone, wood and slates. Hurrying up +she found, to her great joy, that many of the little ones had escaped +injury. Some were crying, but others sat silent and terror-stricken, +gazing at the spot where several of their little friends lay buried in +the ruins. + +Having hurried out the children who had so wonderfully escaped injury, +she set to work to rescue those who lay injured. And the magnitude of +the task which lay before her may be realised from the fact that +sixteen-hundredweight of belfry-ruins had fallen through into the +gallery. Quickly and unaided Hannah Rosbotham tore away the timber, +stone and slate that were crushing the little sufferers, whose pale +faces and pleading voices filled her heart with anguish, but gave +strength to her arms. As she knelt tearing away with her bare hands +the mass of ruins, fragments of stone and slate fell continuously +around her, and she knew that at any moment she might be struck dead. +The gale was still raging, and as she glanced up through the hole in +the roof she saw the part of the belfry which had not yet given way. A +continuous shower of fragments fell from it, but if the remaining +portion were blown down simultaneously, she and her infant pupils would +be crushed to death. + +Working with tremendous energy she set free one by one the terrified +young prisoners. Some were very little hurt, and were able to hurry +away into the playground, but there were others who had been severely +injured, and these she had to carry away. + +At last her task was done, and happily without any serious results to +herself. Although she had been throughout her brave work surrounded by +danger she escaped with nothing more serious than a few scratches. + +When she came into the playground with the last of the children she had +rescued, she found that the villagers had arrived on the scene. They +had heard of the accident, and had come to seek their children, and +having found them alive they joined in showering praise and blessings +upon Hannah Rosbotham. Now that all danger was over the brave young +schoolmistress--she was only twenty years of age--broke down and cried +hysterically, but before long she was calm again, and started out to +visit at their homes the little ones whom she had saved. + +Such bravery as Hannah Rosbotham had shown could not of course escape +recognition. The Albert Medal was presented to her on January 11, +1882, and later the Managers of the Sutton National School gave her a +gold watch, on which was inscribed their appreciation 'of her +courageous behaviour in rescuing the school-children during the gale of +October 14, 1881, that destroyed the roof of the school, and for which +act of bravery she has been awarded the Albert Medal by Her Majesty.' + + + + +II + +BRAVE DEEDS OF WOMEN IN THE MISSION FIELD + + +JANE CHALMERS + +ALONE AMONGST CANNIBALS + +Alone among cannibals! One can scarcely imagine a more terrifying +experience for a white woman. No matter how friendly people around +might be, the knowledge that they were by long habit cannibals, whose +huts were adorned with human skulls, would be sufficient to strike +terror to the heart of the bravest. One woman is known to have +experienced this trying ordeal, and she was a missionary's wife. + +In the life of that noble missionary, James Chalmers,[1] we get +glimpses of a woman who was indeed a heroine, and who had the +unpleasant experience of being left for a time, without any white +companions, in the midst of cannibals. This was Jane Chalmers the +martyr-missionary's first wife. + +Jane Hercus was married to Chalmers in October, 1865, and in the +following January they sailed for Australia on their way to the South +Sea Islands. At the very outset of their missionary career danger +assailed them. A gale sprang up in the Channel, and for a time it was +believed that the ship and everyone aboard her would be lost. +Providentially, however, their vessel weathered the storm, although so +much damaged that she had to put into Weymouth, and remain there a +fortnight for repairs. On May 20 they arrived in Adelaide, and in +August sailed from Sydney for the New Hebrides; but while approaching +Aneiteum, to land some passengers, the ship struck an unseen reef, and +could not be got off until some days had elapsed. Temporary repairs +were made, and with men working at the pumps day and night the ship +slowly made her way back to Sydney. After six weeks' enforced stay at +Sydney, Jane Chalmers and her husband made another start for their +destination, which, however, they were not to reach without further +danger. + +On January 8 the ship struck on a reef which surrounds Savage Island, +and became a total wreck, but happily, without loss of life, as the +passengers and crew managed to get off in the boats. They reached +shore in safety, but although Jane Chalmers was ill for some time, +neither she nor her husband were discouraged. + +Six weeks after the wreck of the ship, Mr. and Mrs. Chalmers left on a +schooner for Samoa, and during the voyage Mrs. Chalmers' health +improved. After a six weeks' stay at Samoa Chalmers and his wife +sailed for Rarotonga, and on May 20, 1867, arrived there. In that +beautiful island Mr. and Mrs. Chalmers settled down at once to work. +'The natives,' Mrs. Chalmers wrote, 'have to be treated in all things +more like children at home than men. They soon get weary and +discouraged in any work, but a few words of praise or encouragement put +fresh spirit within them.' Missionaries had laboured at Rarotonga +before the arrival of the Chalmers, and the work was not exactly the +type which James Chalmers desired. He longed to be a missionary to the +heathen; but it was not until he had spent ten years at Rarotonga that +his desire was gratified by his being appointed to New Guinea, then a +comparatively unknown land, the people of which were savages of the +most degraded type. + +At Dunedin, where the Chalmers stayed for a time, Mrs. Chalmers was +frequently urged to remain behind until her husband was settled in his +new home. 'No,' she replied on every occasion 'my place is by my +husband's side.' And so this brave woman, in spite of the +protestations of her friends, went forth with her husband to live among +cannibals. The first native who spoke to Mrs. Chalmers on their +arrival at Suau was wearing a necklace of human bones, and wishing to +be gracious to her, this same cannibal offered her later a portion of a +man's breast ready cooked! Signs of cannibalism were to be found +everywhere, and the chief's house in which the Chalmers took up their +residence until their own was built, was hung with human skulls. Such +sights as Jane Chalmers witnessed were bad enough to appal any woman, +but she bore up bravely, and was soon busy learning the language from a +young warrior, whom, in return, she taught knitting and tatting. Both +she and her husband made friends quickly, and some of their new +friends, intending to please them, invited the missionary and his wife +to a cannibal feast. + +Nevertheless, it was not long before the Chalmers were in great danger +of losing their lives. The vessel which had brought them to New Guinea +was still standing off the island, and the natives, in an attempt to +capture it, had one of their number killed. For this they demanded +compensation from Chalmers, who, of course, was in no way responsible +for the man's death. Chalmers promised to give them compensation on +the following day, but the natives demanded that it should be given +immediately, and departed very sulkily when their request was refused. +Later in the day a native warned Chalmers that he, his wife, and his +teachers from Rarotonga had better get away to the ship during the +night, as the natives had decided to murder them early in the following +morning. Chalmers told his wife what the native had said, and added, +'It is for you to decide. Shall we men stay, and you women go, as +there is not room enough for us all on the vessel? or shall we try all +of us to go? or shall we all stay?' + +'We have come here to preach the Gospel and do these people good,' Mrs. +Chalmers replied. 'God, whom we serve, will take care of us. We will +stay. If we die, we die; if we live, we live.' + +Then the teachers' wives were asked if they would like to go aboard the +ship, but their answer was that whatever Mrs. Chalmers did they would +do. Therefore it was decided that they should all stay. + +During the night the little band of Christians could hear the war-horn +calling the natives together, and the shouts of the cannibals as they +came in from all parts. + +In the meanwhile Mr. and Mrs. Chalmers had made up in parcels the +compensation which they intended to offer the people; but when, at four +o'clock in the morning, the chief arrived to make a last demand he +declared that they were not sufficient. + +'If you will wait till the steamer comes I may be able to give you +more,' Chalmers said, 'but at present I cannot.' + +'I must have more now,' the chief declared, and departed. + +The attack was now expected every minute, but hour after hour passed +and the natives did not re-appear. At three o'clock in the morning +Chalmers turned in, but he had not long been asleep when his wife +discovered the cannibals approaching. Chalmers, aroused by his wife, +ran to the door and faced the savages. + +'What do you want?' he asked. + +'Give us more compensation,' the leader replied, 'or we will kill you +and burn the house.' + +'Kill you may, but no more compensation do I give,' Chalmers answered. +'Remember that if we die, we shall die fighting.' + +Then Chalmers took down his musket and loaded it in sight of the +cannibals, who, having seen the missionary shoot birds, feared his +skill. They withdrew and discussed what to do. For about an hour and +a half the band of Christians waited for the attack to be made. Many +of them were, naturally enough, much distressed at the thought of being +killed and eaten, but throughout this trying time Jane Chalmers +remained calm, assured that whatever might happen would be in +accordance with God's will. + +But the Chalmers' life-work was not yet ended. The chief of the +village decided that they should not be killed. 'Before this white man +came here with his friends I was nobody,' he said to the men who had +assembled from other parts of New Guinea. 'They have brought me +tomahawks, hoop-iron, red beads and cloth. You have no white man, and +if you try to kill him, you kill him over my body.' + +It would have been only natural if Jane Chalmers, after the experiences +she had undergone, had decided that she could no longer live at Suau; +but no such thought ever entered her head. Some months later she did +as not one woman in a million would have done--remained for six weeks +among cannibals with not another white person in the place. + +Her husband sailed away to visit the native preachers at other +villages, but she remained behind because she did not think it right +that they should both leave their Rarotongan teachers so soon after the +disturbances already described. The natives promised Chalmers, before +he departed, that they would treat her kindly; and although the +temptation to kill and eat her must often have been great, they kept +their promise. But nevertheless she knew that her life might be ended +at any moment, and it is easy to imagine her feelings when, one night +as she was preparing for bed, she heard a commotion outside the house, +men and women shouting and screaming loudly. One of the teachers went +out to discover the meaning of the uproar, and returned with the +comforting news that there was an eclipse of the moon, and that the +natives were alarmed because they believed it would cause many of them +to die. + +The cannibals were very proud of having taken care of Mrs. Chalmers, +and received with a conviction that they had well earned them, the +presents and thanks which her husband, on his return, bestowed upon +them. At the same time Mrs. Chalmers' pluck in remaining among them +made a great impression on the cannibals, and caused them to have more +confidence than ever in the missionaries. + +But although Jane Chalmers was as full of courage and faith as when she +arrived at Suau the trials and excitement of the life she had led there +began to impair her health. Nevertheless, she did not complain, and +when the mission at Suau was established on a sound footing she +accompanied her husband on a voyage along the coast to visit places +where a white man had never yet been seen; but eventually it became +plain to herself and her husband that she needed rest and nursing. +Accordingly she sailed for Sydney, to wait there until her husband +could follow and take her to England. But they never met again. The +doctors at Sydney pronounced her to be suffering from consumption, and +held out little hope of her recovery. She, however, was very hopeful, +and believed that before long she might be able to return to her +husband at New Guinea. But this was not to be, and this heroic woman +passed away before her husband's arrival. + + + +[1] _James Chalmers, his Autobiography and Letters_, by Richard Lovett, +M.A. (Religious Tract Society.) + + + + +ANNA HINDERER, AND THE GOSPEL IN THE YORUBA COUNTRY + +'The White Man's Grave' and 'No White Man's Land' are the ominous names +that have been bestowed on several unhealthy countries where Europeans +have been compelled to reside; but there were none, fifty years ago, +more deserving of being so described than Ashantee, Dahomey, and the +Yoruba country. Nothing but the prospect of growing rich rapidly would +persuade a white man, unless he were a missionary, to live in any of +those countries, and a European woman was almost unknown there. + +One of the first white women to risk the dangers of the Yoruba climate +was Anna Hinderer, to whom belongs the honour of being the first of her +colour to visit Ibadan. It was not, however, a mere visit that she +paid to this unhealthy West African town; for seventeen years she lived +there with her husband, devoting herself almost entirely to educating +the native children. + +Her mother died when she was five years old, and it was probably owing +to her own childhood being sad and lonely that Anna Martin, afterwards +Mrs. Hinderer, early in life began to take an interest in the welfare +of poor and neglected children. In 1839, when only twelve years of +age, she went to live with her grandfather at Lowestoft, and soon made +two lifelong friends. They were the Rev. Francis Cunningham, Vicar of +Lowestoft, and his wife, who was sister of that noble Quakeress, +Elizabeth Fry. The friendship began by Anna Martin asking Mrs. +Cunningham to be allowed to take a Sunday School class. She feared +that being only twelve years old her request would not be entertained, +but to her great joy it was granted at once. A little later she went +to live with the Cunninghams, and was never so happy as when assisting +in some good work. When only fourteen years of age she started a class +for ragged and neglected children, and eventually she had as many as +two hundred pupils. Many other schemes for the happiness of children +were suggested by her, and, with the aid of Mr. and Mrs. Cunningham, +successfully carried out. + +Anna Martin had long wished to be a missionary when she made the +acquaintance of the Rev. David Hinderer, who had returned to England +after labouring for four years in the Yoruba country, which stretches +inland from the Bight of Benin almost to the Niger Territory, and is +bordered on the west by Dahomey. Anna Martin was deeply interested in +all that Mr. Hinderer told her of his little-known land, where lived +some three million heathen, broken up into many tribes, but speaking +one language. Before long the missionary asked Anna Martin to become +his wife, and on October 14, 1852, they were married at the old parish +church of Lowestoft. + +Seven weeks after their marriage Mr. and Mrs. Hinderer started for +Africa, and arrived at Lagos on Christmas Eve. Mrs. Hinderer had +suffered greatly from sea-sickness throughout the voyage, and three +weeks after her arrival at Lagos she had her first attack of African +fever. It was a sharp one, and left her very weak, but as soon as she +was sufficiently strong to travel they started in canoes for Abeokuta. +This was indeed a trying journey for a young woman who had been +accustomed to the comforts of a well-to-do English home; but she had, +of course, made up her mind to bear hardships in her Master's service, +and whether they were sleeping in a village or in a tent pitched by the +river-side, with fires lighted to keep wild beasts at a distance, she +made no complaint. Sometimes she was home-sick, but these natural fits +of depression soon passed away. + +On arriving at Abeokuta Anna Hinderer had another severe attack of +fever, which, as she stated in her diary, edited many years later by +Archdeacon Hone, and published with the title _Seventeen Years in the +Yoruba Country_, left her so weak that she could hardly lift her hand +to her head. Her husband was also down with fever; a missionary with +whom they were staying died of it; and, a few weeks later, another +missionary passed suddenly away. A more gloomy beginning to a young +worker's missionary career there could scarcely have been, but Anna +Hinderer was far from being disheartened, and was eager to reach their +destination. + +At last they arrived at Ibadan. Mr. Hinderer had made known that he +was bringing her, and when the news, 'the white mother is come,' spread +through the village, men, women and children rushed out to see her. +Very few of them had ever seen a white woman, for, as already stated, +Anna Hinderer was the first to visit Ibadan, and their curiosity was +somewhat embarrassing. They followed her to her new home, and for days +hung about in crowds, anxious to catch a glimpse of her. + +The mission-house was not an attractive or comfortable place. It +consisted of one room, 30 feet by 6. Anna Hinderer had to exercise her +ingenuity in making it appear homelike. How she managed to do this we +gather from the following extract from a letter written by Dr. Irving, +R.N., who visited Ibadan shortly after they had settled down:-- + +'Mr. and Mrs. Hinderer at present live in such a funny little place; +quite a primitive mud dwelling, where no two persons can walk abreast +at one time. And yet there is an air of quiet domestic comfort and +happiness about it that makes it a little palace in my eyes. It is +unfortunate, however, for my temples, for in screwing in at one door +and out at the other, forgetting to stoop at the proper time, my head +gets many a knock. At one end, six feet square, is the bedroom, +separated from the dining-room by a standing bookcase; my bedroom is at +one end of this, formed by a sofa, and my privacy established by a +white sheet, put across for a screen at bedtime.' + +In a very short time Anna Hinderer became popular with the women and +children, and set to work to learn the language. The boys being eager +to learn English she would point to a tree, pig, horse, or anything +near by, and the youngsters would tell her the Yoruba name for it. In +return she told them the English name. But long before she had +acquired anything like a useful knowledge of the language she managed +to make the women and children understand that Sunday was a day of +rest, and was delighted to see that many of them followed her example +and gave up their Sunday occupations. The women were indeed deeply +attached to her. If she looked hot they fanned her, and whenever they +saw that she was tired they insisted upon her sitting down. When she +had an attack of fever they were greatly distressed, and constantly +inquiring how she was progressing. + +Having at last acquired a fair knowledge of the Yoruba language, Anna +Hinderer started a day school for children, and to nine little boys who +were regular in their attendance she gave a blue shirt each, of which +they were immensely proud. A little later she prevailed upon a chief +to allow his two children to come and live with her. One was a girl +six years of age, and the other her brother, two years younger. +Throughout the day the little ones were very happy, but towards evening +the girl wanted to go home. She was evidently frightened, and was +overheard saying to her brother, "Don't stay. When it gets dark the +white people kill and eat the black." Both, then, ran off home, but +returned the following morning. A few days later the boy, in spite of +his sister's warnings, stayed all night. The girl left him in great +distress, and at daybreak was waiting outside the mission-house, +anxious to see if he were still alive. Her astonishment on finding +that he had been treated as kindly after dark as during daylight was +great. + +It was no easy task to manage a school of native children, but, +nevertheless, the experience she had gained among the Lowestoft +children made the task lighter than otherwise it would have been. +'Happy, happy years were those I spent with you,' she wrote to Mr. +Cunningham, 'and entirely preparatory they have been for my work and +calling.' She managed to impress upon her dusky little pupils that it +was necessary to wash more than once or twice a week, and that they +must keep quiet during school and service. + +One day while her husband was preaching he referred to idols, and +quoted the Psalm, 'They have mouths, and speak not.' No sooner had he +said this than Mrs. Hinderer's boys burst into loud laughter, and +shouted, in their own language, 'True, very true.' + +Soon after their temporary church--a large shed covered with palm +leaves--had been completed and opened there came a period of trial. +Mrs. Hinderer's horse stumbled and fell upon her, and although no bones +were broken she found later that she had received an injury which +troubled her until her death. No sooner had she recovered from the +shaking she had received, than her husband had a bad attack of fever. +It was believed that he would die, but she nursed him day and night, +and eventually had the great joy of seeing him recover. But soon she +was seriously ill. Inflammation of the lungs set in, and for a time +her life seemed to be drawing to a close, but she recovered, and was +before long once more at work among the women and children. + +It was about this time that Mrs. Hinderer wrote to her Lowestoft +friends:--'You will not think me egotistical, but this I do think, if I +am come to Africa for nothing else, I have found the way to a few +children's hearts, and, if spared, I think I shall not, with God's +blessing, find it very difficult to do something with them. My boys +that I have now would never tell me an untruth, or touch a cowry or +anything they should not. This is truly wonderful in heathen boys, +brought up all their lives, hitherto, in the midst of every kind of +deceit.' + +After a stay at Abeokuta for the benefit of her health, Anna Hinderer +returned to Ibadan, to find the new church and mission-house finished. +The natives had taken great interest in the building of the +mission-house, and, soon after the Hinderers' return, the head chief, +accompanied by his wives and a host of attendants, came to see it. +They received a cordial welcome, but so many people swarmed into the +house that Mr. Hinderer began to fear it would collapse, and had to +keep out scores who wished to enter. The chief found much to amuse him +in this European-furnished house, and was immensely amused when for the +first time he saw himself in a looking-glass. His wives were shown +round by Mrs. Hinderer, and arriving at the bed-room they pointed to a +washstand and asked its use. For reply Mrs. Hinderer poured out some +water and washed her hands. Now the chief's wives had never before +seen soap, and to dry their hands after washing was a proceeding of +which they had never heard; therefore each became anxious to there and +then wash their hands in European fashion. Water was splashed about +the floor and wall, and when they wiped their hands the indigo dye from +their clothes ruined the towel. + +Anna Hinderer, although frequently in bad health, continued her work +among the children with unabated enthusiasm, and in November, 1885, she +had the joy of seeing eight of them baptized. Two months later the +state of her health made it imperative that she should proceed to Lagos +for a rest. Her husband accompanied her, but both were eager to get +back to their work, and were absent for only a few weeks. But during +that short time much had happened at Ibadan. The natives had begun to +persecute the converts, and some had forbidden their children to attend +the church or mission-school. + +One girl who refused to give up attending church was shamefully +treated. A rope was tied round her body, and she was dragged through +the streets while the mob beat her with sticks and stoned her. As she +lay bleeding and half dead the native idols were brought out and placed +before her. 'Now she bows down,' the mob cried; but the girl answered. +'No, I do not; you have put me here. I can never bow down to gods of +wood and stone who cannot hear me.' Eventually, after suffering +ill-treatment daily, she ran away to Abeokuta. + +For the next seven months Anna Hinderer continued without ceasing to +teach the children, nurse those who were sick, and adopt any little +girl-baby who had been deserted by her inhuman parents. Then Mr. +Hinderer, after six months' illness, was stricken with yellow fever, +and it became imperative that he should go to England for his health's +sake. On August 1, 1856, Mr. and Mrs. Hinderer sailed from Lagos for +home. And yet Anna Hinderer did not feel as if she were going home, +but that she were leaving it, for Ibadan was beloved by her. Husband +and wife were in bad health throughout the voyage, and the captain's +parting words to the latter as she went ashore at England were:--'You +must not come to sea again; it cannot be your duty. A few more voyages +must kill you.' Nevertheless, two years later, Anna Hinderer and her +husband, restored in health, were back at Ibadan. + +Two years of hard work followed. The school was filled, the natives +had ceased from persecuting the converts, and the prospects of +missionary work were brighter than ever, when suddenly the news came +that the fiendish King of Dahomey was marching on Abeokuta. Mr. and +Mrs. Hinderer were at Abeokuta when the news arrived, and at once they +hastened back to Ibadan, although there was a danger of being captured +and tortured by the invading force. They reached Ibadan in safety, +only, however, to find that the chief of that place was at war with the +chief of Ijaye, a neighbouring town. The place was full of excitement +and a human sacrifice was offered, the victim, prior to the ceremony, +walking proudly through the town. + +Anna Hinderer and her husband could at first have made their way to the +coast, but they decided to remain with their converts and pupils. It +was a bitter war, and soon the Hinderers were cut off from all +communication with their fellow-missionaries in the Yoruba country. +Supplies ran short, and they were compelled to sell their personal +belongings to obtain food for themselves and the children. 'We sold a +counterpane and a few yards of damask which had been overlooked by us;' +runs an entry in Anna Hinderer's diary, 'so that we indulge every now +and then in one hundred cowries' worth of meat (about one pennyworth), +and such a morsel seems a little feast to us in these days.' Many of +the native women were exceedingly kind to Anna Hinderer in the time of +privation. The woman who had supplied them with milk insisted upon +sending it regularly, although told that they had no money to pay for +it. + +For four years the Hinderers were almost entirely cut off from +communication with the outer world, but they continued their labours +unceasingly throughout this trying time. The girls' sewing class had, +however, to be discontinued, for the very good reason that their stock +of needles and cotton was exhausted. It was a time of great privation, +but Anna Hinderer, although frequently compelled to endure the gnawing +pangs of hunger, always managed to keep her native children supplied +with food. + +At last relief came. The Governor of Lagos had made one or two +unsuccessful attempts to relieve the Hinderers, and in April, 1865, +devised a means of escape. He despatched Captain Maxwell with a few +trustworthy men, to cut a new track through the bush. + +It was a difficult undertaking, but successfully accomplished, and one +night, about ten o'clock, the Hinderers were surprised to see Captain +Maxwell enter the mission-house. He brought with him supplies, and +also a hammock for Mrs. Hinderer's use on the return journey. + +It was somewhat of a surprise to the gallant officer to find that the +missionaries for whom he had performed a difficult and dangerous +journey were by no means anxious to return with him. It was the more +surprising as it was plain that both were in very bad health. Mr. +Hinderer declared that he could not possibly leave his mission at seven +hours' notice, but he joined the captain in urging his wife to go, +assuring her that it was her duty to do so. At last she was prevailed +upon to avail herself of the means of escape. She was overcome with +grief at leaving her husband shut up in Ibadan, and her distress was +increased by her inability to say 'good-bye' to the little native +children to whom she had acted a mother's part. They were asleep, and +to have awakened them would have been unwise, for there would certainly +have been loud crying, had the little ones been told that their "white +mother" was leaving them. Their crying would have been heard beyond +the mission-house compound, and the news of Mrs. Hinderer's approaching +departure would have spread through the town, in which there were +probably spies of the enemy. + +Seven hours after Captain Maxwell arrived he began his dangerous return +journey, his men carrying Mrs. Hinderer in the hammock. They proceeded +by forced marches, keeping at the same time a sharp look-out for the +enemy, who would, they knew, promptly kill any Christian who fell into +their power. On several occasions they suddenly found themselves so +close to the enemy that they could hear their voices, but, fortunately, +they were not discovered. On the third day, however, they heard that +their departure had become known to the enemy, who was in hot pursuit. +It was a terribly anxious time for the invalid missionary, but Captain +Maxwell and his men were determined that she should not be captured. +Silently and without halting once, even for food, they hurried on hour +after hour, and finally arrived at Lagos, having done a six days' +journey in less than three and a half. So carefully had Captain +Maxwell's men carried Anna Hinderer that she was little the worse for +the journey, and after a few days' rest sailed for England. Two months +later her husband followed. + +In the autumn of the following year Anna Hinderer and her husband +returned to Ibadan, where they were received joyfully. Anna Hinderer +resumed her work with all her former enthusiasm and love, although she +found before long that she had not sufficient strength to do all that +she had done formerly. + +Two years later the chiefs of the neighbouring tribes decided to expel +all white men from their territory, and they urged the Ibadan chiefs to +adopt a similar policy. The only white people in Ibadan were the +missionaries, and these they refused to expel. Announcing their +decision to the Hinderers, the chiefs said: 'We have let you do your +work, and we have done ours, but you little know how closely we have +watched you. Your ways please us. We have not only looked at your +mouths but at your hands, and we have no complaint to lay against you. +Just go on with your work with a quiet mind; you are our friends, and +we are yours.' + +Another two years of hard work followed. The schools were flourishing, +and among the pupils were children of the little ones whom, many years +previously, Anna Hinderer had taken into her home and cared for. The +chiefs continued to be friendly, and only one thing was wanting to make +Anna Hinderer perfectly happy. Frequent attacks of fever had so +weakened her that she began to feel that the work was beyond her +strength. Her husband, too, was never free from pain. They recognised +that they could not live much longer in Africa. Gladly they would have +remained and died at Ibadan, but for the knowledge that their work +could now be better carried on by younger missionaries. So with a sad +heart Anna Hinderer bade farewell to the people among whom she had +bravely toiled for seventeen years. She had lost the sight of one eye, +and the specialist whom she consulted in London assured her that had +she remained much longer in Africa she would have become totally blind. + +Although in a very weak state of health Anna Hinderer was not content +to remain idle, and in her native county of Norfolk began to interest +herself in factory girls and other children of the poor. She was +always cheerful, and few people knew how much she was suffering from +the effects of years of hard work and privation in a pestilential +country. She died on June 6, 1870, aged forty-three; and when the sad +news reached Ibadan there was great sorrow in the town, and the +Christian Church which she had helped to plant there forwarded to her +husband a letter of consolation and thankfulness for the work which she +had done among them. + + + + +ANN JUDSON, PIONEER WOMAN IN BURMA + +Ann Judson was not only the first American woman to enter the foreign +mission field, but also the first lady missionary, or missionary's +wife, to visit Rangoon. She was the daughter of Mr. John Hasseltine, +of Bradford, Massachusetts, and was born on December 22, 1789. When +nearly seventeen years of age she became deeply impressed by the +preaching of a local minister, and decided to do all in her power +towards spreading the Gospel. Sunday Schools had been started in +America about 1791, but they were very few. Bradford did not possess +one, and probably it was not known there that such schools existed +anywhere. Ann Hasseltine, being desirous of instructing the children +in religious knowledge, adopted the only course which occurred to her +as likely to lead to success; she became a teacher in an ordinary day +school. + +When she had been engaged in this and other Christian work about four +years, she made the acquaintance of Adoniram Judson, a young man who +had recently been accepted for work in the East Indies, by the newly +formed American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions. Before +they had known each other many months, Judson asked Ann Hasseltine to +become his wife and accompany him to India. He did not conceal from +her that in all probability her life as a missionary's wife would be +full of hardships and trials, but, after considering the matter for +some days, she promised to marry him, providing that her father gave +his consent. Judson wrote to Mr. Hasseltine, and after stating that he +had asked his daughter to become his wife, and that she had consented, +continued: 'I have now to ask whether you can consent to part with your +daughter early next spring, to see her no more in this world; whether +you can consent to her departure for a heathen land, and her subjection +to the hardships and sufferings of a missionary life; whether you can +consent to her exposure to the dangers of the ocean; to the fatal +influence of the southern climate of India; to every kind of want and +distress; to degradation, insult, persecution, and perhaps a violent +death. Can you consent to all this for the sake of Him who left His +heavenly home and died for her and for you; for the sake of perishing +immortal souls; for the sake of Zion and the glory of God? Can you +consent to all this, in the hope of soon meeting your daughter in the +world of glory, with a crown of righteousness brightened by the +acclamation of praise which shall redound to her Saviour from heathens +saved, through her means, from eternal woe and despair?' + +Mr. Hasseltine gave his consent, and on February 5, 1812, his daughter +was married to Adoniram Judson. It had now become known throughout the +United States that Mrs. Judson intended to accompany her husband to the +mission field, and in all quarters her intention was denounced. She +was accused of being both imprudent and lacking in modesty. These +attacks caused Ann Judson considerable pain, but they did not weaken +her determination to accompany her husband. They sailed for India on +February 12, and landed at Calcutta on June 18. On the voyage they had +for fellow passengers some Baptist missionaries, and the result of +their intercourse with them was that ten days after their arrival at +Calcutta they were baptised. By this step they lost the support of the +Board of Commissioners who had sent them out, but aid was soon sent +them by the American Baptists. + +Missionary work in India was almost at a standstill when the Judsons +arrived at Calcutta. The East India Company had issued an order, +withdrawn, however, in the following year, forbidding missionaries to +carry on their work in the Company's territory. The Judsons received +notice to depart before they had been in the country many months, and +were undecided where to go. They were anxious to settle in Rangoon, +but everyone assured them that Lower Burma was not yet ripe for +missionary work. The Burmese were described to them as little better +than fiends, and stories were told of Europeans who had met with +torture and death at their hands. + +Nevertheless, the Judsons sailed for Rangoon, and in July, 1813, were +ascending the Rangoon River, delighted with their first glimpse of the +country. On either side of the mighty river was dense jungle, +extending far inland. Here and there along the banks were small +fishing villages, with quaint little wooden huts built on tall poles to +prevent their being flooded or invaded by tigers, cheetahs or snakes. +Near every village were several pagodas whose spires rose above the +jungle; and there were many pagodas standing far from any habitation. + +As the Judsons drew near to Rangoon they saw on the hill, near by, the +great Shway Dagon Pagoda with its tall, gilded spire shining in the sun +with a brilliancy that was dazzling. But soon they turned from gazing +at the Mecca of the Burmese Buddhists to view the town, a big +collection of bamboo and mat huts protected by forts with guns, which +the people fondly believed would utterly destroy any foreign fleet +which dared to ascend the river. Many trading vessels were riding at +anchor off the city, and canoes of various sizes and design were +passing to and from them. It was a busy scene, made bright by the +gorgeous turbans of the rowers, and the brilliant attire of high +officials. + +Mr. and Mrs. Judson landed at Rangoon not only unmolested, but with a +friendly greeting from the natives. These swarmed round them smiling +pleasantly, and exhibiting none of the appearances of +atrocity-perpetrators. The women were greatly interested in Mrs. +Judson, and when she smiled at them they laughed merrily. This +unexpectedly pleasant reception greatly cheered the Judsons, and made +them eager to begin work. But before they could do this they had to +learn the Burmese language, not a word of which they knew. They could +not obtain an interpreter, for the reason that no one, with the +exception of a few merchants, understood English. The European +merchants who at that time lived in Burma were, with scarcely an +exception, men of poor character. A missionary was the last person +these men would welcome or help. + +Having settled down in their home, Mr. and Mrs. Judson began to learn +the Burmese language, a difficult task, considering that they had +neither dictionary nor grammar to assist them. Mrs. Judson, having to +buy food and superintend her servants, soon learnt a few Burmese +sentences, but her husband was learning the language scientifically, +with the intention of eventually translating the Bible into Burmese. +When both knew sufficient Burmese to make themselves understood, they +engaged teachers to help them with their studies. + +Two years passed, and Mr. and Mrs. Judson were still learning the +language. In September, 1815, a son was born to them, but to their +great grief he died eight months later, through want of medical +attention. When the child was buried, some forty Burmese and +Portuguese followed the body to the grave. + +In December, 1815, Mr. and Mrs. Judson began to make known to the +people the Gospel they had come to Burma to preach. Until then they +had wisely refrained from doing so, knowing that mistakes they might +make in their speech would bring ridicule upon their religion. But now +that they were confident of their knowledge of the language they +started hopefully on the work of winning converts. + +The time to which they had long looked forward had arrived, but the +success which they had expected was not achieved. The natives listened +attentively to everything Mr. or Mrs. Judson said to them, but their +answer was usually, 'Our religion is good for us, yours for you.' Some +laughed, good-humouredly, at the idea of the missionaries expecting +them to give up the religion of their forefathers for that of the white +_kalas_[1] from across the sea, and others declared that they were mad. +No one, however, suggested that they should be forbidden to attempt to +gain converts. It did not seem worth while interfering with them; for +what Burman living in sight of the Shway Dagon Pagoda, and near to the +monasteries where he had learnt the precepts of Guatama Buddha, would +even think of forsaking his religion? + +This indifference of the Burmese was very disheartening to the Judsons, +and when a year had passed without their having made the slightest +impression upon any native they might well have been discouraged. But +this was far from being the case, and in October, 1816, they were able +to look forward with still greater confidence to seeing their labour +crowned with success. The printing press which they had long been +expecting arrived, and two Burmese tracts which Mr. Judson had prepared +were printed and circulated. One was a clear explanation of +Christianity, the other a translation of the Gospel according to +Matthew. The result of the wide distribution of these tracts was not +such as the Judsons had expected. One or two Burmans made a few +enquiries concerning the subject of the tracts, but when their +curiosity was satisfied they showed no further interest in the matter. +Three years of steady hard work followed. Mrs. Judson continued her +efforts to win the women, and gathered around her every Sunday a large +number to whom she read the Scriptures. Her husband had in the +meanwhile finished his dictionary of the Burmese language, a work for +which successive generations of British officials, merchants and +missionaries have had cause to be thankful, and in 1819 began to preach +on Sundays. Hitherto he had been speaking to individuals; now he +addressed himself to crowds. + +The place in which he preached was a _zayat_ or rest-house, a big +one-room building erected for the convenience of pilgrims who came to +worship at the Shway Dagon Pagoda. There was no furniture in the +place, and the pilgrims, or any one else who cared to enter, squatted +on the floor, or, if tired, lay down and slept. Here, before a crowd +of men, women, and children, all, from the old men of seventy to +children of three or four, smoking big green cheroots, Mr. Judson +preached Sunday after Sunday, and on April 30, 1819, made his first +convert. Two months later, on June 27, the convert was baptized. + +The Judsons, refreshed by the knowledge that their six years' toil in a +sweltering, unhealthy country had not been wasted, continued their work +joyfully, and soon had further cause for thankfulness. Several natives +were baptized, and the Judsons had every reason for believing that +their little band of Christians would increase rapidly. + +Then their work received an unexpected check. The news reached Rangoon +that the King of Burma was highly displeased at the conversion of his +subjects, and intended to punish both missionaries and converts. No +sooner was this known than the Judsons were deserted by all but their +converts; the people who had flocked to hear Mr. Judson preach in the +_zayat_ no longer went there, and the women ceased to attend Mrs. +Judson's gatherings. + +Mr. Judson suspected that the threats emanated from the Governor of +Rangoon, and not from the king, and, therefore, he started off, +accompanied by a young missionary who had recently joined him, to the +capital, to ask the king to prohibit any interference with them or +their converts. His majesty not only received them graciously, but +promised, if Mr. Judson would come with his wife and settle in the +capital, to give them his protection and a piece of ground on which to +build a church. + +Mrs. Judson's ill-health prevented their accepting that invitation at +once. Besides attending to her domestic duties and her native classes +she had learnt the Siamese language, and with the aid of a native had +translated into Siamese her husband's Burmese tracts. The Burmese +territory in the Malay peninsula had formerly belonged to Siam, and +after its annexation to Burma many of the Siamese came to live at +Rangoon. Several thousands resided there at the beginning of the +nineteenth century, and it was that they might hear the Gospel that +Mrs. Judson learnt their language. Suffering from over-work and the +unhealthiness of the city--in those days Rangoon was a pestilential +place--Mrs. Judson sailed for Calcutta, and proceeded to Serampore. +She was back again in January, 1821, after six months' absence, but +during the long rainy season she had such a severe attack of fever that +it was evident that to save her life she would have to return to +America for a complete rest. + +After two years in America she returned to Rangoon in good health; and +Mr. Judson now decided to avail themselves of the King of Burma's +invitation to settle at Ava. Leaving the Rangoon mission in charge of +his assistant missionaries, he started with Mrs. Judson on the long +journey up the Irrawaddy to the capital. But before they had proceeded +far war broke out between England and Burma. The Burmese were +possessed of the belief that they were the greatest military power in +the world, and, confident that they had nothing to fear from the +English, encroached upon the possessions of the East India Company. +Other acts of aggression followed, and the Company decided upon +reprisals. Several battles were fought on the frontier, and the +Burmese under Bandoola won two or three victories. Mr. and Mrs. Judson +on their journey up the Irrawaddy met Bandoola proceeding in great +state to take command of his army. They were questioned by the Burmese +general's men, but on explaining that they were not British subjects +but Americans, and that they were proceeding to Ava by command of the +king, they were allowed to continue their journey. + +On arriving at Ava the king and queen treated Mr. Judson very coldly, +and did not enquire after Mrs. Judson, whom they had previously desired +to see. This was a discouraging beginning for their new work, but the +Judsons settled down to it, praying that the war might soon be ended. +But the end was far off. On May 23, 1824, the news reached Ava that an +English force had captured Rangoon. It had apparently not occurred to +the Burmese that the English might attack them elsewhere than on the +frontier, and the news of their success filled them with amazement and +indignation. An army was despatched at once with orders to drive out +the invaders. + +The king now became suspicious of Mr. Judson. He knew that the +missionary had declared that he was not a British subject, but America +was a land of which he knew nothing. The only white nations of which +he had any knowledge were England and France, and he was under the +impression that after the downfall of Napoleon the French had become +British subjects. His courtiers were equally suspicious of Mr. Judson, +and one managed to discover that he had recently received some money +from Bengal. This money was a remittance from America which had been +forwarded through a Bengal merchant, but the king and his advisers at +once came to the conclusion that Mr. Judson was a spy in the employ of +the English. + +An order for his arrest was issued immediately, and an officer, +accompanied by a 'spotted face,' or public executioner, and a dozen men +proceeded to the Judsons' house. The 'spotted face' rushing in flung +Mr. Judson to the ground and began to bind him. + +In terrible distress Mrs. Judson besought the officer to set her +husband free, but all the notice he took of her was to have her +secured. When the ropes had been tightly bound around Mr. Judson the +'spotted face' dragged him out of the house. 'Spotted faces' were +almost invariably criminals who had been sentenced to the most degraded +of duties--executing their fellow men. So that they should not escape +from the work to which they were condemned, small rings were tattoed on +their cheeks, forehead and chin. Loathed by all classes, the 'spotted +faces' treated with great barbarity all who came professionally into +their power. The man who had bound Mr. Judson made the missionary's +journey to the prison as uncomfortable as possible. Every twenty or +thirty yards he threw him to the ground, and dragged him along for a +short distance with his face downwards. On arriving at the prison +allotted to men sentenced to death, Mr. Judson was fettered with iron +chains and tied to a long pole, so that he could not move. + +Mrs. Judson was left at her home, with a number of soldiers outside to +prevent her escaping. But these men were not satisfied with keeping +her prisoner; they added to her misery by taunting her, and threatening +her with a horrible death. For two days she endured this agony, but on +the third she obtained permission to visit her husband. Heavily +fettered, Mr. Judson crawled to the prison door, but after they had +spoken a few words the jailors roughly drove her away. She had, +however, seen enough of the prison to make it clear to her that her +husband would die if he were not speedily removed from it. By paying +the jailors a sum of money she managed to get him removed to an open +shed in the prison enclosure. He was still fettered, but the shed was +far healthier than the prison. + +Having attained this slight relief for her husband, Mrs. Judson now did +all in her power to obtain his release. She called in turn on the +various members of the royal family and the high officials, assuring +them that her husband had done nothing to deserve imprisonment, and +asking for his release. Many of the people were sympathetic, but none +dared ask the king to set the missionary free, for his majesty was +infuriated by the news which reached him, now and again, of the success +of the invaders. + +At last, in the autumn, Bandoola arrived at Ava. He had been summoned +from the frontier to proceed towards Rangoon to drive out the British, +and on arriving at Ava he was received with wild enthusiasm. Even the +king treated him with respect, and allowed him to have a free hand. +Mrs. Judson, seeing Bandoola's power, determined to appeal to him for +her husband's release. She was given an audience, and after hearing +her petition, Bandoola promised that he would consider the matter, and +dismissed her with the command to come again to hear his decision. The +gracious manner in which she had been received filled Mrs. Judson with +hope, but on calling for Bandoola's reply two days later she was +received by his wife, who said that her husband was very busy preparing +to start for Rangoon; as soon as he had driven out the English he would +return and release all the prisoners. It was a terrible +disappointment, but Mrs. Judson did not break down, although her health +was far from good. She continued doing as she had done for many +months, trudging two miles to the prison with her husband's food and +walking back in the dark. Every morning she feared to find that her +husband had been murdered, for the news of the British successes +continued to reach Ava, and the people were in a state of excitement, +and continually vowing vengeance on the white _kalas_. However, her +worst fears were not realised. Her husband remained in chains, but, as +he was not treated very harshly, she began to hope that the Burmese +would release him when the war was ended. + +But the end of the war was a long way off, and in the middle of +February it became known that the English had quitted Rangoon and were +marching to Ava. Mr. Judson was immediately taken from his shed and +flung into the common prison--one room occupied by over a hundred +prisoners--loaded with five pairs of fetters. It was the hot season, +and Mr. and Mrs. Judson knew that he could not live long in that place. +Indeed, he was quickly attacked with fever, and Mrs. Judson, growing +desperate, so persistently implored the governor to allow her to remove +him that at last he consented. Mr. Judson was removed speedily to a +small bamboo hut in the courtyard, where, made comfortable and nursed +by his wife, he recovered. + +In the meanwhile Bandoola had been killed in action, and his successor +appointed. The latter was a man of fiendish tastes, and he decided +before proceeding down the Irrawaddy to take up his command, to remove +the prisoners from Ava, and have them tortured in his presence. So Mr. +Judson and two or three white traders were taken away to Amarapoora. +Mrs. Judson was absent when her husband was removed, and when she +returned and found him gone she feared that what she had been long +dreading had happened--that her husband had been killed. The governor +and the jailors protested, untruthfully, that they did not know what +had become of him; but at last Mrs. Judson discovered where he had been +taken, and started off with her few months' old baby and her native +nurse-girl to find him. + +Travelling first by river and then by bullock-cart, she arrived to find +her husband in a pitiable state of health, caused by the ill-treatment +he had received from his warders on the march from Ava. He was in a +high fever, his feet were terribly swollen, and his body covered with +bruises. Mrs. Judson obtained permission to nurse him, but on the same +day her child and nurse-girl developed small-pox. She nursed all three +patients, and to her great joy they all recovered. But the strain on +her fever-weakened strength had been great, and she felt that her life +was quickly drawing to a close. But she bore up bravely, and journeyed +to Ava to fetch her medicine chest. + +Neither she nor her husband knew of the intention of the Burmese +general. It was never carried out, for he was suspected of high +treason, and promptly executed. + +Time passed, and the King of Burma becoming alarmed at the advance of +the English towards his capital, sent his representatives to treat with +them. Mr. Judson accompanied them to act as interpreter. He was not +in fetters, but he was still a prisoner. On his return he found that +his wife had been again ill with fever, and had been delirious for many +days. But the prospect of peace being soon declared cheered the +much-tried missionaries, and gave them fresh strength. + +The terms offered by the English general had been refused by the King +of Burma; but when he found that the enemy would soon be at his capital +he quickly agreed to them, and sent the first instalment of the +indemnity down river to the victors. Mr. Judson was sent with the +Burmese officers to act as interpreter, and when the money had been +handed over to the English he was set free, after having undergone +twenty-one months' imprisonment, during seventeen of which he was in +fetters. That he had managed to live through that long imprisonment +was due to his wife's bravery and devoted attention. She had suffered +more than he, and her constitution, ruined by fever, privation, and +anxiety, was unable to withstand the illness which attacked her soon +after she had settled down again to missionary work. + +She died on October 24, 1826, aged 37, and the husband whom she loved +so dearly was not at her bedside. He was acting as interpreter to the +Governor-General of India's embassy to the court of Ava, and did not +hear of her illness until she was dead. The baby girl who had been +born in the midst of sad surroundings only lived for a few months after +her mother's death. + + + +[1] Foreigners + + + + +SARAH JUDSON, PIONEER WOMAN IN BURMA + +The boy or the girl who does not at an early age announce what he or +she intends to be when 'grown up,' must be a somewhat extraordinary +child. The peer's son horrifies his nurse by declaring that he intends +to be an engine-driver when he is 'grown up,' and the postman's wife +hears with not a little amusement that her boy has decided to be Lord +Mayor of London. + +These early aspirations are rarely achieved, but there are some notable +instances of children remaining true to their ambition and becoming, in +time, what they had declared they would be. + +Sarah Hall, when quite a little child, announced her intention of +becoming a missionary, and a missionary she eventually became. She was +born at Alstead, New Hampshire, in 1803, her parents being Ralph and +Abiah Hall. They were refined and well-educated, but by no means +wealthy, and Sarah would have left school very young, had not the +head-mistress, seeing that she was a clever child, retained her as +pupil teacher. Quiet, gentle, and caring little for the amusements of +girls of her own age, her chief pleasure was in composing verse, much +of which is still in existence. The following lines are from her +'Versification of David's lament over Saul and Jonathan,' which was +written when she was thirteen years of age:-- + + The beauty of Israel for ever is fled, + And low lie the noble and strong: + Ye daughters of music, encircle the dead + And chant the funereal song. + Oh, never let Gath know their sorrowful doom, + Nor Askelon hear of their fate; + Their daughters would scoff while we lay in the tomb, + The relics of Israel's great. + +At an early age, as already stated, she expressed a wish to be a +missionary to the heathen, and the wish grew stronger with increasing +years. But suddenly it became evident to her that there was plenty of +work waiting for her close at hand. 'Sinners perishing all around me,' +she wrote in her journal, 'and I almost panting to tell the far heathen +of Christ! Surely this is wrong. I will no longer indulge the vain, +foolish wish, but endeavour to be useful in the position where +Providence has placed me. I can pray for deluded idolaters and for +those who labour among them, and this is a privilege indeed.' She +began at once to take an active part in local mission work; but while +thus employed her interest in foreign missions did not diminish, and +the death of the two young missionaries, Wheelock and Colman, who went +to Burma to assist Mr. Judson, made a deep impression on her. +Wheelock, while delirious from fever, jumped into the sea and was +drowned, and Colman, after a time, died at Arracan from the effects of +the unhealthy climate. On hearing of Colman's death she wrote 'Lines +on the death of Colman,' the first verse of which is:-- + + 'Tis the voice of deep sorrow from India's shore, + The flower of our Churches is withered and dead, + The gem that shone brightly will sparkle no more, + And the tears of the Christian profusely are shed. + Two youths of Columbia, with hearts glowing warm, + Embarked on the billows far distant to rove, + To bear to the nations all wrapped in thick gloom, + The lamp of the Gospel--the message of love. + But Wheelock now slumbers beneath the cold wave + And Colman lies low in the dark, cheerless grave, + Mourn, daughters of India, mourn! + The rays of that star, clear and bright, + That so sweetly on Arracan shone, + Are shrouded in black clouds of night, + For Colman is gone! + +These lines were read by George Dana Boardman, a young man, twenty-four +years of age, who had just been appointed to succeed Colman at Arracan. +He obtained an introduction to Sarah Hall, and in a short time they +became engaged. They were married on July 3, 1825, and thirteen days +later sailed for Calcutta, where they landed on December 2. The war in +Burma prevented their proceeding to Rangoon, so they settled down at +Calcutta, to study the Burmese language with the aid of Mr. Judson's +books. At this they were engaged almost continuously until the spring +of 1827, when they sailed for Amherst, in Tenasserim, a newly built +town in the recently acquired British territory, to which Mr. Judson +had removed with his converts soon after the conclusion of the war. + +The Boardmans' stay at Amherst was, however, short. Towards the end of +May they were transferred to another new city--Moulmein. A year before +their arrival the place had been a wide expanse of almost impenetrable +jungle; now it had 20,000 inhabitants. Wild beasts and deadly snakes +abounded in the jungle around the city and, across the river, in the +ruined city of Martaban, dwelt a horde of fiendish dacoits, who +occasionally made a night raid on Moulmein, robbing and murdering, and +then hurrying back to their stronghold. The Boardmans had been settled +in their bamboo hut barely a month when they received a visit from the +dacoits. One night Mr. Boardman awoke, to find that the little lamp +which they always kept burning was not alight, and suspecting that +something was wrong he jumped out of bed and lit it again. The dacoits +had entered, and stolen everything they could possibly carry off. +Looking-glasses, watches, knives, forks, spoons, and keys had all +disappeared. Every box, trunk, and chest of drawers had been forced +open, and nothing of any value remained in any of them. This was the +first home of their own that the Boardmans had ever had, and to be +robbed so soon of practically everything they possessed was indeed +hard. They had, however, the satisfaction of knowing that the dacoits +had not, as usual, accompanied robbery with murder. But that the +dacoits would have murdered them had they awoke while they were +plundering was plain. Two holes had been cut in the mosquito curtain +near to where Mr. and Mrs. Boardman and their one-year-old child lay, +and by these holes dacoits had evidently stood, knife in hand, ready to +stab the sleepers if they awoke. It was a great shock to Mrs. +Boardman, who was in bad health, but soon she was joining her husband +in thanking God for having protected them. + +After the robbery the officer commanding the British troops stationed +two sepoys outside the mission house, and some idea of the dangers +which surrounded the Boardmans may be formed from the fact that one day +the sentry was attacked by a tiger. + +But, exposed as the Boardmans were to perils of this kind, they +continued their work among the rapidly increasing population, and met +with considerable success. Many native Christians, converted under Mr. +Judson at Rangoon, lived at Moulmein, and consequently the Boardmans' +work was not entirely among the unconverted. Indeed, before long +nearly all the native Christians in Burma were residing at Moulmein, +Amherst having declined in public favour. When the majority of the +inhabitants of Amherst migrated to Moulmein the missionaries +accompanied them, and soon nearly all the missionaries to Burma were +working in one city. Neither the missionary board in America nor Mr. +Judson considered this to be wise, and some of the missionaries were +removed to other places, Mr. and Mrs. Boardman being sent to Tavoy, +some 150 miles south of Moulmein. The dialect of the people of Tavoy +differed considerably from Burmese, and the Boardmans had practically +to learn a new language. As the written characters of both languages +were the same, the task was not very difficult, and before long the +missionaries were preaching the Gospel to the Tavoyans. + +Soon after they had settled down some Karens invited Mr. Boardman to +visit them. Their country was not far away, but the missionary could +not as yet leave Tavoy. The Karens, however, told him something that +excited his curiosity. A foreigner passing through the land had given +them a book, and told them to worship it. They had done so. A +high-priest had been appointed, and he had arranged a regular form of +worship, Mr. Boardman asked the Karens to let him see the book, and +they promised to bring it to him. Soon a deputation, headed by the +high-priest, attired in a fantastic dress of his own designing, arrived +at Tavoy with the book, which was carefully wrapped up and carried in a +basket. On having the book handed to him Mr. Boardman saw that it was +a Church of England Prayer-book. He told the Karens that although it +was a very good book it was not intended to be worshipped, and they +consented to give it to him in exchange for some portions of Scripture +in a language they could read. It was never discovered who gave the +Prayer-book to the Karens, but it may be taken for granted that they +misunderstood the donor's meaning. This book was afterwards sent home +to the American Baptist Missionary Society. + +On July 8, 1829, Mrs. Boardman was plunged into grief by the death of +her little daughter, aged two years and eight months. Other troubles +followed quickly. One night Mrs. Boardman was awakened by hearing some +native Christians shouting, 'Teacher, teacher, Tavoy rebels!' The +inhabitants of Tavoy had revolted against the British Government, and +had attempted to seize the powder magazine and armoury. The Sepoys had +driven off the rebels, who were, however, far from being disheartened. +They burst open the prison, set free the prisoners, and began firing on +the mission house. Bullets passed through the fragile little +dwelling-place, and the Boardmans would soon have been killed had not +some Sepoys fought their way to their assistance, with orders to remove +them to Government House. As Mrs. Boardman with her baby boy in her +arms hurried through the howling mob of rebels she had several narrow +escapes from being shot, but fortunately the whole of the little party +from the mission house reached Government House in safety. The +Governor of Tavoy was away when the rebellion broke out, and as the +steamer in which he had departed was the only means of rapid +communication between Tavoy and Moulmein, the little British force +settled down to act on the defensive until reinforcements arrived. +Soon it was found that Government House would have to be evacuated, and +eventually the British and Americans took shelter in a six-room house +on the wharf. In this small house the whole of the white population, +the soldiers, and the native Christians were sheltered. The rebels, +strongly reinforced, attempted to burn them out, but a heavy downfall +of rain extinguished the flames before much harm had been done. + +At last, to the great relief of the defenders, the governor's steamer +was seen approaching. The governor was considerably surprised to find +the natives in revolt. Immediately after his arrival he sent his wife +and Mrs. Boardman aboard the steamer, which was to hurry to Moulmein +for reinforcements. Mrs. Boardman begged to be allowed to remain and +share the danger which was threatening both the whites and the native +converts, but the governor firmly refused to allow her to do so. + +As soon as the rebellion was quelled Mrs. Boardman returned to Tavoy +and resumed her work, but troubles now came upon her quickly. On +December 2, 1830, her baby boy died, making the second child she had +lost within twelve months. Her husband, too, was in very weak health, +although still working hard. On March 7, 1831, he reported that he had +baptized fifty-seven Karens within two months, and that other baptisms +would soon follow. But the latter he did not live to see, for he died +of consumption three weeks after writing his report. + +The Europeans at Tavoy considered it natural and proper that, now Mrs. +Boardman was a widow, she should, return to America, and they were +somewhat surprised when she announced her intention of remaining at +Tavoy. 'My beloved husband,' she wrote, 'wore out his life in this +glorious cause; and that remembrance makes me more than even attached +to the work and the people for whose salvation he laboured till death.' +As far as possible she took up the duties of her late husband, and +every day from sunrise until ten o'clock at night she was hard at work. +Her duties included periodical visits to the Karen villages. This was +a most unpleasant work for a refined woman, and from the fact that she +scarcely ever alluded to these visits we may conclude that she found +them extremely trying. But, as there was no man to undertake the work +which her late husband had carried on with conspicuous success, she +knew unless she did it herself a promising field of missionary +enterprise would be uncared for. + +Preaching, teaching and visiting was not, however, the only work in +which the young widow engaged. She translated into Burmese the +_Pilgrim's Progress_. + +Adoniram Judson and Mrs. Boardman had known each other from the day the +latter arrived in Burma, and the former, as the head of the +missionaries in that country, was well aware of Mrs. Boardman's +devotion to duty. On January 31, 1834, he completed his translation of +the Scriptures, and on April 10 he and Mrs. Boardman were married. + +Mrs. Sarah Judson's home was now once more in Moulmein, and into the +work there she threw herself at once heart and soul. She superintended +schools, held Bible classes and prayer meetings and started various +societies for the spiritual and physical welfare of the women. Finding +that there was a large number of Peguans in Moulmein, she learnt their +language, and translated into it several of her husband's tracts. + +Until 1841 her life was peacefully happy, but in that year a period of +trouble began. Her four children were attacked with whooping-cough, +which was followed by dysentery, the complaint which in Burma has sent +many thousands of Europeans to early graves. No sooner had the +children recovered from this distressing illness than Mrs. Sarah Judson +fell ill with it, and for a time it was feared that she was dying. As +soon as she was able to travel Mr. Judson took her to India, in the +hope that a complete rest at Serampore would give her back her +strength. She returned in fairly good health, but in December, 1844, +she grew so weak that Mr. Judson decided to have his first furlough, +and take her home to America. On the voyage she grew worse, and died +peacefully while the ship was at anchor at St. Helena. She was buried +on shore, and Adoniram Judson, a widower a second time, proceeded on +his journey to America. + + + + +OLIVIA OGREN AND AN ESCAPE FROM BOXERS + +The Chinese dislike to foreigners settling in their country is so old +that one cannot tell when it began. But in 1900 the Boxer rising +proved that the anti-foreign feeling is strong as ever, and perhaps +more unreasonable, and the whole civilized world was horror-stricken by +the news of the massacre of men, women and children, who had been +slaughtered, not only because they were Christians, but because they +were foreigners. + +The list of missionaries who were murdered by the Boxers in 1900 is +long and saddening; but it is some consolation to know that to many of +the martyrs death came swiftly, and was not preceded by bodily torture. +In fact, some of the missionaries who escaped death must have been +sorely tempted to envy their martyred colleagues, so terrible were the +trials they underwent before reaching a place of safety. + +Mrs. Ogren was one of the representatives of the China Inland Mission, +who escaped death only to meet perils and privations such as few women +have ever survived. She and her husband had worked in China for seven +years, and had been stationed for about twelve months in the city of +Yung-ning when the Boxer troubles began. Until then the natives had +been well disposed towards them, but two emissaries of the Boxers, +describing themselves as merchants, spread evil reports concerning +them. They declared that the missionaries had poisoned the wells, and +when the people went to examine them they found that the water had +turned red. The men who accused the missionaries had, before bringing +this charge against them, secretly coloured the water. Other false +accusations, artfully supported by what appeared to be conclusive +evidence, were made against them, and naturally aroused the anger of +the people, whose demeanour became unmistakably threatening. + +On July 5 the sad news of the murder of two lady missionaries at +Hsiao-i reached Mrs. Ogren and her husband, and a mandarin, who had +secretly remained friendly towards them, urged them to escape from the +city as soon as possible, and for their travelling expenses the +secretary of the yamên brought them, in the middle of the night, Tls. +10 (£15). Mr. Ogren gave a receipt for the money, and prepared for +their flight, but it was not until July 13 that they were able to start. + +Early in the morning, before day-break, a mule-litter was brought to +the back door of the mission garden. Quickly and silently Mr. and Mrs. +Ogren, with their little nine months' old boy, mounted, and started on +their perilous journey to Han-kow. + +They arrived uninjured at the Yellow River, where, however, they found +a famine-stricken crowd, armed with clubs, eager to kill them. The +starving natives had been told, and believed, that the scarcity of food +was due to the foreigners' presence in China, and their hostile +attitude can scarcely be wondered at. However, the guard which had +been sent to protect the missionaries succeeded in keeping off the +people, who had to content themselves with yelling and spitting at the +fugitives. Hiring a boat, for which they had to pay Tls. 50, the +Ogrens and their guard started down river for T'ung-kuan. The current +of this river is exceedingly swift, and the missionaries expected every +moment that their boat would be wrecked. No mishap occurred, however, +and after travelling seventeen miles the party made a halt. It was +necessary to do so, as at this place they were to be handed over to a +new guard. Here, too, they found it would be impossible to proceed on +their journey without more money, and a messenger was despatched to the +mandarin at Yung-ning, asking for a further loan. Until the result of +this appeal was known there was nothing for the Ogrens to do but wait +where they were. It was an anxious time, but on the fourth day they +were delighted to see the secretary of the yamên approaching. He had +brought with him the money they required. + +'Praising God for all His goodness,' Mrs. Ogren writes in her account +of their trials,[1] 'we started once more, and though beset by many +difficulties, the goodness of God, and the cordial letter of +recommendation granted us by our friendly mandarin, enabled us to +safely reach a place called Lung-wan-chan, 170 miles from our +starting-place, and half way to our destination, T'ung-kuan.' + +At Lung-wan-chan they heard of the rapid spread of the Boxer movement, +and of the massacre, on July 16, of a party of men and women +missionaries. They realised now that the prospect of their escaping +the fury of the Boxers was small; but there came a ray of hope, when a +Chinaman, eighty years of age and a friend of the Yung-ning mandarin, +offered to hide them in his house. It was an offer which was +gratefully accepted; but as they were about to start for their +hiding-place, which was some twenty-five miles from the river, a party +of soldiers arrived. Their orders were, they said, to drive the +foreigners out of the province; but the aged Chinaman gave them a +feast, and, having got them into a good humour, extracted a promise +from them that they would not harm the missionaries. But although they +kept their promise to the extent of not doing them any bodily injury, +they took from them all the money they possessed. + +When the soldiers had departed, the Ogrens started on their twenty-five +miles' journey to the friendly old Chinaman's house, thankful at having +escaped one danger, and hopeful that they would reach their destination +in safety. But their hope was not realised. Before they had gone far, +their way lay along a track where it was necessary to proceed in single +file. Mrs. Ogren, riding a mule, led the way; a second mule carrying +their personal belongings followed, and Mr. Ogren with their baby-boy +in his arms came last. On one side of them was the rushing river; on +the other, steep, rocky mountains. + +Suddenly a number of armed men sprang out from behind the rocks and +barred their way. Brandishing their weapons ominously, they demanded +Tls. 300. Mrs. Ogren, dismounting from her mule, advanced to a man who +appeared to be the leader, and told him that they had no money. She +begged him to have pity on them, and to spare her at least her baby's +things. Her appeal was not entirely wasted, for while they were +helping themselves to their things the leader handed her, on the point +of his sword, _one_ of the baby's shirts. + +Having taken everything that they fancied, the robbers now looked +threateningly at the prisoners. Their leader began whetting his sword, +shouting as he did so, 'Kill, kill!' Again Mrs. Ogren pleaded for +mercy, and finally they relented, and departed without injuring them. + +The fugitives now came to the conclusion that it would be certain death +if they remained in the province, and as soon as possible they crossed +the river in the ferry. It was a dark, wet night when they reached the +other side, and it was only after much entreaty and promises of reward +that the ferrymen allowed them to take shelter in the dirty smoky caves +where they lived. Mr. Ogren at once despatched a message to their old +Chinese friend asking for help, and four days later the man returned +with some money, nearly the whole of which the ferrymen claimed, and +obtained by means of threats. With little money in their pockets, the +Ogrens started off on foot towards the promised place of refuge. It +was a trying journey, for the heat was intense, and aroused a thirst +which could not be quenched. Once Mrs. Ogren fell exhausted to the +ground; but after a rest they continued their tramp, and on the second +day reached their destination, there to experience a bitter +disappointment. The people whom they expected would be friendly proved +hostile. They refused to give them food, and only after much entreaty +did they permit them to take shelter in a cave near by. This, however, +proved to be a very insecure hiding-place, and twice they were robbed +by gangs of men. + +Leaving this place, the Ogrens tramped further into the hills, and +found another cave, where they could have remained in safety until the +rising was quelled, had they been able to obtain food. Mrs. Ogren and +her husband would have endured the agony of long-continued hunger, but +they could not see their little baby starve. For some time he was fed +on cold water and raw rice, but when their small stock of the latter +ran out, they tramped back to make another appeal to the people who had +so recently refused to help them. Their reception was even worse than +on the previous occasion. One of the men had heard of the Boxers' +offer of Tls. 100 for the head of every foreigner brought to them, and +was anxious to earn the money. Seizing his sword, he rushed at the +fugitives and would have killed them, had not some of his relatives, +perhaps moved by pity, intervened. They held him fast while the Ogrens +hurried away as quickly as their weakness would permit. + +Over the mountains they wended their way, sometimes having to crawl up +the steep hillsides. It was their intention to make their way back to +Yung-ning, and seek protection from the mandarin who had always been +friendly towards them. It must not be forgotten that during the +anti-foreign outbreak there were hundreds of Chinamen, besides the +Christian converts, who, although well aware that a price was placed on +the head of every foreigner, scorned to betray them, and did all in +their power to facilitate their escape to a place of safety. On their +journey over the mountains, Mrs. Ogren and her husband met with many of +these people, who gave them food and sheltered them at night. + +Having forded a wide, swiftly-flowing river, the Ogrens came to a +village where the natives treated them so kindly that they remained +there for two days. But on departing from this place their brief +period of comparative happiness came to an end, for, towards night, as +they drew near to a village, hoping to experience a repetition of the +hospitality they had recently received, they found that they were +likely to have a hostile reception. + +It was too late to turn back or to attempt to avoid the place, for they +had already been discovered, so they trudged on through the village, +the people laughing and jeering at them. But just as they were +quitting the village, hopeful that they would be permitted to continue +their journey unmolested, they were seized and cast into prison. The +following morning two men were told off to take them out of the +province; but it soon became evident to the prisoners that their escort +intended to hand them over to the Boxers. They were a particularly +heartless pair, and one of them took from Mrs. Ogren her baby's pillow, +which she had managed to retain through all their wanderings, and +emptying out the feathers burned them. + +The following day they arrived at the Yellow River, and as they crossed +in the ferry the prisoners saw that the village to which they were +being taken was decorated with red lanterns. This was a sign that the +place was held by the Red Lantern Society, one of the divisions of the +Boxer army. On landing, the missionaries were at once surrounded by a +crowd of jeering natives, and one fellow, with brutal glee, told Mrs. +Ogren of the massacre of the lady missionaries at Ta-ning. + +After Mr. Ogren had been closely questioned, he was told they would be +taken back to Yung-ning, but when they left the village they found that +they were being led in quite a different direction. At night they were +placed in a cave, and on the following morning were marched off to the +Boxer general's headquarters, a temple. Mr. Ogren was at once taken +before the general, Mrs. Ogren sitting in the courtyard with her baby +on her knee. She was suffering excruciating pain from a swollen eye, +caused by the heat and glare, but her mental agony was no doubt +greater, for in a few minutes her husband's fate would be decided. She +heard him answering the general's questions, heard him pleading for +their lives. Soon his voice was drowned in the sound of swords being +sharpened, and a few minutes later she heard moans. Her husband was +being tortured. + +'My feelings were indescribable,' Mrs. Ogren writes. 'I could only +pray God to cut short my husband's sufferings, and fill his heart with +peace, and give me courage to meet my lot without fear.' Soon the +moaning ceased, and she concluded that her husband was dead. + +That night Mrs. Ogren was imprisoned in a tomb, and her baby, although +he had nothing but water for his supper, slept soundly on the cold +ground wrapped up in her gown. On the following morning she was given +some rice and porridge, but before she had finished her meal the guard +set her free. At once she decided to endeavour to reach Ta-ning, where +other missionaries were imprisoned, preferring imprisonment among +friends to the wandering life she had led for so long. Hearing that +there were some Christians in a village on the other side of the river, +she forded the stream--narrowly escaping drowning, but only to find +that she had been misinformed. The villagers jeered at her when she +told her story, and asked for food for herself and baby. Departing +from these inhospitable people, Mrs. Ogren lay down with her baby in +the open. Both were hungry and shivering, and probably their trials +would have ended that night in death, had not two native Christians +found them, and led the way to a cave. Taking Mrs. Ogren to this place +of shelter was, however, all that these men could do for her. + +The following day, while trudging along towards Ta-ning Mrs. Ogren was +again captured by Boxers, and would have been promptly killed, had not +the headman of the village protected her, and, in spite of the anger of +the mob, appointed an escort to accompany her to Ta-ning. It was a +consolation to Mrs. Ogren to feel that she would soon be in the company +of fellow missionaries; but to her sorrow she heard, on being placed in +the Ta-ning prison, that they had been set free two days previously, +and had started for the coast. + +The prison in which Mrs. Ogren was now confined was a filthy place, +swarming with vermin, but the warders were kind to her, and gave her +food for herself and baby. Even the mandarin was moved when he heard +of the sufferings she had undergone, but he did not release her. Sleep +was impossible that night, but, at daybreak, as Mrs. Ogren lay dozing +with her child beside her, she fancied she heard her name called. +Jumping up she ran into the courtyard, and looked eagerly around. + +'Olivia!' It was her husband's voice, and there at the prison gate +stood he whom she had thought dead. 'Praise God! oh, praise God!' she +cried, her heart full of thankfulness; but he was too overcome with +emotion to speak. Truly Mr. Ogren was in a terrible plight. His +clothes hung in rags, and his head was bound with a piece of dirty, +blood-stained linen. One of his ears was crushed, and there were +ghastly wounds in his neck and shoulders. Even now he was not out of +danger for as he stood at the gate Mrs. Ogren saw to her dismay a mob +of infuriated Boxers rushing towards him, and it seemed as if he would +be killed before her eyes. But the yamên servants protected him, and, +later in the day, he was brought to his wife and child. The people had +evidently taken pity on the poor missionaries, for they supplied Mrs. +Ogren with some water to wash her husband's wounds and a powder that +would heal them. Moreover they supplied them with rice and mutton, and +the secretary of the yamên's wife sent them a bowl of meat soup. + +When Mr. Ogren's wounds had been dressed, and he had eaten the first +good meal he had tasted for many days, he related to his wife all that +had happened to him since they were separated by the Red Lantern Boxers. + +Briefly his story was as follows:--On being taken before the Boxer +general he was bound to a block of wood, with his hands tied behind his +back, and while in this helpless state the Boxers kicked him and beat +him with sticks, cursing the name of Jesus, and shouting, 'Now ask your +Jesus to deliver you.' After thus torturing him they untied him from +the block, and led him with his hands bound behind his back to the +river-side, with the intention of killing him and casting his body into +the water. Arriving there, they forced him down on his knees, and at a +signal set upon him on all sides with swords and spears; but in their +eagerness to slay him their weapons struck one against another, and +instead of being killed instantly he received several wounds, which +although severe did not disable him. + +Suddenly he sprang to his feet, and rushing through the crowd jumped +into the river. The Boxers, recovering from their surprise, rushed +into the water after him, but remembering that his hands were tied +behind his back they broke into jeering laughter, and waited to see him +drown. But the brave, persecuted missionary managed to reach the other +side in safety, and running inland was soon lost in the darkness. With +his hands tied behind his back, and barefooted--his shoes were lost in +the river--he tramped some fifteen miles before resting. Then he +severed the cords which bound his hands by rubbing them against a rock +until they were cut through. In the hills he found a native Christian, +who not only supplied him with food, water and a little money, but took +him to a hiding-place for the night. On the following morning Mr. +Ogren started off again, with the intention of making his way back to +Yung-ning, but before he had gone far he caught sight of Boxers +scouring the country. Finding a cave he hid in it throughout the day, +resuming his journey at night. After many hardships he met some +natives, who informed him that his wife was in prison at Ta-ning, and +at once he set off for that city, and entered it unnoticed by the +Boxers. It was only when he had almost reached the yamên that they +heard of his presence and rushed after him. How he escaped their fury +has already been told. + +Two days after Mr. Ogren had rejoined his wife the authorities sent +them with an escort out of the city on two donkeys, the men who +accompanied them being instructed to take them from city to city until +they arrived at the coast. But on the second day the officials of a +city through which they would have to pass warned them that they would +not be allowed to enter it, and therefore the much-tried missionaries +were taken back to Ta-ning, and placed once more in the loathsome +prison. Here Mrs. Ogren endured fresh trials. Her baby, weakened by +exposure and semi-starvation, became seriously ill, and for a time it +seemed as if he would not recover. When, however, the danger was +passed Mrs. Ogren's second eye became terribly inflamed and caused her +intense agony, and her husband becoming delirious with fever, had to be +tied down to his bed. Nevertheless, she did not lose her faith, and +the prisoners, aware of all she had endured, and was enduring, +marvelled to see her praying to God. When, in the course of a few +days, her husband began to gain strength they sang hymns, prayed, and +read the Bible together. + +A month later the Ogrens were told that in two days they were to be +escorted to the coast, and the comforts which were at once provided for +them made it clear that the authorities had received instructions to +protect them and treat them well. New clothes were given them, and +when they started on their journey, Mr. Ogren, being far too weak to +ride, was carried with the baby in a sedan chair. Mrs. Ogren rode a +horse. The officer and ten soldiers who comprised their escort treated +them kindly, and their example was copied by the inhabitants of the +villages through which they passed. + +It was a welcome change, but it came too late. Nine days after leaving +Ta-ning Mr. Ogren became very weak, and in spite of every attention +died on the following morning, October 15, from the effects of the +cruelty to which the Boxers had subjected him. + +Can anyone imagine a more crushing sorrow for a woman than this which +Mrs. Ogren had to bear? To lose her husband just when their long +months of persecution were ended, and they were looking forward to +happy days of peace, was indeed the hardest blow she had suffered. Her +escort, touched to the heart by this sad ending to her troubles, did +all that they could to comfort her. + +It was not until February 16, that Mrs. Ogren and her two children--a +girl baby, healthy in every way, had been born at P'ing-yang-fu on +December 6,--arrived at Han-kow, where everyone strove to show kindness +to the much-tried widow. Peter Alfred Ogren's name is inscribed on the +roll of Christian martyrs, and Olivia Ogren is a name that will ever +stand high in the list of Christian heroines. + + + +[1] _Last Letters and Further Records of Martyred Missionaries of the +China Inland Mission_. (Morgan & Scott.) + + + + +EDITH NATHAN, MAY NATHAN AND MARY HEAYSMAN, + +MARTYRED BY BOXERS + +When, in the year 1900, the anti-foreign feeling in China culminated in +the massacre of defenceless men and women, the three missionaries whose +names head this chapter were working in the city of Ta-ning. The +inhabitants of this little city among the hills had always treated the +missionaries with kindness, and it was not until Boxer emissaries +arrived and stirred up the people by spreading untruths concerning the +reason of the foreigners' presence in China, that a change occurred in +the behaviour of some of them. + +The news of the Boxer rising was soon carried to the three ladies at +Ta-ning; but it was not until July 12 that, at the earnest entreaty of +the native pastor, Chang Chi-pen, they left the city to take shelter in +one of the villages high up in the mountains. They started at 7.30 in +the morning, and, travelling through the heat of the day, arrived at +Muh-ien, where they were welcomed by the inhabitants, both native +Christians and unconverted, with kindness. The knowledge that two lady +missionaries had recently been murdered at Hsiao-i made the inhabitants +of this hill-village anxious to show kindness to the three ladies who +had come to seek shelter among them. They gave them food, which +although not very palatable to Europeans was the best to be had, and +provided them with lodging. + +The following day was passed peacefully. Native friends came out from +Ta-ning, bringing the comforting assurance that there were no signs of +the Boxers coming in pursuit of the fugitives. They told the +missionaries that eighteen warships belonging to various nations had +arrived, but had gone aground near Fuh-Kien. The news of the arrival +of these vessels naturally caused satisfaction to the three +missionaries, and made them believe that the Boxer rising would soon be +quelled. + +Sunday, July 15, was a very happy day. Native Christians came in from +the neighbouring villages, and the old pastor, Chang Chi-pen, had +stolen out from Ta-ning. A service was held, and afterwards the +missionaries were overwhelmed with invitations to take up their +residence in various villages where they would be, they were assured, +perfectly safe from the Boxers. 'It was really worth while being in +such a position, to see how loyal the Christians were to us,' May +Nathan wrote in her diary.[1] 'We are certainly in a better position +than most other foreigners, being amongst such simple, loyal, +God-fearing men.' + +The following morning, soon after breakfast and prayers, a boy arrived +from Ta-ning with the unpleasant news that 500 soldiers, who were in +sympathy with the Boxers, had entered the city. The inhabitants at +once urged the ladies to flee to a more distant village, and, taking up +their Bibles, the missionaries started off quickly, with a native +Christian for their guide. Rain fell heavily, and they arrived at +their destination, Tong-men, wet to the skin. Food was given them, and +in the afternoon they lay down and slept in a shed full of straw. The +natives were determined, however, that they should have a better place +in which to pass the night, and prepared a cave for them, spreading +clean mats on the brick beds. But, late in the afternoon, a Christian, +whom the missionaries had sent to Ta-ning to obtain information +concerning the movements of the soldiers, returned with the pleasing +news that there were none in the city, nor had any been there. +Thankful that the alarm had been a false one, the three missionaries, +one feeling somewhat unwell, trudged back to the Muh-ien, and refreshed +themselves with tea. Throughout the day, or rather from breakfast +until their return after dark, they had drunk nothing, tea, strange to +say, being an unknown luxury in the place where they had sought +temporary shelter. + +On the following day soldiers did enter Ta-ning, but as an official +despatch arrived almost at the same time instructing the yamên to +protect foreigners, the three ladies decided not to remove from +Muh-ien. This proclamation, a copy of which was brought to the +missionaries, stated that all foreigners who remained quietly at their +stations would be unmolested, and was a great improvement on the +previous one, which ordered that foreigners were to be exterminated. +The arrival of the allied forces had of course made the Chinese deem it +advisable to withdraw the former proclamation. + +Nothing occurred during the next two days to make the missionaries +think that they were in immediate danger of being massacred. They +spent the time in reading, sewing and talking to the sympathetic people +who called on them. But on the third day they received the sad +information that seven of their missionary friends had been murdered on +July 16. + +'Oh, it is sad, sad,' May Nathan wrote in her diary, 'such valuable +lives; and who will be the next? Perhaps we shall, for why should we +be spared when, for my own part, I know that the lives of those who +have gone were so much more valuable than mine? I don't want to die, +and such a death; but if it comes, well, it will be for a little, and +after, no more sorrow--no pain. Day by day we are without knowledge of +what news may come! Darling mother, don't be anxious whatever news you +may hear of me. It will be useless in the eyes of the world to come +out here for a year, to be just getting on with the language and then +to be cut off. Many will say, 'Why did she go? Wasted life!' +Darling, _No_. Trust; God does His very best, and never makes +mistakes. There are promises in the Word that the Lord will save His +servants, and deliver them from the hands of evil men. Dear, it may be +the deliverances will come through death, and His hands will receive, +not the corruptible, but the incorruptible, glorified spirit.' + +Early the following morning, just as they were about to begin +breakfast, a friendly Chinaman arrived, with the warning, that a party +of Boxers was coming up the mountains and searching everywhere on the +way for them. Instant departure was imperative, so, snatching up their +Bibles and a few biscuits, they hurried off higher up the mountains, +halting only for a few minutes among some native Christians, to deliver +three short prayers. Their Christian guide hurried them onward when +the last prayer was finished, and soon they were climbing up steep, +unfrequented sheep-paths. A ruined temple on the top of a mountain was +to be their hiding-place, and when they reached it, tired out, they lay +down on the ground with stones for their pillows. + +How long they remained hiding in this mountain-top temple is unknown. +Nor, as the last entry in May Nathan's letter is dated July 23, do we +know the sufferings which they underwent during the next three weeks. +All that is certain is that, after wandering about the mountains, they +were captured by the Boxers on August 12, and dragged to a temple near +Lu-kia-yao, where, hungry and thirsty, they were compelled to spend the +night surrounded by a mob of fiends. At day-break they were brought +out and killed. + + + +[1] _Last Letters and Further Records of Martyred Missionaries of the +China Inland Mission_. Edited by Marshall Broomhall. (Morgan and +Scott.) + + + + +MARY RIGGS AND THE SIOUX RISING + +Of all the stories that have been written for young people none have +been more popular than those describing adventures among the Red +Indians of North America. Fenimore Cooper's books have delighted many +generations of readers; but on much of the ground where that author's +famous characters lived, hunted, fought and died, big towns have sprung +up, and the Indians, driven to live in reservations and to become, +practically, pensioners of the Government, have been shorn of nearly +all their greatness. + +When the white man gained the ascendency in North America there came a +better opportunity for missionary work, and notable among those who +went to labour among the Indians was Mary Riggs, who, with her husband, +worked for thirty-two years among the Sioux--the Red Indians of Dakota. +She was born on November 10, 1813, at Hawley, Massachusetts, her father +being General Thomas Longley, who had fought in the war of 1812. +Evidently he was not a wealthy man, for Mary began her education at the +common town school, where she had for her schoolfellows the children of +some of the poorest inhabitants. Later, she attended better schools, +and at the age of sixteen became a teacher in one at Williamstown, +Massachusetts. Her salary was only one dollar a week, but she gave her +father the whole of her first quarter's earnings, as a slight return +for the money he had spent on her education. After a time she obtained +a better appointment at a school at Bethlehem, and while there she met +Stephen R. Riggs, a young man who was studying for the Presbyterian +ministry. They became engaged, and a few months later Stephen Riggs +told his future wife that he should like to become a missionary to the +Red Indians, among whom work had recently been started. She expressed +her willingness to accompany him, and, therefore, he at once offered +himself to the American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions, by +whom he was accepted. + +The young people were married on February 16, 1837, and about a +fortnight later began their long journey to the Far West. Travelling +was in those days, of course, very different from what it is now, and +the young missionaries had to go by stage _viâ_ New York, Philadelphia, +and across the mountains to Pittsburg until they came to the Ohio. +Snow, rain and mud made their journey by stage particularly unpleasant, +but rest and comfort came on the steamer which bore them down the river. + +On June 1, 1837, they arrived at Fort Snelling, near where the +Minnesota joins the Mississippi. Here they remained until the +beginning of September, living in a log-house, and learning the Dakota +language with the help of a missionary who had been in the field for +three years. From Fort Snelling they departed on September 5, 1837, +for their destination Lac-qui-parle, travelling with two one-ox carts +and a double wagon. On September 18 they arrived at the station to +which they had been appointed, and received a hearty welcome from the +two missionaries who had settled there some time before at the earnest +request of a Lac-qui-parle trader. Lac-qui-parle was a small place, a +mere collection of buffalo-skin tents, in which lived some 400 Red +Indians. Mr. and Mrs. Riggs found a home in a log-house belonging to +one of the other missionaries. Only one room could be spared them, and +although it was but 10 feet wide and 18 feet long they made themselves +comfortable. Mr. Riggs wrote as follows in his account of their work +among the Sioux[1]: 'This room we made our home for five winters. +There were some hardships about such close quarters, but, all in all, +Mary and I never enjoyed five winters better than those spent in that +upper room. There our first three children were born. There we worked +in acquiring the language. There we received our Dakota visitors. +There I wrote, and re-wrote, my ever-growing dictionary. And there, +with what help I could obtain, I prepared for the printer the greater +portion of the New Testament in the Dakota language. It was a +consecrated room.' + +When Mrs. Riggs and her husband took possession of their one-room home +they had much difficulty in making it comfortable, as they had been +unable to bring on their furniture and domestic utensils. One person, +however, lent them a kettle, another provided them with a pan, and bit +by bit they collected the most necessary articles. + +In the East missionaries have never experienced a difficulty in +obtaining servants, but in Dakota neither male nor female Sioux would +enter the Riggs' service. Consequently Mrs. Riggs had to perform all +the household duties. They bought a cow, but neither of them knew how +to milk her. Both Mr. and Mrs. Rigg tried to perform the task, but not +until the cow had experienced considerable discomfort did Mrs. Riggs +become acquainted with the art. Washing clothes was a performance +which filled the Sioux women with wonder, for they were in the habit of +wearing their garments unwashed until they became too old to be worn +any longer. Very soon they adopted the white woman's custom, and, +becoming fond of standing over the washing-tub, they took to washing +Mrs. Riggs' clothes as well as their own. For doing so they were, of +course, paid. + +The missionaries who had preceded the Riggs at Lac-qui-parle had not +been very successful, if success be judged by the number of converts +made. The native Church consisted of seven people, but before the +Riggs had been there many months nine were added. Most of these were +women, and it was they, and not the men, who assisted in the building +of the first church at Lac-qui-parle. + +When Mr. and Mrs. Riggs had worked for some time with success at +Lac-qui-parle they removed to a new station--Traverse des Sioux. But +four years later the news reached them that since their departure from +Lac-qui-parle there had been a sad falling back into heathenism among +the converts, and they hurried back to their old station. Backsliders +were reclaimed, and the missionary work carried on with increased +energy. + +But the missionaries had much to contend with. The Indians were hard +pressed for food, and occasionally shot the mission cattle. Grog shops +had been opened in the neighbourhood, and many of the Sioux bought +drink when they should have purchased provisions. Excited by the +fire-water, the Indians were frequently riotous, and, although they +never assaulted the missionaries, it was clear that they might massacre +them. On one occasion Mrs. Riggs had a very unpleasant experience. +While her husband was away, twenty-six Sioux warriors paraded in front +of mission house and fired their guns in the air. Mrs. Riggs was +naturally somewhat frightened, until she found that they were not bent +on murder and scalping. They had been searching for some Chippewas, +but, having failed to find them, they fired their guns for practice. + +Mr. and Mrs. Riggs continued their work with but few interruptions +until 1862, when the Sioux rising occurred. It began in this way. The +Sioux had assembled at Yellow Medicine to receive their annual +allowance from the Government official. While distributing the +allowance the official announced that the Great Father (President +Lincoln) was anxious to make them all very happy, and would therefore +give them, very shortly, a bonus. The Indians, having recently +suffered greatly from want of provisions, were delighted at the +prospect of an additional grant, and waited in the vicinity of the +agency for its arrival. When it arrived the Sioux found to their +dismay that it was a paltry gift of $2.50 a man. Their disgust and +anger were increased by the knowledge that during the time they had +been waiting for this insignificant present they could have earned from +$50 to $100 by hunting. Unintentionally, a Government servant added +fuel to the fire, and the Sioux, maddened, began their terrible +massacre of the scattered settlers. + +The news of the rising was carried quickly to the Riggs by friendly +Indians, who urged them to hurry away as quickly as possible to a place +of safety. But the missionaries were not disposed to consider the +rising serious. The seizure of their horses and cows, and various +other unfriendly actions performed by the people among whom they had +lived for many years, soon, however, convinced them that it would be +wise to depart. So gathering together a few belongings the little band +of missionaries, some carrying children, crept away by night to an +island in the Minnesota River. But on the following day the friendly +Indians sent word to them that they were not safe on the island, and +urged further flight. + +Acting on this advice, the Christians waded the river and started on a +tramp to the Hawk River, and on the way met other settlers, hurrying +like themselves, to escape from the infuriated Sioux. Joining forces +they proceeded on their journey, the women and children riding in two +open carts, and soon met a wounded man, whom they tenderly lifted into +one of the wagons. He was the sole survivor of a band of settlers +which had been attacked by the Sioux. + +Keeping a sharp look-out for the Indians, the fugitives continued their +journey across the prairie. On the second night the rain fell heavily, +and as the women and children could obtain no shelter in the open carts +they crept under them. Wet and shivering, the fugitives found, when +daylight came, that they had scarcely any food. Wood was collected, a +fire built, and one of the animals killed and roasted. + +A day later they were espied by an Indian, who fortunately proved to be +friendly. He advised the fugitives to hurry to Fort Ridgely, and +assured them that all the whites, with the exception of themselves, who +had not taken shelter in the fort had been killed. Acting on his +advice, they proceeded in the direction of the fort, but travelled very +cautiously, for there were signs that Indians were in the neighbourhood. + +One of the fugitives crept into the fort, but the news he brought back +to his comrades in distress was not cheering; the fort was already +overcrowded with women and children, and there was a very small force +of soldiers to defend it. For five days they had been continually +attacked by the enemy, and unless reinforcements arrived quickly the +fort would probably be captured. + +The Riggs and their fellow fugitives decided, therefore, to hurry on to +some other place, fully aware of the danger they were running in +travelling through a neighbourhood which abounded with the +scalp-seeking Indians. One of Mary Riggs' daughters wrote of this +period in their flight: 'Every voice was hushed, except to give +necessary orders; every eye swept the hills and valleys around; every +ear was intensely strained for the faintest sound, expecting +momentarily to hear the unearthly war-whoop, and see dusky forms with +gleaming tomahawks uplifted.' + +[Illustration: EVERY EAR WAS STRAINED ... EXPECTING MOMENTARILY TO HEAR +THE UNEARTHLY WAR-HOOP.] + +Hour after hour the tired and footsore fugitives trudged on without +being discovered. Then four of their number, believing the danger was +passed, bade adieu to the remainder of the party and proceeded in a +different direction; but before they had gone far they were killed by +the Indians. The Riggs and their party heard the fatal shots, but the +tragedy was hidden from their sight by the bush. Fortunately, the +proximity of the larger party of fugitives was not discovered by the +Sioux; and at last, after a long, weary journey, the Riggs and their +friends arrived at the town of Henderson, where their appearance +occasioned considerable surprise, as their names had been included in +the list of massacred. + +Over a thousand settlers were killed during the rising, and there were +many people who escaped death, but never recovered completely from the +horrors of that terrible time. Mary Riggs returned with her husband to +the work among the Sioux; but her health grew slowly worse, and when, +in March, 1869, an ordinary cold developed into pneumonia she had not +the strength to battle against it. She died on March 22, 1869, in +Beloit, Wisconsin, worn out with her thirty-two years' work in the +mission-field. + + + +[1] _Mary and I; Forty Years with the Sioux_. By Stephen R. Riggs. +Philadelphia, 1887. + + + + +III + +BRAVE DEEDS OF WOMEN IN WAR-TIME + + + +MARY SEACOLE, THE SOLDIERS' FRIEND + +Florence Nightingales's noble work among the sick and wounded in the +Crimean War is known to everyone; but very few people are aware that +there was another woman, working apart from Miss Nightingale, who +performed deeds of bravery and humanity in the same campaign which +entitle her to a high place in any list of brave and good women. Sir +William Russell, the famous war correspondent of the _Times_, wrote, in +1858, of Mary Seacole: 'I have witnessed her devotion and her courage; +I have already borne testimony to her services to all who needed them. +She is the first who has redeemed the name of 'sutler' from the +suspicion of worthlessness, mercenary business and plunder; and I trust +that England will not forget one who nursed her sick, who sought out +her wounded to aid and succour them, and who performed the last offices +for some other illustrious dead.' England seems to have forgotten her, +but it is hoped that this account of her life may help to remove the +reproach. + +Mary Seacole was born at Kingston, Jamaica, her father being a +Scotchman and her mother a native. The latter kept a boarding-house +which was patronised chiefly by naval and military officers stationed +at Kingston, but she was also widely known in the West Indies as a +"doctoress." Officers, their wives and children were her chief +patients, and she is reputed to have healed many troublesome complaints +with medicines made from the plants which she herself gathered. Mary +inherited her mother's tastes, and when quite a child decided to become +a "doctoress." She bandaged her dolls in the way she had seen her +mother bandage patients, and on growing older she doctored any stray +dogs and cats who could be prevailed upon to swallow the medicine she +had made. After a time she became anxious to try her skill upon human +beings, but as no one would consent to take her medicine, she drank it +herself, happily without any serious effects. + +When Mary Seacole (as she afterwards became) was about twelve years of +age her mother began to allow her to assist in waiting upon the invalid +officers staying at the boarding-house, and whilst thus engaged she was +able to obtain a knowledge of nursing which was of the greatest value +in after years. While still a girl she paid a visit to England, and +remained there, with some relatives, for some months. She visited +England again a few years later, and saw that there was a good opening +in London for West Indian commodities. Therefore, on her return, she +exported guava jelly, pickles and various preserves, and being anxious +to add to the variety of her wares, she visited the Bahamas, Hayti and +Cuba, to inspect the productions of those places. + +On returning from her travels among the islands she settled down again +to nurse her mother's invalid boarders, and before long married one of +them, a Mr. Seacole. Her married life was, however, short for Mr. +Seacole died a few months after the wedding. A little later her mother +passed away, and Mary Seacole was left without relatives in Jamaica. +She continued to manage the boarding-house; but her generosity to the +poor was so unlimited that when she had a bad season she was without +money to support herself. However, she struggled on until her +boarding-house was once more filled with well-paying invalids. But in +1843 she had a very serious loss; her house was burnt in a fire which +destroyed a large portion of Kingston. The boarding-house was, +however, rebuilt, and prosperity returned. Many a white man asked her +to become his wife, but she refused every offer, and devoted all her +spare time to the task of adding to her store of medical knowledge. +Several naval and military surgeons, surprised to find that her +knowledge of medical matters was, for a woman, great, assisted her with +her studies. + +In 1850 cholera broke out in Jamaica, and raged for a greater portion +of the year, and a doctor who was living at Mary Seacole's house gave +her many valuable hints concerning the treatment of cholera cases. +Before long the knowledge thus obtained proved to be the means of +saving many lives. + +Shortly after the cholera had ceased to rage in Jamaica Mary Seacole +proceeded on a visit to her brother, who owned a large, prosperous +store at Cruces in California. On arriving there, she found the place +crowded with a mixed mob of gold-diggers and speculators, some +proceeding to the gold-fields, others returning. The men returning +were drinking, gambling and "treating" those who were bound for the +gold-fields. It was a degrading sight, and Mary Seacole wished that +she had not left Jamaica. There was nowhere for her to sleep, wash or +change her travel-stained clothes, for every room in her brother's +house was engaged by the homeward-bound gold-diggers. Until they +departed she had to manage to exist without a bed. + +These parties of miners arrived at Cruces weekly, and the scenes of +dissipation were the same on each occasion. + +Quarrels which ended in the death of one of the combatants were +frequent and little noticed, but the very sudden death of a Spaniard +who resided at Cruces caused great excitement. He had dined with Mary +Seacole's brother, and on returning home was taken ill and suddenly +died. Suspicion fell upon Mary Seacole's brother, and it was said +openly that he had poisoned the man. Mary Seacole, indignant at the +accusation brought against her brother, went to see the body, and knew +at once that the man had died from cholera. No one believed her, but +the following morning a friend of the dead man was taken ill with the +same disorder, and the people who had scoffed at her became +terror-stricken. + +There was no doctor at Cruces, and Mary Seacole set herself to battle +single-handed with the plague. Fortunately, she never travelled +without her medicine-chest, and taking from it the remedies which had +been used in Jamaica with great success she hurried to the sick man's +bedside, and by her promptitude was able, under God, to save his life. +Two more men were stricken down and successfully treated, and Mary +Seacole was beginning to hope that the plague would not spread, when a +score of cases broke out in one day. The people were now helpless from +terror, and Mary Seacole was the only person who did not lose her +presence of mind. Day and night she was attending patients, and for +days she never had more than a hour's rest at a time. Whenever a +person was stricken, the demand was for 'the yellow woman from +Jamaica,' and it was never made in vain. + +When the cholera had been raging for some days, Mary Seacole despatched +a messenger to bring a medical man to the place; but the Spaniard who +arrived in response to the summons was horror-stricken at the terrible +scenes, and incapable of rendering any assistance. Mary Seacole was +compelled, therefore, to continue her noble work unaided. + +One evening she had just settled down to a brief rest when a mule-owner +came and implored her to come at once to his kraal, as several of his +men had been attacked with cholera. Now Mary Seacole had been visiting +patients throughout the day and the previous night, but without the +slightest hesitation she went out into the rain and made her way to the +sick muleteers, whom she found in a veritable plague-spot. Men and +mules were all in one room, and the stench was so great that a feeling +of sickness came over her as she stood at the door. But with an effort +she overcame the feeling, and entering flung open the windows, doors +and shutters. Then, as the much-needed fresh air poured in, she looked +around. + +Two men she saw at once were dying, but there were others whom she +thought there was a possibility of saving, and these she attended to at +once. For many hours she remained in this strangely crowded room, and +when she did quit it she only went away for an hour's sleep. On her +return to the plague-spot she found fresh patients awaiting her, one, a +little baby, who in spite of her efforts died. Everything was against +Mary Seacole in this pestilential stable, but nevertheless she was the +means of saving some lives. + +At length, when the plague was dying out, the brave woman who had so +nobly fought the disease was herself stricken with it, but happily for +the British army she recovered. + +Throughout the plague Mary Seacole had treated rich and poor alike. +The centless man and the down-trodden muleteer received as much +attention from her as the wealthy diggers returning home with their +bags of gold dust. The latter paid her liberally for having tended +them, but the majority of her patients had nothing but thanks to give +her. Possibly she appreciated the latter most, for some of her rich +patients seemed to think that having rewarded her they had wiped out +the debt of gratitude. + +On June 4 some of her wealthy patients gave a dinner party, and invited +Mary Seacole to be present. One speaker proposed her health, and after +referring to her having saved their lives continued in the following +strain: 'Well, gentlemen, I expect there are only two things we are +vexed for. The first is that she ain't one of us--a citizen of the +great United States; and the other thing is, gentlemen, that Providence +made her a yellow woman. I calculate, gentlemen, that you're all as +vexed as I am that she's not wholly white, but I do reckon on your +rejoicing with me that she's so many shades removed from being entirely +black; and I guess if we could bleach her by any means we would, and +thus make her as acceptable in any company as she deserves to be. +Gentlemen, I give you Aunty Seacole.' + +Mary Seacole's reply to this ill-mannered speech was as follows: +'Gentlemen, I return you my best thanks for your kindness in drinking +my health. As for what I have done in Cruces, Providence evidently +made me to be useful, and I can't help it. But I must say that I don't +appreciate your friend's kind wishes with respect to my complexion. If +it had been as dark as any nigger's, I should have been just as happy +and as useful, and as much respected by those whose respect I value; +and as to the offer of bleaching me, I should, even if it were +practicable, decline it without any thanks. As to the society which +the process might gain me admission into, all I can say is, that, +judging from the specimens I have met here and elsewhere, I don't think +that I shall lose much by being excluded from it. So, gentlemen, I +drink to you, and the general reformation of American manners.' + +In 1853 Mary Seacole returned to Jamaica, and before she had been there +many weeks yellow fever broke out. It was the worst outbreak that had +occurred for many years, and soon Mary Seacole's boarding-house was +full of patients, chiefly officers, their wives and children. In +nursing her boarders, and procuring proper food for them, Mary Seacole +had more work than most women would care to undertake; but when the +military authorities asked her to organise a start of nurses to attend +to the men in Up-Park Camp, Kingston, she set to work on this +additional task, and, carrying it out with her customary thoroughness, +rendered a great service to the army. + +After the yellow fever had subsided Mary Seacole sold her +boarding-house, and opened a store in New Granada, where she speedily +obtained popularity because of her medical skill. On war being +declared against Russia, she determined to go to the Crimea to nurse +the sick and wounded, and started for London as quickly as possible, +arriving there soon after the news of the battle of Alma had been +received. She had anticipated no difficulty in getting sent to the +front, as there were many officers who could testify to her nursing +abilities; but she found on arriving in London that every regiment to +whom she was known had been sent to the Crimea. However, as the news +of the sufferings of our men at the front had reached London, and the +necessity of nurses being sent out was recognised, she imagined that +her services would be promptly accepted. + +Soon she found, greatly to her sorrow, that the colour of her skin was +considered, in official circles, a barrier to her employment. She +applied in turn at the War Office, the Quartermaster General's +Department, the Medical Department, and the Crimea Fund, but at each +place some polite excuse was made for declining her services. It was +indeed a foolish act on the part of the officials. Nurses were sorely +needed, and here was Mary Seacole, who had far greater experience of +nursing British soldiers than any woman living, refused employment. +She declared in her little book of adventures,[1] published soon after +the war ended, that at her last rebuff she cried as she walked along +the street. + +But Mary Seacole's determination to proceed to the Crimea was not +shaken by her inability to prevail upon the authorities to accept her +services, and after consideration she decided to go to the front at her +own expense. She had sufficient money to pay her passage to Balaclava, +and to support her for some months after her arrival, but not enough to +enable her also to supply herself with the medical outfit necessary for +work at the seat of war. The only way in which she could hope to be in +a position to help the sick and wounded was by earning money in the +Crimea, and therefore she decided to start an hotel at Balaclava for +invalid officers. By the next mail she sent out to the officers who +had known her at Jamaica a notice that she would shortly arrive at +Balaclava, and establish an hotel with comfortable quarters for sick +and convalescent officers. + +While Mary Seacole was making preparations for her departure she met a +shipper named Day, who, hearing of her plans, offered to enter into +partnership with her in the proposed hotel. This offer she accepted, +as with a partner she would be able to devote more time to the wounded. + +At Malta Mary Seacole found herself once more among people who knew and +appreciated her. Some medical officers who had been stationed at +Kingston were among those who welcomed her, and believing that Florence +Nightingale would be glad of her help, gave her a letter of +introduction to that noble Englishwoman. Having made arrangements for +her work in the Crimea, Mary Seacole had now no desire to become +attached to any nursing staff, but she accepted the letter of +introduction, as she was anxious to make the acquaintance of Florence +Nightingale, who was then at the barracks at Scutari, a suburb of +Constantinople, which were being used as a hospital for British troops. + +When Mary Seacole arrived at Scutari, Florence Nightingale was too busy +to grant her an interview immediately, so she spent the period of +waiting in inspecting the wards. As she passed along, many of the +invalid soldiers recognised her and called to her. Some of them she +had nursed in Jamaica, and the sight of her kindly brown face filled +them with recollections of happy days in the West Indies. To every man +who recognised her she said a few cheering words, and in several cases +rearranged bandages which had slipped. While thus engaged, an officer +entered the ward, and was about to reprimand her, when he saw, much to +his surprise, that she was as skilful as any doctor or nurse in the +hospital. When she had finished her self-imposed task, he thanked her +for her thoughtful kindness. + +At last Mary Seacole saw Florence Nightingale, whom she describes in +these words: 'A slight figure, in the nurse's dress, with a pale, +gentle, and withal firm face, resting lightly on the palm of one white +hand, while the other supports the elbow--a position which gives to her +countenance a keen, enquiring expression which is very marked. +Standing thus in repose, and yet keenly observant, was Florence +Nightingale--that Englishwoman whose name shall never die, but sound +like music on the lips of British men until the hour of doom.' + +Naturally Florence Nightingale was interested in the woman who came to +her warmly recommended by British medical officers, and made many +enquiries concerning her intentions. On the following morning Mary +Seacole resumed her journey, but these two good women met several times +before the war was ended. + +On arriving at Balaclava Mary Seacole received hearty welcome from the +troops. Men who had been stationed in Jamaica told their comrades of +her bravery and kindness, and everyone hailed her as a great friend. +Many officers, including a general and that gallant Christian, Captain +Hedley Vicars, met her as she landed, and expressed their thanks to her +for coming to the Crimea. + +Mary Seacole was soon at work among the wounded, assisting the doctors +to transfer them from the ambulances to the transports. While engaged +in this work, on the day after her arrival, she noticed a wounded man +who was evidently in great pain, and saw at once that his bandages were +stiff, and hurting him. Having rearranged them she gave the poor +fellow some tea, and as she placed it to his lips his hand touched +hers. 'Ha!' he exclaimed, too weak even to open his eyes, 'this is +surely a woman's hand. God bless you, woman, whoever you are! God +bless you!' + +A few days later, as she was busy at her usual work of attending to the +sick and wounded, the Admiral of the Port placed his hand on her +shoulder, and said earnestly, 'I am glad to see you here among these +poor fellows.' A day or two before--when she had made some enquiries +concerning the landing of her stores--this admiral had declared +brusquely that they did not want a parcel of women in the place. When +at last Mary Seacole's stores were put ashore, she started business in +a rough little hut, made of tarpaulin, on which was displayed the name +of the firm--Seacole and Day. The soldiers, however, considered that +as Mary Seacole's skin was dark, a better name for the firm was Day and +Martin, and as such it was generally known. + +Towards the end of the summer, Seacole and Day's British Hotel was +opened at Spring Hill. It had cost £800 to build, and was an excellent +place for sick officers to rest. Adjoining the hotel, and belonging to +the same proprietors, was a store at which could be purchased creature +comforts and useful articles. At first the store was opened every day +of the week. Mary Seacole had a strong dislike to opening it on +Sunday, but the requirements of the soldiers made it almost a +necessity. After a time, when the most pressing needs of the men had +been met, she gave notice that the store would be closed on Sundays, +and this rule she refused to alter, in spite of being constantly urged +to do so. + +Many officers, instead of going into hospital when ill, became boarders +at Mary Seacole's, and among these was a naval lieutenant who was a +cousin of Queen Victoria. These officers she doctored and nursed with +her customary skill, and for every vacancy in her hotel there were +half-a-dozen applicants. + +One day it became known in camp, that among the things which Mary +Seacole had received from a recently arrived ship was a young pig, +which she intended to fatten and kill. Immediately she was overwhelmed +with orders for a leg of pork, and if the pig had possessed a hundred +legs she could have sold every one of them. An officer to whom she did +eventually promise a leg of pork was so anxious that there should be no +mistake about the matter, that he made the following memorandum of the +transaction:--'That Mrs. Seacole did this day, in the presence of Major +A-- and Lieutenant W--, promise Captain H--, a leg of _the_ pig.' + +Every portion of the pig was sold long before the animal was fit to be +killed, and then the purchasers began to fear that it would be stolen. +Everybody took an interest in tins pig, and it was considered the +correct thing for every soldier who passed the sty to assure himself +that the animal was still there. One day two officers, coming off +duty, galloped up to the hotel and shouted excitedly, 'Mrs. Seacole! +Quick, quick, the pig's gone!' It was not a false alarm; the pig had +been stolen. As, however, the nest in the sty was warm, it was evident +that the pig had only recently been taken, and a party of officers +started in pursuit of the thieves, shouting laughingly as they rode +off, 'Stole away! Hark away!' The thieves, two Greeks, were quickly +overtaken, and the precious pig was brought back in triumph to Mary +Seacole. + +It must not be thought that Mary Seacole devoted herself entirely to +the officers, for her best work was done among the privates on the +battlefield. Sir William Russell bore testimony to her courage and +humanity. 'I have seen her,' he wrote, 'go down under fire, with her +little store of creature comforts for our wounded men; and a more +tender or skilful hand about a wound or broken limb could not be found +among our best surgeons. I saw her at the assault on the Redan, at the +Tchernaya, at the fall of Sebastopol, laden, not with plunder, good old +soul! but with wine, bandages, and food for the wounded or the +prisoners.' + +The Inspector-General of Hospitals praised her work, and the +Adjutant-General of the British Army wrote on July 1, 1856:--'Mrs. +Seacole was with the British Army in the Crimea from February, 1855, to +this time. This excellent woman has frequently exerted herself in the +most praiseworthy manner in attending wounded men, even in positions of +great danger, and in assisting sick soldiers by all means in her power.' + +From officers who could afford to pay for her medicine or wine she +accepted payment, but a man's need, and not his ability to pay, was her +first thought. On the battle-field she gave strengthening food to +wounded privates which she could easily have sold, at a large profit, +to the officers. + +Regardless of the danger she was running--she had many narrow escapes +from shot and shell--she bandaged the wounded, administered +restoratives to the unconscious, and prayed with the dying. Scores of +dying men gave her messages for their loved ones at home, and these she +despatched as speedily as possible. She saw many an old friend laid to +his last rest, and among these was Hedley Vicars, with whom she had +been associated in much good work in Jamaica. + +Mary Seacole was known to have a very poor opinion of our French ally, +but a wounded Frenchman received as much attention from her as an +Englishman. The enemy, too, had good cause to bless her, for many a +wounded Russian would have died on the battle-field but for her skilful +and prompt aid. One Russian officer, whose wounds she bandaged and +whom she helped to lift into the ambulance, was greatly distressed at +being unable to express his thanks in a language which she understood. +Taking a valuable ring from his finger, he placed it in her hand, +kissing her hand as he did so, and smiled his thanks. + +Mary Seacole continued her noble work until the war ended. But her +generosity to the sick and wounded had been a great strain upon her +finances, as the whole of her share of the profits in the firm of +Seacole and Day, and much of her capital, had been spent on her +charitable work. And, to make matters worse, when the British troops +had departed from the Crimea, the firm had to dispose of its stock at +one-tenth of the cost price. Proceeding to England, Seacole and Day +started business at Aldershot, but after a few months the partnership +was dissolved, and Mary Seacole found herself almost penniless. But as +soon as her unfortunate position became known, friends hastened to +assist her. _Punch_ recorded some of her good deeds in verse, and made +a humorous appeal on her behalf. + +The red-coats did, at _Punch's_ invitation, 'lend a willing hand;' for, +although all ranks were sorry to hear of Mary Seacole's misfortune, +they were glad to have an opportunity to prove to her that they had not +forgotten her noble work in the Crimea. Subscriptions to the fund that +was started for her benefit poured in, and a sufficient sum was +received to enable her to spend the regaining years of her life in +comfort. + + + +[1] _The Wonderful Adventures of Mary Seacole_. Edited by W. J. S. + + + + +LAURA SECORD, A CANADIAN HEROINE + +Many years ago, when His Majesty King Edward VII. was in Canada, he +paid a visit to Mrs. Laura Secord, a very old and revered Canadian +lady. The news of the visit of the Prince of Wales (for such, of +course, His Majesty then was), and the present which he afterwards +bestowed upon her, was heard with pleasure throughout Canada, for Laura +Secord is a heroine of whom the Canadians are justly very proud. + +The brave deed for which she is famed is here told: + +On June 18, 1812, the United States of America declared war against +Great Britain. The conquest of Canada was the object President Madison +had in view, and he was confident that he would achieve it with little +difficulty. Truly he had good reasons for his confidence. In the +whole of Canada there were less than 4500 regular troops, and it was +known that Napoleon's activity in Europe would prevent the British +Government from sending out reinforcements. + +Naturally, the news that America had declared war filled the Canadians +with dismay; but this feeling was quickly succeeded by a determination +to repel the invaders, or die in the attempt. The call to arms was +sounded throughout the country, and an army composed of farmers, +fur-traders, clerks, artisans, French Canadians, Red Indians, and negro +slaves was soon formed. + +Among the white men who volunteered was James Secord, who had married +Laura Ingersoll, the daughter of a sturdy loyalist who quitted the +United States, after the War of Independence, to live under the British +flag in Canada. Mr. and Mrs. Secord were living at Queenston, on the +banks of the Niagara River, when the war broke out, and it was at +Queenston that a fierce battle was fought, four months later. + +About two o'clock in the morning of October 13 the British discovered +that the Americans had crossed the river under cover of darkness, and +that some were already scaling the cliffs at various points. A fierce +fire was opened upon the invaders on the beach, who concealed +themselves behind the rocks and fired whenever they saw an opportunity. +The American losses were great, and it appeared as if they would either +have to surrender or be annihilated, when suddenly a volley was poured +into the rear of the British. + +Unseen by the defenders, a body of Americans had scaled the cliffs, and +taken up a strong position above the British, who were now between two +fires. The British general--Brock--was mortally wounded, and for a few +moments his men stood aghast. Then the cry, 'Avenge Brock!' was +raised, and with a cheer the British force advanced to drive out the +invaders. + +A terrible hand-to-hand fight ensued, and slowly but surely the +Americans were driven to the edge of the cliff. Several hundred +surrendered, and many more might have been taken prisoners but for the +fact that the Indians had got beyond control, and refused to give +quarters to their hated foe. Seizing men who were willing to +surrender, they hurled them from the cliff into the water below. +Scores of Americans, fearing the vengeance of the Indians, jumped from +the cliff and were drowned, and many others fought stubbornly until +they reached the brink and fell backwards. A terribly sanguinary fight +had resulted in a victory for the British; but it had been dearly +bought. The British general was dead, and the battle-field was strewn +with the bodies of brave volunteers who had died in defence of their +homes and liberty. + +Before the last of the invaders had surrendered or been killed, Laura +Secord was on the battlefield searching for her husband. She found +Captain Secord's men, but he was not with them, and not one of them +knew where he was. In the hand-to-hand fight they had lost sight of +their captain, but they pointed out to the distressed lady the spot +where they had fought. + +Hither Laura Secord hurried, and where the dead and dying lay thick she +found her husband terribly wounded. Falling on her knees beside him, +she called him by name, but he gave no sign that he heard her. +Believing him to be dead, she cried bitterly, and taking him up in her +arms carried him to their house. Then as she laid him down she found +to her great joy that he still breathed. + +By her tender nursing she saved his life, although his recovery was +very slow. Winter and spring passed, and summer came, and Captain +Secord was still an invalid and unable to walk. It was a great trial +to him to be kept to the house, fur another American force had landed +at Queenston, and occupied the town and neighbourhood. It had been +impossible to remove Captain Secord when the other Canadians retired, +and thus he and his wife were left in the midst of the Americans. But, +as it turned out, it was a happy thing for the British that he was too +ill to be removed. + +One day, towards the end of June, some American officers entered the +Secords' house, and commanded Laura to give them food. She did so, and +while waiting on them listened to all they said. Of course she did not +let them see that she was taking an interest in their conversation, and +succeeded in making them believe that she was a very simple and +unintelligent person. Imagining that she would not understand what +they were saying, they began to discuss their general's plans, and +unwittingly revealed to her the fact that a surprise attack was to be +made on the British force. When the officers, having eaten a hearty +meal, departed, Laura Secord repeated to her husband all that they had +said. + +Captain Secord was at a loss what to do. The British would have to be +warned of the attack, but who could he get to pass the American pickets +and carry a message through twenty miles of bush? Never before had he +felt so keenly his helpless condition. + +But his despair was short-lived, for his wife declared that she would +carry the news to the British general. Quickly she told him her plans, +and although it seemed to him that there was little prospect of her +being able to carry them out, he did not attempt to dissuade her from +the undertaking. + +At daybreak the following morning Laura Secord, disguised as a +farm-maid, quitted the house bare-footed and bare-legged, and walked +straight to the cow to milk her. But she had scarcely begun her task +when the cow kicked over the milking pail and ran forward towards the +bush. The American soldiers laughed heartily at the mishap, but +ignoring them Laura Secord picked up her stool and pail and ran after +the cow. Her second attempt to milk her ended in the same way--the cow +kicked over the pail and frisked a few yards nearer to the bush. To +the delight of the soldiers this performance was repeated several +times, and chasing the cow Laura Secord passed the pickets and entered +the bush. The Americans saw her make another and equally unsuccessful +attempt at milking. Soon cow and milk-maid were lost to sight. Again +Laura Secord approached the cow and began to milk her, and this time +the animal stood quietly. + +The pinch which Laura Secord had given the cow on the previous +occasions was not repeated, and the milking could soon have been +finished, had the brave woman time to spare. Sitting on her stool, she +peered in the direction whence she came and listened. Convinced that +the soldiers had not had their suspicions aroused, she sprang up and +leaving cow, pail and stool, started on her long journey. + +Hour after hour she pressed forward, fearful that at any moment she +might come face to face with the enemy's scouts. Nor was this the only +danger she had to fear. The bush was infested with venomous snakes, +and on several occasions she found one lying in her path. Sometimes +she succeeded in frightening away the reptile, but frequently she was +compelled to make a detour to avoid it. Her feet and legs were torn +and bleeding, but still she plodded on, across hill and dale, through +swamp and stream. + +When night came she was still wearily trudging along, but uncertain +whether she was proceeding in the right direction. Again and again she +fell to the ground, and would have lain there, but for the knowledge +that the lives of hundreds of her countrymen would be lost if she did +not reach the British lines quickly. This thought spurred her on. + +Exhausted, bleeding and hungry, she continued her journey, praying to +God to give her strength to reach her destination. + +Hours passed, and at length she became so exhausted that her hope of +reaching the British grew faint. She felt that if she fell again she +would not have the strength to rise. Then suddenly the air was filled +with the war-whoop of the Red Indians, and a score of the dreaded +savages sprang from their hiding-places and surrounded her. + +Indians were fighting for the Americans as well as for the British, and +the atrocities which they perpetrated made the war of 1812 one of the +most bitter, most unchivalrous, that had been waged between civilized +nations for many years. Believing her captors to be allies of the +Americans, Laura Secord felt that her last hour had come, but imagine +her joy when, a few moments later she discovered that they were scouts +of the British force. + +Quickly she was carried to the British lines, and at her own request +was taken at once to the officer in command, whom she told of the +impending attack. After praising Laura Secord for her bravery, and +ordering that her wants should be attended to immediately, the officer +proceeded to make use of the information she had brought him; and so +well did he lay his plans, and so quickly were they carried out, that +the Americans, instead of surprising the British, were themselves +surprised, and every man in the force captured. + + + + +LADY BANKES AND THE SIEGE OF CORFE CASTLE. + +During the Great Rebellion many brave deeds were performed by women. +Royalists and Parliamentarians each had their heroines, and we can +honour them all, irrespective of party, for their devotion to the cause +which they had espoused, and rejoice in the fact that they were British +women. + +Lady Bankes was a woman whom Roundheads as well as Cavaliers admitted +to be a noble specimen of an English lady. She was the wife of the +Right Honourable Sir John Bankes, Chief Justice of the Common Pleas and +a member of His Majesty's Privy Council. + +When it began to appear that the differences between King Charles and +his Parliament would be settled by arms, Lady Bankes retired with her +children to Corfe Castle, in Dorsetshire. Sir John was on circuit at +the time, but it was soon discovered that he had supplied the king with +money to carry on war against his Parliament, and for this reason he +became a marked man. He was not, however, a Royalist who hoped to keep +his appointment by concealing his opinions from the Roundheads. At the +Salisbury assizes he made his charge to the grand jury an opportunity +for denouncing as guilty of high treason several peers who had taken up +arms against the king. For this Parliament denounced him as a traitor, +and declared his property forfeited. + +No attempt was, however, made to seize Corfe Castle until May 1643, +when all the other castles in the neighbourhood having been captured, +it was the only one held by a Royalist. The Parliamentary army was +well aware that Sir John Bankes was not at the castle, and that Lady +Bankes had a very small force of servants to protect her, and +consequently it was, for some time, not considered necessary to capture +it. It was believed that Lady Bankes, shut up in her own castle, was +powerless to harm Cromwell's army. But, eventually, it was decided +that it was unwise not to interfere with a place that was notoriously a +Royalist possession, and it was decided to capture it. + +The day fixed for the event was the first of May. On that day it was +the custom of the gentlemen of Corfe Castle to hunt a stag on the +island, and any one who liked to do so might participate in the sport. +The Roundheads decided to attend the hunt, seize the men from the +castle, and then capture the castle itself. But the arrival of an +exceptionally large number of people to attend the hunt aroused the +suspicions of the few Royalists, who quickly withdrew to the castle and +gave instructions that the gates were to be kept shut against anyone +seeking admission. + +Having failed to capture the Royalists in the hunting-field, the rebels +came to the castle, and pretending that they were peaceable country +folk, craved permission to be allowed to see the interior. The +permission was refused, and some of the soldiers, angry at the failure +of the plot, forgot the part they were playing, and threatened to +return and gain admission by force. The officers, anxious not to +arouse Lady Bankes's suspicions, loudly reprimanded their men for +making foolish threats, and assured her ladyship that they had no +intention of doing as their men had vowed. + +Lady Bankes did not, however, believe the rebel officers, and, +convinced that an attack would shortly be made on the castle, she +prepared to defend it. She had no Royalist troops whatever in the +castle, and her first step, therefore, was to call in a number of men +whom she could rely upon. But no sooner were the men instructed in +their duties than the rebels demanded that the four small guns which +were mounted on the wall should be given up. + +Lady Bankes refused to surrender them, and some days later forty seamen +came and demanded them. Now at that hour Lady Bankes had only five men +in the castle, but pretending that she had a large garrison, she +refused the seamen's demand, and caused one of the guns to be fired +over their heads. The report of this gun, which only carried a +three-pound ball, so alarmed the seamen that they fled in dismay. They +must have been very different from the men who sailed under Blake, and +made the Commonwealth's navy world-famed. + +No sooner had the timorous seamen fled than Lady Bankes summoned to the +castle all her tenants and friendly neighbours, to assist her to hold +the place until her husband should return. They came in quickly, many +bringing arms, and vowed to fight for her and King Charles; but the +Roundheads, discovering who had entered the castle, went to the homes +of these men, and told their wives that unless their husbands returned +home their houses would be burned to the ground. The frightened wives +thereupon made their way to the castle and implored their husbands to +return. Some of the men did as their wives desired, but others would +not break the promise they had made to the mistress of Corfe Castle. + +The enemy now decided to starve out Lady Bankes, and threatened to kill +anyone caught conveying food to the castle. This measure was +effective, for Lady Bankes, being without sufficient food and +ammunition to withstand a siege, agreed to deliver up the guns, on the +condition that she should remain in possession of the castle unmolested. + +Lady Bankes had, however, little confidence in the honour of the +attacking party, and felt assured that they would before long, in spite +of their promise, endeavour to take possession of the castle. This was +made evident by the behaviour of the soldiers, who, although they did +not enter the castle, did not hesitate to boast that it belonged to +them, and that they would take possession of it whenever it was +required. But Lady Bankes was determined that it should not, if she +could possibly prevent it, fall into the hands of the enemy. Therefore +she gave instructions that the men appointed to watch the castle should +be supplied liberally with food and drink, with the result that they +neglected to do their duty, and allowed Lady Bankes to smuggle in +sufficient provisions and ammunition to withstand a long siege. +Moreover, Lady Bankes despatched a messenger to Prince Maurice, asking +him to send a force to help her hold the castle against the enemy, and +in reply to her appeal Captain Lawrence and some eighty men arrived +upon the scene. + +The Parliamentarians had now become aware of the fact that Lady Bankes +was taking steps to render the castle capable of withstanding a siege, +and they decided to occupy it at once. + +On June 23, 1643, Sir Walter Earle arrived before the castle with a +force of about 600 men, and called upon Lady Bankes to surrender, which +she firmly but courteously declined to do. Her refusal greatly +incensed the besiegers, who thereupon took an oath that 'if they found +the defendants obstinate not to yield, they would maintain the siege to +victory, and then deny quarter unto all, killing without mercy men, +women and children.' + +The Parliamentarians, possessing several pieces of ordnance, opened +fire on the castle from all quarters, but did comparatively little +damage, and their attempts to carry it by assault were equally +unsuccessful. + +When some days had passed, and the attacking forces were no nearer +capturing the castle than when they first arrived, the Earl of Warwick +sent to their assistance 150 sailors, a large supply of ammunition and +numerous scaling-ladders. Possessing these ladders, the Roundheads +anticipated that the castle would soon be in their hands. They divided +their force into two parties, one assaulting the middle ward, which was +defended by Captain Lawrence, and the other, the upper ward, where Lady +Bankes, her daughters, women-servants and five soldiers were the sole +defenders. + +As the Parliamentarians fixed their ladders against the castle wall +Lady Bankes and her brave assistants showered down upon them red-hot +stones and flaming wood. The soldiers too, delighted at the bravery of +the mistress of the castle, fought desperately, and not one of the +enemy succeeded in gaining entrance to the castle. + +Sir Walter Earle, seeing that he could not carry the castle by assault, +withdrew with a loss of one hundred killed and wounded. He would in +all probability have made another attack, but during the evening the +news reached him that the king's forces were approaching, and overcome +by fear he ordered a retreat, leaving behind muskets, ammunition and +guns, all of which fell into the hands of Lady Bankes and her gallant +garrison. + +After this siege, which had lasted for six weeks, Lady Bankes was +allowed to remain for two years in undisturbed possession of the +castle; but she lived in the knowledge that at any time another attempt +to capture it might be made, as it was the only place of any importance +between Exeter and London that remained loyal to the royal cause. +Threats were constantly reaching her from certain members of the +Parliamentary party, and to add to her trials her husband, whom she had +not seen for two years, died at Oxford on December 28, 1644. + +In October, 1645, the Parliamentary army decided to make another and +more determined effort to capture Corfe Castle, and a large force was +sent to besiege it. Lady Bankes and her handful of men had now pitted +against them some of the best regiments in the victorious +Parliamentarian army, but they scorned to surrender to them. + +It was in January of the following year that a young officer--Colonel +Cromwell--determined to make an effort to rescue Lady Bankes, and +riding with a specially picked troop from Oxford he passed through the +enemy without its being discovered that he was a Royalist until he +arrived at Wareham, the governor of which fired upon the troop. A +fight ensued, but the daring troopers speedily captured the governor +and other leading men, and rode off to Corfe Castle, only, however, to +find that between them and the besieged lay a strong force of the +enemy. They did not hesitate, but prepared instantly for the fight, +and the besieged, cheering them loudly, made ready to sally forth and +assist them. + +Afraid of being caught between the two Royalist parties, the besiegers +retired, and Colonel Cromwell rode up in triumph to the castle walls, +and handed over to Lady Bankes, for safe custody, the Governor of +Wareham and other prisoners whom he had taken. + +Greatly to Colonel Cromwell's surprise, Lady Bankes declined to avail +herself of the opportunity for escape which he had contrived, declaring +that she would defend the castle as long as she possessed ammunition. +Thinking that he could render the king greater service in the open than +in a besieged castle, Colonel Cromwell rode off with his troop, but +losing his way he and many of his men were captured by the enemy. +Those who evaded capture made their way back to Corfe Castle, and +assisted in its defence. + +Days passed without the enemy improving his position in the slightest +degree, and Lady Bankes would have kept the royal flag flying for many +months more, had there not been traitors in the castle. Colonel +Lawrence, who had gallantly assisted in the first defence of Corfe +Castle, was persuaded by the Governor of Wareham to help him to escape, +and to accompany him on his flight. The treachery of Lawrence was a +heavy blow for Lady Bankes, but she did not despair, believing it +impossible that any other of her friends would turn traitor. +Unfortunately she was mistaken. An officer, who had hitherto been +loyal and energetic as Colonel Lawrence, secretly sent word to the +officer commanding the besieging force that if protection were given +him he would deliver up the castle. The proposal was welcomed, and +after much secret correspondence it was settled that fifty men of the +Parliamentarian army should disguise themselves as Royalists, and be +admitted into the castle by the traitor. + +This plan succeeded. The men were admitted without arousing any +suspicion, and not until the following morning did the garrison +discover that they had been betrayed. A brief fight ensued, but +resistance was useless, and with a sad heart Lady Bankes surrendered +the castle which she had so nobly defended for nearly three years. + +The Parliamentarian officer who accepted the surrender was a humane +man, and took care that his troops should not fulfil their vow to put +to death every man, woman and child found in the castle. After the +place had been plundered, an attempt was made to destroy it, but the +walls were so massive that its destruction was impossible, and to-day +much of it is still standing. + +Lady Bankes was not kept prisoner for long, and Oliver Cromwell +ordained that she should not be made to suffer for her loyalty and +bravery. Throughout the Commonwealth the heroine of Corfe Castle lived +peacefully, and did not die until Charles II. had been upon the throne +nearly a year. She died on April 11, 1661, and in Ruislip Church, +Middlesex, there is a monument, erected to her memory by her son, Sir +Ralph Bankes, on which is inscribed a record of her brave defence. + + + + +LADY HARRIET ACLAND. + +A HEROINE OF THE AMERICAN WAR. + +It was at the beginning of the year 1776 that Major Acland was ordered +to proceed with his regiment to America, to take part in the attempt to +quell the rising of the colonists. His wife, to whom he had been +married six years, at once asked to be allowed to accompany him, but he +hesitated to give his consent, being doubtful whether she would be able +to bear the hardships of a campaign. + +Hitherto her life had been one of comfort. She was the third daughter +of the first Earl of Ilchester, and her training had not been such as +would qualify her for roughing it. Major Acland did not, however, +offer any objections when his wife, fearing that he thought the life +would be too hard for her, declared that she had made up her mind to +accompany him. + +Arriving in Canada, she soon found that campaigning was more arduous +than she had imagined. Her husband's regiment was continually on the +march, and she suffered greatly from cold, fatigue and want of proper +food. + +When they had been in Canada about a year, Major Acland became +dangerously ill, and his wife, herself in ill-health, was his only +nurse. Although the twenty-seven years of her life had been without +any experience of nursing, she soon became efficient, and before long +had the pleasure of knowing that by her care and attention she had +saved her husband's life. But before Major Acland had fully regained +his strength he was ordered to rejoin his regiment, to take part in the +attack upon Ticonderoga. + +So far Lady Harriet had followed her husband from place to place, and +she prepared to accompany him to Ticonderoga; but, knowing that the +fight would be a severe one, he insisted upon her remaining behind. +She obeyed him, but was miserable during his absence, and would have +preferred the greatest hardships to sitting idle, waiting to hear the +result of the battle. It was a hard-fought one, but Ticonderoga was +captured by the British, and the news filled Lady Harriet with joy, for +her husband, who sent her the message, told her that he was unhurt. +The joy was short-lived, however. Two days later Lady Harriet was +informed that on the day following the capture of Ticonderoga her +husband had been dangerously wounded. Reproaching herself for having +been away from him in time of danger, she started off at once to where +he lay, and by careful nursing she again saved his life. + +Lady Harriet had decided, during her husband's last illness, to follow +him everywhere, no matter how great the danger; and when she was once +more on the march some of the artillerymen, anxious to make her +self-imposed task lighter, constructed for her a small two-wheeled +carriage. + +Major Acland commanded the grenadiers, whose duty it was to be at the +most advanced post of the army, and consequently Lady Harriet was +always in danger of being killed or captured. She, like the officers, +lay down in her clothes, so that she might be ready at any moment to +advance. One night the tent in which she and her husband were sleeping +caught fire, and had it not been for the prompt and gallant conduct of +an orderly-sergeant, who at great personal risk dragged them out, they +would have been suffocated or burnt to death. As it was, Major Acland +was severely burnt, and all their personal belongings were lost. + +Instead of being disheartened by the hardships and mishaps which fell +to her lot, Lady Harriet became more cheerful as time went on; but +another severe trial was in store for her. Major Acland informed her +that as they would in all probability engage the enemy in a day or two, +she would have to remain in the care of the baggage guard, which was +unlikely to be exposed to danger. Lady Harriet protested, being +anxious to accompany her husband into battle, but she was compelled to +do as the major desired. Here among the baggage she had for companions +two other ladies, wives of officers. + +When the action began Lady Harriet was seated in a small hut which she +had found unoccupied, and here she remained listening to the artillery +and musketry fire, and praying that her husband might come out of the +fight uninjured. Soon, however, she had to vacate the hut, for the +surgeons told her that they required it, as the fight was fierce, and +the men were falling fast. Unwittingly the surgeons had alarmed her. +If men were falling fast there was little chance of her husband, whose +place was in the front line of attack, escaping injury. + +For four hours the battle raged fiercely, but Lady Harriet could obtain +no news other husband. He was not among the wounded or dead who had +been brought to the rear, but she feared that at any moment she might +see him lying white and still on a stretcher. The two ladies who +waited with her were equally anxious for news from the front, and for +them it came soon, and cruelly. The husband of one was brought back +mortally wounded, and a little later the other was told that her +husband had been shot dead. + +The battle ceased, and the last of the wounded was brought to the +surgeons, but still Lady Harriet was without news of Major Acland, and +it was not until many hours later that she heard he was still alive. +Her joy was tempered by the knowledge that the fighting would be +renewed before many days had elapsed. + +At last, on October 7, 1777, the second battle of Saratoga was fought. +Lady Harriet was once again doomed to listen to the sound of cannon and +musketry, and to see a sad procession of wounded moving to the rear. +As time passed without any news of her husband reaching her, she began +to hope that he would pass through the battle uninjured; but this was +not to be. Soon the news came that the British, under General +Burgoyne, had been defeated, and that Major Acland, seriously wounded, +had been taken prisoner. + +For a time Lady Harriet was overcome with grief, but growing calmer she +determined to make an attempt to join her husband in the American camp +and nurse him there. 'When the army was upon the point of moving after +the halt described,' General Burgoyne wrote in his account of the +campaign, 'I received a message from Lady Harriet, submitting to my +decision a proposal (and expressing an earnest solicitude to execute +it, if not interfering with my designs) of passing to the camp of the +enemy, and requesting General Gates's permission to attend her husband. +Though I was ready to believe (for I had experienced) that patience and +fortitude in a supreme degree were to be found, as well as every other +virtue, under the most tender forms, I was astonished at this proposal. +After so long an agitation of the spirits, exhausted not only for want +of rest, but absolutely want of food, drenched in rains for twelve +hours together, that a woman should be capable such an undertaking as +delivering herself to the enemy, probably in the night, and uncertain +of what hands she might first fall into, appeared an effort above human +nature. The assistance I was enabled to give was small indeed; I had +not even a cup of wine to offer her; but I was told she had found, from +some kind and fortunate hand, a little rum and dirty water. All I +could furnish to her was an open boat and a few lines, written upon +dirty and wet paper, to General Gates, recommending her to his +protection.' + +Accompanied by an army chaplain and two servants, Lady Harriet +proceeded up the Hudson River in an open boat to the enemy's outposts; +but the American sentry, fearing treachery, refused to allow her to +land, and ignoring the white handkerchief which she held aloft, +threatened to shoot anyone in the boat who ventured to move. For eight +hours, unprotected from the night air, Lady Harriet sat shivering in +the boat, but at daybreak she prevailed upon the sentry to have her +letter delivered to General Gates. The American general readily gave +permission for her to join her husband, who, she found, had been shot +through both legs, in addition to having received several minor wounds. +His condition was serious, but Lady Harriet succeeded in nursing him +into comparatively good health. + +When Major Acland was sufficiently recovered to be able to travel he +returned with his wife to England, where the story of Lady Harriet's +bravery and devotion was already well-known. A portrait of her, in +which she is depicted standing in the boat holding aloft a white +handkerchief, was exhibited in the Royal Academy and engraved. Sir +Joshua Reynolds also painted a portrait of her. + +Lady Harriet, 'the heroine of the American War,' lived, admired and +respected, for thirty-seven years after her husband's death, dying +deeply mourned at Tatton, Somersetshire, on July 21, 1815. + +'Let such as are affected by these circumstances of alarm, hardship and +danger, recollect,' General Burgoyne wrote, 'that the subject of them +was a woman, of the most tender and delicate frame, of the gentlest +manners, habituated to all the soft elegances and refined enjoyments +that attend high birth and fortune. Her mind alone was formed for such +trials.' But in very many cases heroines have been women from whom few +would have expected heroism. The blustering braggart does not often +prove to be a hero in time of danger, and the gentle, unassuming woman +is the type of which heroines are frequently made. The aristocracy the +middle and the lower classes, have each given us many heroines of this +type. + + + + +AIMÉE LADOINSKI AND THE RETREAT FROM MOSCOW. + +Napoleon was entering Moscow in triumph. It was night, and the streets +of the Russian capital were deserted, but at a window of one house past +which the victorious troops were marching sat a French lady, eagerly +scanning the faces of the officers. Her husband, Captain Ladoinski, of +the Polish Lancers, was somewhere among the troops, but she failed to +recognise him as he rode by. Soon, however, he was at her house, and +great was the joy of meeting after long separation. + +After the first greeting, Aimée Ladoinski noticed that her husband was +wounded, and although he spoke lightly of his wound, it was not a +slight one. Moreover, it had been aggravated by want of attention, for +Napoleon's surgeons did not at this time possess the proper appliances +for dressing wounds. Captain Ladoinski's wound had been dressed with +moss and bandaged with parchment! In a few minutes after making this +discovery Madame Ladoinski had bandaged her husband's wound with lint +and linen. It was a great relief to the warrior, and settling down in +a comfortable chair he proceeded to question his wife as to how she had +fared during his absence, and then to relate his own adventures. + +Suddenly, as they sat talking, a fierce red light shone into the room, +which had until then been in darkness, except for the feeble glimmer +from a shaded lamp in the corner. Rising quickly, Madame Ladoinski +went to the window, closely followed by her husband, who uttered an +exclamation of surprise when he saw that a fire was raging in the newly +captured city. + +Taking up his lance Captain Ladoinski hurried out, to order his men to +assist in subduing the fire, but at the doorway he was met by a +messenger who made known to him Napoleon's command, that the troops +billeted in that portion of the town were not to leave their quarters. +Surprised at this order, Captain Ladoinski returned to his wife, and +together they watched from their window the rapidly extending fire. +The burning part of the city was at a considerable distance from where +they stood, but it seemed to them that unless prompt measures were +taken it would be impossible to save the city from utter destruction. +Hundreds of soldiers were resting near them who might have been busily +employed in checking the progress of the flames. The truth dawned on +both of them. Napoleon did not see his way to save Moscow from this +new calamity. + +Now Aimée Ladoinski had resided for some time in Moscow, and its +streets and palaces were familiar to her, and the thought of their +ruthless destruction to thwart the designs of one man filled her with +shame--shame that he who had caused this act of vandalism was a +Frenchman. + +Madame Ladoinski did not admire Napoleon, for she was at heart a +Bourbon, and regarded him as an usurper. The reckless sacrifice of +thousands of his fellow countrymen for his own aggrandisement filled +her with loathing for the man, and she did not conceal her feelings +from her husband, who made no attempt to defend the emperor. It was +not for love of him that Captain Ladoinski had fought under 'the Little +Corporal.' He was a Pole, and it was because Napoleon was fighting the +oppressor of the Polish race--Russia--that he fought for the French. +The Russians had been humbled, and he, a Pole, had marched as one of a +victorious army into their capital. But secretly he wondered if the +condition of much-persecuted Poland would be better under Napoleon than +it was under Russia. His wife candidly declared that it would not be. +Napoleon had promised he would free Poland from the Russian yoke, but +she felt convinced that it would simply be to place the country under +French rule. + +'And, wherefore,' she said to her husband, as we read in Watson's +_Heroic Women of History_, 'should Poland find such solitary grace in +the eyes of Europe's conquerors? Shall all the nations lie prostrate +at his feet, and Poland alone be permitted to stand by his side as an +equal? Be wise, my dear Ladoinski. You confess that the conqueror +lent but a lifeless ear to the war-cry of your country. Be timely +wise; open your eyes, and see that this cold-hearted victor--wrapped in +his own dark and selfish aims--uses the sword of the patriot Pole only, +like that of the prostrate Prussian, to hew the way to his own throne +of universal dominion.... Believe it, this proud man did not enslave +all Europe to become the liberator of Poland. Ah! trust me, that is +but poor freedom which consists only In a change of masters. O +Ladoinski! Ladoinski! give up this mad emprise; return to the bosom of +your family; and when your compatriots arise to assert their rights at +the call of their country, and not at the heartless beck of a stranger +despot, I will buckle the helmet on your brow.' + +Captain Ladoinski was inclined to believe that his wife had spoken the +truth when she said that Napoleon would forget the Poles, now that +Russia was crushed. Posing as a disinterested man eager to deliver the +Poles from the hands of their oppressor, Napoleon had gathered round +him a band of brave men, who fought with the determination of men +fighting for their homes and liberty. They had served his purpose, and +he would reward them, not with the freedom he had promised, but with +the intimation that they were now his subjects. It was a terrible +disappointment, but Captain Ladoinski consoled himself with the belief +that French rule would not be so hard to bear as the Russian had been. + +The fire spread apace. It was a grand yet terrible scene, the like of +which, it is to be hoped, will never again be witnessed. Soon the heat +became unbearable in the quarter of the city where the Ladoinskis stood +and watched, and sparks and big flaring brands fell in showers. Unless +they departed quickly they would be burned to death. + +Captain Ladoinski could not seek safety in flight, for he had been +commanded to remain in his quarters, and the order had not been +cancelled. Assuring his wife that he would soon be at liberty to leave +his post, he urged her to depart with their child and wait for him +outside the city. This she refused to do, declaring that as long as he +remained where he was she would stay with him. And this determination +he could not alter, although he used every persuasion possible to that +end. + +On came the flames, crackling, hissing and roaring, and soon the houses +facing the Ladoinskis would be engulfed in them. The captain would not +quit his post without orders, and his wife would not leave him. Death +seemed certain, and they were preparing to meet it, when suddenly an +order came from head-quarters ordering the troops to evacuate the city +with all despatch. Instantly the retreat began, but many men fell in +the scorching, suffocating streets never to rise again. Captain +Ladoinski and his wife and child had many narrow escapes from the fiery +brands which fell hissing into the roads as they hurried on towards the +suburbs, but fortunately they received no injury. + +Arriving on high ground, and safe from the fire's onslaught, the +Ladoinskis stood, with thousands of Napoleon's army, gazing at the +destruction of Moscow. The captain, remembering the havoc which the +Russians had wrought by fire and sword in Warsaw, rejoiced to see their +capital in flames; but his wife checked his rejoicing by warning him +that the destruction of Moscow would not bring freedom to Poland. + +And now began Napoleon's retreat. Terrible were the sufferings of the +men, but it is only with Madame Ladoinski's trials that we are +concerned. Knowing that after the burning of Moscow it would be +dangerous for any French person to remain in Russia, she, with many +other people of her nationality, accompanied the French army on its +disastrous retreat. She travelled in a baggage-wagon, which at any +rate afforded her and her child some protection from the frost and +snow. To her the journey was not so terrible an undertaking as to some +of her compatriots, for she had the pleasure of being daily with her +husband, after some years of separation. But her pleasure soon +received a rude shock. The Cossacks hung on with tenacity to the +remains of the great French army, swooping down at unexpected times +upon some dispirited, disorganised section, cutting it to pieces, and +recapturing some of the spoil with which the troops were loaded. + +Captain Ladoinski was present when one of these attacks was made, and, +while assisting to repel the attackers, received a dangerous wound. A +place was found for him in the baggage-wagon, and there he lay for +days, tenderly nursed by his wife. The road was blocked in many places +with abandoned guns, dead horses, and broken-down wagons, and +travelling was difficult. Some of the wagons had not broken down +accidentally or through hard wear, but had been tampered with by the +drivers. Many a terrible act was perpetrated in baggage-wagons during +the retreat from Moscow. In these wagons, among the spoil taken from +the capital, were placed the wounded, frequently unattended and without +protection. Many of the drivers, anxious to possess some of the spoil +with which their wagons were loaded, weakened the axle, so that it +should collapse. The bedraggled soldiers would march on, and when the +drivers were well in rear of the force they murdered their wounded +passengers and looted the wagons. + +One night Madame Ladoinski was awakened by the stoppage of their wagon. +She had heard stories of the murdering of the wounded by wagon-drivers, +but she had not believed them, and after peeping out at the +snow-covered country, and seeing that soldiers and other wagons were +near, she lay down again, and in a few minutes was sleeping soundly--a +sleep from which in all probability she would not have awakened, so +intense was the cold, had not the wagon arrived at Smolensk, a depôt of +the French army, an hour later. Her life was saved by the prompt +attention of a young officer, who glanced into the wagon, and was +surprised to find her lying insensible with her child beside her. +Calling to some brother officers, he jumped into the wagon and poured a +little brandy into Madame Ladoinski's mouth. Then, when she began to +show signs of returning consciousness, he and his companions lifted her +from the wagon to carry her and her boy to a house where they would be +properly warmed, fed and nursed. + +On the way some of the officers recognised her as Captain Ladoinski's +wife, and they were naturally surprised to find her in such a sad +condition. 'Where is Ladoinski?' they asked each other; and one +replied that on the previous day he had seen him, wounded, in the wagon +with his wife and child. Some expressed the belief that he had died of +his wounds, but others declared that he must have been murdered by the +wagon-drivers, who, scoundrels though they were, had possessed +sufficient humanity to spare the woman and child. + +As in a dream, Madame Ladoinski had heard the conversation of the +officers, and suddenly she grasped the meaning of what they had said. + +'My husband! my husband!' she cried, wildly. 'Where is he?' + +The officers, distressed at her grief, told her that when the wagon +arrived at Smolensk, she and her boy were the only people in it. Of +her husband they had seen or heard nothing, and the wagon-drivers had +disappeared soon after reaching the city. They endeavoured to cheer +her, however, by assuring her that he was, no doubt, not far away, and +would soon return to her. But she, remembering what they had said when +they believed her to be unconscious, was not calmed by their +well-intentioned words. + +Two days passed, and nothing was seen or heard of Captain Ladoinski, +although the officers who had taken an interest in his wife made every +effort to obtain news of him. They were in their own minds convinced +that he was dead, but in order that a searching enquiry might be made, +they obtained for her an interview with two of the most powerful of +Napoleon's officers--the King of Naples and Prince Eugène Beauharnais, +Viceroy of Italy. These officers listened quietly to the story of her +husband's disappearance, and having expressed their sympathy with her, +an aide-de-camp was summoned and ordered to make immediate enquiries +among the wagon-drivers as to the fate of Captain Ladoinski. The +aide-de-camp answered respectfully that he and several of his brother +officers had already closely questioned every wagon-driver they could +find, and that the men had sworn that Captain Ladoinski had died during +the night of cold and of his wounds, and that his body had been thrown +out into the snow. Madame Ladoinski, they declared, was insensible +from cold when her husband died. + +Clasping her boy, Madame Ladoinski burst into tears. For a few minutes +she sat sobbing bitterly, but then, in the midst of her grief, she +remembered that she was encroaching on the time of the officers before +her. Controlling her tears as well as she was able, she asked for a +safe-conduct for herself and child. As a Frenchwoman and the widow of +a Polish rebel she would receive, she reminded her hearers, no mercy if +she fell into the hands of the Russians. Her husband had fought for +the French, and she claimed French protection. Instantly the two +marshals declared that she should have the protection she asked, and +Prince Eugène offered her a seat in a wagon that would accompany his +division when it started in the course of a few days. + +Madame Ladoinski accepted the offer with gratitude, whereupon the +aide-de-camp was informed that she was to be placed in a baggage-wagon, +and that the drivers were to be told that if their passengers did not +reach the end of the journey in safety they would answer for it with +their lives. On the other hand, if she arrived safely in Poland, and +declared that she and her boy had been well-treated on the way, each +driver would receive five hundred francs. + +In a few days Madame Ladoinski was once again in a baggage-wagon; but +Napoleon's 'Grand Army' was now in a terrible condition. Ragged, +starving, dispirited by the constant harassing from the enemy, and the +continuous marching through snow, it made but slow progress. The +gloomy forests through which the miserable army tramped on its way to +attempt the passage of the Beresina were blocked with snow, and so +difficult was it to move the guns that Napoleon ordered that one half +of the baggage-wagons were to be destroyed, so that the horses and oxen +might be utilised for dragging forward the artillery. The wagon in +which Madame Ladoinski rode was one of the number condemned to +destruction, but the men who had been ordered to protect her speedily +found room for her in another vehicle. + +A day or two later, when the bedraggled army was nearing the Polish +frontier, Madame Ladoinski was startled from her dejection by hearing +loud joyful shouts, and on enquiring of the driver the reason of the +noise she was told that a reinforcement under Marshal Victor had +unexpectedly arrived. + +Soon the reinforcements were passing the wagon, but Madame Ladoinski +possessed neither the energy nor the curiosity to glance out at them. +She could think of nothing but her dead husband and her little orphaned +boy. But suddenly as she sat brooding over her great loss she heard, +'Forward, lancers!' uttered in Polish. Believing that it was her +husband's voice she had heard, she sprang up and looked out at the +troop trotting ahead. But she could not recognise her husband among +the lancers, and she turned to sit down, believing that she was the +victim of a delusion. To her surprise she saw her little son standing, +with a finger uplifted to urge silence, listening eagerly. + +'What is it, darling?' she asked. + +'Father!' he replied. + +Again Madame Ladoinski's spirits rose, but they fell quickly when she +remembered that the Polish Lancers had quitted Smolensk before she and +her boy arrived there. It was madness, therefore, to imagine that her +wounded husband could be with Marshal Victor's army, and she dismissed +the hope from her mind. + +Days of terrible suffering for Napoleon's army followed, but eventually +Studzianka, on the left bank of the Beresina, was reached, and the +soldiers hoped that once in Poland their trials would diminish. Madame +Ladoinski, her spirits reviving at the prospect of soon being in her +husband's native land, lay listening to the noise of the men busily +engaged in building the bridges over which the French army was to pass. +Suddenly there was a tremendous uproar; shouts of joy, cries of +triumph. Looking out Madame Ladoinski saw at once the cause of the +excitement--the enemy who had been encamped on the opposite bank of the +river was in full retreat. The fierce battle which she had dreaded, in +case her boy might be injured, would not be fought. Falling on her +knees in the wagon, she thanked God for averting the danger she feared. + +Now that the Russians were gone, the cavalry swam their horses across +the river, and took up a position that would protect the crossing of +the foot soldiers. The bridges were completed at last, and quickly the +ragged regiments hurried over them. The baggage-wagons were to be left +until the last, and for hours Madame Ladoinski sat watching regiment +after regiment hurry across. Napoleon, stern and silent, passed close +to her, and a mighty shout of 'Vive L'Empereur' burst from his +trusting, long-suffering troops, when he gained the opposite bank. + +Soon after Napoleon had crossed, Prince Eugène came along, and seeing +Madame Ladoinski he rode over to her, and told her cheerfully that she +would soon be among her husband's friends, and that her trials would +then be at an end. Then, turning to the drivers, he commanded them not +to forget the order he had given concerning their behaviour and care of +the lady entrusted to them. + +When at last more than half the troops had crossed, the news arrived +that the Russians had suddenly turned about and were marching back to +the position they had vacated, while another strong body of the enemy +was advancing to attack in the rear the troops which had not yet +crossed. Instantly there was a panic, and the wagon-drivers, anxious +for their own safety, turned Madame Ladoinski and her companions out of +the wagon, so that their weight might not impede their progress. +Madame Ladoinski reminded them of Prince Eugène's instructions, but +they took no notice. Neither fear of punishment nor hope of reward had +any influence over them now; they were anxious only for their own +safety. + +For a minute or two Madame Ladoinski knew not what to do. To attempt +to cross either of the bridges on foot would, she soon saw, result in +her and her child being crushed to death. Others, men and women, had +come to the same conclusion, and were wandering, shivering with cold, +along the bank of the river. These Madame Ladoinski hastened to, +believing, as did they, that before long the bridges would be less +crowded, and they would be able to cross in safety. + +But soon the sound of the Russian guns was heard in the rear of Madame +Ladoinski and her fellow-sufferers, and a little later the cheers of +the advancing enemy could be heard distinctly. Marshal Victor's force, +which lay between these unfortunate people and the Russians, fought +gallantly at first, but at last they began to give way, and Madame +Ladoinski feared that all was lost. Nearer and nearer came the enemy, +and many of their musket balls reached the despairing creatures by the +riverside. Approaching nearer to one of the bridges, Madame Ladoinski +decided to join the crowd of terrified fugitives that was struggling +across it. But before she reached it there was a terrible rush for it, +and she stood aghast looking at the awful scene. Every one in the +living mass was terrified, and each was fighting for his own life. +Those who fell were quickly trampled to death by the hurrying mob, or +crushed beneath the wheels of baggage-wagons and artillery. Now and +again some terrified man, possessed of more than average strength, +would be seen making his way along the crowded bridge by seizing and +pitching into the river any who barred his way. And to add to the +horror of the scene a terrible storm burst. + +Madame Ladoinski, horrified by what she saw, decided to make no attempt +to cross, but to remain where she was. Musket balls were now falling +rapidly around her, and, to save her boy from the chance of being +wounded, she laid him down on the ground, and placed herself in such a +position that no ball could touch him unless it passed through her. +Thick and fast the balls were flying, and Madame Ladoinski expected to +receive at any minute a fatal wound, but, although men and women fell +close around her, she remained unhurt. + +Slowly but surely Victor's men were driven back on the crowd that was +still struggling to cross the bridge, and whose condition was made +still more awful by the Russian infantry firing on it. + +At last some of the regiments fled in disorder before the advancing +enemy, and a troop of horse dashed back within a few yards of Madame +Ladoinski. + +'Stand, lancers, stand!' the officer was shouting to his men, and his +voice sent a thrill of joy through Madame Ladoinski, for it was her +husband's. + +She was confident of it this time, and almost immediately a strong gust +of wind blew aside the smoke, which hung heavily over the battlefield, +and there, not many yards away, was he whom she had believed to be +dead. In stirring tones he called upon his men to charge once again +into the ranks of the enemy. + +'My love, my husband!' Madame Ladoinski called, still sheltering her +boy with her body. 'It is I, it is Aimée.' But the din of warfare and +the roaring of the wind drowned her voice. Again she called, but still +he did not hear. + +'Lancers! forward,' he shouted. 'For God and Poland! 'For God and +Poland!' his men answered, and spurring their horses they dashed +forward once more to meet the enemy. Ladoinski had not seen his wife, +and perhaps he would never see her again! Madame Ladoinski wept +quietly; but as night began to draw nigh she determined to cross the +bridge, thinking that she and her boy might as well risk being crushed +on the bridge as being shot by the enemy. But when she saw the crowd +of human beings turned by terror into demons, she decided to remain +where she was. + +A few minutes later, as she lay protecting her boy and gazing at the +struggling mob, she saw the largest bridge sway, and almost instantly +it collapsed and fell, with its struggling mass of human beings, into +the icy river. For a few minutes the terrified shrieks of the drowning +men and women were heard even amidst the noise of battle and the +roaring of the wind; then they ceased. + +It seemed to Madame Ladoinski that there was to be no end to the +terrors of that day. She felt that she was going out of her mind, and +prayed that she and her boy might die quickly. + +Throughout the night Madame Ladoinski lay beside her boy in the snow. +But she did not sleep a minute. The thunder of the enemy's artillery, +the sound of the musketry, and the noise of the disordered mob of +soldiers who fought like demons to get safely across the one remaining +bridge, would have prevented almost anyone from sleeping. + +When daylight came the Russians were so near that it was clear to +Madame Ladoinski that unless she crossed the bridge immediately she +would soon be a prisoner. Lifting her boy, and sheltering him as much +as possible, she hurried towards the bridge, but two or three times, +when the enemy's fire increased in severity, she took cover for a few +minutes. At last she reached the bridge. The crowd was not now great, +and it would have been possible for her to cross without any fear of +her boy being crushed, but no sooner had they put their feet on the +bridge when shouts of 'Go back, go back! Give yourselves up to the +Russians,' burst from their comrades who had already crossed the river. +Stupefied, the people fell back, and almost at the same moment the last +bridge burst into flames. To prevent the Russians from pursuing them, +the French had burnt the bridge and left hundreds of their fellow +countrymen to fall into the hands of the enemy. + +The Cossacks, who were first of the Russian army to reach the river, +were more eager for plunder than slaughter, and Madame Ladoinski fled +along the river bank with her child pressed to her bosom. She had no +idea of what to do, and for a time she escaped molestation. Then she +decided to make an attempt to struggle through the river. She knew +that there was very little probability of her being able to reach the +other side, but it would be better for her and her little son to die +than to fall into the hands of the semi-savage Cossacks. Tying her boy +to her, so that the fate of one might be the other's, she approached +the water; but on the brink she was seized by a Russian. Terrified, +she screamed for help, and it was fortunate that she did so, for the +remnants of the Polish Lancers--last to cease fighting the +Russians--were entering the river not many yards away, and Captain +Ladoinski heard her cries. Calling to his men to come back, he urged +his horse up the bank, and galloped along the riverside until he came +to his wife and child. The Russian fled at the approach of the Polish +Lancers, and Captain Ladoinski lifted his wife and child on to his +horse without recognising them. Then quickly he put his horse to the +river, and soon they were plunging through it with the water sometimes +more than half over them, and musket balls lashing the river around +them. + +Madame Ladoinski had recognised her husband the instant he placed her +before him on his horse, and, overcome with joy, she had swooned before +she could utter a word. He remained quite unconscious of whom he had +rescued until, in mid-stream, the shawl which had been over his wife's +head and shoulders slipped and disclosed her face. Joy did not cause +the Polish captain to lose his wits, but made him more careful of his +precious burden. He had been in a reckless mood, courting death in +fact, during the last quarter of an hour of the fight, but now he was +anxious to live. It would indeed be sad, he thought, if now, when +safety was almost reached, a shot should lay him, or still worse, his +wife, low. But on through danger the brave horse struggled with his +heavy load, and soon Captain Ladoinski was able to place his wife and +son on dry land, and to give them the warmth and food which they sadly +needed. + +Then when Madame Ladoinski had recovered from the excitement of again +meeting her husband, he told her that he had long since been assured +that both she and their boy were dead. He, as the wagon-drivers had +sworn, had been thrown out of the wagon for dead, but some of his men +came along soon after, and seeing him lying in the snow dismounted to +see if he were alive. Finding that his heart was beating, they set to +work and restored him to consciousness, and then took him on to +Smolensk, whence he sent back to enquire after his wife and child. The +message that was brought to him was that his wife and child had been +murdered on the road. Believing this to be true, he went on with his +regiment--before they arrived at Smolensk--with henceforth only one aim +in life--to avenge Poland's wrongs. + +The story of Captain Ladoinski's extraordinary rescue of his own wife +and child created some excitement among Napoleon's soldiers, dispirited +though they were by the terrible march they had undergone, and numerous +and hearty were the congratulations which husband and wife received. +Prince Eugène was one of the first to congratulate them, and Captain +Ladoinski seized the opportunity to express his deep gratitude to the +prince for the kindness he had shown to his wife in her sorrow, a +kindness that was all the more creditable because Prince Eugène knew +that Madame Ladoinski was a member of a Royalist family and an enemy of +the Napoleonic dynasty. For some considerable time after the terrible +retreat from Moscow, Captain Ladoinski fought in Prince Eugène's army, +but when, at last, the Prince's military career came to an end he +retired into private life. He had long since come to the conclusion +that his wife was right when she said that Napoleon never had any +intention of setting Poland free, but had obtained the services of the +brave Poles under false pretences. + +Madame Ladoinski deserved years of happy domestic life after her +fearful experiences with the French army, and it is pleasant to be able +to say that she had them. Until death parted them, many years later, +she and her husband enjoyed the happiness of a quiet life unclouded by +domestic or political troubles. + + + + +LADY SALE AND AN AFGHAN CAPTIVITY + +'Fighting Bob' was the nickname affectionately bestowed upon Sir Robert +Sale by his comrades-in-arms. Truly the name was well deserved, for +wherever the fight was thickest there Sale was to be found, and the +histories of his life abound with stories of his bravery and disregard +of danger. + +When twenty-seven years of age he married Florentia Wynch, a girl of +nineteen, who proved before long to be almost as brave as he. +Throughout his life she was his companion in danger, and many times +nursed him back to health when seriously wounded. Adventures such as +are rarely encountered by women were continually falling to her lot, +but the greatest hardships which she was compelled to undergo were +those attending the British retreat from Kabul in January, 1842. + +Discontent with British rule had led to rebellion in Afghanistan, and +Sir Robert Sale was sent with a brigade to clear the passes to +Jelalabad. Lady Sale remained at Kabul, where the signs of discontent +became daily more evident. The British native troops were +disheartened, and eventually it was decided to retreat from the city. + +At half-past nine in the morning of January 6, 1842, the British force, +consisting of about 4500 soldiers, mostly native, and 12,000 followers, +quitted Kabul. The snow lay a foot deep on the ground, and the +thermometer registered several degrees below freezing-point. The +bullocks had great difficulty in dragging the guns, and it took two +hours and a half to cover the first mile. This slow rate of progress +was not, however, entirely due to the state of the weather, as some of +the delay was caused by a bridge of boats having to be made across the +Kabul river, which lay about half a mile from the city. The camp +followers refused to cross by any means but a bridge, but Lady Sale and +her daughter, Mrs. Sturt, rode through with the horsemen. Immediately +they reached the opposite bank their clothes froze stiff, and they +could not change them for others, for as the rear-guard quitted the +city the Afghans fired upon them and captured, without meeting any +resistance, nearly the whole of the baggage, commissariat and +ammunition. That night the British force, cold, hungry and dispirited, +slept in the snow. There were no tents, but an officer erected a small +pall over the hole in the snow where Lady Sale and her daughter lay. + +At half-past seven on the following morning the march was resumed, but +the force had not proceeded far when a party of Afghans sallied out +from a small fort and carried off three guns. The British fought +bravely, but the sepoys made scarcely any resistance, and hundreds of +them fled for their lives. + +As the British force advanced they saw the Afghans gathering in +strength on either side, and before they had gone five miles they were +compelled to spike and abandon two six-pounders, the horses not having +sufficient strength to drag them. They were now in possession of only +two guns and very little ammunition. + +Men, hungry and numbed with cold, dropped out of the ranks, to be left +to die from starvation, or to be massacred by the enemy. Another night +was spent in the open, and when daylight came there were many frozen +corpses lying on the ground. The troops were now utterly disorganised, +and the Afghans continued to harass them, both while bivouacing and on +the march. It was a terrible time, but Lady Sale was calm, and +endeavoured to instil with courage other women of the party. Soon the +British arrived at a spot where, some time previously, Sir Robert Sale +had been wounded, and there a fierce attack was made upon them. A ball +entered Lady Sales' arm, her clothes were riddled with bullets, and her +escape seemed impossible, so fierce was the fire of the enemy, who were +in a strong position about fifty yards distant. Nevertheless she did +escape, but only to find that her daughter's husband, Lieutenant Sturt, +had been mortally wounded. Five hundred soldiers and two thousand five +hundred camp followers were killed, and many women and children were +carried off by the Afghans. Others lay dying in the fast-falling snow. + +Lady Sale and her daughter were in great distress at the death of +Lieutenant Sturt, and took little interest in the proposal that all the +women should be placed under the protection of Mahommed Akbar Khan, who +had suggested this step. However, with the other women, they accepted +the proffered protection, and were taken to a fort in the Khurd Kabul, +and eventually they heard that the force with which they had quitted +Kabul had been annihilated. + +On January 17, Lady Sale and her companions, among whom were now +several British officers whom Mahommed Akbar Khan had captured, arrived +at Badiabad, where, in a small mud fort the party, consisting of 9 +women, 20 men and 14 children, were kept prisoners. However, they were +not molested, and as food of a kind was supplied to them, they did not +complain. Their uncomfortable surroundings were, however, made more +unpleasant by a series of earthquakes. + +On February 19, Lady Sale was spreading some clothes out to dry on the +flat roof of the fort, when a terrible shock occurred, causing the +place to collapse. Lady Sale fell with the building, but rose from the +ruins unhurt. Even the wounds received by her on the day Lieutenant +Sturt was killed were not aggravated by the accident. Before dark that +day there were twenty-five distinct shocks, and about fifteen more +during the night. For some weeks after this they were constantly +occurring. At one spot, not far away, 120 Afghans and 20 Hindus were +buried in the ruins of buildings shaken to the ground. + +During her captivity Lady Sale had been able to write letters to her +husband, who was shut up with his garrison in Jelalabad, and her great +desire was that he should be able to hold the place until relief +arrived. On March 15 a rumour reached her that it had been captured by +the Afghans, but to her great delight she heard later that the rumour +was false. She was exceedingly proud of her husband, and gloried in +his successes. A successful defence of the city would, she knew, add +considerably to his reputation. During the following five months Lady +Sale and her daughter were continually being moved from one place to +another, and before long it became clear to them that the Afghan +rebellion was being rapidly quelled. Rumours of British victories +reached them, and the man who was in charge of them, while moving from +place to place, made it understood that for Rs. 20,000 and Rs. 1000 a +month for life he would effect their escape. + +But soon, on September 15, the good news was received that the British +were coming to their rescue, and, guided by the bribed Afghan, Lady +Sale and her companions moved off secretly to meet them. Two days +later they arrived at the foot of the Kalu Pass, where they met Sir +Richmond Shakespeare, with 600 native horsemen, coming to their rescue. + +Lady Sale was naturally anxious to hear of her husband's doings, and +Sir Richmond Shakespeare was able to make her happy by telling her of +how gallantly he had defended Jelalabad. Soon, however, she heard from +his own lips the story of his defence. On September 19, a horseman +arrived with a message from Sir Robert Sale, saying that he was +advancing with a brigade. Lady Sale had been feeling weak for several +days, but the news of her husband's approach gave her fresh strength. + +'It is impossible to express our feelings on Sale's approach,' she +wrote in her diary. 'To my daughter and myself happiness so long +delayed as to be almost unexpected was actually painful, and +accompanied by a choking sensation which could not obtain the relief of +tears.' + +The men loudly cheered Lady Sale and her daughter, and pressed forward +to express their hearty congratulations at their escape. 'And then,' +Lady Sale continued in her diary, 'my highly-wrought feelings found the +desired relief; and I could scarcely speak to thank the soldiers for +their sympathy, whilst the long withheld tears now found their course. +On arriving at the camp, Captain Backhouse fired a royal salute from +his mountain train guns; and not only our old friends, but all the +officers in the party, came to offer congratulations and welcome our +return from captivity.' + +After a visit to England, Sir Robert and Lady Sale returned to India in +March, 1844. Towards the end of the following year the Sikh War broke +out, and at the battle of Mudki, fought on December 18, Sir Robert's +left thigh was shattered by a grape shot, and he died three days later. + +Lady Sale continued to reside in India after her husband's death, her +comfort secured by a pension of £500 a year, granted to her by Queen +Victoria, as a mark of approbation of her own and Sir Robert's conduct. +She died at Cape Town, which she was visiting for the benefit of her +health, on July 6, 1853, aged sixty-three. + + + + +ETHEL ST. CLAIR GRIMWOOD, + +AND THE ESCAPE FROM MANIPUR + +Until late in the last century it was a common thing for the ruler of a +native Eastern state to celebrate his accession to the throne by +slaughtering his brothers and uncles. This drastic measure reduced the +possibilities of the new ruler being deposed, and was considered by the +majority of the natives a wise precaution. The Maharajah of Manipur +was more humane than many rulers, and although he had seven brothers, +he refrained from killing any of them. + +For several years the brothers lived on friendly terms with each other, +but eventually quarrels arose through two of them wanting to marry the +same woman. The eight brothers divided into two parties, and +quarrelled so incessantly, that the maharajah deemed it wise to +abdicate and leave the country. Mr. Grimwood the British Political +Agent, did his utmost to dissuade the maharajah from abdicating, but +without success. He departed, and one of his brothers became ruler. + +Mr. Grimwood and his wife had lived for three years in Manipur when the +maharajah abdicated, and during that time the natives had always been +friendly towards them. Even the royal brothers, while quarrelling +among themselves, maintained their usual friendly relations with them. + +Manipur is an out-of-the-way place, lying in the heart of the +mountainous region, which is bordered on the north by the Assam Valley, +on the east and south by Burma, and on the west by the Cachar district. +During the greater portion of their stay in Manipur Mr. and Mrs. +Grimwood were the only white people in the place, and consequently the +news that the Chief Commissioner was on his way to hold a durbar at the +Residency afforded them much pleasure. But the information that his +excellency was accompanied by 400 men of the 42nd and 44th Ghurkhas, +made it clear that some political event of considerable importance was +about to take place. The Chief Commissioner had, in fact, decided to +arrest the jubraj, the maharajah's brother, at the durbar which was +fixed for eight o'clock in the morning of March 23, 1891. + +But the jubraj had his suspicions aroused by the military force which +accompanied the Chief Commissioner. He did not attend the durbar, but +sent a message to say that he was too unwell to be present. Four hours +later, Mr. Grimwood was sent to the palace to inform the jubraj that he +was to be arrested and banished, and to persuade him to surrender +peacefully. This the jubraj refused to do, and consequently it was +decided to storm the palace and capture him. + +Fighting began on the following day, shortly before daybreak. The +palace walls, some sixty yards from the Residency, and separated from +it by an unfordable moat, were loop-holed, and soon a fierce fire was +opened on the attackers. Mrs. Grimwood sought shelter in the little +telegraph office, but bullets were soon crashing through it, and her +position was one of extreme danger, but after the first fright she +settled down to help the doctor attend to the wounded. + +The British attack on the palace was not, however, successful, and the +Manipuris crept round to the back of the Residency, and made an attack +upon it. They were beaten off, but the British force was soon in a +critical position; for, shortly after 4 o'clock, some big guns opened +fire on the Residency, where the whole of the force was now +concentrated. Mrs. Grimwood states in her book, _My Three Years in +Manipur_, that the first shell fired at the Residency made her +speechless with fear; but others who were present state that a few +minutes later she was hard at work attending to the wounded under fire. +The cellars under the Residency were used as a hospital, and terrible +were the sights which the brave woman witnessed. Every hour the +position of the British became more desperate. Men were falling +quickly, and the ammunition was running out. + +At last a message was sent to the jubraj asking on what conditions he +would cease firing on the Residency. His reply was to the effect that +the British must surrender unconditionally. Finding that the British +would not agree to this, he sent word that if the Chief Commissioner +would come to the palace gates he would discuss terms with him. His +excellency and Mr. Grimwood went forward, but as they reached the gates +they were pushed inside the palace enclosure, and the gates closed +behind them. Then the Manipuris shouted that the white men were +prisoners, and again opened fire on the Residency. The British troops +replied, but their position was now critical. Very little ammunition +remained, and shells were bursting over the Residency. One burst near +to Mrs. Grimwood's feet, but fortunately she only received a slight +wound in the arm. + +At midnight the British officers decided to evacuate the Residency and +retreat to Cachar. + +Mrs. Grimwood being the only person who knew the way to the Cachar +road, acted as guide, and led the retreating force through hedges, over +mud walls, and across a river. Looking back when they had gone four +miles, Mrs. Grimwood saw that the Residency, her home for three happy +years, was in flames. Her husband a prisoner, and her home destroyed, +it would not have been surprising if Mrs. Grimwood had been too +grief-stricken to continue the journey on foot. But she plodded on +bravely in her thin house-shoes, and with her clothes heavy with water. +Sometimes the hills were so steep that she had to climb them on hands +and knees, but she never complained, and did not hamper the progress of +the force. Not until twenty miles had been covered did she have a +rest, and then, thoroughly exhausted, she wrapped herself in the +overcoats which the officers lent her, and lay down and slept. + +A few hours later the retreating force, hungry, tired and somewhat +dispirited, resumed its march. Mrs. Grimwood's feet were cut and sore, +but she tramped on bravely in the military boots which had been given +her to replace her thin worn-out shoes. They had now travelled beyond +the country with which Mrs. Grimwood was familiar, and no one knew the +way. They pushed on in the direction which they believed to be the +right one, but without being able to obtain anything to eat. When, +however, they had been two days without food, they came suddenly upon +some Manipuri soldiers cooking rice. The Manipuris, taken by surprise, +fled quickly, leaving their rice to fall into the hands of the starving +British force. + +Refreshed by the meal which they had so unexpectedly obtained, the +British resumed their journey, but they had not gone far when they +found a stockade barring their way. The defenders opened fire on them +at once, and as the British had no ammunition they rushed the stockade, +causing the Manipuris to run for their lives. + +The British officers now decided to remain for a time in the captured +stockade, but soon a large body of men was seen advancing towards it. +Were they Ghurkhas or Manipuris? No one could tell, and reliance could +not be placed on a bugle call, as both Ghurkhas and Manipuris had the +same one. It was believed by the majority that the advancing men were +Manipuris, and one of the officers told Mrs. Grimwood that he had two +cartridges left, one for her and one for himself, if the men proved to +be the enemy. + +But they were not the enemy. A sharp-eyed man discovered a white +officer among the advancing soldiers, and this was ample proof that +they were Ghurkhas. A cheer from the stockade was answered by one from +the approaching men, who were proceeding to Manipur, but had only heard +a few hours before of the retreat of their comrades-in-arms. They had +plenty of provisions with them, and quickly gave the tired, hungry men +a good meal. + +The remainder of the journey to the frontier was made in comparative +comfort, but Mrs. Grimwood's trials were not yet ended. Soon the sad +news of her husband's death was broken to her. He and his fellow +prisoner had been executed with horrible brutality by order of the +jubraj. + +The story of Mrs. Grimwood's heroism in attending to the wounded under +fire, and her bravery during the long and trying retreat, aroused +admiration throughout the civilized world. In consideration of her +exceptional services, the Secretary of State for India in Council +awarded her a pension of £140 a year, and a special grant of £1000. +The Princess of Wales--our present Queen--was exceedingly kind to her, +and Queen Victoria invited her to Windsor Castle, and decorated her +with the well-deserved Red Cross. + + + + +THREE SOLDIERS' WIVES IN SOUTH AFRICA + +In December, 1880, a detachment of the 2nd Connaught Rangers was +escorting a wagon-train, nearly a mile in length, from Leydenberg to +Pretoria. Until more than half the journey had been travelled the +Boers, whom the British met on the way, had shown no disposition to be +unfriendly, but, one morning, as the convoy slowly wended its way up a +hill, studded with clumps of trees, a strong force of Boers jumped out +from their places of concealment and called upon the British to +surrender. They sent forward, under a flag of truce, a written demand +to that effect, but, seeing that the British officer in command had no +intention to order his men to lay down their arms, they treacherously +disregarded the white flag that was flying, and opened fire upon the +convoy. + +The British were caught in an ambush, and the Boers, who greatly +outnumbered them, wrought terrible havoc. The Boers were concealed +behind trees and stones, but the British could obtain scarcely any +cover. Their colonel was mortally wounded early in the fight, and soon +there was only one officer unhurt. + +When the attack on the convoy began there were three women in one of +the wagons. Mrs. Marion Smith, widow of the late bandmaster, was +travelling down country, with her two children, to sail on a troopship +for England. The other two women were Mrs. Fox, wife of the +sergeant-major, and Mrs. Maistre, wife of the orderly-room clerk. +Scarcely had the massacre begun when Mrs. Fox received a bullet wound +as she sat in the wagon, and fell backwards, badly hurt. + +Mrs. Smith and Mrs. Maistre were naturally alarmed at finding +themselves suddenly in a position of such great danger. But they were +soldiers' wives, and soon all fear vanished, and having made Mrs. +Smith's children comparatively safe in a corner of the wagon they +stepped out to render aid to the wounded. It was a terrible sight for +them. The ground was strewn with dead and dying, and nearly every face +was familiar to them. Regardless of the bullets that whizzed past +them--one grazed Mrs. Smith's ear they tore up sheets to make bandages, +and passing from one wounded man to another, stanched the flow of blood +and bound the wounds. + +At last, when it became clear to the mortally wounded colonel that the +annihilation of his force would be the result of a continuation of the +fight, the 'Cease fire' was sounded, and the outnumbered British +delivered up their arms. + +The soldiers' work was finished; Mrs. Smith and Mrs. Maistre had still +much to do. On the battle-field the wounded lay thick, and for hours +the two brave women worked at their self-appointed task. Many a dying +lad had his last minutes made happy by their kindly words and actions. + +From December 20 until March 31, 1881, the three women remained +prisoners in the hands of the Boers. They might, had they cared to do +so, have led lives of idleness during their imprisonment, but, instead, +they were busy from morning until night nursing the wounded. Mrs. +Fox's courage was indeed wonderful, for the wound she had received in +the attack was very serious, and the doctors had told her that she +could not expect to live long. Her husband, too, had been severely +wounded early in the fight, but nevertheless she was as indefatigable +as Mrs. Maistre and Mrs. Smith in doing good. The three women were +adored by the wounded soldiers, for whom they wrote letters home, +prepared dainty food, and read. + +When peace was declared the three brave women returned to England, and +Mrs. Smith was decorated with the medal of the Order of St. John of +Jerusalem. She was reported, in the application that was made on her +behalf, to have been 'unremitting in her attention to the wounded and +dying soldiers during the action, and that her conduct while living +under canvas was beyond all praise. She did the utmost to relieve the +sufferings of the men in hospital, and soothed the last moments of many +a poor soldier, while sharing their privations to the full.' + +After a time Mrs. Smith's whereabouts became unknown to the +authorities; they did not in fact know whether she were alive, and +consequently she was not recommended for the Red Cross. Mrs. Fox and +Mrs. Maistre received the coveted decoration, but the former did not +long survive the honour. She died in January, 1888, at Cambridge +Barracks, Portsmouth, and in making her death known to the regiment the +colonel said:--'Mrs. Fox died a soldier's death, as her fatal illness +was the result of a wound received in action, and aggravated in +consequence of her noble self-devotion afterwards.' + +The Commander-in-Chief--H.R.H. the Duke of Cambridge--ordered that +military honours should be paid to the dead woman. It was a very +unusual thing, but the honour was well-merited, and crowds lined the +streets to see the coffin borne past on a gun carriage. Over the +coffin was laid a Union Jack, and on this was placed the brave woman's +Red Cross. The men who bore her from the gun carriage to her grave in +Southsea Cemetery were six non-commissioned officers who had been +wounded in the fight of December 20, 1880, and whom she had nursed. + + + +* It is interesting to note that the publication of this volume quickly +led to Mrs. Smith (now Mrs. Jeffreys) being traced; and, in response to +an appeal to the War office, the authorities awarded the heroine the +coveted decoration of the Royal Red Cross. + + + + +IV. + +BRAVE DEEDS OF SELF-SACRIFICE AND DEVOTION + + + +ELIZABETH ZANE, A FRONTIER HEROINE + +'The Indians are coming!' + +It was on September 1, 1782, that a scout employed to watch the +movements of the Red Indians rushed into the West Virginian village of +Wheeling, shouting the dreaded warning of the savages' approach. +Instantly the inhabitants took refuge in the fort, and prepared to +offer a determined resistance. The fort had no regular garrison, it +being the duty of the settlers to defend it. Colonel Silas Zane took +command, and felt confident that, although he had only twenty men under +him, he would be able to beat off the savages. + +The Governor of Wheeling was Colonel Ebenezer Zane, and with two white +men he decided to remain in his private residence, which was about +forty yards from the fort, to prevent the ammunition which was stored +there from falling into the hands of the Indians. The scout who had +brought the news of the Indians' approach was soon followed by the +savages themselves, who, brandishing their tomahawks and waving their +scalping-knives, instantly demanded the surrender of the white men. +The reply they received was a volley fired at the standard which they +bore aloft. With a terrible war-whoop the Indians rushed to the +assault, but the men in the fort and in the house were good shots, and +it was rarely that one of them missed his mark. Happily, there was a +good stock of arms in both strongholds, and taking advantage of this, +the women loaded the muskets and handed them to the men, who were thus +enabled to fire quickly and were spared the fatigue of loading. + +Again and again the Indians attacked the house and the fort, but on +every occasion they were driven back. When darkness came on the +attacks ceased, but the white men did not grow less vigilant, for they +were confident that before daybreak the savages would make an attempt +to surprise them. And this proved to be the case. In the dead of +night one of the defenders espied an Indian crawling towards the house. +He watched him until he rose to his feet and kindling a torch that he +carried, attempted to set fire to the building. Then the watcher +fired, and the Indian dropping his torch fled, wounded. + +At daybreak it was seen that the Indians were still surrounding the +fort and the house, and that they were evidently unusually excited. +Could they have captured any of the defenders? Enquiries shouted from +the fort to the house elicited the assurance that no one was missing. + +Suddenly there was a tremendous explosion at the spot when the Indians +were thickest, and the surprised white men could see that several of +the enemy had been killed and many injured. The explosion was caused +in this way: On the preceding evening, after the firing had ceased, +some of the Indians surprised a boat ascending the river with cannon +balls for the fort. The boatman escaped, but the cannon balls fell +into the hands of the Indians, who believed that all they now wanted to +demolish the house and fort was a cannon. Therefore they decided to +make one. They procured a log of wood, bound it tightly with chains, +and then made a hole in it large enough to admit the ball. Then they +charged it heavily, and when it was pointed towards the fort the match +was applied. Instantly the cannon burst, killing many of the men who +stood near and injuring others. + +This accident did not, as one might suppose, dishearten the Indians. +On the contrary, it excited them to further efforts to capture the +whites. Maddened with excitement they rushed boldly forward to the +attack, but the steady, deadly fire which the defenders maintained +drove them back time after time. + +But now the defenders in the fort began to get anxious, for their stock +of gunpowder was nearly exhausted. There was a plentiful supply at the +house, and someone would have to undertake the perilous task of running +to it and returning under fire with a keg of powder. There were plenty +of volunteers for this dangerous undertaking, but among them was a +woman--Elizabeth Zane, the youngest sister of the two Colonels Zane. +She had been educated in Philadelphia, and until her arrival at +Wheeling, a few weeks previously, had experienced none of the hardships +of frontier life. But now, in the hour of danger, she was brave as if +she had been brought up in the midst of stirring scenes. + +It was pointed out to her that a man would run less risk than she, from +the fact of his being able to run faster; but she answered that if he +were shot in the act, his loss would be severely felt. 'You have not +one man to spare, she declared. 'A woman will not be missed in the +defence of the fort.' + +The men did not like the idea of allowing her to run so great a risk, +but she overcame their objections, and started on her perilous journey. + +The moment the gate was opened she bounded through, and ran at full +speed towards the house. Surprised at her sudden appearance in the +open, the Indians seized their muskets, but quickly recognizing that +she was a woman they exclaimed, 'Only a squaw,' and did not fire. + +Arriving at the house she announced to Colonel Ebenezer Zane the object +of her journey, whereupon he fastened a table-cloth around her waist, +and emptied a keg of powder into it. + +The moment that she appeared again in the open, the Indians noticed the +table-cloth around her waist, and, guessing at once that she was +carrying to the fort something that was necessary for its defence; +promptly opened fire on her. Undeterred by the bullets which whizzed +past her Elizabeth Zane ran quickly towards the fort; and reached it in +safety. It is needless to say that the brave young woman received an +enthusiastic greeting from the garrison who had witnessed with +admiration her daring act. + +The defenders of the fort, their stock of ammunition replenished, +fought with renewed confidence when the Indians again attacked, and +repulsed them with a deadly fire. As time went on the assaults became +less frequent, and on the third night they finally ceased. The task of +massacring the settlers of Wheeling had, contrary to the Indians' +expectation, been too formidable for them, and therefore they raised +the siege and crept quietly away by night. Their losses had been +great, but during the three days' fighting the casualties of the +defenders were only two men wounded. + + + + +NELLIE AMOS, A FRIEND IN NEED + +In the tiny cabin of a canal-boat which had but recently started on its +long journey from the Midlands to London, lay a woman seriously ill. +And by her side lay her two days' old baby. Her husband was on deck +steering the boat, but every few minutes he hurried down to see if +there were anything he could do to make his wife comfortable. He could +do but little, however. + +Never before had he felt so helpless; never had he experienced so +acutely the isolation of barge-life. The district through which he was +travelling was thinly populated, and to obtain a doctor the bargeman +would have to trudge some miles across country, leaving his wife alone +on the canal. He could not leave her unattended, and consoled himself +with the hope that before long he would meet someone whom he could send +for a doctor. But he was disappointed; he met no one. + +At last he arrived at Stoke Bruerne, in Northamptonshire, and, having +tied up his barge, hurried to the post-office--a little general shop +kept by Mrs. Nellie Amos, who was well-known to the canal boatmen. He +told her of his wife's illness, and asked her if she would be good +enough to come to his barge and see if she could discover the nature of +her illness. Without the slightest hesitation Mrs. Amos accompanied +the man to his barge, and found his wife very feverish. + +Mrs. Amos could not discover what was the matter with the invalid, but +one thing was very plain to her--the poor woman could not be expected +to get well in her present quarters. The cabin was low-roofed, about +eight feet by six in size, and near the door stood the stove in which +the meals were cooked. In such close quarters the sick woman had +little chance of recovery, and Mrs. Amos did not conceal this fact from +the husband. She told him also that if a doctor would certify that she +could be removed with safety, she would take her to her house and nurse +her and the baby. As soon as the bargeman hurried away to fetch a +doctor, Mrs. Amos made the sick woman some beef-tea, tidied the bed, +and took charge of the baby. + +The doctor was soon with the patient, and, having examined her, gave +his permission for her removal to Mrs. Amos's house, to which she was +quickly taken. Mrs. Amos had a husband and six children, and her house +was a small one; but nevertheless she was able to give the mother and +baby a comfortable room. Day after day she nursed them tenderly, but +to her surprise the mother did not show any signs of improvement. The +doctor came regularly to see her, and one day, when he had been +attending her for about a week, he announced that she was suffering +from small-pox. + +For a few minutes Mrs. Amos was overcome with horror at the danger to +which she had unintentionally subjected her six children. Nearly all +of them had nursed the baby and waited on the sick woman, and it seemed +to her certain that they would be stricken down with the disease. It +would probably spread through the village, and she would be the cause +of the sorrow that would ensue. + +These fears she soon overcame, and bravely faced the danger. She +declared that she would not have the poor creature removed from the +house unless the doctor insisted upon it, and that she would continue +to nurse her. The patient was allowed to remain, but steps were, of +course, taken to guard against the disease spreading. The shop was +closed, and Mrs. Amos's only means of earning a living was gone, at any +rate for a time. Her children were sent away, and watched carefully +for any signs of the disease appearing in them. Anxiety concerning her +own family and the loss occasioned by the suspension of her business +might well have made her willing to hand over to the local medical +authorities the innocent cause of her trouble. But Mrs. Amos would not +relinquish her self-imposed duty. She nursed mother and child as +tenderly as if they had been her relatives, and if it had been possible +to save their lives they would have been saved. The child died, and a +week later the woman herself passed away. Happily, neither Mrs. Amos +nor any of her children contracted the disease. + +'I prayed earnestly that God would spare the village,' Mrs. Amos told +the writer of this book, 'and He did. Not one case resulted from it.' + +It was some time before the little shop was re-opened, but many people, +hearing of Mrs. Amos's bravery, came forward to help her tide over her +difficulties. The landlord set a good example by sending her a receipt +for rent which she had been unable to pay, and several Brentford +ladies, having been told of her conduct by Mr. R. Bamber, the London +City missionary to bargemen, presented her with a tea and coffee +service. + + + + +ANNA GURNEY, THE FRIEND OF THE SHIPWRECKED + +Anna Gurney was a cripple from her birth. Unable to walk, and +consequently debarred nearly all the pleasures of childhood, it would +not have been surprising had she become a sad, peevish woman. The fact +that her parents were rich, and able to supply her with comforts such +as poor cripples could not receive, may have prevented her from +becoming depressed, but it must be remembered also that the knowledge +that they were in a position to give her every reasonable pleasure a +girl could desire might well have caused her to be continually +deploring her crippled condition. + +She did not, however, brood over her infirmity, and although she was +never entirely free from pain, she was always bright and happy. +Intellectually clever, she was ever anxious for self-improvement, and +her knowledge of languages was remarkable. No sooner had she become +thoroughly conversant with one than she began to learn another. + +Early in life she became deeply interested in foreign missions, and in +after years was a generous supporter of them. Her desire to do good +was not, however, satisfied by the money she gave to various societies, +and being unable to offer herself as a missionary to the heathen, she +found a sphere of usefulness in working to improve the moral and +spiritual condition of the poor of Cromer. She invited the mothers to +her home, North Repps Cottage, and held classes for young men, young +women and children. Humble visitors were continually calling to tell +her of their joys or sorrows, and were never refused admittance. She +might be busy in her library or suffering acute pain, but with a bright +smile she would wheel herself forward in her mechanical chair to greet +her visitor. + +The fishermen along the coast regarded her with reverence, for she was +their friend, adviser and patron. For many years she could be seen +almost daily on the foreshore with a little group of weather-beaten men +around her. She knew the dangers and disappointments of their calling, +and was genuinely delighted whenever she heard that the fleet had +returned with a good catch. And when the boats were out and a storm +sprang up, she was anxious as any fish-wife for their safety. At her +own expense she provided a lifeboat and complete apparatus for saving +life, and, with the thoroughness characteristic of her, she made +herself at once acquainted with the proper working of it. + +Whenever there was a shipwreck, she would be down on the shore giving +directions for the rescue of the people aboard the vessel. No matter +the weather or the hour, she was always on the spot. Many a time the +news came to her in the middle of the night that there was a ship in +distress, and in a few minutes her man was wheeling her quickly down to +the shore. The wind might be howling, the rain falling in torrents, +but this did not deter her from being at her self-appointed post. When +she first came out in rough weather, the fishermen begged her to return +home, but they soon discovered that she was determined to remain. + +When the boat had been launched she would remain in the cold, waiting +anxiously for its return. Often she was in great pain, but only her +attendant was aware of this. To the fisher-folk she would be cheerful, +and express confidence that her lifeboat would rescue all aboard the +ship. And when the lifeboat did return with the rescued people, who +were sometimes half dead from exposure, there was more self-imposed +work for her. She superintended the treatment of the shipwrecked folk, +and arranged where they were to be taken. Many were removed to her own +house, and kept there until they were able to proceed to their homes or +to London. So kindly were the rescued people treated, that it became a +saying along the East Coast, that to be taken care of by Miss Gurney, +it was worth while being shipwrecked. + +Anna Gurney died at Cromer in June, 1857, aged sixty-one. She was +buried in Overstrand Churchyard, being carried to her last +resting-place by fishermen who had known and loved her for many years. +The news of her death had spread rapidly along the coast, and over a +thousand fishermen were present at her funeral. Their sorrow was +great, and they were not ashamed to show it. + +The following lines, written by Anna Gurney on the death of a friend +whom she dearly loved, might truly have been her own epitaph;-- + + Within this frame, by Jesu's grace, + High gifts and holy held their place; + A noble heart, a mighty mind, + Were here in bonds of clay confined. + + + + +GRIZEL HUME, THE DEVOTED DAUGHTER + +There was rejoicing at Redbraes Castle, Berwickshire, in February, +1676, for Sir Patrick Hume had returned home after seventeen months' +imprisonment in Stirling Castle. + +No one was more delighted at his return than his little ten years' old +daughter, Grizel, who loved him dearly, and was proud that he had +suffered imprisonment for conscience sake. He had been imprisoned as +'a factious person,' because he refused to contribute to the support of +the soldiers stationed in the country for the suppression of the +meetings of the Covenanters. + +Grizel was a very intelligent child, and surprised her father by her +knowledge of the political events of the day, and her detestation of +the Government. Some men would have been simply amused at her interest +in politics, but Sir Patrick saw that she was an exceptionally clever +child, and told her many things which he would have confided to few of +her seniors. One thing that he told her was of his desire to get a +letter conveyed to his friend Robert Baillie of Jerviswoode, who was +confined in the Tolbooth of Edinburgh for rescuing a minister--his +brother-in-law--from the hands of the Government's servants. + +Grizel at once volunteered to take the letter, and having overcome her +father's objections to sending her on such a dangerous mission, she +started on her long journey to Edinburgh, which she reached without +mishap. + +Being at Edinburgh she had now to devise some means of getting into +Robert Baillie's prison. For a child of her age to outwit the prison +officials one would think an impossibility; but she did. Joanna +Baillie states that she slipped in, noiselessly and unobserved, behind +the jailer, and hid in a dark corner until he withdrew, when she +stepped forward and presented the letter to the astonished prisoner. +Whether or not this be true, it is a fact that she gained admission to +the prison, delivered her letter, and escaped with the reply. + +Two years later, Sir Patrick Hume was again arrested, and although he +was neither tried nor told of what he was accused, he was kept in +prison for fifteen months. At first he was confined at Edinburgh, but +afterwards he was removed to Dumbarton Castle. + +At both of these places Grizel was allowed to visit him, but the +authorities never suspected that such a child would be used as a +political messenger. In the presence of the jailer she would give Sir +Patrick news of home. She showered kisses upon him, and delivered +loving messages from her mother, sisters, and brothers. But when the +jailer had withdrawn she gave her father an account of the movements of +his political friends, and delivered many important verbal messages, +which they had entrusted to her. By her means Sir Patrick was kept +informed of his friends' actions, and was able to assist them by his +advice. + +On being released from Dumbarton Castle he returned to his home in +Berwickshire, and for a time led a peaceful life, conscious that the +Government would have him arrested again if they could find a pretext +for doing so. + +In October, 1683, information was brought to him that his friend, +Robert Baillie, had been arrested in London, and imprisoned for alleged +connection with the Rye House Plot. Sir Patrick's friendship for +Robert Baillie was well known, and Grizel feared that her father would +soon be arrested on a similar charge. Sir Patrick was of the same +opinion, but the Government did not act with the promptitude he had +expected. + +It was not until nearly a year had elapsed that a lady sent word to him +that soldiers had arrived at her house, and that she had discovered +that they were on their way to arrest him. Instant flight was +imperative, for there was no place in Redbraes Castle in which he could +conceal himself from soldiers skilled in searching for enemies of the +Government. His wife and Grizel--the only people in the castle who +knew of his danger--discussed with him the most likely means of +escaping detection, and finally it was decided that he should hide in +the family vault in Polwarth Church, which stood about a mile and a +half from Redbraes Castle. + +In the middle of the night Grizel and a carpenter named Winter carried +bed and bedding to the vault. It was a weird hiding-place for Sir +Patrick, as the vault was littered with the skulls and bones of his +ancestors. Grizel shuddered at the sight, but she knew that the vault +was the only place which the soldiers would be unlikely to search. + +They arrived at Redbraes Castle confident that they would find Sir +Patrick there, and great was their surprise when they searched it from +cellar to turret without finding him. Even then they would not believe +that he had escaped them, so they made a second and still more thorough +search. Every cottage, stable, and shed in the neighbourhood of the +castle was searched, but no one examined the vaults in Polwarth Church. + +Sir Patrick Hume was safe from discovery in his gruesome hiding-place, +but he could not live without food, and the difficulty was to convey it +to him without being detected. + +This dangerous task Grizel, now nineteen years of age, undertook, and +every night, when all in the castle but herself were asleep, she crept +out with a stock of provisions for her father, and trudged the mile and +a half of country which lay between the castle and Polwarth Church. + +It was a trying journey for Grizel, for not only had she to fear being +seen by the soldiers, or some villager out late on poaching bent, but +she believed implicitly in ghosts--as did the majority of people in +those days. Frequently she was startled by the cry of a bird aroused +by her footsteps, and on several occasions a dog detected her, and +barked furiously. + +It can easily be understood that Grizel's visits were a great comfort +to Sir Patrick, for she was the only person who ventured to go to him. +She would spread out on the little table in the vault the provisions +which she had brought him, and while he ate his supper she amused him +by humorously relating the difficulties she met in obtaining them. +Lady Hume, Winter and herself were the only people who knew that Sir +Patrick was in the neighbourhood. Grizel's brothers and sisters and +the servants believed that he had fled from the country, and Grizel was +very anxious that they should not be undeceived, for the children might +unintentionally divulge the secret, and among the servants there were, +possibly, some who would be ready to earn a reward by betraying their +master. + +But her fear of admitting the children and servants into her secret +made the task of obtaining provisions exceedingly difficult. Had they +seen her taking food into her room, they would at once have suspected +that it was for her father, and that he was somewhere close at hand. +The only way in which she could get the food she required for him was +by slipping some of her dinner from her plate into her lap. This was +not an easy thing to do without being detected by some of her brothers +and sisters, of whom there were many at table, she being the eldest but +two of eighteen children. Once she feared that she had been +discovered. Her mother had given her a large helping of chicken, +knowing well that the greater portion of it would be taken that night +to Sir Patrick. One of Grizel's younger brothers had noticed the large +helping she had received, and was somewhat jealous that he had not been +served as liberally. A few moments later he glanced again at her +plate, and saw to his surprise that it was nearly empty. + +With a brother's acknowledged right to make personal remarks, he loudly +called attention to the fact that Grizel had eaten nearly all her big +helping before anyone else had scarcely started. Lady Hume promptly +reprimanded the boy, and ordered him to confine his attention to his +own plate. The youngster made no further remarks concerning his +sister's appetite, but Grizel often found him glancing at her during +meals, and was in constant fear that he would detect her slipping the +food into her lap. + +After giving her father the day's news of home and political events she +would start on her return journey, leaving Sir Patrick alone for +another twenty-four hours in his gruesome hiding-place. Many men would +have been driven out of their mind by a month's sojourn in a +skull-and-bone-littered tomb, but Sir Patrick was a man of high +spirits, and his daughter never once found him depressed. During a +previous imprisonment he had committed to memory Buchanan's translation +of the Psalms, and he obtained much comfort from repeating them while +in the Polwarth vault. + +One day as he sat at his little table deep in thought he fancied that +he saw a skull lying on the floor move slightly. He watched it, and +saw to his surprise that it was undoubtedly moving. He was not +alarmed, but stretching out his cane turned over the skull and startled +a mouse from underneath it. + +Grizel was determined that her father should not remain in the vault +longer than was absolutely necessary, and with the assistance of the +trusty Winter was preparing a hiding-place for him at the castle. +There was a room on the ground floor, the key of which was kept by +Grizel, and under this they dug a big hole with their bare hands, +fearing that the sound of a spade, if used, would be heard. Night +after night, when all but they two were asleep, they scratched out the +earth, and placed it on a sheet spread on the floor. Then, when their +night's work was done, they silently opened the window and emptied the +earth into the garden The hole in the floor they covered by placing a +bed over it. + +At last, when Grizel's finger nails were worn almost completely away, +the subterranean hiding-place was finished, Winter placing in it a +large box which he had made for the purpose. Inside the box was a bed +and bedding, and fresh air was admitted through holes pierced in the +lid and sides. In this box Sir Patrick was to hide whenever the +soldiers searched the house. + +But before telling her father that he could with safety return home +Grizel examined the underground room daily, to see that it was not +flooded. Feeling confident at last that the water would not percolate, +she told Sir Patrick of the hiding-place prepared for him, and during +the night he crept back to the castle. + +When he had been there a week without anyone but Grizel, her mother, +and Winter knowing of his presence, the water burst through into the +subterranean room and flooded the box. Grizel was for a few minutes +terror-stricken, for if the soldiers paid another visit to the castle, +there would be nowhere for her father to hide, and he would be +captured. She hurried to him to advise him to return that night to the +vault; but being an active man he disliked the prospect of prolonged +idleness, and decided to make an attempt to escape to Holland, where +many of his political friends had already found safety. + +Grizel now set to work to alter her father's clothes, so that he might +appear to be a man of humble station. Throughout the day and all +through the night she plied her needle, but her task was not finished +when the news reached the castle that Robert Baillie of Jerviswoode had +been executed at Edinburgh. Knowing that her father would meet a +similar fate if captured, she finished his disguise quickly, and urged +his instant flight. He acted on her advice, and had not been gone many +hours before the soldiers arrived and searched the castle thoroughly. + +After some narrow escapes from being recognised and arrested Sir +Patrick arrived at London, and crossed to France, making his way thence +to Holland. But before he had been there long he was declared a rebel, +and his estates confiscated. Lady Hume and her children were turned +out of the castle, and found themselves almost penniless. Grizel and +her mother, financially assisted by some friends, journeyed to London, +to petition the Government for an allowance out of the confiscated +estates, and after much difficulty succeeded in obtaining a paltry +pittance of £150 a year. + +Sir Patrick's hatred of the Stuarts was naturally increased by the +treatment his wife and children had received at their hands, and he +threw himself heart and soul into the conspiracy for invading England +and Scotland. He took part, under the Duke of Argyle, in the invasion +of Scotland, and on the failure of the enterprise remained in hiding +until he found an opportunity to escape to Ireland, and thence to +Holland _viâ_ France. Here Lady Hume, Grizel, and all the children but +one soon joined him. + +Sir Patrick had very little money at this time, and Grizel was soon +sent back to Scotland to attend to some business on his behalf, and +collect money owing to him. She was also to bring back with her a +sister who had been left with friends in Scotland. + +Grizel having performed the business entrusted to her, sailed for +Holland with her sister, but before they had been at sea many hours a +terrible storm arose, which, of course, considerably prolonged the +voyage. This would not have been a great hardship, had the captain +been an ordinary man. He happened to be a cowardly bully, and being +short of food for himself, he forcibly took from Grizel and her sister +the biscuits which they had brought aboard for their own use. These he +ate in their presence. But this was not the worst. Grizel had paid +for a cabin bed for herself and sister, but the captain appropriated +it, and they were compelled to sleep on the floor. However, they +arrived in safety at their destination, and Sir Patrick was exceedingly +pleased with the way in which Grizel had transacted his business. + +The three years and a half which followed were comparatively uneventful +for the British exiles in Holland. Grizel devoted herself almost +entirely to domestic duties, for her father was too poor to keep +servants, and the only assistance she had was from a little girl who +was paid to come in daily to wash the plates and dishes. Every morning +she rose at six o'clock, and was busy until she retired to bed at +night. She washed and dressed the children, assisted her father in +teaching them, mended their clothes, and performed other duties which +it would be tedious to enumerate. The few hours during which she +managed to be free from domestic duties she devoted to practising music +and studying French and German. + +Grizel was now a beautiful young woman, and her gentle manner and +sweetness made her a favourite of all with whom she came into contact. +Two Scotch exiles fell in love with her, but she declined their offers +of marriage, greatly to the surprise of her father, who did not know +that she was the promised wife of another man--George Baillie, son of +his old friend Robert Baillie. George and Grizel had known each other +for many years. George was visiting his father in prison at Edinburgh +when Grizel, to the surprise of both of them, slipped out from a dark +corner and delivered her father's letter. + +The bravery of the little girl made a lasting impression on the boy, +and during the troublous years that followed he managed to see her on +several occasions. Each liked the other, and their liking changed to +love long before they were out of their teens. George's estates had +been confiscated, and he was serving as a private in the Prince of +Orange's Guards, where he had for his chum one of Grizel's brothers. +When off duty he was frequently at the Humes' house, and there, one +day, Grizel promised to become his wife. They kept their engagement a +secret, for Grizel did not wish it to be known until the good days, +which she was convinced were in store for Great Britain, arrived. + +The good days came at last. The Prince of Orange's troops landed at +Torbay, and the last of the Stuart kings fled from the land he had +misruled. Honours were now conferred upon the men who had suffered at +the hands of Charles II. and James II. Sir Patrick Hume had his +estates restored to him, and was created Lord Polwarth. Six years +later he was made Earl of Marchmont and Lord Chancellor of Scotland. +The queen greatly admired Grizel, and asked her to become one of her +maids of honour, but she declined the offer, as George Baillie, whose +estate had been restored to him, wanted her to fulfil her promise. She +was quite willing to do so, and they were married on September 17, 1692. + +In 1703 Lady Hume died. On her death-bed she looked at those standing +around her and asked anxiously 'Where is Grizel?' Grizel, who had been +standing back so that her beloved mother should not see her tears, came +forward at once. 'My dear Grizel,' Lady Hume said, holding her by the +hand, 'blessed be you above all, for a helpful child you have been to +me.' + +Grizel's married life was exceedingly happy, and lasted for forty-six +years. She often declared that during those years she and her husband +never had the slightest quarrel or misunderstanding. Throughout her +married life she was indefatigable in good works for the poor, and she +continued her kindly deeds after her husband's death. The rebellion of +1745 caused much distress in her native land, and her money was given +freely to the ruined of both parties. Her own income had been greatly +reduced, as her impoverished tenants were unable to pay her, and soon +she found herself pressed for money. All that she had possessed had +been given to those in distress, and now, in her eighty-first year, she +was unable to pay for the common necessaries of life. She called +together the tradesmen, whom she had hitherto paid promptly, and told +them that she was now poor, and would have to remain so until her +tenants were prosperous enough to pay their rents. Perhaps they would +not be in a position to do so during her lifetime, and she left it to +them, the tradesmen, to decide whether or not they would continue to +serve her, and run the risk of not being paid. Unanimously and +promptly the tradesmen declared that, as heretofore, she should have +the best of their stock. Joanna Baillie gives their reply in the +following lines:-- + + No, noble dame! this must not be. + With heart as warm and hand as free + Still thee and thine we'll serve with pride, + As when fair fortune graced your side. + The best of all our stores afford + Shall daily smoke upon thy board; + And should'st thou never clear the score, + Heaven, for thy sake, will bless our store. + + +The tradesmen were paid eventually, but not by Lady Grizel Baillie, for +she died on December 6, 1746, before prosperity came to her tenants. A +long life had been given her, and she had spent it nobly exhibiting all +the good qualities which a woman should possess. + + + + +LUCY HUTCHINSON, A BRAVE WIFE + +One morning in the spring of 1638 a large number of people had +assembled at a Richmond Church to witness the marriage of John +Hutchinson, eldest son of Sir Thomas Hutchinson, with Lucy Apsley, the +daughter of Sir Allen Apsley. The bride, who was only eighteen years +of age, was, according to her contemporaries, exceedingly beautiful and +very accomplished; her future husband was learned, well-bred and +handsome. Both had a host of friends, and thus it was that a large +crowd had gathered at the church to witness their marriage. + +The time for the bride to arrive at the church had come; but she was +not there. Minutes passed, and soon a messenger arrived with the news +that the marriage would not take place that day. 'But why was it +postponed?' This was the question which the disappointed friends +asked, and the answer was soon forthcoming. + +Lucy Apsley had been seized with small-pox on her wedding morning. In +those days small-pox was far more feared than it is at the present +time, and the crowd quickly dispersed, some of the people fearing that +the messenger who brought the bad news might also have brought the +dreaded disease. + +For some time it was thought that Lucy Apsley would die from the +complaint, but she recovered. There were many people, however, who +declared that it would have been better if she had died, for the once +beautiful girl was now much disfigured, and the Society gossips +expressed their confidence that John Hutchinson would never marry her. + +It was unjustifiable for these people to talk of John Hutchinson as if +he were a scoundrel, for he was a manly, honourable, young fellow, and +quite unlikely to refuse to marry Lucy Apsley because she had lost her +beauty. He told her that he was thankful to God for having spared her, +and urged her to marry him as soon as it was possible. + +They were married at St. Andrew's Church, Holborn, on July 3, 1638, the +bride presenting such a shocking appearance that the clergyman who +performed the ceremony could not look at her a second time. It is +highly satisfactory to be able to say that in the course of time Lucy +Hutchinson regained some of her beauty; but the contemporary writer's +statement that she became as beautiful as ever she had been must be +received with a certain amount of doubt. + +However, it is not for her beauty but for her bravery that Lucy +Hutchinson deserves to be remembered. When she had spent a few happy +years of married life, the troubles which ended in the execution of +Charles I. began. It was impossible for any man or woman to refrain +from siding with one or the other party in this momentous struggle, for +any person who claimed to be neutral would have been suspected by both +parties. Lucy Hutchinson's husband was of a studious disposition, and +had little taste for the frivolities and dissipation in which the +majority of men of his position indulged, and it is therefore not +surprising that, when it became necessary to take part in the struggle, +he determined to espouse the cause of the Parliamentary party. + +This step caused Lucy Hutchinson some sorrow, for her brother and many +other members of her family were fighting for King Charles. However, +she felt that it was her duty to hold the same political opinions as +her husband, and she became a staunch Parliamentarian. + +The Cavaliers, hearing that John Hutchinson had proclaimed sympathy +with the Roundheads, decided to take him prisoner immediately, but +warning of their intention reached him, and he fled to Leicestershire. +Lucy joined him at the earliest opportunity, but they had little peace, +for the Cavaliers were constantly in search of John Hutchinson. + +After fleeing from place to place he arrived at Nottingham, soon after +the battle of Edgehill. The Cavaliers were on their way to take +possession of Nottingham, and John Hutchinson and others urged the +citizens to defend the town. The militia was organised, and John +Hutchinson was appointed a lieutenant-colonel. + +Lucy Hutchinson was at this time living at their home at Owthorpe, but +her husband, thinking that she would be safer in Nottingham than alone +in a neighbourhood which abounded with Royalists, sent a troop of horse +to remove her by night. It was an adventurous journey, but was +accomplished safely. Finding that the citizens of Nottingham were +prepared to offer a determined resistance, the Cavaliers did not attack +the town, but passed on with the intention of returning later to +capture it. + +The citizens of Nottingham, pleased with the energy shown by Colonel +Hutchinson, elected him Governor of Nottingham Castle. It was a high +post for a man only twenty-seven years of age, but Colonel Hutchinson +soon proved that he was well fitted for it The castle, although +standing in an excellent position, was in a dilapidated condition and +required much strengthening before it could be considered strong enough +to withstand a determined attack. The required alterations were +carried out under Colonel Hutchinson's supervision, and at length all +that was needed to withstand a siege was a stock of provisions and a +larger garrison. These, however, the governor could not obtain. + +A period of waiting followed. Again and again the rumour spread that +the Cavaliers were approaching to capture the castle, but they did not +attack it. Their guns were heard in the distance, but for some reason +known only to themselves they did not deliver the long-expected +assault. Lucy Hutchinson had an unenviable time. Loving a peaceful, +domestic life, she was compelled to live in the midst of turmoil. She +saw to the feeding of the soldiers, a trying task considering that so +far the Parliamentary party had allowed her husband nothing whatever +towards defraying the cost of maintaining the garrison, and that the +stock of provisions was running low. Moreover she was often troubled +concerning the safety of her relatives. Her eldest brother, Sir Allen +Apsley, of whom she was exceedingly fond, was fighting gallantly for +the king, and believing that the Parliamentarians would triumph, she +feared that if he escaped death on the battle-field, it would only be +to suffer imprisonment and the confiscation of his estate. + +At last, in 1644, the Earl of Newcastle sent a messenger to Colonel +Hutchinson calling upon him to surrender Nottingham Castle to the +Royalists, a demand that was promptly refused. 'If his lordship would +have that poor castle,' the colonel said to the messenger, 'he must +wade to it in blood.' + +The messenger departed, and Colonel Hutchinson made preparations to +withstand a siege. Greatly to his surprise, however, the attempt on +the castle was not made, the Earl of Newcastle having been compelled to +march his forces to the assistance of Royalists in another part of the +country. + +Before long, however, the citizens of Nottingham veered round to the +Royalist party, and decided to betray the town. One night they +secretly admitted 600 Cavaliers, commanded by Colonel Hutchinson's +cousin, Sir Richard Byron, and before daybreak the town was in their +hands. But not the castle. With only eighty men, Colonel Hutchinson +determined to hold it against the enemy until not a man remained alive. +His force should have been much larger, but many of his men had on the +previous evening quitted the castle without permission and entered the +town. While enjoying themselves the Cavaliers arrived and made them +prisoners. + +Among the Parliamentarians who were taken prisoners in Nottingham were +the surgeons, and the defenders of the castle entered into the fight +with the unpleasant belief that if they were wounded there would be no +one to attend to their wounds. + +They were mistaken. When the battle had been raging for some minutes, +and the wounded defenders were being removed from further danger, Lucy +Hutchinson came forward, and skilfully and tenderly dressed their +wounds. For five days, attending to the wounded was her chief duty, +and many a poor fellow's life was saved by her promptitude and skill. + +One day, while resting from her labours, she saw three Royalists being +led away to the dungeon. They were wounded, and had been captured in +the latest assault on the castle. Seeing that they were wounded, Lucy +Hutchinson at once dressed their injuries, and while thus employed one +of her husband's officers angrily upbraided her for having pity on +them, concluding with the assertion that 'his soul abhorred to see this +favour to the enemies of God.' + +'I've done nothing but my duty,' she replied. 'These are our enemies, +but they are also our fellow-creatures.' + +For five days the little band of Roundheads held out against the strong +force of Cavaliers, and they were fully prepared for a long siege, +when, to their surprise, they saw the enemy beat a hurried retreat. In +a short time they knew the cause. A strong Parliamentary force was +advancing to the relief of Nottingham Castle. + +For his good defence of the castle, Parliament ratified the appointment +made by the citizens, and promoted Colonel Hutchinson to be governor of +the town as well as of the castle. + +Unable to obtain the castle by force of arms, the Royalists now tempted +Colonel Hutchinson, by offering him any terms he might name, if he +would surrender it and join their party. These attempts to suborn him +he ignored, and held the castle for the Parliamentary party until peace +was declared, and he was able to return with his wife and children to +his ruined home at Owthorpe. In the meanwhile, Lucy Hutchinson was +anxious concerning her brother, Sir Allen Apsley, who had held +Barnstaple for the king as gallantly as her husband had held Nottingham +Castle for the Parliament. He was a marked man, but Colonel Hutchinson +used his now great influence to obtain immunity from molestation for +the gallant Cavalier. + +Until the death of Cromwell, Lucy Hutchinson and her husband lived very +happily with their children at their rebuilt Owthorpe home. But +immediately after that event troubles began. The Royalists, hoping to +bring about a restoration of monarchy, were eager to obtain arms, and +planned a raid on Owthorpe; but their designs were repeated to Lucy +Hutchinson by a boy who overheard the conspiracy, and when the robbers +arrived they were speedily put to flight. + +As the prospects of a Restoration became greater, Lucy Hutchinson grew +alarmed for the safety of her husband, who was one of the men who had +signed the death-warrant of Charles I. The friends of the exiled king +had promised him pardon and preferment if he would become a Royalist, +but this he had firmly declined to do. + +On May 29, 1660, Charles II. was restored to the throne, and little +mercy could be expected from him by those who had signed his father's +death-warrant. Some of Colonel Hutchinson's friends urged him to +follow Ingoldsby's example, and declare that Cromwell had held his hand +and compelled him to sign it, but he rejected this advice with the +greatest indignation. + +In a terrible state of anxiety Lucy Hutchinson applied to her brother +for assistance and advice. Sir Allen Apsley was naturally in high +favour at court, where his gallant fight for Charles I. was well known, +and he was glad of an opportunity to help the brother-in-law who had +protected him in time of danger. Moreover, there was another reason +why he was anxious to help Colonel Hutchinson--he, Sir Allen, had +recently married his sister. + +Sir Allen Apsley worked exceedingly hard to obtain his brother-in-law's +pardon, and at last he had the joy of telling his sister that her +husband's name was inserted in the Act of Oblivion, and his estates +unconditionally freed to him. + +Great was Lucy Hutchinson's joy at the pardon of her husband, and she +looked forward to spending the remainder of their days in peace at +their beloved Owthorpe. Alas! this was not to be. There were many +Royalists who were highly displeased at Colonel Hutchinson's receiving +a pardon, and they determined to ruin him. Very conveniently they +discovered, or said that they had discovered, a Puritan plot for a +rising, and that Colonel Hutchinson was one of the conspirators. As +far as Colonel Hutchinson was concerned the story was utterly untrue, +but, nevertheless, on the strength of it, he was arrested for treason, +carried to London and placed in the Tower. After ten months in the +Tower, during which his wife visited him regularly, he was removed to +Sandown Castle, where, in a damp cell against the walls of which the +sea washed, he contracted ague. Lucy Hutchinson implored the governor +to be permitted to share her husband's prison, but he refused, and +treated both her and him with brutality. + +Sir Allen Apsley, hearing of the treatment accorded to his +brother-in-law, used his influence to bring about a change in his +condition, but the alteration came too late, and he died on September +11, 1664. Lucy Hutchinson was not present when he died, but the +message he sent to her was:--'Let her, as she is above other women, +show herself on this occasion a good Christian, and above the pitch of +ordinary minds.' + +Little is known of Lucy Hutchinson after her husband's death, beyond +that she soon sold Owthorpe, and that some years later she referred to +herself as being in adversity. By adversity she probably referred to +her widowed state, for it is very unlikely that with many rich +relatives a woman of simple tastes would be in want of money. But of +this we may be sure: that, whether old age found her rich or poor, it +found her a noble-minded, Christian Englishwoman. + + + + +LADY BAKER, AN EXPLORER'S COMPANION + +When Samuel White Baker decided to make an attempt to discover the +sources of the Nile, his young wife determined to accompany him and +share his dangers and hardships. On April 15, 1861, they started from +Cairo, and after a twenty-six days' journey by boat they disembarked at +Korosko, and plunged into the dreary desert. Their camels travelled at +a rapid pace, but the heat was terrible, and Mrs. Baker was taken +seriously ill before arriving at Berber. She was, however, +sufficiently recovered to accompany her husband when he started off +along the dry bed of the Atbara, and soon had a novel experience, which +Baker in _The Nile Tributaries of Abyssinia_, describes as follows:-- + +'At half-past eight I was lying half asleep upon my bed by the margin +of the river, when I fancied that I heard a rumbling like distant +thunder. Hardly had I raised my head to listen more attentively, when +a confusion of voices arose from the Arabs' camp, with the sound of +many feet; and in a few minutes they rushed into my camp, shouting to +my men in the darkness, "El Bahr! El Bahr!"'[1] The rolling flood was +sweeping down the dry bed of the river. 'We were up in an instant. +Many of the people were asleep on the clean sand in the river's bed; +these were quickly awakened by the Arabs.... Hardly had they (the +Arabs) descended, when the sound of the river in the darkness beneath +told us that the water had arrived; and the men, dripping with wet, had +just sufficient time to drag their heavy burdens up the bank. All was +darkness and confusion. The river had arrived like "a thief in the +night."' + +When daylight came a mighty river was flowing where yesterday there was +only dry land. + +Proceeding to Kassala, Baker engaged additional camels and attendants, +and then crossing the Atbara at Korasi proceeded to Sofi, where he +decided to halt for five months. Big game abounded, and Baker enjoyed +excellent sport. Shooting and studying Arabic occupied nearly all his +attention, until Mrs. Baker was taken ill with gastric fever. For a +time it was not expected that she would recover; but, fortunately, she +was spared to assist her husband in the arduous labours which followed. + +Mr. and Mrs. Baker arrived at Khartoum on June 11, 1862, and remained +there for six months, waiting for the rains to cease, and for the +northerly winds to set in. Quitting Khartoum on December 18, 1862, +they arrived at Gondokoro on February 2, 1863. Baker was the first +Englishman to visit the place, and the reception which the +slave-traders accorded him was far from cordial. Believing him to be a +spy of the British Government, they concealed their slaves, and waited +anxiously for him to depart. In the meanwhile they made friends with +his men, sowed discontent amongst them, and succeeded in inciting them +to make a raid for food on the natives in the next village. + +Baker, hearing of the proposed raid, promptly forbade it, whereupon his +men mutinied. Seizing the ringleader, Baker proceeded to give him a +sound thrashing, but was at once attacked by the rest of the men, and +would certainly have been killed had not Mrs. Baker rushed to the +rescue. Her sudden appearance on the scene--for it was known she was +ill with fever--and her appeals to some of the men to help her save her +husband caused the mutineers to hesitate. Instantly Baker saw his +opportunity. 'Fall in!' he commanded, and so accustomed were the men +to obeying his orders that the majority fell in instantly. The +ringleader and a few others refused to obey, and Baker was about to +administer another thrashing to the former when his wife besought him +not to do so. He acted on her advice, and promised to overlook the +mutineers' conduct if they apologised, which they promptly and +profusely did. + +The slave-traders now declared that they would not permit the Bakers to +penetrate into the interior, but, ignoring the threats, husband and +wife resumed their journey. Soon they came into contact with a +well-armed party of these traders, and a fight would have resulted had +not Mrs. Baker suggested that they should make friends with the leader. +'Had I been alone,' Baker writes, 'I should have been too proud to have +sought the friendship of the sullen trader; and the moment on which +success depended would have been lost.... The fate of the expedition +was retrieved by Mrs. Baker.' + +It was, of course, a trying task for Mr. and Mrs. Baker to be on +friendly terms with a slave-trader, and they both felt it to be so, but +it was productive of good. The slave-trader informed Baker that his +(Baker's) men intended to mutiny and kill him and his wife. Baker was +on his guard, and nipped the mutiny in the bud. + +After many hardships and perils borne uncomplainingly by Mrs. Baker, +they reached the territory of the King of Unyoro, where his majesty's +brother, M'gambi, was continually asking for presents. Having received +a great number from Baker, M'gambi went on to demand that Mrs. Baker +might be given to him. 'Drawing my revolver quietly, I held it within +two feet of his chest,' Baker writes, 'and looking at him with +undisguised contempt, I told him that if I touched the trigger, not all +the men could save him: and that it he dared to repeat the insult I +would shoot him on the spot. At the same time, I explained to him that +in my country such insolence would entail bloodshed; and I looked upon +him as an ignorant ox who knew no better; and that this excuse alone +could save him. My wife, naturally indignant, had risen from her seat, +and maddened with the excitement of the moment, she made a little +speech in Arabic (not a word of which he understood) with a countenance +almost as amiable as the head of Medusa. Altogether the +_mise-en-scène_ utterly astonished him. The woman, Bacheta, although +savage, had appropriated the insult to her mistress, and she also +fearlessly let fly at him, translating as nearly as she could the +complimentary address that "Medusa" had just delivered. + +Whether this little _coup de théâtre_ had so impressed M'gambi with +British female independence, that he wished to be "off his bargain," I +cannot say; but, with an air of complete astonishment, he said; "Don't +be angry! I had no intention of offending you by asking for your wife; +I will give you a wife if you want one; and I thought you had no +objection to give me yours: it is my custom to give my visitors pretty +wives, and I thought you might exchange. Don't make a fuss about it; +if you don't like it, there's an end of it: I will never mention it +again." This very practical apology I received very sternly.' + +After this interview with M'gambi, the Bakers resumed their journey, +escorted by 300 local men, whose services Baker soon discovered it +would be advisable to dispense with. He was now left with only twelve +men, and it was doubtful whether he would be able to reach his +destination and get back to Gondokoro in time to catch the last boat to +Khartoum that season. If he failed to do so, it meant another year in +Central Africa, and he did not wish his wife to endure that. But Mrs. +Baker was interested deeply in her husband's work, and urged him not to +consider her health before accomplishing his task. + +A few days later she received a sun-stroke, and for several days lay in +a litter in an unconscious state. Brain fever followed, and no one +believed that she could possibly recover. A halt was made, and the men +put a new handle to the pick-axe ready to dig a grave, the site of +which had been selected. But the preparations were premature. Mrs. +Baker recovered consciousness, and two days later the weary march was +resumed, to be crowned on March 14, 1864, with success, for on that day +they saw before them the tremendous sheet of water now well known by +the name the discoverer gave it, there and then,--the Albert Nyanza. + +We can imagine Mrs. Baker's joy on finding that their expedition had +been crowned with success, and that the perils and hardships which she +had shared uncomplainingly with her husband had not been endured in +vain. It would perhaps have only been natural if she had now urged her +husband to return to civilisation as quickly as possible, but she did +not do so. + +For thirteen days they explored in canoes the eastern shore of the +newly-discovered lake, coming at last to the mouth of Somerset or +Victoria Nile. Ascending the river they discovered a series of +cataracts, ending in a magnificent fall. These Baker named Murchison +Falls, as a compliment to the President of the Royal Geographical +Society. Continuing the journey on foot, they came to a deserted +village, where they were compelled to remain for two months through the +treachery of the King of Unyoro. This dusky potentate had promised +Baker every assistance that he could give, but having decided to make +an attack on two neighbouring tribes he asked the Englishman to +accompany his force and fight for him. This Baker refused to do, and, +in revenge, the king sent secret orders to Baker's followers to desert +him, and leave him and his wife to starve. In a desolate spot, unable +to obtain provisions, Mr. and Mrs. Baker existed for two months, +growing weaker daily from fever and want of proper food. However, +after many attempts, Baker managed to obtain an interview with the +king, and persuaded him to treat them humanely. The king would not, +however, allow them to quit his territory, and it was not until +November, 1864, that they succeeded in escaping. + +After many adventures they arrived at Khartoum on May 3, 1865, where +their arrival created great surprise among the Europeans, who had long +since been convinced that they were dead. + +On reaching England in October, 1865, the Bakers were given an +enthusiastic reception. Various learned societies at home and abroad +bestowed their highest honours upon Baker, and Queen Victoria conferred +a knighthood upon him. + +Mrs. Baker's bravery in accompanying her husband through so many +dangers was naturally praised by all classes, and it was felt by many +people that some honour should be conferred upon her. In Messrs. +Murray and White's _Sir Samuel Baker: a Memoir_ (Macmillan), it is +stated that Mr. W. E. Gladstone proposed that a subscription should be +started for presenting a suitable testimonial to her. This was, +however, prior to her becoming Lady Baker, and perhaps it was +considered that having received an honour the testimonial was +unnecessary. At any rate Mr. Gladstone's suggestion was not carried +out. + +In the spring of 1869, Sir Samuel and Lady Baker returned to Africa. +The Khedive had appointed Sir Samuel Governor-General of the Equatorial +Nile Basin, to suppress the slave-trade, to develop the natural +resources of the country, and open the great lakes to navigation. This +was a formidable task, and made more difficult by the jealousy of the +Egyptian authorities, who neglected to give him the support which they +should have done. + +For two years Sir Samuel Baker was busy fighting slave-traders and +native tribes, and throughout this exciting period he was accompanied +by his wife, who was subjected to the same dangers as he or any man in +his force. At one time she was in great danger of being laid low at +any moment by bullet or spear. This was during the retreat from +Masendi, a position which Sir Samuel Baker was compelled to abandon on +June 14, 1872. For eighty miles the little band, composed of about 100 +men, marched in double file through tangled forest and gigantic grass, +fighting the whole distance. Bullets whizzed past Lady Baker, and many +a spear went within an inch of her, but unalarmed she marched on +_carrying ammunition_. The enemy hoped to annihilate the party before +it got clear of the long grass, but the determined men who were +fighting for their lives discovered the ambuscades and drove out the +enemy. Night and day the hidden foe harassed the party, and Lady Baker +knew that any moment might be her last. Nevertheless, she trudged on +with her burden of ammunition, and on some occasions marched sixteen +miles at a stretch. It was a weary march through that +grass-jungle--which harboured hundreds of the enemy--and it seemed that +it would never end. To accelerate their retreat, the cattle were +abandoned and loads of valuable goods were burnt or thrown away. At +times it seemed as if they could not possibly escape, and, in fact, +news reached England that they had been slaughtered during the retreat +from Masendi. + +However, they got through safely, and shortly afterwards inflicted a +crushing defeat on the enemy. Lady Baker was present at this battle, +but although the bullets whizzed to the right, to the left, and above +her, she escaped injury. Sir Samuel not only praised her bravery, but +he wrote of her: 'She has always been my prime minister, to give good +counsel in moments of difficulty and danger.' + +On completion of the four years' service for which the Khedive had +engaged him, Sir Samuel Baker returned with his wife to England, where +once more they received an enthusiastic reception. When they again +travelled abroad it was in more civilised parts of the world, and +unattended by the perils which had assailed them in Africa. Sir Samuel +Baker died on December 30, 1893, at Sandford Orleigh, near Newton +Abbot, aged 72. He was a brave and clever man, but not a little of his +success was due to the fact that he had a wife who shared his ambition, +and did all that lay in her power to bring his undertakings to a +successful issue. + + + +[1] The river. + + + + +THE END. + + + + +The Young Girl's Library. + + +TWO GIRLS IN A SIEGE. A Tale of the Great Civil War. By EDITH C. +KENYON, Author of "Queen of Nine Days," etc. With Three Illustrations +by J. MACFARLANE. + +THE SHEPHERD'S FAIRY. By the Author of "Mr. Mygale's Hobby." With +Three Illustrations. + +MISS NETTIE'S GIRLS. A Story of London East End Life. By CONSTANCE +EVELYN. With Three Illustrations. + + +GWEN'S INFLUENCE. By FRANCES TOFT, Author of "Uncle Ronald," etc. +With Three Illustrations by CHARLES HORRELL. + +CHRISTIE REDFERN'S TROUBLES. By MRS. ROBERTSON. With Three +Illustrations by E. BARNARD LINTOTT, Author of "The Orphans of Glen +Elder." + +ANGEL'S BROTHER. By ELEANOR A. STOOKE, Author of "The Bottom of the +Bread Pan." With Three Illustrations by W. H. C. GROOME. + + +THE RELIGIOUS TRACT SOCIETY. LONDON. + + + +Popular Stories + +By + +Well-Known + +Writers + + + + HESBA STRETTON + Mrs. O. F. WALTON + EVELYN EVERETT-GREEN + AMY LE FEUVRE + ETC. ETC. + + + + Issued by + The Religious Tract Society + 4 Bouverie Street and + 65 St. Paul's Churchyard + London, E.C. + + + +POPULAR STORIES BY + +HESBA STRETTON. + + +HALF BROTHERS. By Hesba Stretton. With Four Illustrations by Lancelot +Speed. + +CAROLA. By Hesba Stretton. Illustrated. + +COBWEBS AND CABLES. By Hesba Stretton. Illustrated. + +THROUGH A NEEDLE'S EYE. By Hesba Stretton. Illustrated. + +DAVID LLOYD'S LAST WILL. By Hesba Stretton. Illustrated. + +THE SOUL OF HONOUR. By Hesba Stretton. With Frontispiece. + + + +UNIFORM EDITIONS OF STORIES + +BY + +EVELYN EVERETT-GREEN. + + +_Miss Everett-Green has long been known and appreciated as a practised +and skilled writer, and while many of her tales are specially suited +for girls, they will also be read with profit and interest by adults. +The Society is issuing the whole series of her longer stories in a +uniform style._ + + +THE CONSCIENCE OF ROGER TREHERN. By Evelyn Everett-Green. Illustrated. + +JOINT GUARDIANS. By Evelyn Everett-Green. With a Frontispiece. + +MARCUS STRATFORD'S CHARGE; or, Roy's Temptation. By Evelyn +Everett-Green. With a Frontispiece. + +ALWYN RAVENDALE. By Evelyn Everett-Green. With Frontispiece by Harold +Copping. + +LENORE ANNANDALE'S STORY. By Evelyn Everett-Green. With a +Frontispiece. + +THE HEAD OF THE HOUSE. By Evelyn Everett-Green. With a Frontispiece. + +THE MISTRESS OF LYDGATE PRIORY; or, The Story of a Long Life. By +Evelyn Everett-Green. With a Frontispiece. + +THE PERCIVALS. By Evelyn Everett-Green. With a Frontispiece. + + +LONDON: THE RELIGIOUS TRACT SOCIETY. + + +POPULAR STORIES BY + +MRS. O. F. WALTON. + +AUTHOR OF 'A PEEP BEHIND THE SCENES.' + + +THE LOST CLUE. By Mrs. Walton. With Illustrations by Adolf Thiede. + +A PEEP BEHIND THE SCENES. By Mrs. Walton. Illustrated. + +WAS I RIGHT? By Mrs. Walton. Illustrated. + +DOCTOR FORESTER. By Mrs. Walton. With Four Illustrations by Ernest +Prater. + +SCENES IN THE LIFE OF AN OLD ARM-CHAIR. By Mrs. Walton. Illustrated. + +OLIVE'S STORY; or, Life at Ravenscliffe. By Mrs. Walton. Illustrated. + + +LONDON: THE RELIGIOUS TRACT SOCIETY. + + +POPULAR STORIES BY + +AMY LE FEUVRE. + + +THE MENDER; A Story of Modern Domestic Life. By Amy Le Feuvre. +Illustrated. + +ODD MADE EVEN. By Amy Le Feuvre. Seven Illustrations by Harold +Copping. + +HEATHER'S MISTRESS. By Amy Le Feuvre. With Fifteen Illustrations by +J. S. Crompton. + +ON THE EDGE OF THE MOOR. By Amy Le Feuvre. + +THE CARVED CUPBOARD. By Amy Le Feuvre. + +DWELL DEEP; or Hilda Thorn's Life Story. By Amy Le Feuvre. + +ODD. By Amy Le Feuvre. Illustrated. + +A LITTLE MAID. By Amy Le Feuvre. + +A PUZZLING PAIR. By Amy Le Feuvre. With Illustrations by Eveline +Lance. + + +LONDON; THE RELIGIOUS TRACT SOCIETY. + + + +The Bouverie Florin Library. + +A New Series of Interesting Stories. Each with Title-page and +Illustrations in Colour. Attractively bound. Large crown 8vo, Cloth +Gilt, 2s. each. + + +THE AWAKENING OF ANTHONY WEIR. By SILAS K. HOCKING. With coloured and +other illustrations. + +IN THE DAYS OF THE GIRONDE. A Story for Girls. By THEKLA. With +coloured illustrations by W. E. WIGFULL. + +MONEY AND THE MAN. By H. M. WARD. With coloured illustrations by A. +TWIDLE. + +THE CHARIOTS OF THE LORD: A Romance of the Time of James II. and the +coming of William of Orange. With four coloured illustrations by ADOLF +THIEDE. + +A ROSE OF YORK. By FLORENCE BONE. With coloured illustrations by +DUDLEY TENNANT. + +THE WONDER CHILD: An Australian Story. By ETHEL TURNER. With coloured +and other illustrations. + +FROM PRISON TO PARADISE: A Story of English Peasant Life in 1557. By +ALICE LANG. With coloured and other illustrations. + +A HERO IN THE STRIFE. By LOUISA C. SILKE. With coloured frontispiece +by J. FINNEMORE. + +ADNAH: A Tale of the Time of Christ. By J. BRECKENRIDGE ELLIS. With +coloured title-page and frontispiece. + +LIVING IT OUT. By H. M. WARD, Author of 'Money and the Man,' etc. +With three coloured illustrations by W. E. WIGFULL. + +THE TROUBLE MAN: or, The Wards of St. James. By EMILY P. WEAVER. With +three coloured illustrations by DUDLEY TENNANT. + +THE MEN OF THE MOUNTAIN. A Stirring Tale of the Franco-German War of +1870-1871. By S. R. CROCKETT, Author of 'The White Plumes of Navarre,' +'The Lilac Sunbonnet,' &c. Illustrated. + +THE LOST CLUE. By Mrs. O. F. WALTON, Author of 'A Peep Behind the +Scenes,' &c. Illustrated. + +LOVE, THE INTRUDER. A Modern Romance. By HELEN H. WATSON, Author of +'Andrew Goodfellow,' &c. Illustrated. + +THE FIGHTING LINE. By DAVID LYALL. Author of 'The Gold that +Perisheth,' &c. Illustrated. + +THE HIGHWAY OF SORROW: A Story of Modern Russia. By Hesba Stretton. +With 4 Illustrations by J. Finnemore, R.I. + +VEILED HEARTS: A Romance of Modern Egypt. By Rachel Willard. With 3 +Illustrations. + +SUNDAY SCHOOL ROMANCES. By Alfred B. Cooper, with 8 Illustrations. + +THE COSSART COUSINS. By Evelyn Everett-Green. With 4 Illustrations by +Gordon Browne, R.I. + +THE FAMILY NEXT DOOR. By Evelyn Everett-Green. With Frontispiece by +Lancelot Speed. + +GREYFRIARS. By E. Everett-Green. With Frontispiece by Ernest Prater. + +PEGGY SPRY. By H. M. Ward. With 3 illustrations by Ernest Prater. + + + +The 'Queen' Library. + +A New Series of Delightful Stories for younger Girls, Each with three +Coloured Illustrations: Large crown 8vo. Attractively bound in Cloth +Gilt, 2s. 6d. + + +MARGARET, or, The Hidden Treasure. By N.F.P.K. With three coloured +illustrations by VICTOR PROUT. + +AGAINST THE WORLD. By EVELYN R. GARRATT, Author of 'Free to Serve.' +With three coloured illustrations by J. A. SYMINGTON. + +LITTLE MISS. By M. B. MANWELL, Author of 'The Captain's Bunk,' +'Daisy's Knight,' etc. With three coloured illustrations by F. E. +HILEY. + +BELLE AND DOLLY. By ANNE BEALE. With three coloured illustrations by +A. TWIDLE. + + + +LONDON: THE RELIGIOUS TRACT SOCIETY. + + + + 'BRAVE DEEDS' SERIES. + + _Well Illustrated._ + + BRAVE DEEDS OF YOUTHFUL HEROES. + STRANGE TALES OF PERIL AND ADVENTURE. + ADVENTURES ASHORE AND AFLOAT. + THE ROMANCE OF REAL LIFE. + True Incidents in the Lives of the Great and Good. + WIND AND WAVE. A Tale of the Siege of Leyden. + THE CRUISE OF THE 'MARY ROSE.' + CEDAR CREEK; Or, from Shanty to Settlement. + A BOOK OF HEROES; + Or, Great Victories in the Fight for Freedom. + ONCE UPON A TIME; + Or, The Boy's Book of Adventures. + THE BLACK TROOPERS. And Other Stories. + A RACE FOR LIFE. And Other Tales. + NOBLE DEEDS OF THE WORLD'S HEROINES. + THROUGH FLOOD AND FLAME. + Adventures and Perils of Protestant Heroes. + HEROES OF THE GOODWIN SANDS. + ON THE INDIAN TRAIL, + And Other Stories of the Cree and Salteaux Indians. + REMARKABLE ADVENTURES FROM REAL LIFE. + THROUGH FIRE AND THROUGH WATER. + FRANK LAYTON. An Australian Story. + THE REALM OF THE ICE-KING. + THE FOSTER BROTHERS OF DOOM. + A Tale of the Irish Rebellion. + THE CAPTAIN'S STORY. + STEADFAST AND TRUE. + ADVENTURE STORIES. + Daring Deeds on Land and Sea. + HISTORICAL TALES FOR YOUNG PROTESTANTS, + BRAVE SONS OF THE EMPIRE. + THE LOG OF A SKY-PILOT; + Or, Work and Adventure around the Goodwin Sands. + SAXBY. A Tale of the Commonwealth Time. + WITHIN SEA WALLS. + + THE RELIGIOUS TRACT SOCIETY, 4, BOUVERIE STREET, E.C. + + + + + + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Noble Deeds of the World's Heroines, by +Henry Charles Moore + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK NOBLE DEEDS--WORLD'S HEROINES *** + +***** This file should be named 29286-8.txt or 29286-8.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/2/9/2/8/29286/ + +Produced by Al Haines + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/29286-8.zip b/29286-8.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..065cf91 --- /dev/null +++ b/29286-8.zip diff --git a/29286-h.zip b/29286-h.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..9bba89c --- /dev/null +++ b/29286-h.zip diff --git a/29286-h/29286-h.htm b/29286-h/29286-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..b66cfc2 --- /dev/null +++ b/29286-h/29286-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,7930 @@ +<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"> +<HTML> +<HEAD> + +<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; charset=iso-8859-1"> + +<TITLE> +The Project Gutenberg E-text of Noble Deeds of the World's Heroines, +by Henry Charles Moore +</TITLE> + +<STYLE TYPE="text/css"> +BODY { color: Black; + background: White; + margin-right: 10%; + margin-left: 10%; + font-family: "Times New Roman", serif; + text-align: justify } + +P {text-indent: 4% } + +P.noindent {text-indent: 0% } + +P.poem {text-indent: 0%; + margin-left: 10%; + font-size: small } + +P.letter {text-indent: 0%; + font-size: small ; + margin-left: 10% ; + margin-right: 10% } + +P.salutation {font-size: small ; + text-indent: 0%; + margin-left: 10% ; + margin-right: 10% } + +P.closing {font-size: small ; + text-indent: 0%; + margin-left: 10% ; + margin-right: 10% } + +P.footnote {font-size: smaller ; + text-indent: 0% ; + margin-left: 10% ; + margin-right: 10% } + +P.transnote {font-size: small ; + text-indent: 0% ; + margin-left: 0% ; + margin-right: 0% } + +P.index {font-size: small ; + text-indent: -5% ; + margin-left: 5% ; + margin-top: 0% ; + margin-bottom: 0% ; + margin-right: 0% } + +P.intro {font-size: medium ; + text-indent: -5% ; + margin-left: 5% ; + margin-right: 0% } + +P.dedication {text-indent: 0%; + margin-left: 15%; + text-align: justify } + +P.published {font-size: small ; + text-indent: 0% ; + margin-left: 15% } + +P.quote {font-size: small ; + text-indent: 4% ; + margin-left: 0% ; + margin-right: 0% } + +P.report {font-size: small ; + text-indent: 4% ; + margin-left: 0% ; + margin-right: 0% } + +P.report2 {font-size: small ; + text-indent: 4% ; + margin-left: 10% ; + margin-right: 10% } + +P.finis { font-size: larger ; + text-align: center ; + text-indent: 0% ; + margin-left: 0% ; + margin-right: 0% } + +H3.h3left { margin-left: 0%; + margin-right: 1%; + margin-bottom: .5% ; + margin-top: 0; + float: left ; + clear: left ; + text-align: center } + +H3.h3right { margin-left: 1%; + margin-right: 0 ; + margin-bottom: .5% ; + margin-top: 0; + float: right ; + clear: right ; + text-align: center } + +H3.h3center { margin-left: 0; + margin-right: 0 ; + margin-bottom: .5% ; + margin-top: 0; + float: none ; + clear: both ; + text-align: center } + +H4.h4left { margin-left: 0%; + margin-right: 1%; + margin-bottom: .5% ; + margin-top: 0; + float: left ; + clear: left ; + text-align: center } + +H4.h4right { margin-left: 1%; + margin-right: 0 ; + margin-bottom: .5% ; + margin-top: 0; + float: right ; + clear: right ; + text-align: center } + +H4.h4center { margin-left: 0; + margin-right: 0 ; + margin-bottom: .5% ; + margin-top: 0; + float: none ; + clear: both ; + text-align: center } + +H5.h5left { margin-left: 0%; + margin-right: 1%; + margin-bottom: .5% ; + margin-top: 0; + float: left ; + clear: left ; + text-align: center } + +H5.h5right { margin-left: 1%; + margin-right: 0 ; + margin-bottom: .5% ; + margin-top: 0; + float: right ; + clear: right ; + text-align: center } + +H5.h5center { margin-left: 0; + margin-right: 0 ; + margin-bottom: .5% ; + margin-top: 0; + float: none ; + clear: both ; + text-align: center } + +IMG.imgleft { float: left; + clear: left; + margin-left: 0; + margin-bottom: 0; + margin-top: 1%; + margin-right: 1%; + padding: 0; + text-align: center } + +IMG.imgright {float: right; + clear: right; + margin-left: 1%; + margin-bottom: 0; + margin-top: 1%; + margin-right: 0; + padding: 0; + text-align: center } + +IMG.imgcenter { margin-left: auto; + margin-bottom: 0; + margin-top: 1%; + margin-right: auto; } + + +</STYLE> + +</HEAD> + +<BODY> + + +<pre> + +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Noble Deeds of the World's Heroines, by +Henry Charles Moore + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Noble Deeds of the World's Heroines + +Author: Henry Charles Moore + +Release Date: July 1, 2009 [EBook #29286] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK NOBLE DEEDS--WORLD'S HEROINES *** + + + + +Produced by Al Haines + + + + + +</pre> + + +<BR><BR> + +<A NAME="img-cover"></A> +<CENTER> +<IMG CLASS="imgcenter" SRC="images/img-cover.jpg" ALT="Cover art" BORDER="2" WIDTH="611" HEIGHT="707"> +</CENTER> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="img-front"></A> +<CENTER> +<IMG CLASS="imgcenter" SRC="images/img-front.jpg" ALT="'YOU SHALL NOT KILL MY MISTRESS UNTIL YOU HAVE KILLED ME!'" BORDER="2" WIDTH="372" HEIGHT="602"> +<H4 CLASS="h4center" STYLE="width: 372px"> +'YOU SHALL NOT KILL MY MISTRESS UNTIL YOU HAVE KILLED ME!' +</H4> +</CENTER> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="img-title"></A> +<CENTER> +<IMG CLASS="imgcenter" SRC="images/img-title.jpg" ALT="Title page" BORDER="2" WIDTH="411" HEIGHT="611"> +</CENTER> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<H1 ALIGN="center"> +Noble Deeds of the +<BR> +World's Heroines +</H1> + +<BR> + +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +By +</H3> + +<H2 ALIGN="center"> +HENRY CHARLES MOORE +</H2> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<H4 ALIGN="center"> +<I>WITH COLOURED ILLUSTRATIONS</I> +</H4> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +LONDON +<BR> +THE RELIGIOUS TRACT SOCIETY +<BR> +4 Bouverie Street & 65 St. Paul's Churchyard +<BR> +1903 +</H3> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +PREFACE +</H3> + +<P> +In these pages I have tried to show how women, old and young, in many +ranks of life, have proved themselves in times of trial to possess as +much courage and daring as men. Some of these 'Brave Women' died for +their Master's sake, whilst others, in His cause, passed through dire +peril and grievous suffering. All of them counted not their lives dear +unto them, so long only as they might do their duty. I have designedly +omitted many familiar heroines in the hope of winning attention for +some whose deeds have been less widely recognised. +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +H. C. M. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<H2 ALIGN="center"> +CONTENTS +</H2> + +<BR> + +<H3> +I. BRAVE DEEDS OF RESCUE BY WOMEN +</H3> + +<H4 STYLE="margin-left: 2em"> +<A HREF="#chap0101">ALICE AYRES AND THE UNION STREET FIRE</A><BR> +<A HREF="#chap0102">GRACE BUSSELL AND THE WRECK OF THE GEORGETTE</A><BR> +<A HREF="#chap0103">CATHERINE VASSEUR, THE HEROINE OF NOYEN</A><BR> +<A HREF="#chap0104">MARY ROGERS, AND THE WRECK OF THE STELLA</A><BR> +<A HREF="#chap0105">MADELEINE BLANCHET, THE HEROINE OF BUZANÇAIS</A><BR> +<A HREF="#chap0106">HANNAH ROSBOTHAM AND THE CHILDREN OF SUTTON SCHOOL</A><BR> +</H4> + +<H3> +II. BRAVE DEEDS OF WOMEN IN THE MISSION FIELD +</H3> + +<H4 STYLE="margin-left: 2em"> +<A HREF="#chap0201">JANE CHALMERS; ALONE AMONGST CANNIBALS</A><BR> +<A HREF="#chap0202">ANNA HINDERER, AND THE GOSPEL IN THE YORUBA COUNTRY</A><BR> +<A HREF="#chap0203">ANN JUDSON</A> )<BR> +<A HREF="#chap0204">SARAH JUDSON</A> ) PIONEER WOMEN IN BURMA<BR> +<A HREF="#chap0205">OLIVIA OGREN, AND AN ESCAPE FROM BOXERS</A><BR> +<A HREF="#chap0206">EDITH NATHAN</A> )<BR> +<A HREF="#chap0206">MAY NATHAN</A> ) MARTYRED BY BOXERS<BR> +<A HREF="#chap0206">MARY HEAYSMAN</A> )<BR> +<A HREF="#chap0207">MARY RIGGS AND THE SIOUX RISING</A><BR> +</H4> + +<H3> +III. BRAVE DEEDS OF WOMEN IN WAR-TIME +</H3> + +<H4 STYLE="margin-left: 2em"> +<A HREF="#chap0301">MARY SEACOLE, THE SOLDIERS' FRIEND</A><BR> +<A HREF="#chap0302">LAURA SECORD, A CANADIAN HEROINE</A><BR> +<A HREF="#chap0303">LADY BANKES AND THE SIEGE OF CORFE CASTLE</A><BR> +<A HREF="#chap0304">LADY HARRIET ACLAND, A HEROINE OF THE AMERICAN WAR</A><BR> +<A HREF="#chap0305">AIMÉE LADOINSKI AND THE RETREAT</A><BR> +<A HREF="#chap0306">LADY SALE AND AN AFGHAN CAPTIVITY</A><BR> +<A HREF="#chap0307">ETHEL ST. CLAIR GRIMWOOD AND THE ESCAPE FROM MANIPUR</A><BR> +<A HREF="#chap0308">THREE SOLDIERS' WIVES IN SOUTH AFRICA</A><BR> +</H4> + +<H3> +IV. BRAVE DEEDS OF SELF-SACRIFICE AND DEVOTION +</H3> + +<H4 STYLE="margin-left: 2em"> +<A HREF="#chap0401">ELIZABETH ZANE, A FRONTIER HEROINE</A><BR> +<A HREF="#chap0402">NELLIE AMOS, A FRIEND IN NEED</A><BR> +<A HREF="#chap0403">ANNA GURNEY, THE FRIEND OF THE SHIPWRECKED</A><BR> +<A HREF="#chap0404">GRIZEL HUME, THE DEVOTED DAUGHTER</A><BR> +<A HREF="#chap0405">LUCY HUTCHINSON, A BRAVE WIFE</A><BR> +<A HREF="#chap0406">LADY BAKER, AN EXPLORER'S COMPANION</A><BR> +</H4> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap0101"></A> + +<H2 ALIGN="center"> +I +</H2> + +<H2 ALIGN="center"> +BRAVE DEEDS OF RESCUE BY WOMEN +</H2> + +<BR><BR> + +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +ALICE AYRES AND THE UNION STREET FIRE +</H3> + +<P> +'FIRE! FIRE!' +</P> + +<P> +It was two o'clock in the morning when this cry was heard in Union +Street, Borough, London, and the people who ran to the spot saw an oil +shop in flames, and at a window above it a servant girl, Alice Ayres, +screaming for help. Some rushed off to summon the fire-brigade, but +those who remained feared that before it could arrive the place would +be gutted. +</P> + +<P> +'Jump! jump!' they shouted, and stretched out their coats to break her +fall. But instead of jumping Alice Ayres disappeared from the window. +There were other people in the house, and she was determined not to +seek safety for herself until she had made an attempt to save their +lives. +</P> + +<P> +Hurrying to the room where her master, mistress, and one child slept, +she battered at the door, and awakening them warned them of their +danger. Then through smoke and flames she sped back to her own room, +where three children slept in her charge. She gave one look out of the +window, but the firemen were not yet on the scene. +</P> + +<P> +'Jump! jump!' the crowd shouted. +</P> + +<P> +But Alice Ayres ignored the entreaties, for she had determined to save +the children or die in the attempt. Her first idea was to tie two +sheets together and lower the children one by one; but, finding that +the sheets would not bear their weight, she dragged a feather bed to +the window and dropped it into the street. Willing hands seized it and +held it out, expecting her to jump; but she disappeared again, +returning, however, a moment or two later, with a little white-robed +child in her arms. Holding her at arms' length out of the window, she +glanced down at the bed, and seeing that it was ready, dropped her. A +tremendous cheer from the crowd told her that the little one was safe. +</P> + +<P> +Then she snatched up the second little girl, but the poor mite was +terrified, and throwing her arms around Alice's neck cried piteously, +'Don't throw me out of window!' So tightly did the child cling to her +that Alice had great difficulty in getting her into a proper position +to drop her on to the bed, but she succeeded at last, and another loud +cheer from the crowd announced that she had saved two lives. +</P> + +<P> +Scarcely five minutes had elapsed since the fire broke out, but the +contents of the shop were such that the flames spread at a fearful +rate, and the onlookers knew that if Alice Ayres did not jump quickly +she would be burned to death. +</P> + +<P> +'Jump! jump!' they shouted excitedly. +</P> + +<P> +But there was a baby lying in the cot, and back Alice Ayres went, +brought it safely through fire and smoke to the window, and dropped it +out. She had saved three lives! +</P> + +<P> +Weakened by the heat and the smoke, Alice Ayres now decided to leap +from the window, and the anxious people in the street watched her in +silence as she climbed to the window sill. She jumped, but her body +struck one of the large dummy jars above the front of the shop and +caused her to fall head foremost on the bed, and then topple over on to +the pavement with a sickening thud. Quickly and tenderly she was +lifted on to a shutter and carried into a neighbouring shop, where +medical aid was soon at hand. +</P> + +<P> +In the meanwhile the firemen had arrived. They had come as soon as +they were called, but they arrived too late to save the other three +inmates of the house from perishing in the flames. +</P> + +<P> +But the interest of the crowd was centred in the condition of Alice +Ayres, and as she was being removed to Guy's Hospital there was +scarcely a man or a woman present whose eyes were not filled with +tears. Many followed on to the hospital, in the hope of hearing the +medical opinion of her condition, and before long it became known that +she had fractured and dislocated her spine, and that there was no hope +of her recovery. +</P> + +<P> +Alice Ayres died at Guy's Hospital on Sunday, April 26, 1885, aged 25, +and at the inquest, when her coffin was covered with beautiful flowers +sent from all parts of the land, the coroner declared that he should +not be doing justice to the jury or the public, did he not give +expression to the general feeling of admiration which her noble conduct +had aroused. In the hurry and excitement of a fire there were few who +had the presence of mind to act as she had done, or who would run the +risks she had for the sake of saving others. He deeply regretted that +so valuable a life, offered so generously, had been sacrificed. +</P> + +<P> +In the Postmen's Park, which adjoins the General Post Office, there is +a cloister bearing the inscription, 'In Commemoration of Heroic +Self-Sacrifice.' Within it are tablets to the memory of heroes of +humble life, and one of the most interesting of these is that on which +is inscribed:—'Alice Ayres, daughter of a bricklayer's labourer, who +by intrepid conduct saved three children from a burning house in Union +Street, Borough, at the cost of her own young life. April 24, 1885.' +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap0102"></A> + +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +GRACE BUSSELL AND THE WRECK OF THE GEORGETTE +</H3> + +<P> +The steamer Georgette had sprung a leak while on a voyage from +Fremantle to Adelaide, and the captain knew that there was little hope +of saving his ship. But there were forty-eight passengers, including +women and children, and to save these and the crew was the great desire +of the captain. The ship's lifeboat was lowered, but this too was in a +leaky condition, and the eight persons who put off in it were drowned +before the eyes of their friends on the Georgette. +</P> + +<P> +Seeing, soon, that there was absolutely no hope of saving his vessel, +the captain decided to run her ashore, hoping by that means to be able +to save all aboard her. The vessel grounded some 180 miles south of +Fremantle on December 2, 1876; but she was some distance from the +shore, and it seemed to the captain that no boat could pass through the +surf which would have to be crossed to reach land. He swept the coast +through his glass, but not a house or human being could he see, and he +gave up all hope of receiving help from the shore. +</P> + +<P> +A boat was launched, but it had scarcely quitted the steamer's side +when it capsized, and before the crew could right it and bring it back +to the ship an hour had elapsed. Once again it was lowered, but it +capsized again in two and a half fathoms of water, and the women and +children who escaped drowning clung to the overturned boat, and called +to those aboard the steamer to save them. But help did not come from +that quarter. +</P> + +<P> +Grace Bussell, the sixteen years old daughter of an English settler who +lived some twelve miles from the point opposite to which the Georgette +had gone ashore, was riding through the bush, accompanied by a native +stockman, and coming out towards the edge of the cliff saw the steamer +in distress, and witnessed the overturning of the small boat. +Horrified at the position of the poor people on the upturned boat, she +moved her horse forward and descended the steep cliff. +</P> + +<P> +It was a terribly dangerous act, for had the horse slipped both beast +and rider would have fallen to certain death. Behind her, on his own +horse, rode the stockman, which of course made the danger greater. +</P> + +<P> +But Grace Bussell made nothing of the danger she was undergoing, her +sole thought being to reach the drowning people as quickly as possible. +The passengers and crew of the Georgette, watching her with a strange +fascination, expected every minute to see her fall and be killed. To +their astonishment she reached the beach in safety, and rode straight +into the boiling surf. The waves broke over her, and it seemed +impossible that she would ever reach the upturned boat and rescue the +exhausted people clinging to it. Once the horse stumbled, but Grace +was a skilful rider and pulled him up quickly. +</P> + +<P> +As she drew near to the boat, closely followed by the stockman, hope +revived in the hearts of the shivering women and children clinging to +it, and when at last she was alongside every mother besought her to +take her child. Quickly she placed two little ones before her on the +saddle, and grasping hold of a third she started for the shore. The +stockman, with as many children as he could hold, rode close behind her. +</P> + +<P> +The journey outward had been difficult and dangerous, but now that her +horse was carrying an extra load it was infinitely more so. However, +she proceeded slowly, and although on one or two occasions they were +nearly swept away they reached the beach in safety. +</P> + +<P> +Having carefully placed her living load on dry land, she rode again +into the raging sea. Her progress was slower this time, but she +returned to shore with children on her saddle and women clinging to her +skirt on each side. +</P> + +<P> +Drenched to the skin and exhausted by the buffeting of the surf, Grace +Bussell might have pleaded that she had not the strength to make +another journey, but again and again, accompanied by the stockman, she +rode out into the dangerous sea, and not until four hours had passed, +and the last passenger was brought ashore, did she take a rest. +</P> + +<P> +Hungry, tired, and shivering with cold, she sank to the ground; but she +soon noticed that many of those whom she had saved were more exhausted +than she, and that unless food and warm clothing were given them +quickly they would probably die. +</P> + +<P> +So, rising from the ground, she mounted her dripping horse and galloped +off towards home. The twelve miles were covered quickly, but on +dismounting at her home Grace fainted, and it was some time before her +anxious parents could discover what had caused her to be in such a +drenched and exhausted condition. +</P> + +<P> +When at last she told the story of the shipwreck her sister got +together blankets and food and rode off to the sufferers, whom she +carefully tended throughout the night. At daybreak Mr. Bussell arrived +with his wagon, and conveyed the whole party to his home, where they +remained tenderly nursed by mother and daughters for several days. +Mrs. Bussell, it is sad to say, died from brain fever brought on by her +anxiety concerning the shipwrecked people whom she had taken into her +house. +</P> + +<P> +Grace Bussell's bravery was not allowed to pass unnoticed. The Royal +Humane Society presented her with its medal, and a medal was also +bestowed upon the stockman who had accompanied his mistress down the +steep cliff and on her many journeys to and from the upturned boat. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap0103"></A> + +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +CATHERINE VASSEUR, THE HEROINE OF NOYEN +</H3> + +<P> +A terrible accident had occurred in one of the streets of Noyen. The +men engaged in repairing a sewer had, on finishing their day's work, +neglected to take proper precautions for the safety of the public. +They had placed some thin planks across the opening, but omitted to +erect a barrier or to fix warning lights near the hole, with the result +that four workingmen, homeward bound, stepped on the planks and fell +through into the loathsome sewer. +</P> + +<P> +An excited crowd of French men and women gathered round the hole, but +no one made any effort to rescue the poor fellows. Soon the wives of +the imperilled men, hearing of the accident, ran to the spot, and with +tears in their eyes begged the men who were standing round the opening +to descend and rescue their husbands. +</P> + +<P> +But not a man in the crowd was brave enough to risk his life for his +fellow-men. They would be suffocated and eaten by rats, was their +excuse, and the frantic entreaties of the poor wives failed to stir +them to act like men. Women were crying and fainting, men were +gesticulating and talking volubly, but nothing was being done to rescue +the poor fellows from the poisonous sewer. +</P> + +<P> +But help came from an unexpected quarter. Catherine Vasseur, a +delicate-looking servant girl, seventeen years of age, pushed her way +to the front, and said quietly, 'I'll go down and try to save them.' +</P> + +<P> +It seemed impossible that this slightly built young girl could rescue +the men, but her willingness to make the attempt did not shame any of +the strong fellows standing by into taking her place. All they did was +to lower her into the dark, loathsome hole. On arriving at the bottom +she quickly found the four unconscious men, and tying the ropes round +two of them gave the signal for them to be hauled up. +</P> + +<P> +The few minutes' work on the poisonous atmosphere was already telling +upon her, and finding herself gasping for breath she tied a rope around +her waist, and was drawn to the surface. The women whose husbands she +had saved showered blessings upon her, and the other two implored her +to rescue theirs. She replied that she would do so if possible, and +having regained her breath she again descended. +</P> + +<P> +A third man was rescued, but before she could attend to the fourth she +felt herself becoming dazed. She decided to go to the surface again, +and return for the fourth man when the fresh air had revived her. It +was necessary that she should be drawn up quickly, but the rope which +had been tied around her waist had become unfastened, and it was some +minutes before she found it. When she did find it she was too +exhausted to draw it down to tie around her. For a few moments she +tugged at the heavy rope, but could not draw it lower than her head. +</P> + +<P> +There seemed to be no escape for her, when suddenly a bright idea +occurred to her—she undid her long hair and tied it to the rope. Then +she gave the signal to haul up. +</P> + +<P> +Cries of horror and pity burst from the onlookers when they caught +sight of the brave girl hanging by her hair, and apparently dead. +Quickly untying her, they carried her into the fresh air, where she was +promptly attended to by a doctor, who eventually succeeded in restoring +her to consciousness. She received the praise bestowed upon her with +the modesty of a genuine heroine, and was greatly distressed at having +been unable to save the fourth man. The poor fellow was dead long +before his body was recovered by the sewermen, for none of the men who +had witnessed Catherine Vasseur's heroism had been brave enough to +follow her example. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap0104"></A> + +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +MARY ROGERS AND THE WRECK OF THE STELLA +</H3> + +<P> +It was at 11.25 on the morning of Thursday, March 30, 1899, that the +steamship Stella left Southampton for Guernsey with 140 passengers and +42 crew aboard. Most of the passengers were looking forward to +spending a pleasant Easter holiday at Guernsey or Jersey, but a few +were natives of the Channel Islands returning from a visit to England. +</P> + +<P> +For the first two hours the voyage was uneventful, but at about 1.30 +the Stella ran into a dense fog. The ship's speed was not reduced, but +the fog-horn was kept going. There is nothing more depressing at sea +than the dismal hooting of the fog-horn, and it is not surprising that +some of the ladies aboard the Stella became nervous. These Mrs. +Rogers, the stewardess, in a bright, cheery manner endeavoured to +reassure. +</P> + +<P> +Mary Rogers' life had been one of hard work and self-denial. Eighteen +years previous to the Stella making her last trip Mary Rogers' husband +had been drowned at sea, and the young widow was left with a little +girl two years old to support; and a few weeks later a boy was born. +To bring her children up carefully and have them properly educated +became Mrs. Rogers' chief object in life, and to enable her to do this +she obtained her position as stewardess. +</P> + +<P> +Her experience of the sea had been slight, and for five years after +becoming stewardess she scarcely ever made a trip without being +sea-sick. Many women would have resigned the appointment in despair, +but Mary Rogers stuck to her post for the sake of her children. Ill +though she might herself be, she always managed to appear happy, and to +attend promptly to the requirements of the lady passengers. When at +last she was able to make a voyage without feeling sea-sick, her +kindness to the ladies in her care became still more noticeable. In +foggy or rough weather her bright, sympathetic manner cheered the +drooping spirits of all who might be ill or nervous. At night she +would go round, uncalled, and if she found any lady too nervous to +sleep she would stay and talk to her for a time. +</P> + +<P> +Only a few months before the Stella's fatal trip, a lady passenger +assured Mrs. Rogers that her bright, cheery sympathy had done much to +make her trip pleasant. 'Well, you see, ma'am,' Mrs. Rogers replied, +'I don't believe in going about with a sad face, and it is such a +pleasure when one can help others.' +</P> + +<P> +At this time Mrs. Rogers' prospects were very bright. Her children, +whom she declared 'any mother might be proud of, they are so good,' had +grown up, and her daughter was to be married in the summer. In three +years her son would finish his apprenticeship to a ship-builder, and it +was settled that then she was to retire from sea-life and live with her +daughter, continuing, as she had done for several years, to support her +aged father. But the days to which she was looking forward with +pleasure she was never to see. +</P> + +<P> +For two hours the Stella ran through the dense fog on this fatal March +30, and at about ten minutes to four the captain was under the +impression that the Casquets lay eight miles to the east. But suddenly +they loomed out of the darkness, and almost immediately the Stella +struck one of the dreaded rocks. Instantly the captain saw that there +was no hope of saving his ship. +</P> + +<P> +'Serve out the life-belts!' 'Out with the boats!' 'Women and children +first!' were the orders he shouted from the bridge. +</P> + +<P> +Mrs. Rogers did not for a moment lose her presence of mind, and by her +activity many women were saved who would in all probability never have +reached the deck. The ladies' saloon was long, but the door was +somewhat narrow, and being round an awkward corner there would have +been a fearful struggle to get through it, had a panic arisen. But +Mrs. Rogers, by her calmness and promptitude, prevented anything +approaching a panic, and got her passengers quickly on deck. +</P> + +<P> +To all who had not provided themselves with them she gave life-belts, +and then assisted them into the boats. The last boat was nearly +full—there was room for only one more—and the sailors in charge of it +called to Mrs. Rogers to come into it. +</P> + +<P> +Before attempting to do so she took a last look round, to see that all +the ladies were gone, and saw that there was one still there, and +without a life-belt. Instantly Mrs. Rogers took off her own, placed it +upon her, led her to the boat, and gave up her last chance of escape. +But the sailors who had witnessed her heroism did not wish to pull away +without her. +</P> + +<P> +'Jump, Mrs. Rogers, jump!' they shouted. +</P> + +<P> +'No, no,' she replied, 'if I get in, the boat will sink. Good-bye, +good-bye.' +</P> + +<P> +Then raising her hands to heaven she cried, 'Lord, have me!' and almost +immediately the ship sank beneath her. +</P> + +<P> +Seventy lives were lost in the wreck of the Stella, and the news of the +terrible calamity cast a gloom over the Easter holidays. An inquiry +was held to determine the cause of the ship getting out of her course, +but the result need not be mentioned here. One thing that soon came to +light was the story of Mary Rogers' heroism, which sent a thrill of +admiration through all who heard it. +</P> + +<P> +Her well-spent life had been crowned with an act of heroism, and her +memory is deserving of more than the tablet which has been placed in +the Postmen's Park. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap0105"></A> + +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +MADELEINE BLANCHET +</H3> + +<H4 ALIGN="center"> +THE HEROINE OF BUZANÇAIS +</H4> + +<P> +The Red Republicans had risen. The factories and private residences of +the wealthy inhabitants of Buzançais were in flames, and owners of +property, irrespective of age and sex, were being dragged from their +hiding-places and murdered. +</P> + +<P> +For some months it had been rumoured that the Red Republicans, +aggrieved at the high price of bread, intended to rise and kill all who +possessed wealth; but the people of Buzançais paid no attention to +these rumours, and were consequently unprepared to defend themselves +when, on January 14, 1853, the rising occurred. Had they banded +themselves together, they could have quelled the riot, but, taken by +the surprise, the majority sought safety in hiding. +</P> + +<P> +Meeting with no resistance, the Red Republicans pushed through the +town, leaving behind them a trail of fire and blood, and came at last +to a big house where lived Madame Chambert and her son. +</P> + +<P> +Madame Chambert was a kind old lady, and generous to the poor; but the +Red Republicans, inflamed by wine which they had stolen from various +houses, forgot her good deeds, and remembered only that she was +wealthy. And because she was wealthy they were determined to kill both +her and her son. +</P> + +<P> +Madame Chambert and her son were in the drawing-room when the +infuriated mob burst into the house. It was useless to attempt to +drive them out, as all the servants, with the exception of Madeleine +Blanchet and a man, had deserted them. At last the armed mob, their +blouses stained with blood and wine, rushed into the drawing-room +hurling insults at the poor old lady, and charging her with crimes +which she had never committed. +</P> + +<P> +Madeleine Blanchet fainted on hearing her mistress so grossly insulted, +but the man-servant rushed at the ringleader and knocked him down. The +half-drunk murderers were eager to kill the Chamberts at once, plunder +the house, set light to it, and pass on; but as they stepped forward to +kill the old lady her son fired his gun and killed one of them. +</P> + +<P> +The whole mob now rushed at Monsieur Chambert, who escaped from the +room, but was caught before he could find a hiding-place, and hacked to +death. +</P> + +<P> +In the meanwhile Madeleine Blanchet had recovered consciousness, and +going to her mistress, whom she had served for nine years, she hurried +her from the room to seek a place of safety. But in the hall they came +face to face with the murderers returning from committing their latest +crime. 'Death! death!' they shouted, and attempted to strike the old +lady, but Madeleine Blanchet, with one arm around her waist, received +the blows intended for her. +</P> + +<P> +'Go, go, my poor girl!' Madame Chambert murmured. 'I must die here. +Go away.' +</P> + +<P> +But Madeleine Blanchet refused to leave her, and shouted to the +cowardly ruffians, 'You shall not kill my mistress until you have +killed me!' +</P> + +<P> +Still parrying the blows aimed at her mistress, she implored the men +not to be such cowards as to kill a helpless old lady. This appeal and +her devotion to her mistress touched the hearts of two of the Red +Republicans, who declared that the old lady should not be killed while +they could strike a blow in her defence. Guarded by these two men, +Madeleine Blanchet carried her mistress to a neighbour's house, where a +hiding-place was found for her. +</P> + +<P> +Assured that her mistress was safe from further molestation, Madeleine +Blanchet hurried back to the house, which the rioters were looting, and +saved many treasures from falling into their hands. This dangerous +self-imposed task she performed several times. +</P> + +<P> +The Red Republicans' reign at Buzançais was terrible, but it was short. +Scores of them were arrested, and Madeleine Blanchet was one of the +witnesses for the prosecution. She told of the attack upon her +mistress's house and the murder of her young master, but not a word did +she say concerning her own bravery. The President of the Court had, +however, heard of it, and was determined that her heroism should not be +unknown because of her modesty. +</P> + +<P> +'We have been told,' he said to her, 'that you defended your mistress +with your body from the blows of the murderers, and that you declared +that they should kill you before they killed your mistress. Is that +true?' +</P> + +<P> +Madeleine replied that it was, and the President, after commending her +for her bravery and devotion to her mistress, declared that if there +had been twenty men in Buzançais with the courage she had shown, the +rioters would have been quickly dispersed and the terrible crimes +averted. The story of Madeleine Blanchet's heroism spread rapidly +throughout France, and the Academy made a popular award, when it +presented her with a gold medal and five thousand francs. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap0106"></A> + +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +HANNAH ROSBOTHAM AND THE CHILDREN OF SUTTON SCHOOL +</H3> + +<P> +On October 14, 1881, a gale raged throughout England, and in all parts +of the country there was a terrible destruction of lives and property. +Round our coasts ships were wrecked, and the number of lives lost at +sea on that day was appalling, while on shore many people were killed +by the falling of trees, chimney-pots and tiles. +</P> + +<P> +In Sutton, Lancashire, the gale raged with tremendous fury, and the +children in the local National School, frightened by the roaring and +shrieking of the wind, could pay little attention to their lessons. +Hannah Rosbotham, the assistant mistress, was in charge of the school, +the head mistress being absent through ill-health. She was very +popular among her pupils, and knew them all intimately, having herself +lived all her life in the village, and having been educated at the +school in which she was now a teacher. She calmed the more timid of +her pupils, and endeavoured to carry on the school as if nothing +unusual were happening outside. +</P> + +<P> +While she was teaching the bigger children, the infants (little tots of +three and four) were sitting in the gallery at the further end of the +room in the care of a pupil teacher. Over this gallery was the belfry, +a large stone structure. It had weathered many a storm, but none had +equalled this gale. Suddenly about 11 o'clock Hannah Rosbotham was +startled by a loud rumbling, grinding noise, and almost at the same +moment a portion of the belfry crashed through the roof and fell in +pieces upon the poor little children in the gallery. +</P> + +<P> +Immediately there was a stampede. The pupils and the pupil teachers +rushed terror-stricken into the wind-swept playground, every one +anxious for her own safety. But Hannah Rosbotham did not fly from the +danger; she thought only of the little children in the gallery. The +air was filled with dust, but she groped her way to the gallery +staircase, which was littered with stone, wood and slates. Hurrying up +she found, to her great joy, that many of the little ones had escaped +injury. Some were crying, but others sat silent and terror-stricken, +gazing at the spot where several of their little friends lay buried in +the ruins. +</P> + +<P> +Having hurried out the children who had so wonderfully escaped injury, +she set to work to rescue those who lay injured. And the magnitude of +the task which lay before her may be realised from the fact that +sixteen-hundredweight of belfry-ruins had fallen through into the +gallery. Quickly and unaided Hannah Rosbotham tore away the timber, +stone and slate that were crushing the little sufferers, whose pale +faces and pleading voices filled her heart with anguish, but gave +strength to her arms. As she knelt tearing away with her bare hands +the mass of ruins, fragments of stone and slate fell continuously +around her, and she knew that at any moment she might be struck dead. +The gale was still raging, and as she glanced up through the hole in +the roof she saw the part of the belfry which had not yet given way. A +continuous shower of fragments fell from it, but if the remaining +portion were blown down simultaneously, she and her infant pupils would +be crushed to death. +</P> + +<P> +Working with tremendous energy she set free one by one the terrified +young prisoners. Some were very little hurt, and were able to hurry +away into the playground, but there were others who had been severely +injured, and these she had to carry away. +</P> + +<P> +At last her task was done, and happily without any serious results to +herself. Although she had been throughout her brave work surrounded by +danger she escaped with nothing more serious than a few scratches. +</P> + +<P> +When she came into the playground with the last of the children she had +rescued, she found that the villagers had arrived on the scene. They +had heard of the accident, and had come to seek their children, and +having found them alive they joined in showering praise and blessings +upon Hannah Rosbotham. Now that all danger was over the brave young +schoolmistress—she was only twenty years of age—broke down and cried +hysterically, but before long she was calm again, and started out to +visit at their homes the little ones whom she had saved. +</P> + +<P> +Such bravery as Hannah Rosbotham had shown could not of course escape +recognition. The Albert Medal was presented to her on January 11, +1882, and later the Managers of the Sutton National School gave her a +gold watch, on which was inscribed their appreciation 'of her +courageous behaviour in rescuing the school-children during the gale of +October 14, 1881, that destroyed the roof of the school, and for which +act of bravery she has been awarded the Albert Medal by Her Majesty.' +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap0201"></A> + +<H2 ALIGN="center"> +II +</H2> + +<H2 ALIGN="center"> +BRAVE DEEDS OF WOMEN IN THE MISSION FIELD +</H2> + +<BR><BR> + +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +JANE CHALMERS +</H3> + +<H4 ALIGN="center"> +ALONE AMONGST CANNIBALS +</H4> + +<P> +Alone among cannibals! One can scarcely imagine a more terrifying +experience for a white woman. No matter how friendly people around +might be, the knowledge that they were by long habit cannibals, whose +huts were adorned with human skulls, would be sufficient to strike +terror to the heart of the bravest. One woman is known to have +experienced this trying ordeal, and she was a missionary's wife. +</P> + +<P> +In the life of that noble missionary, James Chalmers,[<A NAME="chap0201fn1text"></A><A HREF="#chap0201fn1">1</A>] we get +glimpses of a woman who was indeed a heroine, and who had the +unpleasant experience of being left for a time, without any white +companions, in the midst of cannibals. This was Jane Chalmers the +martyr-missionary's first wife. +</P> + +<P> +Jane Hercus was married to Chalmers in October, 1865, and in the +following January they sailed for Australia on their way to the South +Sea Islands. At the very outset of their missionary career danger +assailed them. A gale sprang up in the Channel, and for a time it was +believed that the ship and everyone aboard her would be lost. +Providentially, however, their vessel weathered the storm, although so +much damaged that she had to put into Weymouth, and remain there a +fortnight for repairs. On May 20 they arrived in Adelaide, and in +August sailed from Sydney for the New Hebrides; but while approaching +Aneiteum, to land some passengers, the ship struck an unseen reef, and +could not be got off until some days had elapsed. Temporary repairs +were made, and with men working at the pumps day and night the ship +slowly made her way back to Sydney. After six weeks' enforced stay at +Sydney, Jane Chalmers and her husband made another start for their +destination, which, however, they were not to reach without further +danger. +</P> + +<P> +On January 8 the ship struck on a reef which surrounds Savage Island, +and became a total wreck, but happily, without loss of life, as the +passengers and crew managed to get off in the boats. They reached +shore in safety, but although Jane Chalmers was ill for some time, +neither she nor her husband were discouraged. +</P> + +<P> +Six weeks after the wreck of the ship, Mr. and Mrs. Chalmers left on a +schooner for Samoa, and during the voyage Mrs. Chalmers' health +improved. After a six weeks' stay at Samoa Chalmers and his wife +sailed for Rarotonga, and on May 20, 1867, arrived there. In that +beautiful island Mr. and Mrs. Chalmers settled down at once to work. +'The natives,' Mrs. Chalmers wrote, 'have to be treated in all things +more like children at home than men. They soon get weary and +discouraged in any work, but a few words of praise or encouragement put +fresh spirit within them.' Missionaries had laboured at Rarotonga +before the arrival of the Chalmers, and the work was not exactly the +type which James Chalmers desired. He longed to be a missionary to the +heathen; but it was not until he had spent ten years at Rarotonga that +his desire was gratified by his being appointed to New Guinea, then a +comparatively unknown land, the people of which were savages of the +most degraded type. +</P> + +<P> +At Dunedin, where the Chalmers stayed for a time, Mrs. Chalmers was +frequently urged to remain behind until her husband was settled in his +new home. 'No,' she replied on every occasion 'my place is by my +husband's side.' And so this brave woman, in spite of the +protestations of her friends, went forth with her husband to live among +cannibals. The first native who spoke to Mrs. Chalmers on their +arrival at Suau was wearing a necklace of human bones, and wishing to +be gracious to her, this same cannibal offered her later a portion of a +man's breast ready cooked! Signs of cannibalism were to be found +everywhere, and the chief's house in which the Chalmers took up their +residence until their own was built, was hung with human skulls. Such +sights as Jane Chalmers witnessed were bad enough to appal any woman, +but she bore up bravely, and was soon busy learning the language from a +young warrior, whom, in return, she taught knitting and tatting. Both +she and her husband made friends quickly, and some of their new +friends, intending to please them, invited the missionary and his wife +to a cannibal feast. +</P> + +<P> +Nevertheless, it was not long before the Chalmers were in great danger +of losing their lives. The vessel which had brought them to New Guinea +was still standing off the island, and the natives, in an attempt to +capture it, had one of their number killed. For this they demanded +compensation from Chalmers, who, of course, was in no way responsible +for the man's death. Chalmers promised to give them compensation on +the following day, but the natives demanded that it should be given +immediately, and departed very sulkily when their request was refused. +Later in the day a native warned Chalmers that he, his wife, and his +teachers from Rarotonga had better get away to the ship during the +night, as the natives had decided to murder them early in the following +morning. Chalmers told his wife what the native had said, and added, +'It is for you to decide. Shall we men stay, and you women go, as +there is not room enough for us all on the vessel? or shall we try all +of us to go? or shall we all stay?' +</P> + +<P> +'We have come here to preach the Gospel and do these people good,' Mrs. +Chalmers replied. 'God, whom we serve, will take care of us. We will +stay. If we die, we die; if we live, we live.' +</P> + +<P> +Then the teachers' wives were asked if they would like to go aboard the +ship, but their answer was that whatever Mrs. Chalmers did they would +do. Therefore it was decided that they should all stay. +</P> + +<P> +During the night the little band of Christians could hear the war-horn +calling the natives together, and the shouts of the cannibals as they +came in from all parts. +</P> + +<P> +In the meanwhile Mr. and Mrs. Chalmers had made up in parcels the +compensation which they intended to offer the people; but when, at four +o'clock in the morning, the chief arrived to make a last demand he +declared that they were not sufficient. +</P> + +<P> +'If you will wait till the steamer comes I may be able to give you +more,' Chalmers said, 'but at present I cannot.' +</P> + +<P> +'I must have more now,' the chief declared, and departed. +</P> + +<P> +The attack was now expected every minute, but hour after hour passed +and the natives did not re-appear. At three o'clock in the morning +Chalmers turned in, but he had not long been asleep when his wife +discovered the cannibals approaching. Chalmers, aroused by his wife, +ran to the door and faced the savages. +</P> + +<P> +'What do you want?' he asked. +</P> + +<P> +'Give us more compensation,' the leader replied, 'or we will kill you +and burn the house.' +</P> + +<P> +'Kill you may, but no more compensation do I give,' Chalmers answered. +'Remember that if we die, we shall die fighting.' +</P> + +<P> +Then Chalmers took down his musket and loaded it in sight of the +cannibals, who, having seen the missionary shoot birds, feared his +skill. They withdrew and discussed what to do. For about an hour and +a half the band of Christians waited for the attack to be made. Many +of them were, naturally enough, much distressed at the thought of being +killed and eaten, but throughout this trying time Jane Chalmers +remained calm, assured that whatever might happen would be in +accordance with God's will. +</P> + +<P> +But the Chalmers' life-work was not yet ended. The chief of the +village decided that they should not be killed. 'Before this white man +came here with his friends I was nobody,' he said to the men who had +assembled from other parts of New Guinea. 'They have brought me +tomahawks, hoop-iron, red beads and cloth. You have no white man, and +if you try to kill him, you kill him over my body.' +</P> + +<P> +It would have been only natural if Jane Chalmers, after the experiences +she had undergone, had decided that she could no longer live at Suau; +but no such thought ever entered her head. Some months later she did +as not one woman in a million would have done—remained for six weeks +among cannibals with not another white person in the place. +</P> + +<P> +Her husband sailed away to visit the native preachers at other +villages, but she remained behind because she did not think it right +that they should both leave their Rarotongan teachers so soon after the +disturbances already described. The natives promised Chalmers, before +he departed, that they would treat her kindly; and although the +temptation to kill and eat her must often have been great, they kept +their promise. But nevertheless she knew that her life might be ended +at any moment, and it is easy to imagine her feelings when, one night +as she was preparing for bed, she heard a commotion outside the house, +men and women shouting and screaming loudly. One of the teachers went +out to discover the meaning of the uproar, and returned with the +comforting news that there was an eclipse of the moon, and that the +natives were alarmed because they believed it would cause many of them +to die. +</P> + +<P> +The cannibals were very proud of having taken care of Mrs. Chalmers, +and received with a conviction that they had well earned them, the +presents and thanks which her husband, on his return, bestowed upon +them. At the same time Mrs. Chalmers' pluck in remaining among them +made a great impression on the cannibals, and caused them to have more +confidence than ever in the missionaries. +</P> + +<P> +But although Jane Chalmers was as full of courage and faith as when she +arrived at Suau the trials and excitement of the life she had led there +began to impair her health. Nevertheless, she did not complain, and +when the mission at Suau was established on a sound footing she +accompanied her husband on a voyage along the coast to visit places +where a white man had never yet been seen; but eventually it became +plain to herself and her husband that she needed rest and nursing. +Accordingly she sailed for Sydney, to wait there until her husband +could follow and take her to England. But they never met again. The +doctors at Sydney pronounced her to be suffering from consumption, and +held out little hope of her recovery. She, however, was very hopeful, +and believed that before long she might be able to return to her +husband at New Guinea. But this was not to be, and this heroic woman +passed away before her husband's arrival. +</P> + +<BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap0201fn1"></A> +<P CLASS="footnote"> +[<A HREF="#chap0201fn1text">1</A>] <I>James Chalmers, his Autobiography and Letters</I>, by Richard Lovett, +M.A. (Religious Tract Society.) +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap0202"></A> + +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +ANNA HINDERER, AND THE GOSPEL IN THE YORUBA COUNTRY +</H3> + +<P> +'The White Man's Grave' and 'No White Man's Land' are the ominous names +that have been bestowed on several unhealthy countries where Europeans +have been compelled to reside; but there were none, fifty years ago, +more deserving of being so described than Ashantee, Dahomey, and the +Yoruba country. Nothing but the prospect of growing rich rapidly would +persuade a white man, unless he were a missionary, to live in any of +those countries, and a European woman was almost unknown there. +</P> + +<P> +One of the first white women to risk the dangers of the Yoruba climate +was Anna Hinderer, to whom belongs the honour of being the first of her +colour to visit Ibadan. It was not, however, a mere visit that she +paid to this unhealthy West African town; for seventeen years she lived +there with her husband, devoting herself almost entirely to educating +the native children. +</P> + +<P> +Her mother died when she was five years old, and it was probably owing +to her own childhood being sad and lonely that Anna Martin, afterwards +Mrs. Hinderer, early in life began to take an interest in the welfare +of poor and neglected children. In 1839, when only twelve years of +age, she went to live with her grandfather at Lowestoft, and soon made +two lifelong friends. They were the Rev. Francis Cunningham, Vicar of +Lowestoft, and his wife, who was sister of that noble Quakeress, +Elizabeth Fry. The friendship began by Anna Martin asking Mrs. +Cunningham to be allowed to take a Sunday School class. She feared +that being only twelve years old her request would not be entertained, +but to her great joy it was granted at once. A little later she went +to live with the Cunninghams, and was never so happy as when assisting +in some good work. When only fourteen years of age she started a class +for ragged and neglected children, and eventually she had as many as +two hundred pupils. Many other schemes for the happiness of children +were suggested by her, and, with the aid of Mr. and Mrs. Cunningham, +successfully carried out. +</P> + +<P> +Anna Martin had long wished to be a missionary when she made the +acquaintance of the Rev. David Hinderer, who had returned to England +after labouring for four years in the Yoruba country, which stretches +inland from the Bight of Benin almost to the Niger Territory, and is +bordered on the west by Dahomey. Anna Martin was deeply interested in +all that Mr. Hinderer told her of his little-known land, where lived +some three million heathen, broken up into many tribes, but speaking +one language. Before long the missionary asked Anna Martin to become +his wife, and on October 14, 1852, they were married at the old parish +church of Lowestoft. +</P> + +<P> +Seven weeks after their marriage Mr. and Mrs. Hinderer started for +Africa, and arrived at Lagos on Christmas Eve. Mrs. Hinderer had +suffered greatly from sea-sickness throughout the voyage, and three +weeks after her arrival at Lagos she had her first attack of African +fever. It was a sharp one, and left her very weak, but as soon as she +was sufficiently strong to travel they started in canoes for Abeokuta. +This was indeed a trying journey for a young woman who had been +accustomed to the comforts of a well-to-do English home; but she had, +of course, made up her mind to bear hardships in her Master's service, +and whether they were sleeping in a village or in a tent pitched by the +river-side, with fires lighted to keep wild beasts at a distance, she +made no complaint. Sometimes she was home-sick, but these natural fits +of depression soon passed away. +</P> + +<P> +On arriving at Abeokuta Anna Hinderer had another severe attack of +fever, which, as she stated in her diary, edited many years later by +Archdeacon Hone, and published with the title <I>Seventeen Years in the +Yoruba Country</I>, left her so weak that she could hardly lift her hand +to her head. Her husband was also down with fever; a missionary with +whom they were staying died of it; and, a few weeks later, another +missionary passed suddenly away. A more gloomy beginning to a young +worker's missionary career there could scarcely have been, but Anna +Hinderer was far from being disheartened, and was eager to reach their +destination. +</P> + +<P> +At last they arrived at Ibadan. Mr. Hinderer had made known that he +was bringing her, and when the news, 'the white mother is come,' spread +through the village, men, women and children rushed out to see her. +Very few of them had ever seen a white woman, for, as already stated, +Anna Hinderer was the first to visit Ibadan, and their curiosity was +somewhat embarrassing. They followed her to her new home, and for days +hung about in crowds, anxious to catch a glimpse of her. +</P> + +<P> +The mission-house was not an attractive or comfortable place. It +consisted of one room, 30 feet by 6. Anna Hinderer had to exercise her +ingenuity in making it appear homelike. How she managed to do this we +gather from the following extract from a letter written by Dr. Irving, +R.N., who visited Ibadan shortly after they had settled down:— +</P> + +<P> +'Mr. and Mrs. Hinderer at present live in such a funny little place; +quite a primitive mud dwelling, where no two persons can walk abreast +at one time. And yet there is an air of quiet domestic comfort and +happiness about it that makes it a little palace in my eyes. It is +unfortunate, however, for my temples, for in screwing in at one door +and out at the other, forgetting to stoop at the proper time, my head +gets many a knock. At one end, six feet square, is the bedroom, +separated from the dining-room by a standing bookcase; my bedroom is at +one end of this, formed by a sofa, and my privacy established by a +white sheet, put across for a screen at bedtime.' +</P> + +<P> +In a very short time Anna Hinderer became popular with the women and +children, and set to work to learn the language. The boys being eager +to learn English she would point to a tree, pig, horse, or anything +near by, and the youngsters would tell her the Yoruba name for it. In +return she told them the English name. But long before she had +acquired anything like a useful knowledge of the language she managed +to make the women and children understand that Sunday was a day of +rest, and was delighted to see that many of them followed her example +and gave up their Sunday occupations. The women were indeed deeply +attached to her. If she looked hot they fanned her, and whenever they +saw that she was tired they insisted upon her sitting down. When she +had an attack of fever they were greatly distressed, and constantly +inquiring how she was progressing. +</P> + +<P> +Having at last acquired a fair knowledge of the Yoruba language, Anna +Hinderer started a day school for children, and to nine little boys who +were regular in their attendance she gave a blue shirt each, of which +they were immensely proud. A little later she prevailed upon a chief +to allow his two children to come and live with her. One was a girl +six years of age, and the other her brother, two years younger. +Throughout the day the little ones were very happy, but towards evening +the girl wanted to go home. She was evidently frightened, and was +overheard saying to her brother, "Don't stay. When it gets dark the +white people kill and eat the black." Both, then, ran off home, but +returned the following morning. A few days later the boy, in spite of +his sister's warnings, stayed all night. The girl left him in great +distress, and at daybreak was waiting outside the mission-house, +anxious to see if he were still alive. Her astonishment on finding +that he had been treated as kindly after dark as during daylight was +great. +</P> + +<P> +It was no easy task to manage a school of native children, but, +nevertheless, the experience she had gained among the Lowestoft +children made the task lighter than otherwise it would have been. +'Happy, happy years were those I spent with you,' she wrote to Mr. +Cunningham, 'and entirely preparatory they have been for my work and +calling.' She managed to impress upon her dusky little pupils that it +was necessary to wash more than once or twice a week, and that they +must keep quiet during school and service. +</P> + +<P> +One day while her husband was preaching he referred to idols, and +quoted the Psalm, 'They have mouths, and speak not.' No sooner had he +said this than Mrs. Hinderer's boys burst into loud laughter, and +shouted, in their own language, 'True, very true.' +</P> + +<P> +Soon after their temporary church—a large shed covered with palm +leaves—had been completed and opened there came a period of trial. +Mrs. Hinderer's horse stumbled and fell upon her, and although no bones +were broken she found later that she had received an injury which +troubled her until her death. No sooner had she recovered from the +shaking she had received, than her husband had a bad attack of fever. +It was believed that he would die, but she nursed him day and night, +and eventually had the great joy of seeing him recover. But soon she +was seriously ill. Inflammation of the lungs set in, and for a time +her life seemed to be drawing to a close, but she recovered, and was +before long once more at work among the women and children. +</P> + +<P> +It was about this time that Mrs. Hinderer wrote to her Lowestoft +friends:—'You will not think me egotistical, but this I do think, if I +am come to Africa for nothing else, I have found the way to a few +children's hearts, and, if spared, I think I shall not, with God's +blessing, find it very difficult to do something with them. My boys +that I have now would never tell me an untruth, or touch a cowry or +anything they should not. This is truly wonderful in heathen boys, +brought up all their lives, hitherto, in the midst of every kind of +deceit.' +</P> + +<P> +After a stay at Abeokuta for the benefit of her health, Anna Hinderer +returned to Ibadan, to find the new church and mission-house finished. +The natives had taken great interest in the building of the +mission-house, and, soon after the Hinderers' return, the head chief, +accompanied by his wives and a host of attendants, came to see it. +They received a cordial welcome, but so many people swarmed into the +house that Mr. Hinderer began to fear it would collapse, and had to +keep out scores who wished to enter. The chief found much to amuse him +in this European-furnished house, and was immensely amused when for the +first time he saw himself in a looking-glass. His wives were shown +round by Mrs. Hinderer, and arriving at the bed-room they pointed to a +washstand and asked its use. For reply Mrs. Hinderer poured out some +water and washed her hands. Now the chief's wives had never before +seen soap, and to dry their hands after washing was a proceeding of +which they had never heard; therefore each became anxious to there and +then wash their hands in European fashion. Water was splashed about +the floor and wall, and when they wiped their hands the indigo dye from +their clothes ruined the towel. +</P> + +<P> +Anna Hinderer, although frequently in bad health, continued her work +among the children with unabated enthusiasm, and in November, 1885, she +had the joy of seeing eight of them baptized. Two months later the +state of her health made it imperative that she should proceed to Lagos +for a rest. Her husband accompanied her, but both were eager to get +back to their work, and were absent for only a few weeks. But during +that short time much had happened at Ibadan. The natives had begun to +persecute the converts, and some had forbidden their children to attend +the church or mission-school. +</P> + +<P> +One girl who refused to give up attending church was shamefully +treated. A rope was tied round her body, and she was dragged through +the streets while the mob beat her with sticks and stoned her. As she +lay bleeding and half dead the native idols were brought out and placed +before her. 'Now she bows down,' the mob cried; but the girl answered. +'No, I do not; you have put me here. I can never bow down to gods of +wood and stone who cannot hear me.' Eventually, after suffering +ill-treatment daily, she ran away to Abeokuta. +</P> + +<P> +For the next seven months Anna Hinderer continued without ceasing to +teach the children, nurse those who were sick, and adopt any little +girl-baby who had been deserted by her inhuman parents. Then Mr. +Hinderer, after six months' illness, was stricken with yellow fever, +and it became imperative that he should go to England for his health's +sake. On August 1, 1856, Mr. and Mrs. Hinderer sailed from Lagos for +home. And yet Anna Hinderer did not feel as if she were going home, +but that she were leaving it, for Ibadan was beloved by her. Husband +and wife were in bad health throughout the voyage, and the captain's +parting words to the latter as she went ashore at England were:—'You +must not come to sea again; it cannot be your duty. A few more voyages +must kill you.' Nevertheless, two years later, Anna Hinderer and her +husband, restored in health, were back at Ibadan. +</P> + +<P> +Two years of hard work followed. The school was filled, the natives +had ceased from persecuting the converts, and the prospects of +missionary work were brighter than ever, when suddenly the news came +that the fiendish King of Dahomey was marching on Abeokuta. Mr. and +Mrs. Hinderer were at Abeokuta when the news arrived, and at once they +hastened back to Ibadan, although there was a danger of being captured +and tortured by the invading force. They reached Ibadan in safety, +only, however, to find that the chief of that place was at war with the +chief of Ijaye, a neighbouring town. The place was full of excitement +and a human sacrifice was offered, the victim, prior to the ceremony, +walking proudly through the town. +</P> + +<P> +Anna Hinderer and her husband could at first have made their way to the +coast, but they decided to remain with their converts and pupils. It +was a bitter war, and soon the Hinderers were cut off from all +communication with their fellow-missionaries in the Yoruba country. +Supplies ran short, and they were compelled to sell their personal +belongings to obtain food for themselves and the children. 'We sold a +counterpane and a few yards of damask which had been overlooked by us;' +runs an entry in Anna Hinderer's diary, 'so that we indulge every now +and then in one hundred cowries' worth of meat (about one pennyworth), +and such a morsel seems a little feast to us in these days.' Many of +the native women were exceedingly kind to Anna Hinderer in the time of +privation. The woman who had supplied them with milk insisted upon +sending it regularly, although told that they had no money to pay for +it. +</P> + +<P> +For four years the Hinderers were almost entirely cut off from +communication with the outer world, but they continued their labours +unceasingly throughout this trying time. The girls' sewing class had, +however, to be discontinued, for the very good reason that their stock +of needles and cotton was exhausted. It was a time of great privation, +but Anna Hinderer, although frequently compelled to endure the gnawing +pangs of hunger, always managed to keep her native children supplied +with food. +</P> + +<P> +At last relief came. The Governor of Lagos had made one or two +unsuccessful attempts to relieve the Hinderers, and in April, 1865, +devised a means of escape. He despatched Captain Maxwell with a few +trustworthy men, to cut a new track through the bush. +</P> + +<P> +It was a difficult undertaking, but successfully accomplished, and one +night, about ten o'clock, the Hinderers were surprised to see Captain +Maxwell enter the mission-house. He brought with him supplies, and +also a hammock for Mrs. Hinderer's use on the return journey. +</P> + +<P> +It was somewhat of a surprise to the gallant officer to find that the +missionaries for whom he had performed a difficult and dangerous +journey were by no means anxious to return with him. It was the more +surprising as it was plain that both were in very bad health. Mr. +Hinderer declared that he could not possibly leave his mission at seven +hours' notice, but he joined the captain in urging his wife to go, +assuring her that it was her duty to do so. At last she was prevailed +upon to avail herself of the means of escape. She was overcome with +grief at leaving her husband shut up in Ibadan, and her distress was +increased by her inability to say 'good-bye' to the little native +children to whom she had acted a mother's part. They were asleep, and +to have awakened them would have been unwise, for there would certainly +have been loud crying, had the little ones been told that their "white +mother" was leaving them. Their crying would have been heard beyond +the mission-house compound, and the news of Mrs. Hinderer's approaching +departure would have spread through the town, in which there were +probably spies of the enemy. +</P> + +<P> +Seven hours after Captain Maxwell arrived he began his dangerous return +journey, his men carrying Mrs. Hinderer in the hammock. They proceeded +by forced marches, keeping at the same time a sharp look-out for the +enemy, who would, they knew, promptly kill any Christian who fell into +their power. On several occasions they suddenly found themselves so +close to the enemy that they could hear their voices, but, fortunately, +they were not discovered. On the third day, however, they heard that +their departure had become known to the enemy, who was in hot pursuit. +It was a terribly anxious time for the invalid missionary, but Captain +Maxwell and his men were determined that she should not be captured. +Silently and without halting once, even for food, they hurried on hour +after hour, and finally arrived at Lagos, having done a six days' +journey in less than three and a half. So carefully had Captain +Maxwell's men carried Anna Hinderer that she was little the worse for +the journey, and after a few days' rest sailed for England. Two months +later her husband followed. +</P> + +<P> +In the autumn of the following year Anna Hinderer and her husband +returned to Ibadan, where they were received joyfully. Anna Hinderer +resumed her work with all her former enthusiasm and love, although she +found before long that she had not sufficient strength to do all that +she had done formerly. +</P> + +<P> +Two years later the chiefs of the neighbouring tribes decided to expel +all white men from their territory, and they urged the Ibadan chiefs to +adopt a similar policy. The only white people in Ibadan were the +missionaries, and these they refused to expel. Announcing their +decision to the Hinderers, the chiefs said: 'We have let you do your +work, and we have done ours, but you little know how closely we have +watched you. Your ways please us. We have not only looked at your +mouths but at your hands, and we have no complaint to lay against you. +Just go on with your work with a quiet mind; you are our friends, and +we are yours.' +</P> + +<P> +Another two years of hard work followed. The schools were flourishing, +and among the pupils were children of the little ones whom, many years +previously, Anna Hinderer had taken into her home and cared for. The +chiefs continued to be friendly, and only one thing was wanting to make +Anna Hinderer perfectly happy. Frequent attacks of fever had so +weakened her that she began to feel that the work was beyond her +strength. Her husband, too, was never free from pain. They recognised +that they could not live much longer in Africa. Gladly they would have +remained and died at Ibadan, but for the knowledge that their work +could now be better carried on by younger missionaries. So with a sad +heart Anna Hinderer bade farewell to the people among whom she had +bravely toiled for seventeen years. She had lost the sight of one eye, +and the specialist whom she consulted in London assured her that had +she remained much longer in Africa she would have become totally blind. +</P> + +<P> +Although in a very weak state of health Anna Hinderer was not content +to remain idle, and in her native county of Norfolk began to interest +herself in factory girls and other children of the poor. She was +always cheerful, and few people knew how much she was suffering from +the effects of years of hard work and privation in a pestilential +country. She died on June 6, 1870, aged forty-three; and when the sad +news reached Ibadan there was great sorrow in the town, and the +Christian Church which she had helped to plant there forwarded to her +husband a letter of consolation and thankfulness for the work which she +had done among them. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap0203"></A> + +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +ANN JUDSON, PIONEER WOMAN IN BURMA +</H3> + +<P> +Ann Judson was not only the first American woman to enter the foreign +mission field, but also the first lady missionary, or missionary's +wife, to visit Rangoon. She was the daughter of Mr. John Hasseltine, +of Bradford, Massachusetts, and was born on December 22, 1789. When +nearly seventeen years of age she became deeply impressed by the +preaching of a local minister, and decided to do all in her power +towards spreading the Gospel. Sunday Schools had been started in +America about 1791, but they were very few. Bradford did not possess +one, and probably it was not known there that such schools existed +anywhere. Ann Hasseltine, being desirous of instructing the children +in religious knowledge, adopted the only course which occurred to her +as likely to lead to success; she became a teacher in an ordinary day +school. +</P> + +<P> +When she had been engaged in this and other Christian work about four +years, she made the acquaintance of Adoniram Judson, a young man who +had recently been accepted for work in the East Indies, by the newly +formed American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions. Before +they had known each other many months, Judson asked Ann Hasseltine to +become his wife and accompany him to India. He did not conceal from +her that in all probability her life as a missionary's wife would be +full of hardships and trials, but, after considering the matter for +some days, she promised to marry him, providing that her father gave +his consent. Judson wrote to Mr. Hasseltine, and after stating that he +had asked his daughter to become his wife, and that she had consented, +continued: 'I have now to ask whether you can consent to part with your +daughter early next spring, to see her no more in this world; whether +you can consent to her departure for a heathen land, and her subjection +to the hardships and sufferings of a missionary life; whether you can +consent to her exposure to the dangers of the ocean; to the fatal +influence of the southern climate of India; to every kind of want and +distress; to degradation, insult, persecution, and perhaps a violent +death. Can you consent to all this for the sake of Him who left His +heavenly home and died for her and for you; for the sake of perishing +immortal souls; for the sake of Zion and the glory of God? Can you +consent to all this, in the hope of soon meeting your daughter in the +world of glory, with a crown of righteousness brightened by the +acclamation of praise which shall redound to her Saviour from heathens +saved, through her means, from eternal woe and despair?' +</P> + +<P> +Mr. Hasseltine gave his consent, and on February 5, 1812, his daughter +was married to Adoniram Judson. It had now become known throughout the +United States that Mrs. Judson intended to accompany her husband to the +mission field, and in all quarters her intention was denounced. She +was accused of being both imprudent and lacking in modesty. These +attacks caused Ann Judson considerable pain, but they did not weaken +her determination to accompany her husband. They sailed for India on +February 12, and landed at Calcutta on June 18. On the voyage they had +for fellow passengers some Baptist missionaries, and the result of +their intercourse with them was that ten days after their arrival at +Calcutta they were baptised. By this step they lost the support of the +Board of Commissioners who had sent them out, but aid was soon sent +them by the American Baptists. +</P> + +<P> +Missionary work in India was almost at a standstill when the Judsons +arrived at Calcutta. The East India Company had issued an order, +withdrawn, however, in the following year, forbidding missionaries to +carry on their work in the Company's territory. The Judsons received +notice to depart before they had been in the country many months, and +were undecided where to go. They were anxious to settle in Rangoon, +but everyone assured them that Lower Burma was not yet ripe for +missionary work. The Burmese were described to them as little better +than fiends, and stories were told of Europeans who had met with +torture and death at their hands. +</P> + +<P> +Nevertheless, the Judsons sailed for Rangoon, and in July, 1813, were +ascending the Rangoon River, delighted with their first glimpse of the +country. On either side of the mighty river was dense jungle, +extending far inland. Here and there along the banks were small +fishing villages, with quaint little wooden huts built on tall poles to +prevent their being flooded or invaded by tigers, cheetahs or snakes. +Near every village were several pagodas whose spires rose above the +jungle; and there were many pagodas standing far from any habitation. +</P> + +<P> +As the Judsons drew near to Rangoon they saw on the hill, near by, the +great Shway Dagon Pagoda with its tall, gilded spire shining in the sun +with a brilliancy that was dazzling. But soon they turned from gazing +at the Mecca of the Burmese Buddhists to view the town, a big +collection of bamboo and mat huts protected by forts with guns, which +the people fondly believed would utterly destroy any foreign fleet +which dared to ascend the river. Many trading vessels were riding at +anchor off the city, and canoes of various sizes and design were +passing to and from them. It was a busy scene, made bright by the +gorgeous turbans of the rowers, and the brilliant attire of high +officials. +</P> + +<P> +Mr. and Mrs. Judson landed at Rangoon not only unmolested, but with a +friendly greeting from the natives. These swarmed round them smiling +pleasantly, and exhibiting none of the appearances of +atrocity-perpetrators. The women were greatly interested in Mrs. +Judson, and when she smiled at them they laughed merrily. This +unexpectedly pleasant reception greatly cheered the Judsons, and made +them eager to begin work. But before they could do this they had to +learn the Burmese language, not a word of which they knew. They could +not obtain an interpreter, for the reason that no one, with the +exception of a few merchants, understood English. The European +merchants who at that time lived in Burma were, with scarcely an +exception, men of poor character. A missionary was the last person +these men would welcome or help. +</P> + +<P> +Having settled down in their home, Mr. and Mrs. Judson began to learn +the Burmese language, a difficult task, considering that they had +neither dictionary nor grammar to assist them. Mrs. Judson, having to +buy food and superintend her servants, soon learnt a few Burmese +sentences, but her husband was learning the language scientifically, +with the intention of eventually translating the Bible into Burmese. +When both knew sufficient Burmese to make themselves understood, they +engaged teachers to help them with their studies. +</P> + +<P> +Two years passed, and Mr. and Mrs. Judson were still learning the +language. In September, 1815, a son was born to them, but to their +great grief he died eight months later, through want of medical +attention. When the child was buried, some forty Burmese and +Portuguese followed the body to the grave. +</P> + +<P> +In December, 1815, Mr. and Mrs. Judson began to make known to the +people the Gospel they had come to Burma to preach. Until then they +had wisely refrained from doing so, knowing that mistakes they might +make in their speech would bring ridicule upon their religion. But now +that they were confident of their knowledge of the language they +started hopefully on the work of winning converts. +</P> + +<P> +The time to which they had long looked forward had arrived, but the +success which they had expected was not achieved. The natives listened +attentively to everything Mr. or Mrs. Judson said to them, but their +answer was usually, 'Our religion is good for us, yours for you.' Some +laughed, good-humouredly, at the idea of the missionaries expecting +them to give up the religion of their forefathers for that of the white +<I>kalas</I>[<A NAME="chap0203fn1text"></A><A HREF="#chap0203fn1">1</A>] from across the sea, and others declared that they were mad. +No one, however, suggested that they should be forbidden to attempt to +gain converts. It did not seem worth while interfering with them; for +what Burman living in sight of the Shway Dagon Pagoda, and near to the +monasteries where he had learnt the precepts of Guatama Buddha, would +even think of forsaking his religion? +</P> + +<P> +This indifference of the Burmese was very disheartening to the Judsons, +and when a year had passed without their having made the slightest +impression upon any native they might well have been discouraged. But +this was far from being the case, and in October, 1816, they were able +to look forward with still greater confidence to seeing their labour +crowned with success. The printing press which they had long been +expecting arrived, and two Burmese tracts which Mr. Judson had prepared +were printed and circulated. One was a clear explanation of +Christianity, the other a translation of the Gospel according to +Matthew. The result of the wide distribution of these tracts was not +such as the Judsons had expected. One or two Burmans made a few +enquiries concerning the subject of the tracts, but when their +curiosity was satisfied they showed no further interest in the matter. +Three years of steady hard work followed. Mrs. Judson continued her +efforts to win the women, and gathered around her every Sunday a large +number to whom she read the Scriptures. Her husband had in the +meanwhile finished his dictionary of the Burmese language, a work for +which successive generations of British officials, merchants and +missionaries have had cause to be thankful, and in 1819 began to preach +on Sundays. Hitherto he had been speaking to individuals; now he +addressed himself to crowds. +</P> + +<P> +The place in which he preached was a <I>zayat</I> or rest-house, a big +one-room building erected for the convenience of pilgrims who came to +worship at the Shway Dagon Pagoda. There was no furniture in the +place, and the pilgrims, or any one else who cared to enter, squatted +on the floor, or, if tired, lay down and slept. Here, before a crowd +of men, women, and children, all, from the old men of seventy to +children of three or four, smoking big green cheroots, Mr. Judson +preached Sunday after Sunday, and on April 30, 1819, made his first +convert. Two months later, on June 27, the convert was baptized. +</P> + +<P> +The Judsons, refreshed by the knowledge that their six years' toil in a +sweltering, unhealthy country had not been wasted, continued their work +joyfully, and soon had further cause for thankfulness. Several natives +were baptized, and the Judsons had every reason for believing that +their little band of Christians would increase rapidly. +</P> + +<P> +Then their work received an unexpected check. The news reached Rangoon +that the King of Burma was highly displeased at the conversion of his +subjects, and intended to punish both missionaries and converts. No +sooner was this known than the Judsons were deserted by all but their +converts; the people who had flocked to hear Mr. Judson preach in the +<I>zayat</I> no longer went there, and the women ceased to attend Mrs. +Judson's gatherings. +</P> + +<P> +Mr. Judson suspected that the threats emanated from the Governor of +Rangoon, and not from the king, and, therefore, he started off, +accompanied by a young missionary who had recently joined him, to the +capital, to ask the king to prohibit any interference with them or +their converts. His majesty not only received them graciously, but +promised, if Mr. Judson would come with his wife and settle in the +capital, to give them his protection and a piece of ground on which to +build a church. +</P> + +<P> +Mrs. Judson's ill-health prevented their accepting that invitation at +once. Besides attending to her domestic duties and her native classes +she had learnt the Siamese language, and with the aid of a native had +translated into Siamese her husband's Burmese tracts. The Burmese +territory in the Malay peninsula had formerly belonged to Siam, and +after its annexation to Burma many of the Siamese came to live at +Rangoon. Several thousands resided there at the beginning of the +nineteenth century, and it was that they might hear the Gospel that +Mrs. Judson learnt their language. Suffering from over-work and the +unhealthiness of the city—in those days Rangoon was a pestilential +place—Mrs. Judson sailed for Calcutta, and proceeded to Serampore. +She was back again in January, 1821, after six months' absence, but +during the long rainy season she had such a severe attack of fever that +it was evident that to save her life she would have to return to +America for a complete rest. +</P> + +<P> +After two years in America she returned to Rangoon in good health; and +Mr. Judson now decided to avail themselves of the King of Burma's +invitation to settle at Ava. Leaving the Rangoon mission in charge of +his assistant missionaries, he started with Mrs. Judson on the long +journey up the Irrawaddy to the capital. But before they had proceeded +far war broke out between England and Burma. The Burmese were +possessed of the belief that they were the greatest military power in +the world, and, confident that they had nothing to fear from the +English, encroached upon the possessions of the East India Company. +Other acts of aggression followed, and the Company decided upon +reprisals. Several battles were fought on the frontier, and the +Burmese under Bandoola won two or three victories. Mr. and Mrs. Judson +on their journey up the Irrawaddy met Bandoola proceeding in great +state to take command of his army. They were questioned by the Burmese +general's men, but on explaining that they were not British subjects +but Americans, and that they were proceeding to Ava by command of the +king, they were allowed to continue their journey. +</P> + +<P> +On arriving at Ava the king and queen treated Mr. Judson very coldly, +and did not enquire after Mrs. Judson, whom they had previously desired +to see. This was a discouraging beginning for their new work, but the +Judsons settled down to it, praying that the war might soon be ended. +But the end was far off. On May 23, 1824, the news reached Ava that an +English force had captured Rangoon. It had apparently not occurred to +the Burmese that the English might attack them elsewhere than on the +frontier, and the news of their success filled them with amazement and +indignation. An army was despatched at once with orders to drive out +the invaders. +</P> + +<P> +The king now became suspicious of Mr. Judson. He knew that the +missionary had declared that he was not a British subject, but America +was a land of which he knew nothing. The only white nations of which +he had any knowledge were England and France, and he was under the +impression that after the downfall of Napoleon the French had become +British subjects. His courtiers were equally suspicious of Mr. Judson, +and one managed to discover that he had recently received some money +from Bengal. This money was a remittance from America which had been +forwarded through a Bengal merchant, but the king and his advisers at +once came to the conclusion that Mr. Judson was a spy in the employ of +the English. +</P> + +<P> +An order for his arrest was issued immediately, and an officer, +accompanied by a 'spotted face,' or public executioner, and a dozen men +proceeded to the Judsons' house. The 'spotted face' rushing in flung +Mr. Judson to the ground and began to bind him. +</P> + +<P> +In terrible distress Mrs. Judson besought the officer to set her +husband free, but all the notice he took of her was to have her +secured. When the ropes had been tightly bound around Mr. Judson the +'spotted face' dragged him out of the house. 'Spotted faces' were +almost invariably criminals who had been sentenced to the most degraded +of duties—executing their fellow men. So that they should not escape +from the work to which they were condemned, small rings were tattoed on +their cheeks, forehead and chin. Loathed by all classes, the 'spotted +faces' treated with great barbarity all who came professionally into +their power. The man who had bound Mr. Judson made the missionary's +journey to the prison as uncomfortable as possible. Every twenty or +thirty yards he threw him to the ground, and dragged him along for a +short distance with his face downwards. On arriving at the prison +allotted to men sentenced to death, Mr. Judson was fettered with iron +chains and tied to a long pole, so that he could not move. +</P> + +<P> +Mrs. Judson was left at her home, with a number of soldiers outside to +prevent her escaping. But these men were not satisfied with keeping +her prisoner; they added to her misery by taunting her, and threatening +her with a horrible death. For two days she endured this agony, but on +the third she obtained permission to visit her husband. Heavily +fettered, Mr. Judson crawled to the prison door, but after they had +spoken a few words the jailors roughly drove her away. She had, +however, seen enough of the prison to make it clear to her that her +husband would die if he were not speedily removed from it. By paying +the jailors a sum of money she managed to get him removed to an open +shed in the prison enclosure. He was still fettered, but the shed was +far healthier than the prison. +</P> + +<P> +Having attained this slight relief for her husband, Mrs. Judson now did +all in her power to obtain his release. She called in turn on the +various members of the royal family and the high officials, assuring +them that her husband had done nothing to deserve imprisonment, and +asking for his release. Many of the people were sympathetic, but none +dared ask the king to set the missionary free, for his majesty was +infuriated by the news which reached him, now and again, of the success +of the invaders. +</P> + +<P> +At last, in the autumn, Bandoola arrived at Ava. He had been summoned +from the frontier to proceed towards Rangoon to drive out the British, +and on arriving at Ava he was received with wild enthusiasm. Even the +king treated him with respect, and allowed him to have a free hand. +Mrs. Judson, seeing Bandoola's power, determined to appeal to him for +her husband's release. She was given an audience, and after hearing +her petition, Bandoola promised that he would consider the matter, and +dismissed her with the command to come again to hear his decision. The +gracious manner in which she had been received filled Mrs. Judson with +hope, but on calling for Bandoola's reply two days later she was +received by his wife, who said that her husband was very busy preparing +to start for Rangoon; as soon as he had driven out the English he would +return and release all the prisoners. It was a terrible +disappointment, but Mrs. Judson did not break down, although her health +was far from good. She continued doing as she had done for many +months, trudging two miles to the prison with her husband's food and +walking back in the dark. Every morning she feared to find that her +husband had been murdered, for the news of the British successes +continued to reach Ava, and the people were in a state of excitement, +and continually vowing vengeance on the white <I>kalas</I>. However, her +worst fears were not realised. Her husband remained in chains, but, as +he was not treated very harshly, she began to hope that the Burmese +would release him when the war was ended. +</P> + +<P> +But the end of the war was a long way off, and in the middle of +February it became known that the English had quitted Rangoon and were +marching to Ava. Mr. Judson was immediately taken from his shed and +flung into the common prison—one room occupied by over a hundred +prisoners—loaded with five pairs of fetters. It was the hot season, +and Mr. and Mrs. Judson knew that he could not live long in that place. +Indeed, he was quickly attacked with fever, and Mrs. Judson, growing +desperate, so persistently implored the governor to allow her to remove +him that at last he consented. Mr. Judson was removed speedily to a +small bamboo hut in the courtyard, where, made comfortable and nursed +by his wife, he recovered. +</P> + +<P> +In the meanwhile Bandoola had been killed in action, and his successor +appointed. The latter was a man of fiendish tastes, and he decided +before proceeding down the Irrawaddy to take up his command, to remove +the prisoners from Ava, and have them tortured in his presence. So Mr. +Judson and two or three white traders were taken away to Amarapoora. +Mrs. Judson was absent when her husband was removed, and when she +returned and found him gone she feared that what she had been long +dreading had happened—that her husband had been killed. The governor +and the jailors protested, untruthfully, that they did not know what +had become of him; but at last Mrs. Judson discovered where he had been +taken, and started off with her few months' old baby and her native +nurse-girl to find him. +</P> + +<P> +Travelling first by river and then by bullock-cart, she arrived to find +her husband in a pitiable state of health, caused by the ill-treatment +he had received from his warders on the march from Ava. He was in a +high fever, his feet were terribly swollen, and his body covered with +bruises. Mrs. Judson obtained permission to nurse him, but on the same +day her child and nurse-girl developed small-pox. She nursed all three +patients, and to her great joy they all recovered. But the strain on +her fever-weakened strength had been great, and she felt that her life +was quickly drawing to a close. But she bore up bravely, and journeyed +to Ava to fetch her medicine chest. +</P> + +<P> +Neither she nor her husband knew of the intention of the Burmese +general. It was never carried out, for he was suspected of high +treason, and promptly executed. +</P> + +<P> +Time passed, and the King of Burma becoming alarmed at the advance of +the English towards his capital, sent his representatives to treat with +them. Mr. Judson accompanied them to act as interpreter. He was not +in fetters, but he was still a prisoner. On his return he found that +his wife had been again ill with fever, and had been delirious for many +days. But the prospect of peace being soon declared cheered the +much-tried missionaries, and gave them fresh strength. +</P> + +<P> +The terms offered by the English general had been refused by the King +of Burma; but when he found that the enemy would soon be at his capital +he quickly agreed to them, and sent the first instalment of the +indemnity down river to the victors. Mr. Judson was sent with the +Burmese officers to act as interpreter, and when the money had been +handed over to the English he was set free, after having undergone +twenty-one months' imprisonment, during seventeen of which he was in +fetters. That he had managed to live through that long imprisonment +was due to his wife's bravery and devoted attention. She had suffered +more than he, and her constitution, ruined by fever, privation, and +anxiety, was unable to withstand the illness which attacked her soon +after she had settled down again to missionary work. +</P> + +<P> +She died on October 24, 1826, aged 37, and the husband whom she loved +so dearly was not at her bedside. He was acting as interpreter to the +Governor-General of India's embassy to the court of Ava, and did not +hear of her illness until she was dead. The baby girl who had been +born in the midst of sad surroundings only lived for a few months after +her mother's death. +</P> + +<BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap0203fn1"></A> +<P CLASS="footnote"> +[<A HREF="#chap0203fn1text">1</A>] Foreigners +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap0204"></A> + +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +SARAH JUDSON, PIONEER WOMAN IN BURMA +</H3> + +<P> +The boy or the girl who does not at an early age announce what he or +she intends to be when 'grown up,' must be a somewhat extraordinary +child. The peer's son horrifies his nurse by declaring that he intends +to be an engine-driver when he is 'grown up,' and the postman's wife +hears with not a little amusement that her boy has decided to be Lord +Mayor of London. +</P> + +<P> +These early aspirations are rarely achieved, but there are some notable +instances of children remaining true to their ambition and becoming, in +time, what they had declared they would be. +</P> + +<P> +Sarah Hall, when quite a little child, announced her intention of +becoming a missionary, and a missionary she eventually became. She was +born at Alstead, New Hampshire, in 1803, her parents being Ralph and +Abiah Hall. They were refined and well-educated, but by no means +wealthy, and Sarah would have left school very young, had not the +head-mistress, seeing that she was a clever child, retained her as +pupil teacher. Quiet, gentle, and caring little for the amusements of +girls of her own age, her chief pleasure was in composing verse, much +of which is still in existence. The following lines are from her +'Versification of David's lament over Saul and Jonathan,' which was +written when she was thirteen years of age:— +</P> + +<P CLASS="poem"> +The beauty of Israel for ever is fled,<BR> +And low lie the noble and strong:<BR> +Ye daughters of music, encircle the dead<BR> +And chant the funereal song.<BR> +Oh, never let Gath know their sorrowful doom,<BR> +Nor Askelon hear of their fate;<BR> +Their daughters would scoff while we lay in the tomb,<BR> +The relics of Israel's great.<BR> +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +At an early age, as already stated, she expressed a wish to be a +missionary to the heathen, and the wish grew stronger with increasing +years. But suddenly it became evident to her that there was plenty of +work waiting for her close at hand. 'Sinners perishing all around me,' +she wrote in her journal, 'and I almost panting to tell the far heathen +of Christ! Surely this is wrong. I will no longer indulge the vain, +foolish wish, but endeavour to be useful in the position where +Providence has placed me. I can pray for deluded idolaters and for +those who labour among them, and this is a privilege indeed.' She +began at once to take an active part in local mission work; but while +thus employed her interest in foreign missions did not diminish, and +the death of the two young missionaries, Wheelock and Colman, who went +to Burma to assist Mr. Judson, made a deep impression on her. +Wheelock, while delirious from fever, jumped into the sea and was +drowned, and Colman, after a time, died at Arracan from the effects of +the unhealthy climate. On hearing of Colman's death she wrote 'Lines +on the death of Colman,' the first verse of which is:— +</P> + +<P CLASS="poem"> +'Tis the voice of deep sorrow from India's shore,<BR> +The flower of our Churches is withered and dead,<BR> +The gem that shone brightly will sparkle no more,<BR> +And the tears of the Christian profusely are shed.<BR> +Two youths of Columbia, with hearts glowing warm,<BR> +Embarked on the billows far distant to rove,<BR> +To bear to the nations all wrapped in thick gloom,<BR> +The lamp of the Gospel—the message of love.<BR> +But Wheelock now slumbers beneath the cold wave<BR> +And Colman lies low in the dark, cheerless grave,<BR> +<SPAN STYLE="margin-left: 3em">Mourn, daughters of India, mourn!</SPAN><BR> +The rays of that star, clear and bright,<BR> +That so sweetly on Arracan shone,<BR> +Are shrouded in black clouds of night,<BR> +For Colman is gone!<BR> +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +These lines were read by George Dana Boardman, a young man, twenty-four +years of age, who had just been appointed to succeed Colman at Arracan. +He obtained an introduction to Sarah Hall, and in a short time they +became engaged. They were married on July 3, 1825, and thirteen days +later sailed for Calcutta, where they landed on December 2. The war in +Burma prevented their proceeding to Rangoon, so they settled down at +Calcutta, to study the Burmese language with the aid of Mr. Judson's +books. At this they were engaged almost continuously until the spring +of 1827, when they sailed for Amherst, in Tenasserim, a newly built +town in the recently acquired British territory, to which Mr. Judson +had removed with his converts soon after the conclusion of the war. +</P> + +<P> +The Boardmans' stay at Amherst was, however, short. Towards the end of +May they were transferred to another new city—Moulmein. A year before +their arrival the place had been a wide expanse of almost impenetrable +jungle; now it had 20,000 inhabitants. Wild beasts and deadly snakes +abounded in the jungle around the city and, across the river, in the +ruined city of Martaban, dwelt a horde of fiendish dacoits, who +occasionally made a night raid on Moulmein, robbing and murdering, and +then hurrying back to their stronghold. The Boardmans had been settled +in their bamboo hut barely a month when they received a visit from the +dacoits. One night Mr. Boardman awoke, to find that the little lamp +which they always kept burning was not alight, and suspecting that +something was wrong he jumped out of bed and lit it again. The dacoits +had entered, and stolen everything they could possibly carry off. +Looking-glasses, watches, knives, forks, spoons, and keys had all +disappeared. Every box, trunk, and chest of drawers had been forced +open, and nothing of any value remained in any of them. This was the +first home of their own that the Boardmans had ever had, and to be +robbed so soon of practically everything they possessed was indeed +hard. They had, however, the satisfaction of knowing that the dacoits +had not, as usual, accompanied robbery with murder. But that the +dacoits would have murdered them had they awoke while they were +plundering was plain. Two holes had been cut in the mosquito curtain +near to where Mr. and Mrs. Boardman and their one-year-old child lay, +and by these holes dacoits had evidently stood, knife in hand, ready to +stab the sleepers if they awoke. It was a great shock to Mrs. +Boardman, who was in bad health, but soon she was joining her husband +in thanking God for having protected them. +</P> + +<P> +After the robbery the officer commanding the British troops stationed +two sepoys outside the mission house, and some idea of the dangers +which surrounded the Boardmans may be formed from the fact that one day +the sentry was attacked by a tiger. +</P> + +<P> +But, exposed as the Boardmans were to perils of this kind, they +continued their work among the rapidly increasing population, and met +with considerable success. Many native Christians, converted under Mr. +Judson at Rangoon, lived at Moulmein, and consequently the Boardmans' +work was not entirely among the unconverted. Indeed, before long +nearly all the native Christians in Burma were residing at Moulmein, +Amherst having declined in public favour. When the majority of the +inhabitants of Amherst migrated to Moulmein the missionaries +accompanied them, and soon nearly all the missionaries to Burma were +working in one city. Neither the missionary board in America nor Mr. +Judson considered this to be wise, and some of the missionaries were +removed to other places, Mr. and Mrs. Boardman being sent to Tavoy, +some 150 miles south of Moulmein. The dialect of the people of Tavoy +differed considerably from Burmese, and the Boardmans had practically +to learn a new language. As the written characters of both languages +were the same, the task was not very difficult, and before long the +missionaries were preaching the Gospel to the Tavoyans. +</P> + +<P> +Soon after they had settled down some Karens invited Mr. Boardman to +visit them. Their country was not far away, but the missionary could +not as yet leave Tavoy. The Karens, however, told him something that +excited his curiosity. A foreigner passing through the land had given +them a book, and told them to worship it. They had done so. A +high-priest had been appointed, and he had arranged a regular form of +worship, Mr. Boardman asked the Karens to let him see the book, and +they promised to bring it to him. Soon a deputation, headed by the +high-priest, attired in a fantastic dress of his own designing, arrived +at Tavoy with the book, which was carefully wrapped up and carried in a +basket. On having the book handed to him Mr. Boardman saw that it was +a Church of England Prayer-book. He told the Karens that although it +was a very good book it was not intended to be worshipped, and they +consented to give it to him in exchange for some portions of Scripture +in a language they could read. It was never discovered who gave the +Prayer-book to the Karens, but it may be taken for granted that they +misunderstood the donor's meaning. This book was afterwards sent home +to the American Baptist Missionary Society. +</P> + +<P> +On July 8, 1829, Mrs. Boardman was plunged into grief by the death of +her little daughter, aged two years and eight months. Other troubles +followed quickly. One night Mrs. Boardman was awakened by hearing some +native Christians shouting, 'Teacher, teacher, Tavoy rebels!' The +inhabitants of Tavoy had revolted against the British Government, and +had attempted to seize the powder magazine and armoury. The Sepoys had +driven off the rebels, who were, however, far from being disheartened. +They burst open the prison, set free the prisoners, and began firing on +the mission house. Bullets passed through the fragile little +dwelling-place, and the Boardmans would soon have been killed had not +some Sepoys fought their way to their assistance, with orders to remove +them to Government House. As Mrs. Boardman with her baby boy in her +arms hurried through the howling mob of rebels she had several narrow +escapes from being shot, but fortunately the whole of the little party +from the mission house reached Government House in safety. The +Governor of Tavoy was away when the rebellion broke out, and as the +steamer in which he had departed was the only means of rapid +communication between Tavoy and Moulmein, the little British force +settled down to act on the defensive until reinforcements arrived. +Soon it was found that Government House would have to be evacuated, and +eventually the British and Americans took shelter in a six-room house +on the wharf. In this small house the whole of the white population, +the soldiers, and the native Christians were sheltered. The rebels, +strongly reinforced, attempted to burn them out, but a heavy downfall +of rain extinguished the flames before much harm had been done. +</P> + +<P> +At last, to the great relief of the defenders, the governor's steamer +was seen approaching. The governor was considerably surprised to find +the natives in revolt. Immediately after his arrival he sent his wife +and Mrs. Boardman aboard the steamer, which was to hurry to Moulmein +for reinforcements. Mrs. Boardman begged to be allowed to remain and +share the danger which was threatening both the whites and the native +converts, but the governor firmly refused to allow her to do so. +</P> + +<P> +As soon as the rebellion was quelled Mrs. Boardman returned to Tavoy +and resumed her work, but troubles now came upon her quickly. On +December 2, 1830, her baby boy died, making the second child she had +lost within twelve months. Her husband, too, was in very weak health, +although still working hard. On March 7, 1831, he reported that he had +baptized fifty-seven Karens within two months, and that other baptisms +would soon follow. But the latter he did not live to see, for he died +of consumption three weeks after writing his report. +</P> + +<P> +The Europeans at Tavoy considered it natural and proper that, now Mrs. +Boardman was a widow, she should, return to America, and they were +somewhat surprised when she announced her intention of remaining at +Tavoy. 'My beloved husband,' she wrote, 'wore out his life in this +glorious cause; and that remembrance makes me more than even attached +to the work and the people for whose salvation he laboured till death.' +As far as possible she took up the duties of her late husband, and +every day from sunrise until ten o'clock at night she was hard at work. +Her duties included periodical visits to the Karen villages. This was +a most unpleasant work for a refined woman, and from the fact that she +scarcely ever alluded to these visits we may conclude that she found +them extremely trying. But, as there was no man to undertake the work +which her late husband had carried on with conspicuous success, she +knew unless she did it herself a promising field of missionary +enterprise would be uncared for. +</P> + +<P> +Preaching, teaching and visiting was not, however, the only work in +which the young widow engaged. She translated into Burmese the +<I>Pilgrim's Progress</I>. +</P> + +<P> +Adoniram Judson and Mrs. Boardman had known each other from the day the +latter arrived in Burma, and the former, as the head of the +missionaries in that country, was well aware of Mrs. Boardman's +devotion to duty. On January 31, 1834, he completed his translation of +the Scriptures, and on April 10 he and Mrs. Boardman were married. +</P> + +<P> +Mrs. Sarah Judson's home was now once more in Moulmein, and into the +work there she threw herself at once heart and soul. She superintended +schools, held Bible classes and prayer meetings and started various +societies for the spiritual and physical welfare of the women. Finding +that there was a large number of Peguans in Moulmein, she learnt their +language, and translated into it several of her husband's tracts. +</P> + +<P> +Until 1841 her life was peacefully happy, but in that year a period of +trouble began. Her four children were attacked with whooping-cough, +which was followed by dysentery, the complaint which in Burma has sent +many thousands of Europeans to early graves. No sooner had the +children recovered from this distressing illness than Mrs. Sarah Judson +fell ill with it, and for a time it was feared that she was dying. As +soon as she was able to travel Mr. Judson took her to India, in the +hope that a complete rest at Serampore would give her back her +strength. She returned in fairly good health, but in December, 1844, +she grew so weak that Mr. Judson decided to have his first furlough, +and take her home to America. On the voyage she grew worse, and died +peacefully while the ship was at anchor at St. Helena. She was buried +on shore, and Adoniram Judson, a widower a second time, proceeded on +his journey to America. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap0205"></A> + +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +OLIVIA OGREN AND AN ESCAPE FROM BOXERS +</H3> + +<P> +The Chinese dislike to foreigners settling in their country is so old +that one cannot tell when it began. But in 1900 the Boxer rising +proved that the anti-foreign feeling is strong as ever, and perhaps +more unreasonable, and the whole civilized world was horror-stricken by +the news of the massacre of men, women and children, who had been +slaughtered, not only because they were Christians, but because they +were foreigners. +</P> + +<P> +The list of missionaries who were murdered by the Boxers in 1900 is +long and saddening; but it is some consolation to know that to many of +the martyrs death came swiftly, and was not preceded by bodily torture. +In fact, some of the missionaries who escaped death must have been +sorely tempted to envy their martyred colleagues, so terrible were the +trials they underwent before reaching a place of safety. +</P> + +<P> +Mrs. Ogren was one of the representatives of the China Inland Mission, +who escaped death only to meet perils and privations such as few women +have ever survived. She and her husband had worked in China for seven +years, and had been stationed for about twelve months in the city of +Yung-ning when the Boxer troubles began. Until then the natives had +been well disposed towards them, but two emissaries of the Boxers, +describing themselves as merchants, spread evil reports concerning +them. They declared that the missionaries had poisoned the wells, and +when the people went to examine them they found that the water had +turned red. The men who accused the missionaries had, before bringing +this charge against them, secretly coloured the water. Other false +accusations, artfully supported by what appeared to be conclusive +evidence, were made against them, and naturally aroused the anger of +the people, whose demeanour became unmistakably threatening. +</P> + +<P> +On July 5 the sad news of the murder of two lady missionaries at +Hsiao-i reached Mrs. Ogren and her husband, and a mandarin, who had +secretly remained friendly towards them, urged them to escape from the +city as soon as possible, and for their travelling expenses the +secretary of the yamên brought them, in the middle of the night, Tls. +10 (£15). Mr. Ogren gave a receipt for the money, and prepared for +their flight, but it was not until July 13 that they were able to start. +</P> + +<P> +Early in the morning, before day-break, a mule-litter was brought to +the back door of the mission garden. Quickly and silently Mr. and Mrs. +Ogren, with their little nine months' old boy, mounted, and started on +their perilous journey to Han-kow. +</P> + +<P> +They arrived uninjured at the Yellow River, where, however, they found +a famine-stricken crowd, armed with clubs, eager to kill them. The +starving natives had been told, and believed, that the scarcity of food +was due to the foreigners' presence in China, and their hostile +attitude can scarcely be wondered at. However, the guard which had +been sent to protect the missionaries succeeded in keeping off the +people, who had to content themselves with yelling and spitting at the +fugitives. Hiring a boat, for which they had to pay Tls. 50, the +Ogrens and their guard started down river for T'ung-kuan. The current +of this river is exceedingly swift, and the missionaries expected every +moment that their boat would be wrecked. No mishap occurred, however, +and after travelling seventeen miles the party made a halt. It was +necessary to do so, as at this place they were to be handed over to a +new guard. Here, too, they found it would be impossible to proceed on +their journey without more money, and a messenger was despatched to the +mandarin at Yung-ning, asking for a further loan. Until the result of +this appeal was known there was nothing for the Ogrens to do but wait +where they were. It was an anxious time, but on the fourth day they +were delighted to see the secretary of the yamên approaching. He had +brought with him the money they required. +</P> + +<P> +'Praising God for all His goodness,' Mrs. Ogren writes in her account +of their trials,[<A NAME="chap0205fn1text"></A><A HREF="#chap0205fn1">1</A>] 'we started once more, and though beset by many +difficulties, the goodness of God, and the cordial letter of +recommendation granted us by our friendly mandarin, enabled us to +safely reach a place called Lung-wan-chan, 170 miles from our +starting-place, and half way to our destination, T'ung-kuan.' +</P> + +<P> +At Lung-wan-chan they heard of the rapid spread of the Boxer movement, +and of the massacre, on July 16, of a party of men and women +missionaries. They realised now that the prospect of their escaping +the fury of the Boxers was small; but there came a ray of hope, when a +Chinaman, eighty years of age and a friend of the Yung-ning mandarin, +offered to hide them in his house. It was an offer which was +gratefully accepted; but as they were about to start for their +hiding-place, which was some twenty-five miles from the river, a party +of soldiers arrived. Their orders were, they said, to drive the +foreigners out of the province; but the aged Chinaman gave them a +feast, and, having got them into a good humour, extracted a promise +from them that they would not harm the missionaries. But although they +kept their promise to the extent of not doing them any bodily injury, +they took from them all the money they possessed. +</P> + +<P> +When the soldiers had departed, the Ogrens started on their twenty-five +miles' journey to the friendly old Chinaman's house, thankful at having +escaped one danger, and hopeful that they would reach their destination +in safety. But their hope was not realised. Before they had gone far, +their way lay along a track where it was necessary to proceed in single +file. Mrs. Ogren, riding a mule, led the way; a second mule carrying +their personal belongings followed, and Mr. Ogren with their baby-boy +in his arms came last. On one side of them was the rushing river; on +the other, steep, rocky mountains. +</P> + +<P> +Suddenly a number of armed men sprang out from behind the rocks and +barred their way. Brandishing their weapons ominously, they demanded +Tls. 300. Mrs. Ogren, dismounting from her mule, advanced to a man who +appeared to be the leader, and told him that they had no money. She +begged him to have pity on them, and to spare her at least her baby's +things. Her appeal was not entirely wasted, for while they were +helping themselves to their things the leader handed her, on the point +of his sword, <I>one</I> of the baby's shirts. +</P> + +<P> +Having taken everything that they fancied, the robbers now looked +threateningly at the prisoners. Their leader began whetting his sword, +shouting as he did so, 'Kill, kill!' Again Mrs. Ogren pleaded for +mercy, and finally they relented, and departed without injuring them. +</P> + +<P> +The fugitives now came to the conclusion that it would be certain death +if they remained in the province, and as soon as possible they crossed +the river in the ferry. It was a dark, wet night when they reached the +other side, and it was only after much entreaty and promises of reward +that the ferrymen allowed them to take shelter in the dirty smoky caves +where they lived. Mr. Ogren at once despatched a message to their old +Chinese friend asking for help, and four days later the man returned +with some money, nearly the whole of which the ferrymen claimed, and +obtained by means of threats. With little money in their pockets, the +Ogrens started off on foot towards the promised place of refuge. It +was a trying journey, for the heat was intense, and aroused a thirst +which could not be quenched. Once Mrs. Ogren fell exhausted to the +ground; but after a rest they continued their tramp, and on the second +day reached their destination, there to experience a bitter +disappointment. The people whom they expected would be friendly proved +hostile. They refused to give them food, and only after much entreaty +did they permit them to take shelter in a cave near by. This, however, +proved to be a very insecure hiding-place, and twice they were robbed +by gangs of men. +</P> + +<P> +Leaving this place, the Ogrens tramped further into the hills, and +found another cave, where they could have remained in safety until the +rising was quelled, had they been able to obtain food. Mrs. Ogren and +her husband would have endured the agony of long-continued hunger, but +they could not see their little baby starve. For some time he was fed +on cold water and raw rice, but when their small stock of the latter +ran out, they tramped back to make another appeal to the people who had +so recently refused to help them. Their reception was even worse than +on the previous occasion. One of the men had heard of the Boxers' +offer of Tls. 100 for the head of every foreigner brought to them, and +was anxious to earn the money. Seizing his sword, he rushed at the +fugitives and would have killed them, had not some of his relatives, +perhaps moved by pity, intervened. They held him fast while the Ogrens +hurried away as quickly as their weakness would permit. +</P> + +<P> +Over the mountains they wended their way, sometimes having to crawl up +the steep hillsides. It was their intention to make their way back to +Yung-ning, and seek protection from the mandarin who had always been +friendly towards them. It must not be forgotten that during the +anti-foreign outbreak there were hundreds of Chinamen, besides the +Christian converts, who, although well aware that a price was placed on +the head of every foreigner, scorned to betray them, and did all in +their power to facilitate their escape to a place of safety. On their +journey over the mountains, Mrs. Ogren and her husband met with many of +these people, who gave them food and sheltered them at night. +</P> + +<P> +Having forded a wide, swiftly-flowing river, the Ogrens came to a +village where the natives treated them so kindly that they remained +there for two days. But on departing from this place their brief +period of comparative happiness came to an end, for, towards night, as +they drew near to a village, hoping to experience a repetition of the +hospitality they had recently received, they found that they were +likely to have a hostile reception. +</P> + +<P> +It was too late to turn back or to attempt to avoid the place, for they +had already been discovered, so they trudged on through the village, +the people laughing and jeering at them. But just as they were +quitting the village, hopeful that they would be permitted to continue +their journey unmolested, they were seized and cast into prison. The +following morning two men were told off to take them out of the +province; but it soon became evident to the prisoners that their escort +intended to hand them over to the Boxers. They were a particularly +heartless pair, and one of them took from Mrs. Ogren her baby's pillow, +which she had managed to retain through all their wanderings, and +emptying out the feathers burned them. +</P> + +<P> +The following day they arrived at the Yellow River, and as they crossed +in the ferry the prisoners saw that the village to which they were +being taken was decorated with red lanterns. This was a sign that the +place was held by the Red Lantern Society, one of the divisions of the +Boxer army. On landing, the missionaries were at once surrounded by a +crowd of jeering natives, and one fellow, with brutal glee, told Mrs. +Ogren of the massacre of the lady missionaries at Ta-ning. +</P> + +<P> +After Mr. Ogren had been closely questioned, he was told they would be +taken back to Yung-ning, but when they left the village they found that +they were being led in quite a different direction. At night they were +placed in a cave, and on the following morning were marched off to the +Boxer general's headquarters, a temple. Mr. Ogren was at once taken +before the general, Mrs. Ogren sitting in the courtyard with her baby +on her knee. She was suffering excruciating pain from a swollen eye, +caused by the heat and glare, but her mental agony was no doubt +greater, for in a few minutes her husband's fate would be decided. She +heard him answering the general's questions, heard him pleading for +their lives. Soon his voice was drowned in the sound of swords being +sharpened, and a few minutes later she heard moans. Her husband was +being tortured. +</P> + +<P> +'My feelings were indescribable,' Mrs. Ogren writes. 'I could only +pray God to cut short my husband's sufferings, and fill his heart with +peace, and give me courage to meet my lot without fear.' Soon the +moaning ceased, and she concluded that her husband was dead. +</P> + +<P> +That night Mrs. Ogren was imprisoned in a tomb, and her baby, although +he had nothing but water for his supper, slept soundly on the cold +ground wrapped up in her gown. On the following morning she was given +some rice and porridge, but before she had finished her meal the guard +set her free. At once she decided to endeavour to reach Ta-ning, where +other missionaries were imprisoned, preferring imprisonment among +friends to the wandering life she had led for so long. Hearing that +there were some Christians in a village on the other side of the river, +she forded the stream—narrowly escaping drowning, but only to find +that she had been misinformed. The villagers jeered at her when she +told her story, and asked for food for herself and baby. Departing +from these inhospitable people, Mrs. Ogren lay down with her baby in +the open. Both were hungry and shivering, and probably their trials +would have ended that night in death, had not two native Christians +found them, and led the way to a cave. Taking Mrs. Ogren to this place +of shelter was, however, all that these men could do for her. +</P> + +<P> +The following day, while trudging along towards Ta-ning Mrs. Ogren was +again captured by Boxers, and would have been promptly killed, had not +the headman of the village protected her, and, in spite of the anger of +the mob, appointed an escort to accompany her to Ta-ning. It was a +consolation to Mrs. Ogren to feel that she would soon be in the company +of fellow missionaries; but to her sorrow she heard, on being placed in +the Ta-ning prison, that they had been set free two days previously, +and had started for the coast. +</P> + +<P> +The prison in which Mrs. Ogren was now confined was a filthy place, +swarming with vermin, but the warders were kind to her, and gave her +food for herself and baby. Even the mandarin was moved when he heard +of the sufferings she had undergone, but he did not release her. Sleep +was impossible that night, but, at daybreak, as Mrs. Ogren lay dozing +with her child beside her, she fancied she heard her name called. +Jumping up she ran into the courtyard, and looked eagerly around. +</P> + +<P> +'Olivia!' It was her husband's voice, and there at the prison gate +stood he whom she had thought dead. 'Praise God! oh, praise God!' she +cried, her heart full of thankfulness; but he was too overcome with +emotion to speak. Truly Mr. Ogren was in a terrible plight. His +clothes hung in rags, and his head was bound with a piece of dirty, +blood-stained linen. One of his ears was crushed, and there were +ghastly wounds in his neck and shoulders. Even now he was not out of +danger for as he stood at the gate Mrs. Ogren saw to her dismay a mob +of infuriated Boxers rushing towards him, and it seemed as if he would +be killed before her eyes. But the yamên servants protected him, and, +later in the day, he was brought to his wife and child. The people had +evidently taken pity on the poor missionaries, for they supplied Mrs. +Ogren with some water to wash her husband's wounds and a powder that +would heal them. Moreover they supplied them with rice and mutton, and +the secretary of the yamên's wife sent them a bowl of meat soup. +</P> + +<P> +When Mr. Ogren's wounds had been dressed, and he had eaten the first +good meal he had tasted for many days, he related to his wife all that +had happened to him since they were separated by the Red Lantern Boxers. +</P> + +<P> +Briefly his story was as follows:—On being taken before the Boxer +general he was bound to a block of wood, with his hands tied behind his +back, and while in this helpless state the Boxers kicked him and beat +him with sticks, cursing the name of Jesus, and shouting, 'Now ask your +Jesus to deliver you.' After thus torturing him they untied him from +the block, and led him with his hands bound behind his back to the +river-side, with the intention of killing him and casting his body into +the water. Arriving there, they forced him down on his knees, and at a +signal set upon him on all sides with swords and spears; but in their +eagerness to slay him their weapons struck one against another, and +instead of being killed instantly he received several wounds, which +although severe did not disable him. +</P> + +<P> +Suddenly he sprang to his feet, and rushing through the crowd jumped +into the river. The Boxers, recovering from their surprise, rushed +into the water after him, but remembering that his hands were tied +behind his back they broke into jeering laughter, and waited to see him +drown. But the brave, persecuted missionary managed to reach the other +side in safety, and running inland was soon lost in the darkness. With +his hands tied behind his back, and barefooted—his shoes were lost in +the river—he tramped some fifteen miles before resting. Then he +severed the cords which bound his hands by rubbing them against a rock +until they were cut through. In the hills he found a native Christian, +who not only supplied him with food, water and a little money, but took +him to a hiding-place for the night. On the following morning Mr. +Ogren started off again, with the intention of making his way back to +Yung-ning, but before he had gone far he caught sight of Boxers +scouring the country. Finding a cave he hid in it throughout the day, +resuming his journey at night. After many hardships he met some +natives, who informed him that his wife was in prison at Ta-ning, and +at once he set off for that city, and entered it unnoticed by the +Boxers. It was only when he had almost reached the yamên that they +heard of his presence and rushed after him. How he escaped their fury +has already been told. +</P> + +<P> +Two days after Mr. Ogren had rejoined his wife the authorities sent +them with an escort out of the city on two donkeys, the men who +accompanied them being instructed to take them from city to city until +they arrived at the coast. But on the second day the officials of a +city through which they would have to pass warned them that they would +not be allowed to enter it, and therefore the much-tried missionaries +were taken back to Ta-ning, and placed once more in the loathsome +prison. Here Mrs. Ogren endured fresh trials. Her baby, weakened by +exposure and semi-starvation, became seriously ill, and for a time it +seemed as if he would not recover. When, however, the danger was +passed Mrs. Ogren's second eye became terribly inflamed and caused her +intense agony, and her husband becoming delirious with fever, had to be +tied down to his bed. Nevertheless, she did not lose her faith, and +the prisoners, aware of all she had endured, and was enduring, +marvelled to see her praying to God. When, in the course of a few +days, her husband began to gain strength they sang hymns, prayed, and +read the Bible together. +</P> + +<P> +A month later the Ogrens were told that in two days they were to be +escorted to the coast, and the comforts which were at once provided for +them made it clear that the authorities had received instructions to +protect them and treat them well. New clothes were given them, and +when they started on their journey, Mr. Ogren, being far too weak to +ride, was carried with the baby in a sedan chair. Mrs. Ogren rode a +horse. The officer and ten soldiers who comprised their escort treated +them kindly, and their example was copied by the inhabitants of the +villages through which they passed. +</P> + +<P> +It was a welcome change, but it came too late. Nine days after leaving +Ta-ning Mr. Ogren became very weak, and in spite of every attention +died on the following morning, October 15, from the effects of the +cruelty to which the Boxers had subjected him. +</P> + +<P> +Can anyone imagine a more crushing sorrow for a woman than this which +Mrs. Ogren had to bear? To lose her husband just when their long +months of persecution were ended, and they were looking forward to +happy days of peace, was indeed the hardest blow she had suffered. Her +escort, touched to the heart by this sad ending to her troubles, did +all that they could to comfort her. +</P> + +<P> +It was not until February 16, that Mrs. Ogren and her two children—a +girl baby, healthy in every way, had been born at P'ing-yang-fu on +December 6,—arrived at Han-kow, where everyone strove to show kindness +to the much-tried widow. Peter Alfred Ogren's name is inscribed on the +roll of Christian martyrs, and Olivia Ogren is a name that will ever +stand high in the list of Christian heroines. +</P> + +<BR> + +<A NAME="chap0205fn1"></A> +<P CLASS="footnote"> +[<A HREF="#chap0205fn1text">1</A>] <I>Last Letters and Further Records of Martyred Missionaries of the +China Inland Mission</I>. (Morgan & Scott.) +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap0206"></A> + +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +EDITH NATHAN, MAY NATHAN AND MARY HEAYSMAN, +</H3> + +<H4 ALIGN="center"> +MARTYRED BY BOXERS +</H4> + +<P> +When, in the year 1900, the anti-foreign feeling in China culminated in +the massacre of defenceless men and women, the three missionaries whose +names head this chapter were working in the city of Ta-ning. The +inhabitants of this little city among the hills had always treated the +missionaries with kindness, and it was not until Boxer emissaries +arrived and stirred up the people by spreading untruths concerning the +reason of the foreigners' presence in China, that a change occurred in +the behaviour of some of them. +</P> + +<P> +The news of the Boxer rising was soon carried to the three ladies at +Ta-ning; but it was not until July 12 that, at the earnest entreaty of +the native pastor, Chang Chi-pen, they left the city to take shelter in +one of the villages high up in the mountains. They started at 7.30 in +the morning, and, travelling through the heat of the day, arrived at +Muh-ien, where they were welcomed by the inhabitants, both native +Christians and unconverted, with kindness. The knowledge that two lady +missionaries had recently been murdered at Hsiao-i made the inhabitants +of this hill-village anxious to show kindness to the three ladies who +had come to seek shelter among them. They gave them food, which +although not very palatable to Europeans was the best to be had, and +provided them with lodging. +</P> + +<P> +The following day was passed peacefully. Native friends came out from +Ta-ning, bringing the comforting assurance that there were no signs of +the Boxers coming in pursuit of the fugitives. They told the +missionaries that eighteen warships belonging to various nations had +arrived, but had gone aground near Fuh-Kien. The news of the arrival +of these vessels naturally caused satisfaction to the three +missionaries, and made them believe that the Boxer rising would soon be +quelled. +</P> + +<P> +Sunday, July 15, was a very happy day. Native Christians came in from +the neighbouring villages, and the old pastor, Chang Chi-pen, had +stolen out from Ta-ning. A service was held, and afterwards the +missionaries were overwhelmed with invitations to take up their +residence in various villages where they would be, they were assured, +perfectly safe from the Boxers. 'It was really worth while being in +such a position, to see how loyal the Christians were to us,' May +Nathan wrote in her diary.[<A NAME="chap0206fn1text"></A><A HREF="#chap0206fn1">1</A>] 'We are certainly in a better position +than most other foreigners, being amongst such simple, loyal, +God-fearing men.' +</P> + +<P> +The following morning, soon after breakfast and prayers, a boy arrived +from Ta-ning with the unpleasant news that 500 soldiers, who were in +sympathy with the Boxers, had entered the city. The inhabitants at +once urged the ladies to flee to a more distant village, and, taking up +their Bibles, the missionaries started off quickly, with a native +Christian for their guide. Rain fell heavily, and they arrived at +their destination, Tong-men, wet to the skin. Food was given them, and +in the afternoon they lay down and slept in a shed full of straw. The +natives were determined, however, that they should have a better place +in which to pass the night, and prepared a cave for them, spreading +clean mats on the brick beds. But, late in the afternoon, a Christian, +whom the missionaries had sent to Ta-ning to obtain information +concerning the movements of the soldiers, returned with the pleasing +news that there were none in the city, nor had any been there. +Thankful that the alarm had been a false one, the three missionaries, +one feeling somewhat unwell, trudged back to the Muh-ien, and refreshed +themselves with tea. Throughout the day, or rather from breakfast +until their return after dark, they had drunk nothing, tea, strange to +say, being an unknown luxury in the place where they had sought +temporary shelter. +</P> + +<P> +On the following day soldiers did enter Ta-ning, but as an official +despatch arrived almost at the same time instructing the yamên to +protect foreigners, the three ladies decided not to remove from +Muh-ien. This proclamation, a copy of which was brought to the +missionaries, stated that all foreigners who remained quietly at their +stations would be unmolested, and was a great improvement on the +previous one, which ordered that foreigners were to be exterminated. +The arrival of the allied forces had of course made the Chinese deem it +advisable to withdraw the former proclamation. +</P> + +<P> +Nothing occurred during the next two days to make the missionaries +think that they were in immediate danger of being massacred. They +spent the time in reading, sewing and talking to the sympathetic people +who called on them. But on the third day they received the sad +information that seven of their missionary friends had been murdered on +July 16. +</P> + +<P> +'Oh, it is sad, sad,' May Nathan wrote in her diary, 'such valuable +lives; and who will be the next? Perhaps we shall, for why should we +be spared when, for my own part, I know that the lives of those who +have gone were so much more valuable than mine? I don't want to die, +and such a death; but if it comes, well, it will be for a little, and +after, no more sorrow—no pain. Day by day we are without knowledge of +what news may come! Darling mother, don't be anxious whatever news you +may hear of me. It will be useless in the eyes of the world to come +out here for a year, to be just getting on with the language and then +to be cut off. Many will say, 'Why did she go? Wasted life!' +Darling, <I>No</I>. Trust; God does His very best, and never makes +mistakes. There are promises in the Word that the Lord will save His +servants, and deliver them from the hands of evil men. Dear, it may be +the deliverances will come through death, and His hands will receive, +not the corruptible, but the incorruptible, glorified spirit.' +</P> + +<P> +Early the following morning, just as they were about to begin +breakfast, a friendly Chinaman arrived, with the warning, that a party +of Boxers was coming up the mountains and searching everywhere on the +way for them. Instant departure was imperative, so, snatching up their +Bibles and a few biscuits, they hurried off higher up the mountains, +halting only for a few minutes among some native Christians, to deliver +three short prayers. Their Christian guide hurried them onward when +the last prayer was finished, and soon they were climbing up steep, +unfrequented sheep-paths. A ruined temple on the top of a mountain was +to be their hiding-place, and when they reached it, tired out, they lay +down on the ground with stones for their pillows. +</P> + +<P> +How long they remained hiding in this mountain-top temple is unknown. +Nor, as the last entry in May Nathan's letter is dated July 23, do we +know the sufferings which they underwent during the next three weeks. +All that is certain is that, after wandering about the mountains, they +were captured by the Boxers on August 12, and dragged to a temple near +Lu-kia-yao, where, hungry and thirsty, they were compelled to spend the +night surrounded by a mob of fiends. At day-break they were brought +out and killed. +</P> + +<BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap0206fn1"></A> +<P CLASS="footnote"> +[<A HREF="#chap0206fn1text">1</A>] <I>Last Letters and Further Records of Martyred Missionaries of the +China Inland Mission</I>. Edited by Marshall Broomhall. (Morgan and +Scott.) +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap0207"></A> + +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +MARY RIGGS AND THE SIOUX RISING +</H3> + +<P> +Of all the stories that have been written for young people none have +been more popular than those describing adventures among the Red +Indians of North America. Fenimore Cooper's books have delighted many +generations of readers; but on much of the ground where that author's +famous characters lived, hunted, fought and died, big towns have sprung +up, and the Indians, driven to live in reservations and to become, +practically, pensioners of the Government, have been shorn of nearly +all their greatness. +</P> + +<P> +When the white man gained the ascendency in North America there came a +better opportunity for missionary work, and notable among those who +went to labour among the Indians was Mary Riggs, who, with her husband, +worked for thirty-two years among the Sioux—the Red Indians of Dakota. +She was born on November 10, 1813, at Hawley, Massachusetts, her father +being General Thomas Longley, who had fought in the war of 1812. +Evidently he was not a wealthy man, for Mary began her education at the +common town school, where she had for her schoolfellows the children of +some of the poorest inhabitants. Later, she attended better schools, +and at the age of sixteen became a teacher in one at Williamstown, +Massachusetts. Her salary was only one dollar a week, but she gave her +father the whole of her first quarter's earnings, as a slight return +for the money he had spent on her education. After a time she obtained +a better appointment at a school at Bethlehem, and while there she met +Stephen R. Riggs, a young man who was studying for the Presbyterian +ministry. They became engaged, and a few months later Stephen Riggs +told his future wife that he should like to become a missionary to the +Red Indians, among whom work had recently been started. She expressed +her willingness to accompany him, and, therefore, he at once offered +himself to the American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions, by +whom he was accepted. +</P> + +<P> +The young people were married on February 16, 1837, and about a +fortnight later began their long journey to the Far West. Travelling +was in those days, of course, very different from what it is now, and +the young missionaries had to go by stage <I>viâ</I> New York, Philadelphia, +and across the mountains to Pittsburg until they came to the Ohio. +Snow, rain and mud made their journey by stage particularly unpleasant, +but rest and comfort came on the steamer which bore them down the river. +</P> + +<P> +On June 1, 1837, they arrived at Fort Snelling, near where the +Minnesota joins the Mississippi. Here they remained until the +beginning of September, living in a log-house, and learning the Dakota +language with the help of a missionary who had been in the field for +three years. From Fort Snelling they departed on September 5, 1837, +for their destination Lac-qui-parle, travelling with two one-ox carts +and a double wagon. On September 18 they arrived at the station to +which they had been appointed, and received a hearty welcome from the +two missionaries who had settled there some time before at the earnest +request of a Lac-qui-parle trader. Lac-qui-parle was a small place, a +mere collection of buffalo-skin tents, in which lived some 400 Red +Indians. Mr. and Mrs. Riggs found a home in a log-house belonging to +one of the other missionaries. Only one room could be spared them, and +although it was but 10 feet wide and 18 feet long they made themselves +comfortable. Mr. Riggs wrote as follows in his account of their work +among the Sioux[<A NAME="chap0207fn1text"></A><A HREF="#chap0207fn1">1</A>]: 'This room we made our home for five winters. +There were some hardships about such close quarters, but, all in all, +Mary and I never enjoyed five winters better than those spent in that +upper room. There our first three children were born. There we worked +in acquiring the language. There we received our Dakota visitors. +There I wrote, and re-wrote, my ever-growing dictionary. And there, +with what help I could obtain, I prepared for the printer the greater +portion of the New Testament in the Dakota language. It was a +consecrated room.' +</P> + +<P> +When Mrs. Riggs and her husband took possession of their one-room home +they had much difficulty in making it comfortable, as they had been +unable to bring on their furniture and domestic utensils. One person, +however, lent them a kettle, another provided them with a pan, and bit +by bit they collected the most necessary articles. +</P> + +<P> +In the East missionaries have never experienced a difficulty in +obtaining servants, but in Dakota neither male nor female Sioux would +enter the Riggs' service. Consequently Mrs. Riggs had to perform all +the household duties. They bought a cow, but neither of them knew how +to milk her. Both Mr. and Mrs. Rigg tried to perform the task, but not +until the cow had experienced considerable discomfort did Mrs. Riggs +become acquainted with the art. Washing clothes was a performance +which filled the Sioux women with wonder, for they were in the habit of +wearing their garments unwashed until they became too old to be worn +any longer. Very soon they adopted the white woman's custom, and, +becoming fond of standing over the washing-tub, they took to washing +Mrs. Riggs' clothes as well as their own. For doing so they were, of +course, paid. +</P> + +<P> +The missionaries who had preceded the Riggs at Lac-qui-parle had not +been very successful, if success be judged by the number of converts +made. The native Church consisted of seven people, but before the +Riggs had been there many months nine were added. Most of these were +women, and it was they, and not the men, who assisted in the building +of the first church at Lac-qui-parle. +</P> + +<P> +When Mr. and Mrs. Riggs had worked for some time with success at +Lac-qui-parle they removed to a new station—Traverse des Sioux. But +four years later the news reached them that since their departure from +Lac-qui-parle there had been a sad falling back into heathenism among +the converts, and they hurried back to their old station. Backsliders +were reclaimed, and the missionary work carried on with increased +energy. +</P> + +<P> +But the missionaries had much to contend with. The Indians were hard +pressed for food, and occasionally shot the mission cattle. Grog shops +had been opened in the neighbourhood, and many of the Sioux bought +drink when they should have purchased provisions. Excited by the +fire-water, the Indians were frequently riotous, and, although they +never assaulted the missionaries, it was clear that they might massacre +them. On one occasion Mrs. Riggs had a very unpleasant experience. +While her husband was away, twenty-six Sioux warriors paraded in front +of mission house and fired their guns in the air. Mrs. Riggs was +naturally somewhat frightened, until she found that they were not bent +on murder and scalping. They had been searching for some Chippewas, +but, having failed to find them, they fired their guns for practice. +</P> + +<P> +Mr. and Mrs. Riggs continued their work with but few interruptions +until 1862, when the Sioux rising occurred. It began in this way. The +Sioux had assembled at Yellow Medicine to receive their annual +allowance from the Government official. While distributing the +allowance the official announced that the Great Father (President +Lincoln) was anxious to make them all very happy, and would therefore +give them, very shortly, a bonus. The Indians, having recently +suffered greatly from want of provisions, were delighted at the +prospect of an additional grant, and waited in the vicinity of the +agency for its arrival. When it arrived the Sioux found to their +dismay that it was a paltry gift of $2.50 a man. Their disgust and +anger were increased by the knowledge that during the time they had +been waiting for this insignificant present they could have earned from +$50 to $100 by hunting. Unintentionally, a Government servant added +fuel to the fire, and the Sioux, maddened, began their terrible +massacre of the scattered settlers. +</P> + +<P> +The news of the rising was carried quickly to the Riggs by friendly +Indians, who urged them to hurry away as quickly as possible to a place +of safety. But the missionaries were not disposed to consider the +rising serious. The seizure of their horses and cows, and various +other unfriendly actions performed by the people among whom they had +lived for many years, soon, however, convinced them that it would be +wise to depart. So gathering together a few belongings the little band +of missionaries, some carrying children, crept away by night to an +island in the Minnesota River. But on the following day the friendly +Indians sent word to them that they were not safe on the island, and +urged further flight. +</P> + +<P> +Acting on this advice, the Christians waded the river and started on a +tramp to the Hawk River, and on the way met other settlers, hurrying +like themselves, to escape from the infuriated Sioux. Joining forces +they proceeded on their journey, the women and children riding in two +open carts, and soon met a wounded man, whom they tenderly lifted into +one of the wagons. He was the sole survivor of a band of settlers +which had been attacked by the Sioux. +</P> + +<P> +Keeping a sharp look-out for the Indians, the fugitives continued their +journey across the prairie. On the second night the rain fell heavily, +and as the women and children could obtain no shelter in the open carts +they crept under them. Wet and shivering, the fugitives found, when +daylight came, that they had scarcely any food. Wood was collected, a +fire built, and one of the animals killed and roasted. +</P> + +<P> +A day later they were espied by an Indian, who fortunately proved to be +friendly. He advised the fugitives to hurry to Fort Ridgely, and +assured them that all the whites, with the exception of themselves, who +had not taken shelter in the fort had been killed. Acting on his +advice, they proceeded in the direction of the fort, but travelled very +cautiously, for there were signs that Indians were in the neighbourhood. +</P> + +<P> +One of the fugitives crept into the fort, but the news he brought back +to his comrades in distress was not cheering; the fort was already +overcrowded with women and children, and there was a very small force +of soldiers to defend it. For five days they had been continually +attacked by the enemy, and unless reinforcements arrived quickly the +fort would probably be captured. +</P> + +<P> +The Riggs and their fellow fugitives decided, therefore, to hurry on to +some other place, fully aware of the danger they were running in +travelling through a neighbourhood which abounded with the +scalp-seeking Indians. One of Mary Riggs' daughters wrote of this +period in their flight: 'Every voice was hushed, except to give +necessary orders; every eye swept the hills and valleys around; every +ear was intensely strained for the faintest sound, expecting +momentarily to hear the unearthly war-whoop, and see dusky forms with +gleaming tomahawks uplifted.' +</P> + +<A NAME="img-130"></A> +<CENTER> +<IMG CLASS="imgcenter" SRC="images/img-130.jpg" ALT="EVERY EAR WAS STRAINED ... EXPECTING MOMENTARILY TO HEAR THE UNEARTHLY WAR-HOOP." BORDER="2" WIDTH="365" HEIGHT="596"> +<H4 CLASS="h4center" STYLE="width: 440px"> +EVERY EAR WAS STRAINED ... EXPECTING MOMENTARILY TO HEAR THE UNEARTHLY WAR-HOOP. +</H4> +</CENTER> + +<P> +Hour after hour the tired and footsore fugitives trudged on without +being discovered. Then four of their number, believing the danger was +passed, bade adieu to the remainder of the party and proceeded in a +different direction; but before they had gone far they were killed by +the Indians. The Riggs and their party heard the fatal shots, but the +tragedy was hidden from their sight by the bush. Fortunately, the +proximity of the larger party of fugitives was not discovered by the +Sioux; and at last, after a long, weary journey, the Riggs and their +friends arrived at the town of Henderson, where their appearance +occasioned considerable surprise, as their names had been included in +the list of massacred. +</P> + +<P> +Over a thousand settlers were killed during the rising, and there were +many people who escaped death, but never recovered completely from the +horrors of that terrible time. Mary Riggs returned with her husband to +the work among the Sioux; but her health grew slowly worse, and when, +in March, 1869, an ordinary cold developed into pneumonia she had not +the strength to battle against it. She died on March 22, 1869, in +Beloit, Wisconsin, worn out with her thirty-two years' work in the +mission-field. +</P> + +<BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap0207fn1"></A> +<P CLASS="footnote"> +[<A HREF="#chap0207fn1text">1</A>] <I>Mary and I; Forty Years with the Sioux</I>. By Stephen R. Riggs. +Philadelphia, 1887. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap0301"></A> + +<H2 ALIGN="center"> +III +</H2> + +<H2 ALIGN="center"> +BRAVE DEEDS OF WOMEN IN WAR-TIME +</H2> + +<BR><BR> + +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +MARY SEACOLE, THE SOLDIERS' FRIEND +</H3> + +<P> +Florence Nightingales's noble work among the sick and wounded in the +Crimean War is known to everyone; but very few people are aware that +there was another woman, working apart from Miss Nightingale, who +performed deeds of bravery and humanity in the same campaign which +entitle her to a high place in any list of brave and good women. Sir +William Russell, the famous war correspondent of the <I>Times</I>, wrote, in +1858, of Mary Seacole: 'I have witnessed her devotion and her courage; +I have already borne testimony to her services to all who needed them. +She is the first who has redeemed the name of 'sutler' from the +suspicion of worthlessness, mercenary business and plunder; and I trust +that England will not forget one who nursed her sick, who sought out +her wounded to aid and succour them, and who performed the last offices +for some other illustrious dead.' England seems to have forgotten her, +but it is hoped that this account of her life may help to remove the +reproach. +</P> + +<P> +Mary Seacole was born at Kingston, Jamaica, her father being a +Scotchman and her mother a native. The latter kept a boarding-house +which was patronised chiefly by naval and military officers stationed +at Kingston, but she was also widely known in the West Indies as a +"doctoress." Officers, their wives and children were her chief +patients, and she is reputed to have healed many troublesome complaints +with medicines made from the plants which she herself gathered. Mary +inherited her mother's tastes, and when quite a child decided to become +a "doctoress." She bandaged her dolls in the way she had seen her +mother bandage patients, and on growing older she doctored any stray +dogs and cats who could be prevailed upon to swallow the medicine she +had made. After a time she became anxious to try her skill upon human +beings, but as no one would consent to take her medicine, she drank it +herself, happily without any serious effects. +</P> + +<P> +When Mary Seacole (as she afterwards became) was about twelve years of +age her mother began to allow her to assist in waiting upon the invalid +officers staying at the boarding-house, and whilst thus engaged she was +able to obtain a knowledge of nursing which was of the greatest value +in after years. While still a girl she paid a visit to England, and +remained there, with some relatives, for some months. She visited +England again a few years later, and saw that there was a good opening +in London for West Indian commodities. Therefore, on her return, she +exported guava jelly, pickles and various preserves, and being anxious +to add to the variety of her wares, she visited the Bahamas, Hayti and +Cuba, to inspect the productions of those places. +</P> + +<P> +On returning from her travels among the islands she settled down again +to nurse her mother's invalid boarders, and before long married one of +them, a Mr. Seacole. Her married life was, however, short for Mr. +Seacole died a few months after the wedding. A little later her mother +passed away, and Mary Seacole was left without relatives in Jamaica. +She continued to manage the boarding-house; but her generosity to the +poor was so unlimited that when she had a bad season she was without +money to support herself. However, she struggled on until her +boarding-house was once more filled with well-paying invalids. But in +1843 she had a very serious loss; her house was burnt in a fire which +destroyed a large portion of Kingston. The boarding-house was, +however, rebuilt, and prosperity returned. Many a white man asked her +to become his wife, but she refused every offer, and devoted all her +spare time to the task of adding to her store of medical knowledge. +Several naval and military surgeons, surprised to find that her +knowledge of medical matters was, for a woman, great, assisted her with +her studies. +</P> + +<P> +In 1850 cholera broke out in Jamaica, and raged for a greater portion +of the year, and a doctor who was living at Mary Seacole's house gave +her many valuable hints concerning the treatment of cholera cases. +Before long the knowledge thus obtained proved to be the means of +saving many lives. +</P> + +<P> +Shortly after the cholera had ceased to rage in Jamaica Mary Seacole +proceeded on a visit to her brother, who owned a large, prosperous +store at Cruces in California. On arriving there, she found the place +crowded with a mixed mob of gold-diggers and speculators, some +proceeding to the gold-fields, others returning. The men returning +were drinking, gambling and "treating" those who were bound for the +gold-fields. It was a degrading sight, and Mary Seacole wished that +she had not left Jamaica. There was nowhere for her to sleep, wash or +change her travel-stained clothes, for every room in her brother's +house was engaged by the homeward-bound gold-diggers. Until they +departed she had to manage to exist without a bed. +</P> + +<P> +These parties of miners arrived at Cruces weekly, and the scenes of +dissipation were the same on each occasion. +</P> + +<P> +Quarrels which ended in the death of one of the combatants were +frequent and little noticed, but the very sudden death of a Spaniard +who resided at Cruces caused great excitement. He had dined with Mary +Seacole's brother, and on returning home was taken ill and suddenly +died. Suspicion fell upon Mary Seacole's brother, and it was said +openly that he had poisoned the man. Mary Seacole, indignant at the +accusation brought against her brother, went to see the body, and knew +at once that the man had died from cholera. No one believed her, but +the following morning a friend of the dead man was taken ill with the +same disorder, and the people who had scoffed at her became +terror-stricken. +</P> + +<P> +There was no doctor at Cruces, and Mary Seacole set herself to battle +single-handed with the plague. Fortunately, she never travelled +without her medicine-chest, and taking from it the remedies which had +been used in Jamaica with great success she hurried to the sick man's +bedside, and by her promptitude was able, under God, to save his life. +Two more men were stricken down and successfully treated, and Mary +Seacole was beginning to hope that the plague would not spread, when a +score of cases broke out in one day. The people were now helpless from +terror, and Mary Seacole was the only person who did not lose her +presence of mind. Day and night she was attending patients, and for +days she never had more than a hour's rest at a time. Whenever a +person was stricken, the demand was for 'the yellow woman from +Jamaica,' and it was never made in vain. +</P> + +<P> +When the cholera had been raging for some days, Mary Seacole despatched +a messenger to bring a medical man to the place; but the Spaniard who +arrived in response to the summons was horror-stricken at the terrible +scenes, and incapable of rendering any assistance. Mary Seacole was +compelled, therefore, to continue her noble work unaided. +</P> + +<P> +One evening she had just settled down to a brief rest when a mule-owner +came and implored her to come at once to his kraal, as several of his +men had been attacked with cholera. Now Mary Seacole had been visiting +patients throughout the day and the previous night, but without the +slightest hesitation she went out into the rain and made her way to the +sick muleteers, whom she found in a veritable plague-spot. Men and +mules were all in one room, and the stench was so great that a feeling +of sickness came over her as she stood at the door. But with an effort +she overcame the feeling, and entering flung open the windows, doors +and shutters. Then, as the much-needed fresh air poured in, she looked +around. +</P> + +<P> +Two men she saw at once were dying, but there were others whom she +thought there was a possibility of saving, and these she attended to at +once. For many hours she remained in this strangely crowded room, and +when she did quit it she only went away for an hour's sleep. On her +return to the plague-spot she found fresh patients awaiting her, one, a +little baby, who in spite of her efforts died. Everything was against +Mary Seacole in this pestilential stable, but nevertheless she was the +means of saving some lives. +</P> + +<P> +At length, when the plague was dying out, the brave woman who had so +nobly fought the disease was herself stricken with it, but happily for +the British army she recovered. +</P> + +<P> +Throughout the plague Mary Seacole had treated rich and poor alike. +The centless man and the down-trodden muleteer received as much +attention from her as the wealthy diggers returning home with their +bags of gold dust. The latter paid her liberally for having tended +them, but the majority of her patients had nothing but thanks to give +her. Possibly she appreciated the latter most, for some of her rich +patients seemed to think that having rewarded her they had wiped out +the debt of gratitude. +</P> + +<P> +On June 4 some of her wealthy patients gave a dinner party, and invited +Mary Seacole to be present. One speaker proposed her health, and after +referring to her having saved their lives continued in the following +strain: 'Well, gentlemen, I expect there are only two things we are +vexed for. The first is that she ain't one of us—a citizen of the +great United States; and the other thing is, gentlemen, that Providence +made her a yellow woman. I calculate, gentlemen, that you're all as +vexed as I am that she's not wholly white, but I do reckon on your +rejoicing with me that she's so many shades removed from being entirely +black; and I guess if we could bleach her by any means we would, and +thus make her as acceptable in any company as she deserves to be. +Gentlemen, I give you Aunty Seacole.' +</P> + +<P> +Mary Seacole's reply to this ill-mannered speech was as follows: +'Gentlemen, I return you my best thanks for your kindness in drinking +my health. As for what I have done in Cruces, Providence evidently +made me to be useful, and I can't help it. But I must say that I don't +appreciate your friend's kind wishes with respect to my complexion. If +it had been as dark as any nigger's, I should have been just as happy +and as useful, and as much respected by those whose respect I value; +and as to the offer of bleaching me, I should, even if it were +practicable, decline it without any thanks. As to the society which +the process might gain me admission into, all I can say is, that, +judging from the specimens I have met here and elsewhere, I don't think +that I shall lose much by being excluded from it. So, gentlemen, I +drink to you, and the general reformation of American manners.' +</P> + +<P> +In 1853 Mary Seacole returned to Jamaica, and before she had been there +many weeks yellow fever broke out. It was the worst outbreak that had +occurred for many years, and soon Mary Seacole's boarding-house was +full of patients, chiefly officers, their wives and children. In +nursing her boarders, and procuring proper food for them, Mary Seacole +had more work than most women would care to undertake; but when the +military authorities asked her to organise a start of nurses to attend +to the men in Up-Park Camp, Kingston, she set to work on this +additional task, and, carrying it out with her customary thoroughness, +rendered a great service to the army. +</P> + +<P> +After the yellow fever had subsided Mary Seacole sold her +boarding-house, and opened a store in New Granada, where she speedily +obtained popularity because of her medical skill. On war being +declared against Russia, she determined to go to the Crimea to nurse +the sick and wounded, and started for London as quickly as possible, +arriving there soon after the news of the battle of Alma had been +received. She had anticipated no difficulty in getting sent to the +front, as there were many officers who could testify to her nursing +abilities; but she found on arriving in London that every regiment to +whom she was known had been sent to the Crimea. However, as the news +of the sufferings of our men at the front had reached London, and the +necessity of nurses being sent out was recognised, she imagined that +her services would be promptly accepted. +</P> + +<P> +Soon she found, greatly to her sorrow, that the colour of her skin was +considered, in official circles, a barrier to her employment. She +applied in turn at the War Office, the Quartermaster General's +Department, the Medical Department, and the Crimea Fund, but at each +place some polite excuse was made for declining her services. It was +indeed a foolish act on the part of the officials. Nurses were sorely +needed, and here was Mary Seacole, who had far greater experience of +nursing British soldiers than any woman living, refused employment. +She declared in her little book of adventures,[<A NAME="chap0301fn1text"></A><A HREF="#chap0301fn1">1</A>] published soon after +the war ended, that at her last rebuff she cried as she walked along +the street. +</P> + +<P> +But Mary Seacole's determination to proceed to the Crimea was not +shaken by her inability to prevail upon the authorities to accept her +services, and after consideration she decided to go to the front at her +own expense. She had sufficient money to pay her passage to Balaclava, +and to support her for some months after her arrival, but not enough to +enable her also to supply herself with the medical outfit necessary for +work at the seat of war. The only way in which she could hope to be in +a position to help the sick and wounded was by earning money in the +Crimea, and therefore she decided to start an hotel at Balaclava for +invalid officers. By the next mail she sent out to the officers who +had known her at Jamaica a notice that she would shortly arrive at +Balaclava, and establish an hotel with comfortable quarters for sick +and convalescent officers. +</P> + +<P> +While Mary Seacole was making preparations for her departure she met a +shipper named Day, who, hearing of her plans, offered to enter into +partnership with her in the proposed hotel. This offer she accepted, +as with a partner she would be able to devote more time to the wounded. +</P> + +<P> +At Malta Mary Seacole found herself once more among people who knew and +appreciated her. Some medical officers who had been stationed at +Kingston were among those who welcomed her, and believing that Florence +Nightingale would be glad of her help, gave her a letter of +introduction to that noble Englishwoman. Having made arrangements for +her work in the Crimea, Mary Seacole had now no desire to become +attached to any nursing staff, but she accepted the letter of +introduction, as she was anxious to make the acquaintance of Florence +Nightingale, who was then at the barracks at Scutari, a suburb of +Constantinople, which were being used as a hospital for British troops. +</P> + +<P> +When Mary Seacole arrived at Scutari, Florence Nightingale was too busy +to grant her an interview immediately, so she spent the period of +waiting in inspecting the wards. As she passed along, many of the +invalid soldiers recognised her and called to her. Some of them she +had nursed in Jamaica, and the sight of her kindly brown face filled +them with recollections of happy days in the West Indies. To every man +who recognised her she said a few cheering words, and in several cases +rearranged bandages which had slipped. While thus engaged, an officer +entered the ward, and was about to reprimand her, when he saw, much to +his surprise, that she was as skilful as any doctor or nurse in the +hospital. When she had finished her self-imposed task, he thanked her +for her thoughtful kindness. +</P> + +<P> +At last Mary Seacole saw Florence Nightingale, whom she describes in +these words: 'A slight figure, in the nurse's dress, with a pale, +gentle, and withal firm face, resting lightly on the palm of one white +hand, while the other supports the elbow—a position which gives to her +countenance a keen, enquiring expression which is very marked. +Standing thus in repose, and yet keenly observant, was Florence +Nightingale—that Englishwoman whose name shall never die, but sound +like music on the lips of British men until the hour of doom.' +</P> + +<P> +Naturally Florence Nightingale was interested in the woman who came to +her warmly recommended by British medical officers, and made many +enquiries concerning her intentions. On the following morning Mary +Seacole resumed her journey, but these two good women met several times +before the war was ended. +</P> + +<P> +On arriving at Balaclava Mary Seacole received hearty welcome from the +troops. Men who had been stationed in Jamaica told their comrades of +her bravery and kindness, and everyone hailed her as a great friend. +Many officers, including a general and that gallant Christian, Captain +Hedley Vicars, met her as she landed, and expressed their thanks to her +for coming to the Crimea. +</P> + +<P> +Mary Seacole was soon at work among the wounded, assisting the doctors +to transfer them from the ambulances to the transports. While engaged +in this work, on the day after her arrival, she noticed a wounded man +who was evidently in great pain, and saw at once that his bandages were +stiff, and hurting him. Having rearranged them she gave the poor +fellow some tea, and as she placed it to his lips his hand touched +hers. 'Ha!' he exclaimed, too weak even to open his eyes, 'this is +surely a woman's hand. God bless you, woman, whoever you are! God +bless you!' +</P> + +<P> +A few days later, as she was busy at her usual work of attending to the +sick and wounded, the Admiral of the Port placed his hand on her +shoulder, and said earnestly, 'I am glad to see you here among these +poor fellows.' A day or two before—when she had made some enquiries +concerning the landing of her stores—this admiral had declared +brusquely that they did not want a parcel of women in the place. When +at last Mary Seacole's stores were put ashore, she started business in +a rough little hut, made of tarpaulin, on which was displayed the name +of the firm—Seacole and Day. The soldiers, however, considered that +as Mary Seacole's skin was dark, a better name for the firm was Day and +Martin, and as such it was generally known. +</P> + +<P> +Towards the end of the summer, Seacole and Day's British Hotel was +opened at Spring Hill. It had cost £800 to build, and was an excellent +place for sick officers to rest. Adjoining the hotel, and belonging to +the same proprietors, was a store at which could be purchased creature +comforts and useful articles. At first the store was opened every day +of the week. Mary Seacole had a strong dislike to opening it on +Sunday, but the requirements of the soldiers made it almost a +necessity. After a time, when the most pressing needs of the men had +been met, she gave notice that the store would be closed on Sundays, +and this rule she refused to alter, in spite of being constantly urged +to do so. +</P> + +<P> +Many officers, instead of going into hospital when ill, became boarders +at Mary Seacole's, and among these was a naval lieutenant who was a +cousin of Queen Victoria. These officers she doctored and nursed with +her customary skill, and for every vacancy in her hotel there were +half-a-dozen applicants. +</P> + +<P> +One day it became known in camp, that among the things which Mary +Seacole had received from a recently arrived ship was a young pig, +which she intended to fatten and kill. Immediately she was overwhelmed +with orders for a leg of pork, and if the pig had possessed a hundred +legs she could have sold every one of them. An officer to whom she did +eventually promise a leg of pork was so anxious that there should be no +mistake about the matter, that he made the following memorandum of the +transaction:—'That Mrs. Seacole did this day, in the presence of Major +A— and Lieutenant W—, promise Captain H—, a leg of <I>the</I> pig.' +</P> + +<P> +Every portion of the pig was sold long before the animal was fit to be +killed, and then the purchasers began to fear that it would be stolen. +Everybody took an interest in tins pig, and it was considered the +correct thing for every soldier who passed the sty to assure himself +that the animal was still there. One day two officers, coming off +duty, galloped up to the hotel and shouted excitedly, 'Mrs. Seacole! +Quick, quick, the pig's gone!' It was not a false alarm; the pig had +been stolen. As, however, the nest in the sty was warm, it was evident +that the pig had only recently been taken, and a party of officers +started in pursuit of the thieves, shouting laughingly as they rode +off, 'Stole away! Hark away!' The thieves, two Greeks, were quickly +overtaken, and the precious pig was brought back in triumph to Mary +Seacole. +</P> + +<P> +It must not be thought that Mary Seacole devoted herself entirely to +the officers, for her best work was done among the privates on the +battlefield. Sir William Russell bore testimony to her courage and +humanity. 'I have seen her,' he wrote, 'go down under fire, with her +little store of creature comforts for our wounded men; and a more +tender or skilful hand about a wound or broken limb could not be found +among our best surgeons. I saw her at the assault on the Redan, at the +Tchernaya, at the fall of Sebastopol, laden, not with plunder, good old +soul! but with wine, bandages, and food for the wounded or the +prisoners.' +</P> + +<P> +The Inspector-General of Hospitals praised her work, and the +Adjutant-General of the British Army wrote on July 1, 1856:—'Mrs. +Seacole was with the British Army in the Crimea from February, 1855, to +this time. This excellent woman has frequently exerted herself in the +most praiseworthy manner in attending wounded men, even in positions of +great danger, and in assisting sick soldiers by all means in her power.' +</P> + +<P> +From officers who could afford to pay for her medicine or wine she +accepted payment, but a man's need, and not his ability to pay, was her +first thought. On the battle-field she gave strengthening food to +wounded privates which she could easily have sold, at a large profit, +to the officers. +</P> + +<P> +Regardless of the danger she was running—she had many narrow escapes +from shot and shell—she bandaged the wounded, administered +restoratives to the unconscious, and prayed with the dying. Scores of +dying men gave her messages for their loved ones at home, and these she +despatched as speedily as possible. She saw many an old friend laid to +his last rest, and among these was Hedley Vicars, with whom she had +been associated in much good work in Jamaica. +</P> + +<P> +Mary Seacole was known to have a very poor opinion of our French ally, +but a wounded Frenchman received as much attention from her as an +Englishman. The enemy, too, had good cause to bless her, for many a +wounded Russian would have died on the battle-field but for her skilful +and prompt aid. One Russian officer, whose wounds she bandaged and +whom she helped to lift into the ambulance, was greatly distressed at +being unable to express his thanks in a language which she understood. +Taking a valuable ring from his finger, he placed it in her hand, +kissing her hand as he did so, and smiled his thanks. +</P> + +<P> +Mary Seacole continued her noble work until the war ended. But her +generosity to the sick and wounded had been a great strain upon her +finances, as the whole of her share of the profits in the firm of +Seacole and Day, and much of her capital, had been spent on her +charitable work. And, to make matters worse, when the British troops +had departed from the Crimea, the firm had to dispose of its stock at +one-tenth of the cost price. Proceeding to England, Seacole and Day +started business at Aldershot, but after a few months the partnership +was dissolved, and Mary Seacole found herself almost penniless. But as +soon as her unfortunate position became known, friends hastened to +assist her. <I>Punch</I> recorded some of her good deeds in verse, and made +a humorous appeal on her behalf. +</P> + +<P> +The red-coats did, at <I>Punch's</I> invitation, 'lend a willing hand;' for, +although all ranks were sorry to hear of Mary Seacole's misfortune, +they were glad to have an opportunity to prove to her that they had not +forgotten her noble work in the Crimea. Subscriptions to the fund that +was started for her benefit poured in, and a sufficient sum was +received to enable her to spend the regaining years of her life in +comfort. +</P> + +<BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap0301fn1"></A> +<P CLASS="footnote"> +[<A HREF="#chap0301fn1text">1</A>] <I>The Wonderful Adventures of Mary Seacole</I>. Edited by W. J. S. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap0302"></A> + +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +LAURA SECORD, A CANADIAN HEROINE +</H3> + +<P> +Many years ago, when His Majesty King Edward VII. was in Canada, he +paid a visit to Mrs. Laura Secord, a very old and revered Canadian +lady. The news of the visit of the Prince of Wales (for such, of +course, His Majesty then was), and the present which he afterwards +bestowed upon her, was heard with pleasure throughout Canada, for Laura +Secord is a heroine of whom the Canadians are justly very proud. +</P> + +<P> +The brave deed for which she is famed is here told: +</P> + +<P> +On June 18, 1812, the United States of America declared war against +Great Britain. The conquest of Canada was the object President Madison +had in view, and he was confident that he would achieve it with little +difficulty. Truly he had good reasons for his confidence. In the +whole of Canada there were less than 4500 regular troops, and it was +known that Napoleon's activity in Europe would prevent the British +Government from sending out reinforcements. +</P> + +<P> +Naturally, the news that America had declared war filled the Canadians +with dismay; but this feeling was quickly succeeded by a determination +to repel the invaders, or die in the attempt. The call to arms was +sounded throughout the country, and an army composed of farmers, +fur-traders, clerks, artisans, French Canadians, Red Indians, and negro +slaves was soon formed. +</P> + +<P> +Among the white men who volunteered was James Secord, who had married +Laura Ingersoll, the daughter of a sturdy loyalist who quitted the +United States, after the War of Independence, to live under the British +flag in Canada. Mr. and Mrs. Secord were living at Queenston, on the +banks of the Niagara River, when the war broke out, and it was at +Queenston that a fierce battle was fought, four months later. +</P> + +<P> +About two o'clock in the morning of October 13 the British discovered +that the Americans had crossed the river under cover of darkness, and +that some were already scaling the cliffs at various points. A fierce +fire was opened upon the invaders on the beach, who concealed +themselves behind the rocks and fired whenever they saw an opportunity. +The American losses were great, and it appeared as if they would either +have to surrender or be annihilated, when suddenly a volley was poured +into the rear of the British. +</P> + +<P> +Unseen by the defenders, a body of Americans had scaled the cliffs, and +taken up a strong position above the British, who were now between two +fires. The British general—Brock—was mortally wounded, and for a few +moments his men stood aghast. Then the cry, 'Avenge Brock!' was +raised, and with a cheer the British force advanced to drive out the +invaders. +</P> + +<P> +A terrible hand-to-hand fight ensued, and slowly but surely the +Americans were driven to the edge of the cliff. Several hundred +surrendered, and many more might have been taken prisoners but for the +fact that the Indians had got beyond control, and refused to give +quarters to their hated foe. Seizing men who were willing to +surrender, they hurled them from the cliff into the water below. +Scores of Americans, fearing the vengeance of the Indians, jumped from +the cliff and were drowned, and many others fought stubbornly until +they reached the brink and fell backwards. A terribly sanguinary fight +had resulted in a victory for the British; but it had been dearly +bought. The British general was dead, and the battle-field was strewn +with the bodies of brave volunteers who had died in defence of their +homes and liberty. +</P> + +<P> +Before the last of the invaders had surrendered or been killed, Laura +Secord was on the battlefield searching for her husband. She found +Captain Secord's men, but he was not with them, and not one of them +knew where he was. In the hand-to-hand fight they had lost sight of +their captain, but they pointed out to the distressed lady the spot +where they had fought. +</P> + +<P> +Hither Laura Secord hurried, and where the dead and dying lay thick she +found her husband terribly wounded. Falling on her knees beside him, +she called him by name, but he gave no sign that he heard her. +Believing him to be dead, she cried bitterly, and taking him up in her +arms carried him to their house. Then as she laid him down she found +to her great joy that he still breathed. +</P> + +<P> +By her tender nursing she saved his life, although his recovery was +very slow. Winter and spring passed, and summer came, and Captain +Secord was still an invalid and unable to walk. It was a great trial +to him to be kept to the house, fur another American force had landed +at Queenston, and occupied the town and neighbourhood. It had been +impossible to remove Captain Secord when the other Canadians retired, +and thus he and his wife were left in the midst of the Americans. But, +as it turned out, it was a happy thing for the British that he was too +ill to be removed. +</P> + +<P> +One day, towards the end of June, some American officers entered the +Secords' house, and commanded Laura to give them food. She did so, and +while waiting on them listened to all they said. Of course she did not +let them see that she was taking an interest in their conversation, and +succeeded in making them believe that she was a very simple and +unintelligent person. Imagining that she would not understand what +they were saying, they began to discuss their general's plans, and +unwittingly revealed to her the fact that a surprise attack was to be +made on the British force. When the officers, having eaten a hearty +meal, departed, Laura Secord repeated to her husband all that they had +said. +</P> + +<P> +Captain Secord was at a loss what to do. The British would have to be +warned of the attack, but who could he get to pass the American pickets +and carry a message through twenty miles of bush? Never before had he +felt so keenly his helpless condition. +</P> + +<P> +But his despair was short-lived, for his wife declared that she would +carry the news to the British general. Quickly she told him her plans, +and although it seemed to him that there was little prospect of her +being able to carry them out, he did not attempt to dissuade her from +the undertaking. +</P> + +<P> +At daybreak the following morning Laura Secord, disguised as a +farm-maid, quitted the house bare-footed and bare-legged, and walked +straight to the cow to milk her. But she had scarcely begun her task +when the cow kicked over the milking pail and ran forward towards the +bush. The American soldiers laughed heartily at the mishap, but +ignoring them Laura Secord picked up her stool and pail and ran after +the cow. Her second attempt to milk her ended in the same way—the cow +kicked over the pail and frisked a few yards nearer to the bush. To +the delight of the soldiers this performance was repeated several +times, and chasing the cow Laura Secord passed the pickets and entered +the bush. The Americans saw her make another and equally unsuccessful +attempt at milking. Soon cow and milk-maid were lost to sight. Again +Laura Secord approached the cow and began to milk her, and this time +the animal stood quietly. +</P> + +<P> +The pinch which Laura Secord had given the cow on the previous +occasions was not repeated, and the milking could soon have been +finished, had the brave woman time to spare. Sitting on her stool, she +peered in the direction whence she came and listened. Convinced that +the soldiers had not had their suspicions aroused, she sprang up and +leaving cow, pail and stool, started on her long journey. +</P> + +<P> +Hour after hour she pressed forward, fearful that at any moment she +might come face to face with the enemy's scouts. Nor was this the only +danger she had to fear. The bush was infested with venomous snakes, +and on several occasions she found one lying in her path. Sometimes +she succeeded in frightening away the reptile, but frequently she was +compelled to make a detour to avoid it. Her feet and legs were torn +and bleeding, but still she plodded on, across hill and dale, through +swamp and stream. +</P> + +<P> +When night came she was still wearily trudging along, but uncertain +whether she was proceeding in the right direction. Again and again she +fell to the ground, and would have lain there, but for the knowledge +that the lives of hundreds of her countrymen would be lost if she did +not reach the British lines quickly. This thought spurred her on. +</P> + +<P> +Exhausted, bleeding and hungry, she continued her journey, praying to +God to give her strength to reach her destination. +</P> + +<P> +Hours passed, and at length she became so exhausted that her hope of +reaching the British grew faint. She felt that if she fell again she +would not have the strength to rise. Then suddenly the air was filled +with the war-whoop of the Red Indians, and a score of the dreaded +savages sprang from their hiding-places and surrounded her. +</P> + +<P> +Indians were fighting for the Americans as well as for the British, and +the atrocities which they perpetrated made the war of 1812 one of the +most bitter, most unchivalrous, that had been waged between civilized +nations for many years. Believing her captors to be allies of the +Americans, Laura Secord felt that her last hour had come, but imagine +her joy when, a few moments later she discovered that they were scouts +of the British force. +</P> + +<P> +Quickly she was carried to the British lines, and at her own request +was taken at once to the officer in command, whom she told of the +impending attack. After praising Laura Secord for her bravery, and +ordering that her wants should be attended to immediately, the officer +proceeded to make use of the information she had brought him; and so +well did he lay his plans, and so quickly were they carried out, that +the Americans, instead of surprising the British, were themselves +surprised, and every man in the force captured. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap0303"></A> + +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +LADY BANKES AND THE SIEGE OF CORFE CASTLE. +</H3> + +<P> +During the Great Rebellion many brave deeds were performed by women. +Royalists and Parliamentarians each had their heroines, and we can +honour them all, irrespective of party, for their devotion to the cause +which they had espoused, and rejoice in the fact that they were British +women. +</P> + +<P> +Lady Bankes was a woman whom Roundheads as well as Cavaliers admitted +to be a noble specimen of an English lady. She was the wife of the +Right Honourable Sir John Bankes, Chief Justice of the Common Pleas and +a member of His Majesty's Privy Council. +</P> + +<P> +When it began to appear that the differences between King Charles and +his Parliament would be settled by arms, Lady Bankes retired with her +children to Corfe Castle, in Dorsetshire. Sir John was on circuit at +the time, but it was soon discovered that he had supplied the king with +money to carry on war against his Parliament, and for this reason he +became a marked man. He was not, however, a Royalist who hoped to keep +his appointment by concealing his opinions from the Roundheads. At the +Salisbury assizes he made his charge to the grand jury an opportunity +for denouncing as guilty of high treason several peers who had taken up +arms against the king. For this Parliament denounced him as a traitor, +and declared his property forfeited. +</P> + +<P> +No attempt was, however, made to seize Corfe Castle until May 1643, +when all the other castles in the neighbourhood having been captured, +it was the only one held by a Royalist. The Parliamentary army was +well aware that Sir John Bankes was not at the castle, and that Lady +Bankes had a very small force of servants to protect her, and +consequently it was, for some time, not considered necessary to capture +it. It was believed that Lady Bankes, shut up in her own castle, was +powerless to harm Cromwell's army. But, eventually, it was decided +that it was unwise not to interfere with a place that was notoriously a +Royalist possession, and it was decided to capture it. +</P> + +<P> +The day fixed for the event was the first of May. On that day it was +the custom of the gentlemen of Corfe Castle to hunt a stag on the +island, and any one who liked to do so might participate in the sport. +The Roundheads decided to attend the hunt, seize the men from the +castle, and then capture the castle itself. But the arrival of an +exceptionally large number of people to attend the hunt aroused the +suspicions of the few Royalists, who quickly withdrew to the castle and +gave instructions that the gates were to be kept shut against anyone +seeking admission. +</P> + +<P> +Having failed to capture the Royalists in the hunting-field, the rebels +came to the castle, and pretending that they were peaceable country +folk, craved permission to be allowed to see the interior. The +permission was refused, and some of the soldiers, angry at the failure +of the plot, forgot the part they were playing, and threatened to +return and gain admission by force. The officers, anxious not to +arouse Lady Bankes's suspicions, loudly reprimanded their men for +making foolish threats, and assured her ladyship that they had no +intention of doing as their men had vowed. +</P> + +<P> +Lady Bankes did not, however, believe the rebel officers, and, +convinced that an attack would shortly be made on the castle, she +prepared to defend it. She had no Royalist troops whatever in the +castle, and her first step, therefore, was to call in a number of men +whom she could rely upon. But no sooner were the men instructed in +their duties than the rebels demanded that the four small guns which +were mounted on the wall should be given up. +</P> + +<P> +Lady Bankes refused to surrender them, and some days later forty seamen +came and demanded them. Now at that hour Lady Bankes had only five men +in the castle, but pretending that she had a large garrison, she +refused the seamen's demand, and caused one of the guns to be fired +over their heads. The report of this gun, which only carried a +three-pound ball, so alarmed the seamen that they fled in dismay. They +must have been very different from the men who sailed under Blake, and +made the Commonwealth's navy world-famed. +</P> + +<P> +No sooner had the timorous seamen fled than Lady Bankes summoned to the +castle all her tenants and friendly neighbours, to assist her to hold +the place until her husband should return. They came in quickly, many +bringing arms, and vowed to fight for her and King Charles; but the +Roundheads, discovering who had entered the castle, went to the homes +of these men, and told their wives that unless their husbands returned +home their houses would be burned to the ground. The frightened wives +thereupon made their way to the castle and implored their husbands to +return. Some of the men did as their wives desired, but others would +not break the promise they had made to the mistress of Corfe Castle. +</P> + +<P> +The enemy now decided to starve out Lady Bankes, and threatened to kill +anyone caught conveying food to the castle. This measure was +effective, for Lady Bankes, being without sufficient food and +ammunition to withstand a siege, agreed to deliver up the guns, on the +condition that she should remain in possession of the castle unmolested. +</P> + +<P> +Lady Bankes had, however, little confidence in the honour of the +attacking party, and felt assured that they would before long, in spite +of their promise, endeavour to take possession of the castle. This was +made evident by the behaviour of the soldiers, who, although they did +not enter the castle, did not hesitate to boast that it belonged to +them, and that they would take possession of it whenever it was +required. But Lady Bankes was determined that it should not, if she +could possibly prevent it, fall into the hands of the enemy. Therefore +she gave instructions that the men appointed to watch the castle should +be supplied liberally with food and drink, with the result that they +neglected to do their duty, and allowed Lady Bankes to smuggle in +sufficient provisions and ammunition to withstand a long siege. +Moreover, Lady Bankes despatched a messenger to Prince Maurice, asking +him to send a force to help her hold the castle against the enemy, and +in reply to her appeal Captain Lawrence and some eighty men arrived +upon the scene. +</P> + +<P> +The Parliamentarians had now become aware of the fact that Lady Bankes +was taking steps to render the castle capable of withstanding a siege, +and they decided to occupy it at once. +</P> + +<P> +On June 23, 1643, Sir Walter Earle arrived before the castle with a +force of about 600 men, and called upon Lady Bankes to surrender, which +she firmly but courteously declined to do. Her refusal greatly +incensed the besiegers, who thereupon took an oath that 'if they found +the defendants obstinate not to yield, they would maintain the siege to +victory, and then deny quarter unto all, killing without mercy men, +women and children.' +</P> + +<P> +The Parliamentarians, possessing several pieces of ordnance, opened +fire on the castle from all quarters, but did comparatively little +damage, and their attempts to carry it by assault were equally +unsuccessful. +</P> + +<P> +When some days had passed, and the attacking forces were no nearer +capturing the castle than when they first arrived, the Earl of Warwick +sent to their assistance 150 sailors, a large supply of ammunition and +numerous scaling-ladders. Possessing these ladders, the Roundheads +anticipated that the castle would soon be in their hands. They divided +their force into two parties, one assaulting the middle ward, which was +defended by Captain Lawrence, and the other, the upper ward, where Lady +Bankes, her daughters, women-servants and five soldiers were the sole +defenders. +</P> + +<P> +As the Parliamentarians fixed their ladders against the castle wall +Lady Bankes and her brave assistants showered down upon them red-hot +stones and flaming wood. The soldiers too, delighted at the bravery of +the mistress of the castle, fought desperately, and not one of the +enemy succeeded in gaining entrance to the castle. +</P> + +<P> +Sir Walter Earle, seeing that he could not carry the castle by assault, +withdrew with a loss of one hundred killed and wounded. He would in +all probability have made another attack, but during the evening the +news reached him that the king's forces were approaching, and overcome +by fear he ordered a retreat, leaving behind muskets, ammunition and +guns, all of which fell into the hands of Lady Bankes and her gallant +garrison. +</P> + +<P> +After this siege, which had lasted for six weeks, Lady Bankes was +allowed to remain for two years in undisturbed possession of the +castle; but she lived in the knowledge that at any time another attempt +to capture it might be made, as it was the only place of any importance +between Exeter and London that remained loyal to the royal cause. +Threats were constantly reaching her from certain members of the +Parliamentary party, and to add to her trials her husband, whom she had +not seen for two years, died at Oxford on December 28, 1644. +</P> + +<P> +In October, 1645, the Parliamentary army decided to make another and +more determined effort to capture Corfe Castle, and a large force was +sent to besiege it. Lady Bankes and her handful of men had now pitted +against them some of the best regiments in the victorious +Parliamentarian army, but they scorned to surrender to them. +</P> + +<P> +It was in January of the following year that a young officer—Colonel +Cromwell—determined to make an effort to rescue Lady Bankes, and +riding with a specially picked troop from Oxford he passed through the +enemy without its being discovered that he was a Royalist until he +arrived at Wareham, the governor of which fired upon the troop. A +fight ensued, but the daring troopers speedily captured the governor +and other leading men, and rode off to Corfe Castle, only, however, to +find that between them and the besieged lay a strong force of the +enemy. They did not hesitate, but prepared instantly for the fight, +and the besieged, cheering them loudly, made ready to sally forth and +assist them. +</P> + +<P> +Afraid of being caught between the two Royalist parties, the besiegers +retired, and Colonel Cromwell rode up in triumph to the castle walls, +and handed over to Lady Bankes, for safe custody, the Governor of +Wareham and other prisoners whom he had taken. +</P> + +<P> +Greatly to Colonel Cromwell's surprise, Lady Bankes declined to avail +herself of the opportunity for escape which he had contrived, declaring +that she would defend the castle as long as she possessed ammunition. +Thinking that he could render the king greater service in the open than +in a besieged castle, Colonel Cromwell rode off with his troop, but +losing his way he and many of his men were captured by the enemy. +Those who evaded capture made their way back to Corfe Castle, and +assisted in its defence. +</P> + +<P> +Days passed without the enemy improving his position in the slightest +degree, and Lady Bankes would have kept the royal flag flying for many +months more, had there not been traitors in the castle. Colonel +Lawrence, who had gallantly assisted in the first defence of Corfe +Castle, was persuaded by the Governor of Wareham to help him to escape, +and to accompany him on his flight. The treachery of Lawrence was a +heavy blow for Lady Bankes, but she did not despair, believing it +impossible that any other of her friends would turn traitor. +Unfortunately she was mistaken. An officer, who had hitherto been +loyal and energetic as Colonel Lawrence, secretly sent word to the +officer commanding the besieging force that if protection were given +him he would deliver up the castle. The proposal was welcomed, and +after much secret correspondence it was settled that fifty men of the +Parliamentarian army should disguise themselves as Royalists, and be +admitted into the castle by the traitor. +</P> + +<P> +This plan succeeded. The men were admitted without arousing any +suspicion, and not until the following morning did the garrison +discover that they had been betrayed. A brief fight ensued, but +resistance was useless, and with a sad heart Lady Bankes surrendered +the castle which she had so nobly defended for nearly three years. +</P> + +<P> +The Parliamentarian officer who accepted the surrender was a humane +man, and took care that his troops should not fulfil their vow to put +to death every man, woman and child found in the castle. After the +place had been plundered, an attempt was made to destroy it, but the +walls were so massive that its destruction was impossible, and to-day +much of it is still standing. +</P> + +<P> +Lady Bankes was not kept prisoner for long, and Oliver Cromwell +ordained that she should not be made to suffer for her loyalty and +bravery. Throughout the Commonwealth the heroine of Corfe Castle lived +peacefully, and did not die until Charles II. had been upon the throne +nearly a year. She died on April 11, 1661, and in Ruislip Church, +Middlesex, there is a monument, erected to her memory by her son, Sir +Ralph Bankes, on which is inscribed a record of her brave defence. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap0304"></A> + +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +LADY HARRIET ACLAND. +</H3> + +<H4 ALIGN="center"> +A HEROINE OF THE AMERICAN WAR. +</H4> + +<P> +It was at the beginning of the year 1776 that Major Acland was ordered +to proceed with his regiment to America, to take part in the attempt to +quell the rising of the colonists. His wife, to whom he had been +married six years, at once asked to be allowed to accompany him, but he +hesitated to give his consent, being doubtful whether she would be able +to bear the hardships of a campaign. +</P> + +<P> +Hitherto her life had been one of comfort. She was the third daughter +of the first Earl of Ilchester, and her training had not been such as +would qualify her for roughing it. Major Acland did not, however, +offer any objections when his wife, fearing that he thought the life +would be too hard for her, declared that she had made up her mind to +accompany him. +</P> + +<P> +Arriving in Canada, she soon found that campaigning was more arduous +than she had imagined. Her husband's regiment was continually on the +march, and she suffered greatly from cold, fatigue and want of proper +food. +</P> + +<P> +When they had been in Canada about a year, Major Acland became +dangerously ill, and his wife, herself in ill-health, was his only +nurse. Although the twenty-seven years of her life had been without +any experience of nursing, she soon became efficient, and before long +had the pleasure of knowing that by her care and attention she had +saved her husband's life. But before Major Acland had fully regained +his strength he was ordered to rejoin his regiment, to take part in the +attack upon Ticonderoga. +</P> + +<P> +So far Lady Harriet had followed her husband from place to place, and +she prepared to accompany him to Ticonderoga; but, knowing that the +fight would be a severe one, he insisted upon her remaining behind. +She obeyed him, but was miserable during his absence, and would have +preferred the greatest hardships to sitting idle, waiting to hear the +result of the battle. It was a hard-fought one, but Ticonderoga was +captured by the British, and the news filled Lady Harriet with joy, for +her husband, who sent her the message, told her that he was unhurt. +The joy was short-lived, however. Two days later Lady Harriet was +informed that on the day following the capture of Ticonderoga her +husband had been dangerously wounded. Reproaching herself for having +been away from him in time of danger, she started off at once to where +he lay, and by careful nursing she again saved his life. +</P> + +<P> +Lady Harriet had decided, during her husband's last illness, to follow +him everywhere, no matter how great the danger; and when she was once +more on the march some of the artillerymen, anxious to make her +self-imposed task lighter, constructed for her a small two-wheeled +carriage. +</P> + +<P> +Major Acland commanded the grenadiers, whose duty it was to be at the +most advanced post of the army, and consequently Lady Harriet was +always in danger of being killed or captured. She, like the officers, +lay down in her clothes, so that she might be ready at any moment to +advance. One night the tent in which she and her husband were sleeping +caught fire, and had it not been for the prompt and gallant conduct of +an orderly-sergeant, who at great personal risk dragged them out, they +would have been suffocated or burnt to death. As it was, Major Acland +was severely burnt, and all their personal belongings were lost. +</P> + +<P> +Instead of being disheartened by the hardships and mishaps which fell +to her lot, Lady Harriet became more cheerful as time went on; but +another severe trial was in store for her. Major Acland informed her +that as they would in all probability engage the enemy in a day or two, +she would have to remain in the care of the baggage guard, which was +unlikely to be exposed to danger. Lady Harriet protested, being +anxious to accompany her husband into battle, but she was compelled to +do as the major desired. Here among the baggage she had for companions +two other ladies, wives of officers. +</P> + +<P> +When the action began Lady Harriet was seated in a small hut which she +had found unoccupied, and here she remained listening to the artillery +and musketry fire, and praying that her husband might come out of the +fight uninjured. Soon, however, she had to vacate the hut, for the +surgeons told her that they required it, as the fight was fierce, and +the men were falling fast. Unwittingly the surgeons had alarmed her. +If men were falling fast there was little chance of her husband, whose +place was in the front line of attack, escaping injury. +</P> + +<P> +For four hours the battle raged fiercely, but Lady Harriet could obtain +no news other husband. He was not among the wounded or dead who had +been brought to the rear, but she feared that at any moment she might +see him lying white and still on a stretcher. The two ladies who +waited with her were equally anxious for news from the front, and for +them it came soon, and cruelly. The husband of one was brought back +mortally wounded, and a little later the other was told that her +husband had been shot dead. +</P> + +<P> +The battle ceased, and the last of the wounded was brought to the +surgeons, but still Lady Harriet was without news of Major Acland, and +it was not until many hours later that she heard he was still alive. +Her joy was tempered by the knowledge that the fighting would be +renewed before many days had elapsed. +</P> + +<P> +At last, on October 7, 1777, the second battle of Saratoga was fought. +Lady Harriet was once again doomed to listen to the sound of cannon and +musketry, and to see a sad procession of wounded moving to the rear. +As time passed without any news of her husband reaching her, she began +to hope that he would pass through the battle uninjured; but this was +not to be. Soon the news came that the British, under General +Burgoyne, had been defeated, and that Major Acland, seriously wounded, +had been taken prisoner. +</P> + +<P> +For a time Lady Harriet was overcome with grief, but growing calmer she +determined to make an attempt to join her husband in the American camp +and nurse him there. 'When the army was upon the point of moving after +the halt described,' General Burgoyne wrote in his account of the +campaign, 'I received a message from Lady Harriet, submitting to my +decision a proposal (and expressing an earnest solicitude to execute +it, if not interfering with my designs) of passing to the camp of the +enemy, and requesting General Gates's permission to attend her husband. +Though I was ready to believe (for I had experienced) that patience and +fortitude in a supreme degree were to be found, as well as every other +virtue, under the most tender forms, I was astonished at this proposal. +After so long an agitation of the spirits, exhausted not only for want +of rest, but absolutely want of food, drenched in rains for twelve +hours together, that a woman should be capable such an undertaking as +delivering herself to the enemy, probably in the night, and uncertain +of what hands she might first fall into, appeared an effort above human +nature. The assistance I was enabled to give was small indeed; I had +not even a cup of wine to offer her; but I was told she had found, from +some kind and fortunate hand, a little rum and dirty water. All I +could furnish to her was an open boat and a few lines, written upon +dirty and wet paper, to General Gates, recommending her to his +protection.' +</P> + +<P> +Accompanied by an army chaplain and two servants, Lady Harriet +proceeded up the Hudson River in an open boat to the enemy's outposts; +but the American sentry, fearing treachery, refused to allow her to +land, and ignoring the white handkerchief which she held aloft, +threatened to shoot anyone in the boat who ventured to move. For eight +hours, unprotected from the night air, Lady Harriet sat shivering in +the boat, but at daybreak she prevailed upon the sentry to have her +letter delivered to General Gates. The American general readily gave +permission for her to join her husband, who, she found, had been shot +through both legs, in addition to having received several minor wounds. +His condition was serious, but Lady Harriet succeeded in nursing him +into comparatively good health. +</P> + +<P> +When Major Acland was sufficiently recovered to be able to travel he +returned with his wife to England, where the story of Lady Harriet's +bravery and devotion was already well-known. A portrait of her, in +which she is depicted standing in the boat holding aloft a white +handkerchief, was exhibited in the Royal Academy and engraved. Sir +Joshua Reynolds also painted a portrait of her. +</P> + +<P> +Lady Harriet, 'the heroine of the American War,' lived, admired and +respected, for thirty-seven years after her husband's death, dying +deeply mourned at Tatton, Somersetshire, on July 21, 1815. +</P> + +<P> +'Let such as are affected by these circumstances of alarm, hardship and +danger, recollect,' General Burgoyne wrote, 'that the subject of them +was a woman, of the most tender and delicate frame, of the gentlest +manners, habituated to all the soft elegances and refined enjoyments +that attend high birth and fortune. Her mind alone was formed for such +trials.' But in very many cases heroines have been women from whom few +would have expected heroism. The blustering braggart does not often +prove to be a hero in time of danger, and the gentle, unassuming woman +is the type of which heroines are frequently made. The aristocracy the +middle and the lower classes, have each given us many heroines of this +type. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap0305"></A> + +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +AIMÉE LADOINSKI AND THE RETREAT FROM MOSCOW. +</H3> + +<P> +Napoleon was entering Moscow in triumph. It was night, and the streets +of the Russian capital were deserted, but at a window of one house past +which the victorious troops were marching sat a French lady, eagerly +scanning the faces of the officers. Her husband, Captain Ladoinski, of +the Polish Lancers, was somewhere among the troops, but she failed to +recognise him as he rode by. Soon, however, he was at her house, and +great was the joy of meeting after long separation. +</P> + +<P> +After the first greeting, Aimée Ladoinski noticed that her husband was +wounded, and although he spoke lightly of his wound, it was not a +slight one. Moreover, it had been aggravated by want of attention, for +Napoleon's surgeons did not at this time possess the proper appliances +for dressing wounds. Captain Ladoinski's wound had been dressed with +moss and bandaged with parchment! In a few minutes after making this +discovery Madame Ladoinski had bandaged her husband's wound with lint +and linen. It was a great relief to the warrior, and settling down in +a comfortable chair he proceeded to question his wife as to how she had +fared during his absence, and then to relate his own adventures. +</P> + +<P> +Suddenly, as they sat talking, a fierce red light shone into the room, +which had until then been in darkness, except for the feeble glimmer +from a shaded lamp in the corner. Rising quickly, Madame Ladoinski +went to the window, closely followed by her husband, who uttered an +exclamation of surprise when he saw that a fire was raging in the newly +captured city. +</P> + +<P> +Taking up his lance Captain Ladoinski hurried out, to order his men to +assist in subduing the fire, but at the doorway he was met by a +messenger who made known to him Napoleon's command, that the troops +billeted in that portion of the town were not to leave their quarters. +Surprised at this order, Captain Ladoinski returned to his wife, and +together they watched from their window the rapidly extending fire. +The burning part of the city was at a considerable distance from where +they stood, but it seemed to them that unless prompt measures were +taken it would be impossible to save the city from utter destruction. +Hundreds of soldiers were resting near them who might have been busily +employed in checking the progress of the flames. The truth dawned on +both of them. Napoleon did not see his way to save Moscow from this +new calamity. +</P> + +<P> +Now Aimée Ladoinski had resided for some time in Moscow, and its +streets and palaces were familiar to her, and the thought of their +ruthless destruction to thwart the designs of one man filled her with +shame—shame that he who had caused this act of vandalism was a +Frenchman. +</P> + +<P> +Madame Ladoinski did not admire Napoleon, for she was at heart a +Bourbon, and regarded him as an usurper. The reckless sacrifice of +thousands of his fellow countrymen for his own aggrandisement filled +her with loathing for the man, and she did not conceal her feelings +from her husband, who made no attempt to defend the emperor. It was +not for love of him that Captain Ladoinski had fought under 'the Little +Corporal.' He was a Pole, and it was because Napoleon was fighting the +oppressor of the Polish race—Russia—that he fought for the French. +The Russians had been humbled, and he, a Pole, had marched as one of a +victorious army into their capital. But secretly he wondered if the +condition of much-persecuted Poland would be better under Napoleon than +it was under Russia. His wife candidly declared that it would not be. +Napoleon had promised he would free Poland from the Russian yoke, but +she felt convinced that it would simply be to place the country under +French rule. +</P> + +<P> +'And, wherefore,' she said to her husband, as we read in Watson's +<I>Heroic Women of History</I>, 'should Poland find such solitary grace in +the eyes of Europe's conquerors? Shall all the nations lie prostrate +at his feet, and Poland alone be permitted to stand by his side as an +equal? Be wise, my dear Ladoinski. You confess that the conqueror +lent but a lifeless ear to the war-cry of your country. Be timely +wise; open your eyes, and see that this cold-hearted victor—wrapped in +his own dark and selfish aims—uses the sword of the patriot Pole only, +like that of the prostrate Prussian, to hew the way to his own throne +of universal dominion.... Believe it, this proud man did not enslave +all Europe to become the liberator of Poland. Ah! trust me, that is +but poor freedom which consists only In a change of masters. O +Ladoinski! Ladoinski! give up this mad emprise; return to the bosom of +your family; and when your compatriots arise to assert their rights at +the call of their country, and not at the heartless beck of a stranger +despot, I will buckle the helmet on your brow.' +</P> + +<P> +Captain Ladoinski was inclined to believe that his wife had spoken the +truth when she said that Napoleon would forget the Poles, now that +Russia was crushed. Posing as a disinterested man eager to deliver the +Poles from the hands of their oppressor, Napoleon had gathered round +him a band of brave men, who fought with the determination of men +fighting for their homes and liberty. They had served his purpose, and +he would reward them, not with the freedom he had promised, but with +the intimation that they were now his subjects. It was a terrible +disappointment, but Captain Ladoinski consoled himself with the belief +that French rule would not be so hard to bear as the Russian had been. +</P> + +<P> +The fire spread apace. It was a grand yet terrible scene, the like of +which, it is to be hoped, will never again be witnessed. Soon the heat +became unbearable in the quarter of the city where the Ladoinskis stood +and watched, and sparks and big flaring brands fell in showers. Unless +they departed quickly they would be burned to death. +</P> + +<P> +Captain Ladoinski could not seek safety in flight, for he had been +commanded to remain in his quarters, and the order had not been +cancelled. Assuring his wife that he would soon be at liberty to leave +his post, he urged her to depart with their child and wait for him +outside the city. This she refused to do, declaring that as long as he +remained where he was she would stay with him. And this determination +he could not alter, although he used every persuasion possible to that +end. +</P> + +<P> +On came the flames, crackling, hissing and roaring, and soon the houses +facing the Ladoinskis would be engulfed in them. The captain would not +quit his post without orders, and his wife would not leave him. Death +seemed certain, and they were preparing to meet it, when suddenly an +order came from head-quarters ordering the troops to evacuate the city +with all despatch. Instantly the retreat began, but many men fell in +the scorching, suffocating streets never to rise again. Captain +Ladoinski and his wife and child had many narrow escapes from the fiery +brands which fell hissing into the roads as they hurried on towards the +suburbs, but fortunately they received no injury. +</P> + +<P> +Arriving on high ground, and safe from the fire's onslaught, the +Ladoinskis stood, with thousands of Napoleon's army, gazing at the +destruction of Moscow. The captain, remembering the havoc which the +Russians had wrought by fire and sword in Warsaw, rejoiced to see their +capital in flames; but his wife checked his rejoicing by warning him +that the destruction of Moscow would not bring freedom to Poland. +</P> + +<P> +And now began Napoleon's retreat. Terrible were the sufferings of the +men, but it is only with Madame Ladoinski's trials that we are +concerned. Knowing that after the burning of Moscow it would be +dangerous for any French person to remain in Russia, she, with many +other people of her nationality, accompanied the French army on its +disastrous retreat. She travelled in a baggage-wagon, which at any +rate afforded her and her child some protection from the frost and +snow. To her the journey was not so terrible an undertaking as to some +of her compatriots, for she had the pleasure of being daily with her +husband, after some years of separation. But her pleasure soon +received a rude shock. The Cossacks hung on with tenacity to the +remains of the great French army, swooping down at unexpected times +upon some dispirited, disorganised section, cutting it to pieces, and +recapturing some of the spoil with which the troops were loaded. +</P> + +<P> +Captain Ladoinski was present when one of these attacks was made, and, +while assisting to repel the attackers, received a dangerous wound. A +place was found for him in the baggage-wagon, and there he lay for +days, tenderly nursed by his wife. The road was blocked in many places +with abandoned guns, dead horses, and broken-down wagons, and +travelling was difficult. Some of the wagons had not broken down +accidentally or through hard wear, but had been tampered with by the +drivers. Many a terrible act was perpetrated in baggage-wagons during +the retreat from Moscow. In these wagons, among the spoil taken from +the capital, were placed the wounded, frequently unattended and without +protection. Many of the drivers, anxious to possess some of the spoil +with which their wagons were loaded, weakened the axle, so that it +should collapse. The bedraggled soldiers would march on, and when the +drivers were well in rear of the force they murdered their wounded +passengers and looted the wagons. +</P> + +<P> +One night Madame Ladoinski was awakened by the stoppage of their wagon. +She had heard stories of the murdering of the wounded by wagon-drivers, +but she had not believed them, and after peeping out at the +snow-covered country, and seeing that soldiers and other wagons were +near, she lay down again, and in a few minutes was sleeping soundly—a +sleep from which in all probability she would not have awakened, so +intense was the cold, had not the wagon arrived at Smolensk, a depôt of +the French army, an hour later. Her life was saved by the prompt +attention of a young officer, who glanced into the wagon, and was +surprised to find her lying insensible with her child beside her. +Calling to some brother officers, he jumped into the wagon and poured a +little brandy into Madame Ladoinski's mouth. Then, when she began to +show signs of returning consciousness, he and his companions lifted her +from the wagon to carry her and her boy to a house where they would be +properly warmed, fed and nursed. +</P> + +<P> +On the way some of the officers recognised her as Captain Ladoinski's +wife, and they were naturally surprised to find her in such a sad +condition. 'Where is Ladoinski?' they asked each other; and one +replied that on the previous day he had seen him, wounded, in the wagon +with his wife and child. Some expressed the belief that he had died of +his wounds, but others declared that he must have been murdered by the +wagon-drivers, who, scoundrels though they were, had possessed +sufficient humanity to spare the woman and child. +</P> + +<P> +As in a dream, Madame Ladoinski had heard the conversation of the +officers, and suddenly she grasped the meaning of what they had said. +</P> + +<P> +'My husband! my husband!' she cried, wildly. 'Where is he?' +</P> + +<P> +The officers, distressed at her grief, told her that when the wagon +arrived at Smolensk, she and her boy were the only people in it. Of +her husband they had seen or heard nothing, and the wagon-drivers had +disappeared soon after reaching the city. They endeavoured to cheer +her, however, by assuring her that he was, no doubt, not far away, and +would soon return to her. But she, remembering what they had said when +they believed her to be unconscious, was not calmed by their +well-intentioned words. +</P> + +<P> +Two days passed, and nothing was seen or heard of Captain Ladoinski, +although the officers who had taken an interest in his wife made every +effort to obtain news of him. They were in their own minds convinced +that he was dead, but in order that a searching enquiry might be made, +they obtained for her an interview with two of the most powerful of +Napoleon's officers—the King of Naples and Prince Eugène Beauharnais, +Viceroy of Italy. These officers listened quietly to the story of her +husband's disappearance, and having expressed their sympathy with her, +an aide-de-camp was summoned and ordered to make immediate enquiries +among the wagon-drivers as to the fate of Captain Ladoinski. The +aide-de-camp answered respectfully that he and several of his brother +officers had already closely questioned every wagon-driver they could +find, and that the men had sworn that Captain Ladoinski had died during +the night of cold and of his wounds, and that his body had been thrown +out into the snow. Madame Ladoinski, they declared, was insensible +from cold when her husband died. +</P> + +<P> +Clasping her boy, Madame Ladoinski burst into tears. For a few minutes +she sat sobbing bitterly, but then, in the midst of her grief, she +remembered that she was encroaching on the time of the officers before +her. Controlling her tears as well as she was able, she asked for a +safe-conduct for herself and child. As a Frenchwoman and the widow of +a Polish rebel she would receive, she reminded her hearers, no mercy if +she fell into the hands of the Russians. Her husband had fought for +the French, and she claimed French protection. Instantly the two +marshals declared that she should have the protection she asked, and +Prince Eugène offered her a seat in a wagon that would accompany his +division when it started in the course of a few days. +</P> + +<P> +Madame Ladoinski accepted the offer with gratitude, whereupon the +aide-de-camp was informed that she was to be placed in a baggage-wagon, +and that the drivers were to be told that if their passengers did not +reach the end of the journey in safety they would answer for it with +their lives. On the other hand, if she arrived safely in Poland, and +declared that she and her boy had been well-treated on the way, each +driver would receive five hundred francs. +</P> + +<P> +In a few days Madame Ladoinski was once again in a baggage-wagon; but +Napoleon's 'Grand Army' was now in a terrible condition. Ragged, +starving, dispirited by the constant harassing from the enemy, and the +continuous marching through snow, it made but slow progress. The +gloomy forests through which the miserable army tramped on its way to +attempt the passage of the Beresina were blocked with snow, and so +difficult was it to move the guns that Napoleon ordered that one half +of the baggage-wagons were to be destroyed, so that the horses and oxen +might be utilised for dragging forward the artillery. The wagon in +which Madame Ladoinski rode was one of the number condemned to +destruction, but the men who had been ordered to protect her speedily +found room for her in another vehicle. +</P> + +<P> +A day or two later, when the bedraggled army was nearing the Polish +frontier, Madame Ladoinski was startled from her dejection by hearing +loud joyful shouts, and on enquiring of the driver the reason of the +noise she was told that a reinforcement under Marshal Victor had +unexpectedly arrived. +</P> + +<P> +Soon the reinforcements were passing the wagon, but Madame Ladoinski +possessed neither the energy nor the curiosity to glance out at them. +She could think of nothing but her dead husband and her little orphaned +boy. But suddenly as she sat brooding over her great loss she heard, +'Forward, lancers!' uttered in Polish. Believing that it was her +husband's voice she had heard, she sprang up and looked out at the +troop trotting ahead. But she could not recognise her husband among +the lancers, and she turned to sit down, believing that she was the +victim of a delusion. To her surprise she saw her little son standing, +with a finger uplifted to urge silence, listening eagerly. +</P> + +<P> +'What is it, darling?' she asked. +</P> + +<P> +'Father!' he replied. +</P> + +<P> +Again Madame Ladoinski's spirits rose, but they fell quickly when she +remembered that the Polish Lancers had quitted Smolensk before she and +her boy arrived there. It was madness, therefore, to imagine that her +wounded husband could be with Marshal Victor's army, and she dismissed +the hope from her mind. +</P> + +<P> +Days of terrible suffering for Napoleon's army followed, but eventually +Studzianka, on the left bank of the Beresina, was reached, and the +soldiers hoped that once in Poland their trials would diminish. Madame +Ladoinski, her spirits reviving at the prospect of soon being in her +husband's native land, lay listening to the noise of the men busily +engaged in building the bridges over which the French army was to pass. +Suddenly there was a tremendous uproar; shouts of joy, cries of +triumph. Looking out Madame Ladoinski saw at once the cause of the +excitement—the enemy who had been encamped on the opposite bank of the +river was in full retreat. The fierce battle which she had dreaded, in +case her boy might be injured, would not be fought. Falling on her +knees in the wagon, she thanked God for averting the danger she feared. +</P> + +<P> +Now that the Russians were gone, the cavalry swam their horses across +the river, and took up a position that would protect the crossing of +the foot soldiers. The bridges were completed at last, and quickly the +ragged regiments hurried over them. The baggage-wagons were to be left +until the last, and for hours Madame Ladoinski sat watching regiment +after regiment hurry across. Napoleon, stern and silent, passed close +to her, and a mighty shout of 'Vive L'Empereur' burst from his +trusting, long-suffering troops, when he gained the opposite bank. +</P> + +<P> +Soon after Napoleon had crossed, Prince Eugène came along, and seeing +Madame Ladoinski he rode over to her, and told her cheerfully that she +would soon be among her husband's friends, and that her trials would +then be at an end. Then, turning to the drivers, he commanded them not +to forget the order he had given concerning their behaviour and care of +the lady entrusted to them. +</P> + +<P> +When at last more than half the troops had crossed, the news arrived +that the Russians had suddenly turned about and were marching back to +the position they had vacated, while another strong body of the enemy +was advancing to attack in the rear the troops which had not yet +crossed. Instantly there was a panic, and the wagon-drivers, anxious +for their own safety, turned Madame Ladoinski and her companions out of +the wagon, so that their weight might not impede their progress. +Madame Ladoinski reminded them of Prince Eugène's instructions, but +they took no notice. Neither fear of punishment nor hope of reward had +any influence over them now; they were anxious only for their own +safety. +</P> + +<P> +For a minute or two Madame Ladoinski knew not what to do. To attempt +to cross either of the bridges on foot would, she soon saw, result in +her and her child being crushed to death. Others, men and women, had +come to the same conclusion, and were wandering, shivering with cold, +along the bank of the river. These Madame Ladoinski hastened to, +believing, as did they, that before long the bridges would be less +crowded, and they would be able to cross in safety. +</P> + +<P> +But soon the sound of the Russian guns was heard in the rear of Madame +Ladoinski and her fellow-sufferers, and a little later the cheers of +the advancing enemy could be heard distinctly. Marshal Victor's force, +which lay between these unfortunate people and the Russians, fought +gallantly at first, but at last they began to give way, and Madame +Ladoinski feared that all was lost. Nearer and nearer came the enemy, +and many of their musket balls reached the despairing creatures by the +riverside. Approaching nearer to one of the bridges, Madame Ladoinski +decided to join the crowd of terrified fugitives that was struggling +across it. But before she reached it there was a terrible rush for it, +and she stood aghast looking at the awful scene. Every one in the +living mass was terrified, and each was fighting for his own life. +Those who fell were quickly trampled to death by the hurrying mob, or +crushed beneath the wheels of baggage-wagons and artillery. Now and +again some terrified man, possessed of more than average strength, +would be seen making his way along the crowded bridge by seizing and +pitching into the river any who barred his way. And to add to the +horror of the scene a terrible storm burst. +</P> + +<P> +Madame Ladoinski, horrified by what she saw, decided to make no attempt +to cross, but to remain where she was. Musket balls were now falling +rapidly around her, and, to save her boy from the chance of being +wounded, she laid him down on the ground, and placed herself in such a +position that no ball could touch him unless it passed through her. +Thick and fast the balls were flying, and Madame Ladoinski expected to +receive at any minute a fatal wound, but, although men and women fell +close around her, she remained unhurt. +</P> + +<P> +Slowly but surely Victor's men were driven back on the crowd that was +still struggling to cross the bridge, and whose condition was made +still more awful by the Russian infantry firing on it. +</P> + +<P> +At last some of the regiments fled in disorder before the advancing +enemy, and a troop of horse dashed back within a few yards of Madame +Ladoinski. +</P> + +<P> +'Stand, lancers, stand!' the officer was shouting to his men, and his +voice sent a thrill of joy through Madame Ladoinski, for it was her +husband's. +</P> + +<P> +She was confident of it this time, and almost immediately a strong gust +of wind blew aside the smoke, which hung heavily over the battlefield, +and there, not many yards away, was he whom she had believed to be +dead. In stirring tones he called upon his men to charge once again +into the ranks of the enemy. +</P> + +<P> +'My love, my husband!' Madame Ladoinski called, still sheltering her +boy with her body. 'It is I, it is Aimée.' But the din of warfare and +the roaring of the wind drowned her voice. Again she called, but still +he did not hear. +</P> + +<P> +'Lancers! forward,' he shouted. 'For God and Poland! 'For God and +Poland!' his men answered, and spurring their horses they dashed +forward once more to meet the enemy. Ladoinski had not seen his wife, +and perhaps he would never see her again! Madame Ladoinski wept +quietly; but as night began to draw nigh she determined to cross the +bridge, thinking that she and her boy might as well risk being crushed +on the bridge as being shot by the enemy. But when she saw the crowd +of human beings turned by terror into demons, she decided to remain +where she was. +</P> + +<P> +A few minutes later, as she lay protecting her boy and gazing at the +struggling mob, she saw the largest bridge sway, and almost instantly +it collapsed and fell, with its struggling mass of human beings, into +the icy river. For a few minutes the terrified shrieks of the drowning +men and women were heard even amidst the noise of battle and the +roaring of the wind; then they ceased. +</P> + +<P> +It seemed to Madame Ladoinski that there was to be no end to the +terrors of that day. She felt that she was going out of her mind, and +prayed that she and her boy might die quickly. +</P> + +<P> +Throughout the night Madame Ladoinski lay beside her boy in the snow. +But she did not sleep a minute. The thunder of the enemy's artillery, +the sound of the musketry, and the noise of the disordered mob of +soldiers who fought like demons to get safely across the one remaining +bridge, would have prevented almost anyone from sleeping. +</P> + +<P> +When daylight came the Russians were so near that it was clear to +Madame Ladoinski that unless she crossed the bridge immediately she +would soon be a prisoner. Lifting her boy, and sheltering him as much +as possible, she hurried towards the bridge, but two or three times, +when the enemy's fire increased in severity, she took cover for a few +minutes. At last she reached the bridge. The crowd was not now great, +and it would have been possible for her to cross without any fear of +her boy being crushed, but no sooner had they put their feet on the +bridge when shouts of 'Go back, go back! Give yourselves up to the +Russians,' burst from their comrades who had already crossed the river. +Stupefied, the people fell back, and almost at the same moment the last +bridge burst into flames. To prevent the Russians from pursuing them, +the French had burnt the bridge and left hundreds of their fellow +countrymen to fall into the hands of the enemy. +</P> + +<P> +The Cossacks, who were first of the Russian army to reach the river, +were more eager for plunder than slaughter, and Madame Ladoinski fled +along the river bank with her child pressed to her bosom. She had no +idea of what to do, and for a time she escaped molestation. Then she +decided to make an attempt to struggle through the river. She knew +that there was very little probability of her being able to reach the +other side, but it would be better for her and her little son to die +than to fall into the hands of the semi-savage Cossacks. Tying her boy +to her, so that the fate of one might be the other's, she approached +the water; but on the brink she was seized by a Russian. Terrified, +she screamed for help, and it was fortunate that she did so, for the +remnants of the Polish Lancers—last to cease fighting the +Russians—were entering the river not many yards away, and Captain +Ladoinski heard her cries. Calling to his men to come back, he urged +his horse up the bank, and galloped along the riverside until he came +to his wife and child. The Russian fled at the approach of the Polish +Lancers, and Captain Ladoinski lifted his wife and child on to his +horse without recognising them. Then quickly he put his horse to the +river, and soon they were plunging through it with the water sometimes +more than half over them, and musket balls lashing the river around +them. +</P> + +<P> +Madame Ladoinski had recognised her husband the instant he placed her +before him on his horse, and, overcome with joy, she had swooned before +she could utter a word. He remained quite unconscious of whom he had +rescued until, in mid-stream, the shawl which had been over his wife's +head and shoulders slipped and disclosed her face. Joy did not cause +the Polish captain to lose his wits, but made him more careful of his +precious burden. He had been in a reckless mood, courting death in +fact, during the last quarter of an hour of the fight, but now he was +anxious to live. It would indeed be sad, he thought, if now, when +safety was almost reached, a shot should lay him, or still worse, his +wife, low. But on through danger the brave horse struggled with his +heavy load, and soon Captain Ladoinski was able to place his wife and +son on dry land, and to give them the warmth and food which they sadly +needed. +</P> + +<P> +Then when Madame Ladoinski had recovered from the excitement of again +meeting her husband, he told her that he had long since been assured +that both she and their boy were dead. He, as the wagon-drivers had +sworn, had been thrown out of the wagon for dead, but some of his men +came along soon after, and seeing him lying in the snow dismounted to +see if he were alive. Finding that his heart was beating, they set to +work and restored him to consciousness, and then took him on to +Smolensk, whence he sent back to enquire after his wife and child. The +message that was brought to him was that his wife and child had been +murdered on the road. Believing this to be true, he went on with his +regiment—before they arrived at Smolensk—with henceforth only one aim +in life—to avenge Poland's wrongs. +</P> + +<P> +The story of Captain Ladoinski's extraordinary rescue of his own wife +and child created some excitement among Napoleon's soldiers, dispirited +though they were by the terrible march they had undergone, and numerous +and hearty were the congratulations which husband and wife received. +Prince Eugène was one of the first to congratulate them, and Captain +Ladoinski seized the opportunity to express his deep gratitude to the +prince for the kindness he had shown to his wife in her sorrow, a +kindness that was all the more creditable because Prince Eugène knew +that Madame Ladoinski was a member of a Royalist family and an enemy of +the Napoleonic dynasty. For some considerable time after the terrible +retreat from Moscow, Captain Ladoinski fought in Prince Eugène's army, +but when, at last, the Prince's military career came to an end he +retired into private life. He had long since come to the conclusion +that his wife was right when she said that Napoleon never had any +intention of setting Poland free, but had obtained the services of the +brave Poles under false pretences. +</P> + +<P> +Madame Ladoinski deserved years of happy domestic life after her +fearful experiences with the French army, and it is pleasant to be able +to say that she had them. Until death parted them, many years later, +she and her husband enjoyed the happiness of a quiet life unclouded by +domestic or political troubles. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap0306"></A> + +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +LADY SALE AND AN AFGHAN CAPTIVITY +</H3> + +<P> +'Fighting Bob' was the nickname affectionately bestowed upon Sir Robert +Sale by his comrades-in-arms. Truly the name was well deserved, for +wherever the fight was thickest there Sale was to be found, and the +histories of his life abound with stories of his bravery and disregard +of danger. +</P> + +<P> +When twenty-seven years of age he married Florentia Wynch, a girl of +nineteen, who proved before long to be almost as brave as he. +Throughout his life she was his companion in danger, and many times +nursed him back to health when seriously wounded. Adventures such as +are rarely encountered by women were continually falling to her lot, +but the greatest hardships which she was compelled to undergo were +those attending the British retreat from Kabul in January, 1842. +</P> + +<P> +Discontent with British rule had led to rebellion in Afghanistan, and +Sir Robert Sale was sent with a brigade to clear the passes to +Jelalabad. Lady Sale remained at Kabul, where the signs of discontent +became daily more evident. The British native troops were +disheartened, and eventually it was decided to retreat from the city. +</P> + +<P> +At half-past nine in the morning of January 6, 1842, the British force, +consisting of about 4500 soldiers, mostly native, and 12,000 followers, +quitted Kabul. The snow lay a foot deep on the ground, and the +thermometer registered several degrees below freezing-point. The +bullocks had great difficulty in dragging the guns, and it took two +hours and a half to cover the first mile. This slow rate of progress +was not, however, entirely due to the state of the weather, as some of +the delay was caused by a bridge of boats having to be made across the +Kabul river, which lay about half a mile from the city. The camp +followers refused to cross by any means but a bridge, but Lady Sale and +her daughter, Mrs. Sturt, rode through with the horsemen. Immediately +they reached the opposite bank their clothes froze stiff, and they +could not change them for others, for as the rear-guard quitted the +city the Afghans fired upon them and captured, without meeting any +resistance, nearly the whole of the baggage, commissariat and +ammunition. That night the British force, cold, hungry and dispirited, +slept in the snow. There were no tents, but an officer erected a small +pall over the hole in the snow where Lady Sale and her daughter lay. +</P> + +<P> +At half-past seven on the following morning the march was resumed, but +the force had not proceeded far when a party of Afghans sallied out +from a small fort and carried off three guns. The British fought +bravely, but the sepoys made scarcely any resistance, and hundreds of +them fled for their lives. +</P> + +<P> +As the British force advanced they saw the Afghans gathering in +strength on either side, and before they had gone five miles they were +compelled to spike and abandon two six-pounders, the horses not having +sufficient strength to drag them. They were now in possession of only +two guns and very little ammunition. +</P> + +<P> +Men, hungry and numbed with cold, dropped out of the ranks, to be left +to die from starvation, or to be massacred by the enemy. Another night +was spent in the open, and when daylight came there were many frozen +corpses lying on the ground. The troops were now utterly disorganised, +and the Afghans continued to harass them, both while bivouacing and on +the march. It was a terrible time, but Lady Sale was calm, and +endeavoured to instil with courage other women of the party. Soon the +British arrived at a spot where, some time previously, Sir Robert Sale +had been wounded, and there a fierce attack was made upon them. A ball +entered Lady Sales' arm, her clothes were riddled with bullets, and her +escape seemed impossible, so fierce was the fire of the enemy, who were +in a strong position about fifty yards distant. Nevertheless she did +escape, but only to find that her daughter's husband, Lieutenant Sturt, +had been mortally wounded. Five hundred soldiers and two thousand five +hundred camp followers were killed, and many women and children were +carried off by the Afghans. Others lay dying in the fast-falling snow. +</P> + +<P> +Lady Sale and her daughter were in great distress at the death of +Lieutenant Sturt, and took little interest in the proposal that all the +women should be placed under the protection of Mahommed Akbar Khan, who +had suggested this step. However, with the other women, they accepted +the proffered protection, and were taken to a fort in the Khurd Kabul, +and eventually they heard that the force with which they had quitted +Kabul had been annihilated. +</P> + +<P> +On January 17, Lady Sale and her companions, among whom were now +several British officers whom Mahommed Akbar Khan had captured, arrived +at Badiabad, where, in a small mud fort the party, consisting of 9 +women, 20 men and 14 children, were kept prisoners. However, they were +not molested, and as food of a kind was supplied to them, they did not +complain. Their uncomfortable surroundings were, however, made more +unpleasant by a series of earthquakes. +</P> + +<P> +On February 19, Lady Sale was spreading some clothes out to dry on the +flat roof of the fort, when a terrible shock occurred, causing the +place to collapse. Lady Sale fell with the building, but rose from the +ruins unhurt. Even the wounds received by her on the day Lieutenant +Sturt was killed were not aggravated by the accident. Before dark that +day there were twenty-five distinct shocks, and about fifteen more +during the night. For some weeks after this they were constantly +occurring. At one spot, not far away, 120 Afghans and 20 Hindus were +buried in the ruins of buildings shaken to the ground. +</P> + +<P> +During her captivity Lady Sale had been able to write letters to her +husband, who was shut up with his garrison in Jelalabad, and her great +desire was that he should be able to hold the place until relief +arrived. On March 15 a rumour reached her that it had been captured by +the Afghans, but to her great delight she heard later that the rumour +was false. She was exceedingly proud of her husband, and gloried in +his successes. A successful defence of the city would, she knew, add +considerably to his reputation. During the following five months Lady +Sale and her daughter were continually being moved from one place to +another, and before long it became clear to them that the Afghan +rebellion was being rapidly quelled. Rumours of British victories +reached them, and the man who was in charge of them, while moving from +place to place, made it understood that for Rs. 20,000 and Rs. 1000 a +month for life he would effect their escape. +</P> + +<P> +But soon, on September 15, the good news was received that the British +were coming to their rescue, and, guided by the bribed Afghan, Lady +Sale and her companions moved off secretly to meet them. Two days +later they arrived at the foot of the Kalu Pass, where they met Sir +Richmond Shakespeare, with 600 native horsemen, coming to their rescue. +</P> + +<P> +Lady Sale was naturally anxious to hear of her husband's doings, and +Sir Richmond Shakespeare was able to make her happy by telling her of +how gallantly he had defended Jelalabad. Soon, however, she heard from +his own lips the story of his defence. On September 19, a horseman +arrived with a message from Sir Robert Sale, saying that he was +advancing with a brigade. Lady Sale had been feeling weak for several +days, but the news of her husband's approach gave her fresh strength. +</P> + +<P> +'It is impossible to express our feelings on Sale's approach,' she +wrote in her diary. 'To my daughter and myself happiness so long +delayed as to be almost unexpected was actually painful, and +accompanied by a choking sensation which could not obtain the relief of +tears.' +</P> + +<P> +The men loudly cheered Lady Sale and her daughter, and pressed forward +to express their hearty congratulations at their escape. 'And then,' +Lady Sale continued in her diary, 'my highly-wrought feelings found the +desired relief; and I could scarcely speak to thank the soldiers for +their sympathy, whilst the long withheld tears now found their course. +On arriving at the camp, Captain Backhouse fired a royal salute from +his mountain train guns; and not only our old friends, but all the +officers in the party, came to offer congratulations and welcome our +return from captivity.' +</P> + +<P> +After a visit to England, Sir Robert and Lady Sale returned to India in +March, 1844. Towards the end of the following year the Sikh War broke +out, and at the battle of Mudki, fought on December 18, Sir Robert's +left thigh was shattered by a grape shot, and he died three days later. +</P> + +<P> +Lady Sale continued to reside in India after her husband's death, her +comfort secured by a pension of £500 a year, granted to her by Queen +Victoria, as a mark of approbation of her own and Sir Robert's conduct. +She died at Cape Town, which she was visiting for the benefit of her +health, on July 6, 1853, aged sixty-three. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap0307"></A> + +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +ETHEL ST. CLAIR GRIMWOOD, +<BR> +AND THE ESCAPE FROM MANIPUR +</H3> + +<P> +Until late in the last century it was a common thing for the ruler of a +native Eastern state to celebrate his accession to the throne by +slaughtering his brothers and uncles. This drastic measure reduced the +possibilities of the new ruler being deposed, and was considered by the +majority of the natives a wise precaution. The Maharajah of Manipur +was more humane than many rulers, and although he had seven brothers, +he refrained from killing any of them. +</P> + +<P> +For several years the brothers lived on friendly terms with each other, +but eventually quarrels arose through two of them wanting to marry the +same woman. The eight brothers divided into two parties, and +quarrelled so incessantly, that the maharajah deemed it wise to +abdicate and leave the country. Mr. Grimwood the British Political +Agent, did his utmost to dissuade the maharajah from abdicating, but +without success. He departed, and one of his brothers became ruler. +</P> + +<P> +Mr. Grimwood and his wife had lived for three years in Manipur when the +maharajah abdicated, and during that time the natives had always been +friendly towards them. Even the royal brothers, while quarrelling +among themselves, maintained their usual friendly relations with them. +</P> + +<P> +Manipur is an out-of-the-way place, lying in the heart of the +mountainous region, which is bordered on the north by the Assam Valley, +on the east and south by Burma, and on the west by the Cachar district. +During the greater portion of their stay in Manipur Mr. and Mrs. +Grimwood were the only white people in the place, and consequently the +news that the Chief Commissioner was on his way to hold a durbar at the +Residency afforded them much pleasure. But the information that his +excellency was accompanied by 400 men of the 42nd and 44th Ghurkhas, +made it clear that some political event of considerable importance was +about to take place. The Chief Commissioner had, in fact, decided to +arrest the jubraj, the maharajah's brother, at the durbar which was +fixed for eight o'clock in the morning of March 23, 1891. +</P> + +<P> +But the jubraj had his suspicions aroused by the military force which +accompanied the Chief Commissioner. He did not attend the durbar, but +sent a message to say that he was too unwell to be present. Four hours +later, Mr. Grimwood was sent to the palace to inform the jubraj that he +was to be arrested and banished, and to persuade him to surrender +peacefully. This the jubraj refused to do, and consequently it was +decided to storm the palace and capture him. +</P> + +<P> +Fighting began on the following day, shortly before daybreak. The +palace walls, some sixty yards from the Residency, and separated from +it by an unfordable moat, were loop-holed, and soon a fierce fire was +opened on the attackers. Mrs. Grimwood sought shelter in the little +telegraph office, but bullets were soon crashing through it, and her +position was one of extreme danger, but after the first fright she +settled down to help the doctor attend to the wounded. +</P> + +<P> +The British attack on the palace was not, however, successful, and the +Manipuris crept round to the back of the Residency, and made an attack +upon it. They were beaten off, but the British force was soon in a +critical position; for, shortly after 4 o'clock, some big guns opened +fire on the Residency, where the whole of the force was now +concentrated. Mrs. Grimwood states in her book, <I>My Three Years in +Manipur</I>, that the first shell fired at the Residency made her +speechless with fear; but others who were present state that a few +minutes later she was hard at work attending to the wounded under fire. +The cellars under the Residency were used as a hospital, and terrible +were the sights which the brave woman witnessed. Every hour the +position of the British became more desperate. Men were falling +quickly, and the ammunition was running out. +</P> + +<P> +At last a message was sent to the jubraj asking on what conditions he +would cease firing on the Residency. His reply was to the effect that +the British must surrender unconditionally. Finding that the British +would not agree to this, he sent word that if the Chief Commissioner +would come to the palace gates he would discuss terms with him. His +excellency and Mr. Grimwood went forward, but as they reached the gates +they were pushed inside the palace enclosure, and the gates closed +behind them. Then the Manipuris shouted that the white men were +prisoners, and again opened fire on the Residency. The British troops +replied, but their position was now critical. Very little ammunition +remained, and shells were bursting over the Residency. One burst near +to Mrs. Grimwood's feet, but fortunately she only received a slight +wound in the arm. +</P> + +<P> +At midnight the British officers decided to evacuate the Residency and +retreat to Cachar. +</P> + +<P> +Mrs. Grimwood being the only person who knew the way to the Cachar +road, acted as guide, and led the retreating force through hedges, over +mud walls, and across a river. Looking back when they had gone four +miles, Mrs. Grimwood saw that the Residency, her home for three happy +years, was in flames. Her husband a prisoner, and her home destroyed, +it would not have been surprising if Mrs. Grimwood had been too +grief-stricken to continue the journey on foot. But she plodded on +bravely in her thin house-shoes, and with her clothes heavy with water. +Sometimes the hills were so steep that she had to climb them on hands +and knees, but she never complained, and did not hamper the progress of +the force. Not until twenty miles had been covered did she have a +rest, and then, thoroughly exhausted, she wrapped herself in the +overcoats which the officers lent her, and lay down and slept. +</P> + +<P> +A few hours later the retreating force, hungry, tired and somewhat +dispirited, resumed its march. Mrs. Grimwood's feet were cut and sore, +but she tramped on bravely in the military boots which had been given +her to replace her thin worn-out shoes. They had now travelled beyond +the country with which Mrs. Grimwood was familiar, and no one knew the +way. They pushed on in the direction which they believed to be the +right one, but without being able to obtain anything to eat. When, +however, they had been two days without food, they came suddenly upon +some Manipuri soldiers cooking rice. The Manipuris, taken by surprise, +fled quickly, leaving their rice to fall into the hands of the starving +British force. +</P> + +<P> +Refreshed by the meal which they had so unexpectedly obtained, the +British resumed their journey, but they had not gone far when they +found a stockade barring their way. The defenders opened fire on them +at once, and as the British had no ammunition they rushed the stockade, +causing the Manipuris to run for their lives. +</P> + +<P> +The British officers now decided to remain for a time in the captured +stockade, but soon a large body of men was seen advancing towards it. +Were they Ghurkhas or Manipuris? No one could tell, and reliance could +not be placed on a bugle call, as both Ghurkhas and Manipuris had the +same one. It was believed by the majority that the advancing men were +Manipuris, and one of the officers told Mrs. Grimwood that he had two +cartridges left, one for her and one for himself, if the men proved to +be the enemy. +</P> + +<P> +But they were not the enemy. A sharp-eyed man discovered a white +officer among the advancing soldiers, and this was ample proof that +they were Ghurkhas. A cheer from the stockade was answered by one from +the approaching men, who were proceeding to Manipur, but had only heard +a few hours before of the retreat of their comrades-in-arms. They had +plenty of provisions with them, and quickly gave the tired, hungry men +a good meal. +</P> + +<P> +The remainder of the journey to the frontier was made in comparative +comfort, but Mrs. Grimwood's trials were not yet ended. Soon the sad +news of her husband's death was broken to her. He and his fellow +prisoner had been executed with horrible brutality by order of the +jubraj. +</P> + +<P> +The story of Mrs. Grimwood's heroism in attending to the wounded under +fire, and her bravery during the long and trying retreat, aroused +admiration throughout the civilized world. In consideration of her +exceptional services, the Secretary of State for India in Council +awarded her a pension of £140 a year, and a special grant of £1000. +The Princess of Wales—our present Queen—was exceedingly kind to her, +and Queen Victoria invited her to Windsor Castle, and decorated her +with the well-deserved Red Cross. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap0308"></A> + +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +THREE SOLDIERS' WIVES IN SOUTH AFRICA +</H3> + +<P> +In December, 1880, a detachment of the 2nd Connaught Rangers was +escorting a wagon-train, nearly a mile in length, from Leydenberg to +Pretoria. Until more than half the journey had been travelled the +Boers, whom the British met on the way, had shown no disposition to be +unfriendly, but, one morning, as the convoy slowly wended its way up a +hill, studded with clumps of trees, a strong force of Boers jumped out +from their places of concealment and called upon the British to +surrender. They sent forward, under a flag of truce, a written demand +to that effect, but, seeing that the British officer in command had no +intention to order his men to lay down their arms, they treacherously +disregarded the white flag that was flying, and opened fire upon the +convoy. +</P> + +<P> +The British were caught in an ambush, and the Boers, who greatly +outnumbered them, wrought terrible havoc. The Boers were concealed +behind trees and stones, but the British could obtain scarcely any +cover. Their colonel was mortally wounded early in the fight, and soon +there was only one officer unhurt. +</P> + +<P> +When the attack on the convoy began there were three women in one of +the wagons. Mrs. Marion Smith, widow of the late bandmaster, was +travelling down country, with her two children, to sail on a troopship +for England. The other two women were Mrs. Fox, wife of the +sergeant-major, and Mrs. Maistre, wife of the orderly-room clerk. +Scarcely had the massacre begun when Mrs. Fox received a bullet wound +as she sat in the wagon, and fell backwards, badly hurt. +</P> + +<P> +Mrs. Smith and Mrs. Maistre were naturally alarmed at finding +themselves suddenly in a position of such great danger. But they were +soldiers' wives, and soon all fear vanished, and having made Mrs. +Smith's children comparatively safe in a corner of the wagon they +stepped out to render aid to the wounded. It was a terrible sight for +them. The ground was strewn with dead and dying, and nearly every face +was familiar to them. Regardless of the bullets that whizzed past +them—one grazed Mrs. Smith's ear they tore up sheets to make bandages, +and passing from one wounded man to another, stanched the flow of blood +and bound the wounds. +</P> + +<P> +At last, when it became clear to the mortally wounded colonel that the +annihilation of his force would be the result of a continuation of the +fight, the 'Cease fire' was sounded, and the outnumbered British +delivered up their arms. +</P> + +<P> +The soldiers' work was finished; Mrs. Smith and Mrs. Maistre had still +much to do. On the battle-field the wounded lay thick, and for hours +the two brave women worked at their self-appointed task. Many a dying +lad had his last minutes made happy by their kindly words and actions. +</P> + +<P> +From December 20 until March 31, 1881, the three women remained +prisoners in the hands of the Boers. They might, had they cared to do +so, have led lives of idleness during their imprisonment, but, instead, +they were busy from morning until night nursing the wounded. Mrs. +Fox's courage was indeed wonderful, for the wound she had received in +the attack was very serious, and the doctors had told her that she +could not expect to live long. Her husband, too, had been severely +wounded early in the fight, but nevertheless she was as indefatigable +as Mrs. Maistre and Mrs. Smith in doing good. The three women were +adored by the wounded soldiers, for whom they wrote letters home, +prepared dainty food, and read. +</P> + +<P> +When peace was declared the three brave women returned to England, and +Mrs. Smith was decorated with the medal of the Order of St. John of +Jerusalem. She was reported, in the application that was made on her +behalf, to have been 'unremitting in her attention to the wounded and +dying soldiers during the action, and that her conduct while living +under canvas was beyond all praise. She did the utmost to relieve the +sufferings of the men in hospital, and soothed the last moments of many +a poor soldier, while sharing their privations to the full.' +</P> + +<P> +After a time Mrs. Smith's whereabouts became unknown to the +authorities; they did not in fact know whether she were alive, and +consequently she was not recommended for the Red Cross. Mrs. Fox and +Mrs. Maistre received the coveted decoration, but the former did not +long survive the honour. She died in January, 1888, at Cambridge +Barracks, Portsmouth, and in making her death known to the regiment the +colonel said:—'Mrs. Fox died a soldier's death, as her fatal illness +was the result of a wound received in action, and aggravated in +consequence of her noble self-devotion afterwards.' +</P> + +<P> +The Commander-in-Chief—H.R.H. the Duke of Cambridge—ordered that +military honours should be paid to the dead woman. It was a very +unusual thing, but the honour was well-merited, and crowds lined the +streets to see the coffin borne past on a gun carriage. Over the +coffin was laid a Union Jack, and on this was placed the brave woman's +Red Cross. The men who bore her from the gun carriage to her grave in +Southsea Cemetery were six non-commissioned officers who had been +wounded in the fight of December 20, 1880, and whom she had nursed. +</P> + +<BR><BR> + +<P CLASS="footnote"> +* It is interesting to note that the publication of this volume quickly +led to Mrs. Smith (now Mrs. Jeffreys) being traced; and, in response to +an appeal to the War office, the authorities awarded the heroine the +coveted decoration of the Royal Red Cross. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap0401"></A> + +<H2 ALIGN="center"> +IV. +</H2> + +<H2 ALIGN="center"> +BRAVE DEEDS OF SELF-SACRIFICE AND DEVOTION +</H2> + +<BR><BR> + +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +ELIZABETH ZANE, A FRONTIER HEROINE +</H3> + +<P> +'The Indians are coming!' +</P> + +<P> +It was on September 1, 1782, that a scout employed to watch the +movements of the Red Indians rushed into the West Virginian village of +Wheeling, shouting the dreaded warning of the savages' approach. +Instantly the inhabitants took refuge in the fort, and prepared to +offer a determined resistance. The fort had no regular garrison, it +being the duty of the settlers to defend it. Colonel Silas Zane took +command, and felt confident that, although he had only twenty men under +him, he would be able to beat off the savages. +</P> + +<P> +The Governor of Wheeling was Colonel Ebenezer Zane, and with two white +men he decided to remain in his private residence, which was about +forty yards from the fort, to prevent the ammunition which was stored +there from falling into the hands of the Indians. The scout who had +brought the news of the Indians' approach was soon followed by the +savages themselves, who, brandishing their tomahawks and waving their +scalping-knives, instantly demanded the surrender of the white men. +The reply they received was a volley fired at the standard which they +bore aloft. With a terrible war-whoop the Indians rushed to the +assault, but the men in the fort and in the house were good shots, and +it was rarely that one of them missed his mark. Happily, there was a +good stock of arms in both strongholds, and taking advantage of this, +the women loaded the muskets and handed them to the men, who were thus +enabled to fire quickly and were spared the fatigue of loading. +</P> + +<P> +Again and again the Indians attacked the house and the fort, but on +every occasion they were driven back. When darkness came on the +attacks ceased, but the white men did not grow less vigilant, for they +were confident that before daybreak the savages would make an attempt +to surprise them. And this proved to be the case. In the dead of +night one of the defenders espied an Indian crawling towards the house. +He watched him until he rose to his feet and kindling a torch that he +carried, attempted to set fire to the building. Then the watcher +fired, and the Indian dropping his torch fled, wounded. +</P> + +<P> +At daybreak it was seen that the Indians were still surrounding the +fort and the house, and that they were evidently unusually excited. +Could they have captured any of the defenders? Enquiries shouted from +the fort to the house elicited the assurance that no one was missing. +</P> + +<P> +Suddenly there was a tremendous explosion at the spot when the Indians +were thickest, and the surprised white men could see that several of +the enemy had been killed and many injured. The explosion was caused +in this way: On the preceding evening, after the firing had ceased, +some of the Indians surprised a boat ascending the river with cannon +balls for the fort. The boatman escaped, but the cannon balls fell +into the hands of the Indians, who believed that all they now wanted to +demolish the house and fort was a cannon. Therefore they decided to +make one. They procured a log of wood, bound it tightly with chains, +and then made a hole in it large enough to admit the ball. Then they +charged it heavily, and when it was pointed towards the fort the match +was applied. Instantly the cannon burst, killing many of the men who +stood near and injuring others. +</P> + +<P> +This accident did not, as one might suppose, dishearten the Indians. +On the contrary, it excited them to further efforts to capture the +whites. Maddened with excitement they rushed boldly forward to the +attack, but the steady, deadly fire which the defenders maintained +drove them back time after time. +</P> + +<P> +But now the defenders in the fort began to get anxious, for their stock +of gunpowder was nearly exhausted. There was a plentiful supply at the +house, and someone would have to undertake the perilous task of running +to it and returning under fire with a keg of powder. There were plenty +of volunteers for this dangerous undertaking, but among them was a +woman—Elizabeth Zane, the youngest sister of the two Colonels Zane. +She had been educated in Philadelphia, and until her arrival at +Wheeling, a few weeks previously, had experienced none of the hardships +of frontier life. But now, in the hour of danger, she was brave as if +she had been brought up in the midst of stirring scenes. +</P> + +<P> +It was pointed out to her that a man would run less risk than she, from +the fact of his being able to run faster; but she answered that if he +were shot in the act, his loss would be severely felt. 'You have not +one man to spare, she declared. 'A woman will not be missed in the +defence of the fort.' +</P> + +<P> +The men did not like the idea of allowing her to run so great a risk, +but she overcame their objections, and started on her perilous journey. +</P> + +<P> +The moment the gate was opened she bounded through, and ran at full +speed towards the house. Surprised at her sudden appearance in the +open, the Indians seized their muskets, but quickly recognizing that +she was a woman they exclaimed, 'Only a squaw,' and did not fire. +</P> + +<P> +Arriving at the house she announced to Colonel Ebenezer Zane the object +of her journey, whereupon he fastened a table-cloth around her waist, +and emptied a keg of powder into it. +</P> + +<P> +The moment that she appeared again in the open, the Indians noticed the +table-cloth around her waist, and, guessing at once that she was +carrying to the fort something that was necessary for its defence; +promptly opened fire on her. Undeterred by the bullets which whizzed +past her Elizabeth Zane ran quickly towards the fort; and reached it in +safety. It is needless to say that the brave young woman received an +enthusiastic greeting from the garrison who had witnessed with +admiration her daring act. +</P> + +<P> +The defenders of the fort, their stock of ammunition replenished, +fought with renewed confidence when the Indians again attacked, and +repulsed them with a deadly fire. As time went on the assaults became +less frequent, and on the third night they finally ceased. The task of +massacring the settlers of Wheeling had, contrary to the Indians' +expectation, been too formidable for them, and therefore they raised +the siege and crept quietly away by night. Their losses had been +great, but during the three days' fighting the casualties of the +defenders were only two men wounded. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap0402"></A> + +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +NELLIE AMOS, A FRIEND IN NEED +</H3> + +<P> +In the tiny cabin of a canal-boat which had but recently started on its +long journey from the Midlands to London, lay a woman seriously ill. +And by her side lay her two days' old baby. Her husband was on deck +steering the boat, but every few minutes he hurried down to see if +there were anything he could do to make his wife comfortable. He could +do but little, however. +</P> + +<P> +Never before had he felt so helpless; never had he experienced so +acutely the isolation of barge-life. The district through which he was +travelling was thinly populated, and to obtain a doctor the bargeman +would have to trudge some miles across country, leaving his wife alone +on the canal. He could not leave her unattended, and consoled himself +with the hope that before long he would meet someone whom he could send +for a doctor. But he was disappointed; he met no one. +</P> + +<P> +At last he arrived at Stoke Bruerne, in Northamptonshire, and, having +tied up his barge, hurried to the post-office—a little general shop +kept by Mrs. Nellie Amos, who was well-known to the canal boatmen. He +told her of his wife's illness, and asked her if she would be good +enough to come to his barge and see if she could discover the nature of +her illness. Without the slightest hesitation Mrs. Amos accompanied +the man to his barge, and found his wife very feverish. +</P> + +<P> +Mrs. Amos could not discover what was the matter with the invalid, but +one thing was very plain to her—the poor woman could not be expected +to get well in her present quarters. The cabin was low-roofed, about +eight feet by six in size, and near the door stood the stove in which +the meals were cooked. In such close quarters the sick woman had +little chance of recovery, and Mrs. Amos did not conceal this fact from +the husband. She told him also that if a doctor would certify that she +could be removed with safety, she would take her to her house and nurse +her and the baby. As soon as the bargeman hurried away to fetch a +doctor, Mrs. Amos made the sick woman some beef-tea, tidied the bed, +and took charge of the baby. +</P> + +<P> +The doctor was soon with the patient, and, having examined her, gave +his permission for her removal to Mrs. Amos's house, to which she was +quickly taken. Mrs. Amos had a husband and six children, and her house +was a small one; but nevertheless she was able to give the mother and +baby a comfortable room. Day after day she nursed them tenderly, but +to her surprise the mother did not show any signs of improvement. The +doctor came regularly to see her, and one day, when he had been +attending her for about a week, he announced that she was suffering +from small-pox. +</P> + +<P> +For a few minutes Mrs. Amos was overcome with horror at the danger to +which she had unintentionally subjected her six children. Nearly all +of them had nursed the baby and waited on the sick woman, and it seemed +to her certain that they would be stricken down with the disease. It +would probably spread through the village, and she would be the cause +of the sorrow that would ensue. +</P> + +<P> +These fears she soon overcame, and bravely faced the danger. She +declared that she would not have the poor creature removed from the +house unless the doctor insisted upon it, and that she would continue +to nurse her. The patient was allowed to remain, but steps were, of +course, taken to guard against the disease spreading. The shop was +closed, and Mrs. Amos's only means of earning a living was gone, at any +rate for a time. Her children were sent away, and watched carefully +for any signs of the disease appearing in them. Anxiety concerning her +own family and the loss occasioned by the suspension of her business +might well have made her willing to hand over to the local medical +authorities the innocent cause of her trouble. But Mrs. Amos would not +relinquish her self-imposed duty. She nursed mother and child as +tenderly as if they had been her relatives, and if it had been possible +to save their lives they would have been saved. The child died, and a +week later the woman herself passed away. Happily, neither Mrs. Amos +nor any of her children contracted the disease. +</P> + +<P> +'I prayed earnestly that God would spare the village,' Mrs. Amos told +the writer of this book, 'and He did. Not one case resulted from it.' +</P> + +<P> +It was some time before the little shop was re-opened, but many people, +hearing of Mrs. Amos's bravery, came forward to help her tide over her +difficulties. The landlord set a good example by sending her a receipt +for rent which she had been unable to pay, and several Brentford +ladies, having been told of her conduct by Mr. R. Bamber, the London +City missionary to bargemen, presented her with a tea and coffee +service. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap0403"></A> + +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +ANNA GURNEY, THE FRIEND OF THE SHIPWRECKED +</H3> + +<P> +Anna Gurney was a cripple from her birth. Unable to walk, and +consequently debarred nearly all the pleasures of childhood, it would +not have been surprising had she become a sad, peevish woman. The fact +that her parents were rich, and able to supply her with comforts such +as poor cripples could not receive, may have prevented her from +becoming depressed, but it must be remembered also that the knowledge +that they were in a position to give her every reasonable pleasure a +girl could desire might well have caused her to be continually +deploring her crippled condition. +</P> + +<P> +She did not, however, brood over her infirmity, and although she was +never entirely free from pain, she was always bright and happy. +Intellectually clever, she was ever anxious for self-improvement, and +her knowledge of languages was remarkable. No sooner had she become +thoroughly conversant with one than she began to learn another. +</P> + +<P> +Early in life she became deeply interested in foreign missions, and in +after years was a generous supporter of them. Her desire to do good +was not, however, satisfied by the money she gave to various societies, +and being unable to offer herself as a missionary to the heathen, she +found a sphere of usefulness in working to improve the moral and +spiritual condition of the poor of Cromer. She invited the mothers to +her home, North Repps Cottage, and held classes for young men, young +women and children. Humble visitors were continually calling to tell +her of their joys or sorrows, and were never refused admittance. She +might be busy in her library or suffering acute pain, but with a bright +smile she would wheel herself forward in her mechanical chair to greet +her visitor. +</P> + +<P> +The fishermen along the coast regarded her with reverence, for she was +their friend, adviser and patron. For many years she could be seen +almost daily on the foreshore with a little group of weather-beaten men +around her. She knew the dangers and disappointments of their calling, +and was genuinely delighted whenever she heard that the fleet had +returned with a good catch. And when the boats were out and a storm +sprang up, she was anxious as any fish-wife for their safety. At her +own expense she provided a lifeboat and complete apparatus for saving +life, and, with the thoroughness characteristic of her, she made +herself at once acquainted with the proper working of it. +</P> + +<P> +Whenever there was a shipwreck, she would be down on the shore giving +directions for the rescue of the people aboard the vessel. No matter +the weather or the hour, she was always on the spot. Many a time the +news came to her in the middle of the night that there was a ship in +distress, and in a few minutes her man was wheeling her quickly down to +the shore. The wind might be howling, the rain falling in torrents, +but this did not deter her from being at her self-appointed post. When +she first came out in rough weather, the fishermen begged her to return +home, but they soon discovered that she was determined to remain. +</P> + +<P> +When the boat had been launched she would remain in the cold, waiting +anxiously for its return. Often she was in great pain, but only her +attendant was aware of this. To the fisher-folk she would be cheerful, +and express confidence that her lifeboat would rescue all aboard the +ship. And when the lifeboat did return with the rescued people, who +were sometimes half dead from exposure, there was more self-imposed +work for her. She superintended the treatment of the shipwrecked folk, +and arranged where they were to be taken. Many were removed to her own +house, and kept there until they were able to proceed to their homes or +to London. So kindly were the rescued people treated, that it became a +saying along the East Coast, that to be taken care of by Miss Gurney, +it was worth while being shipwrecked. +</P> + +<P> +Anna Gurney died at Cromer in June, 1857, aged sixty-one. She was +buried in Overstrand Churchyard, being carried to her last +resting-place by fishermen who had known and loved her for many years. +The news of her death had spread rapidly along the coast, and over a +thousand fishermen were present at her funeral. Their sorrow was +great, and they were not ashamed to show it. +</P> + +<P> +The following lines, written by Anna Gurney on the death of a friend +whom she dearly loved, might truly have been her own epitaph;— +</P> + +<P CLASS="poem"> +Within this frame, by Jesu's grace,<BR> +High gifts and holy held their place;<BR> +A noble heart, a mighty mind,<BR> +Were here in bonds of clay confined.<BR> +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap0404"></A> + +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +GRIZEL HUME, THE DEVOTED DAUGHTER +</H3> + +<P> +There was rejoicing at Redbraes Castle, Berwickshire, in February, +1676, for Sir Patrick Hume had returned home after seventeen months' +imprisonment in Stirling Castle. +</P> + +<P> +No one was more delighted at his return than his little ten years' old +daughter, Grizel, who loved him dearly, and was proud that he had +suffered imprisonment for conscience sake. He had been imprisoned as +'a factious person,' because he refused to contribute to the support of +the soldiers stationed in the country for the suppression of the +meetings of the Covenanters. +</P> + +<P> +Grizel was a very intelligent child, and surprised her father by her +knowledge of the political events of the day, and her detestation of +the Government. Some men would have been simply amused at her interest +in politics, but Sir Patrick saw that she was an exceptionally clever +child, and told her many things which he would have confided to few of +her seniors. One thing that he told her was of his desire to get a +letter conveyed to his friend Robert Baillie of Jerviswoode, who was +confined in the Tolbooth of Edinburgh for rescuing a minister—his +brother-in-law—from the hands of the Government's servants. +</P> + +<P> +Grizel at once volunteered to take the letter, and having overcome her +father's objections to sending her on such a dangerous mission, she +started on her long journey to Edinburgh, which she reached without +mishap. +</P> + +<P> +Being at Edinburgh she had now to devise some means of getting into +Robert Baillie's prison. For a child of her age to outwit the prison +officials one would think an impossibility; but she did. Joanna +Baillie states that she slipped in, noiselessly and unobserved, behind +the jailer, and hid in a dark corner until he withdrew, when she +stepped forward and presented the letter to the astonished prisoner. +Whether or not this be true, it is a fact that she gained admission to +the prison, delivered her letter, and escaped with the reply. +</P> + +<P> +Two years later, Sir Patrick Hume was again arrested, and although he +was neither tried nor told of what he was accused, he was kept in +prison for fifteen months. At first he was confined at Edinburgh, but +afterwards he was removed to Dumbarton Castle. +</P> + +<P> +At both of these places Grizel was allowed to visit him, but the +authorities never suspected that such a child would be used as a +political messenger. In the presence of the jailer she would give Sir +Patrick news of home. She showered kisses upon him, and delivered +loving messages from her mother, sisters, and brothers. But when the +jailer had withdrawn she gave her father an account of the movements of +his political friends, and delivered many important verbal messages, +which they had entrusted to her. By her means Sir Patrick was kept +informed of his friends' actions, and was able to assist them by his +advice. +</P> + +<P> +On being released from Dumbarton Castle he returned to his home in +Berwickshire, and for a time led a peaceful life, conscious that the +Government would have him arrested again if they could find a pretext +for doing so. +</P> + +<P> +In October, 1683, information was brought to him that his friend, +Robert Baillie, had been arrested in London, and imprisoned for alleged +connection with the Rye House Plot. Sir Patrick's friendship for +Robert Baillie was well known, and Grizel feared that her father would +soon be arrested on a similar charge. Sir Patrick was of the same +opinion, but the Government did not act with the promptitude he had +expected. +</P> + +<P> +It was not until nearly a year had elapsed that a lady sent word to him +that soldiers had arrived at her house, and that she had discovered +that they were on their way to arrest him. Instant flight was +imperative, for there was no place in Redbraes Castle in which he could +conceal himself from soldiers skilled in searching for enemies of the +Government. His wife and Grizel—the only people in the castle who +knew of his danger—discussed with him the most likely means of +escaping detection, and finally it was decided that he should hide in +the family vault in Polwarth Church, which stood about a mile and a +half from Redbraes Castle. +</P> + +<P> +In the middle of the night Grizel and a carpenter named Winter carried +bed and bedding to the vault. It was a weird hiding-place for Sir +Patrick, as the vault was littered with the skulls and bones of his +ancestors. Grizel shuddered at the sight, but she knew that the vault +was the only place which the soldiers would be unlikely to search. +</P> + +<P> +They arrived at Redbraes Castle confident that they would find Sir +Patrick there, and great was their surprise when they searched it from +cellar to turret without finding him. Even then they would not believe +that he had escaped them, so they made a second and still more thorough +search. Every cottage, stable, and shed in the neighbourhood of the +castle was searched, but no one examined the vaults in Polwarth Church. +</P> + +<P> +Sir Patrick Hume was safe from discovery in his gruesome hiding-place, +but he could not live without food, and the difficulty was to convey it +to him without being detected. +</P> + +<P> +This dangerous task Grizel, now nineteen years of age, undertook, and +every night, when all in the castle but herself were asleep, she crept +out with a stock of provisions for her father, and trudged the mile and +a half of country which lay between the castle and Polwarth Church. +</P> + +<P> +It was a trying journey for Grizel, for not only had she to fear being +seen by the soldiers, or some villager out late on poaching bent, but +she believed implicitly in ghosts—as did the majority of people in +those days. Frequently she was startled by the cry of a bird aroused +by her footsteps, and on several occasions a dog detected her, and +barked furiously. +</P> + +<P> +It can easily be understood that Grizel's visits were a great comfort +to Sir Patrick, for she was the only person who ventured to go to him. +She would spread out on the little table in the vault the provisions +which she had brought him, and while he ate his supper she amused him +by humorously relating the difficulties she met in obtaining them. +Lady Hume, Winter and herself were the only people who knew that Sir +Patrick was in the neighbourhood. Grizel's brothers and sisters and +the servants believed that he had fled from the country, and Grizel was +very anxious that they should not be undeceived, for the children might +unintentionally divulge the secret, and among the servants there were, +possibly, some who would be ready to earn a reward by betraying their +master. +</P> + +<P> +But her fear of admitting the children and servants into her secret +made the task of obtaining provisions exceedingly difficult. Had they +seen her taking food into her room, they would at once have suspected +that it was for her father, and that he was somewhere close at hand. +The only way in which she could get the food she required for him was +by slipping some of her dinner from her plate into her lap. This was +not an easy thing to do without being detected by some of her brothers +and sisters, of whom there were many at table, she being the eldest but +two of eighteen children. Once she feared that she had been +discovered. Her mother had given her a large helping of chicken, +knowing well that the greater portion of it would be taken that night +to Sir Patrick. One of Grizel's younger brothers had noticed the large +helping she had received, and was somewhat jealous that he had not been +served as liberally. A few moments later he glanced again at her +plate, and saw to his surprise that it was nearly empty. +</P> + +<P> +With a brother's acknowledged right to make personal remarks, he loudly +called attention to the fact that Grizel had eaten nearly all her big +helping before anyone else had scarcely started. Lady Hume promptly +reprimanded the boy, and ordered him to confine his attention to his +own plate. The youngster made no further remarks concerning his +sister's appetite, but Grizel often found him glancing at her during +meals, and was in constant fear that he would detect her slipping the +food into her lap. +</P> + +<P> +After giving her father the day's news of home and political events she +would start on her return journey, leaving Sir Patrick alone for +another twenty-four hours in his gruesome hiding-place. Many men would +have been driven out of their mind by a month's sojourn in a +skull-and-bone-littered tomb, but Sir Patrick was a man of high +spirits, and his daughter never once found him depressed. During a +previous imprisonment he had committed to memory Buchanan's translation +of the Psalms, and he obtained much comfort from repeating them while +in the Polwarth vault. +</P> + +<P> +One day as he sat at his little table deep in thought he fancied that +he saw a skull lying on the floor move slightly. He watched it, and +saw to his surprise that it was undoubtedly moving. He was not +alarmed, but stretching out his cane turned over the skull and startled +a mouse from underneath it. +</P> + +<P> +Grizel was determined that her father should not remain in the vault +longer than was absolutely necessary, and with the assistance of the +trusty Winter was preparing a hiding-place for him at the castle. +There was a room on the ground floor, the key of which was kept by +Grizel, and under this they dug a big hole with their bare hands, +fearing that the sound of a spade, if used, would be heard. Night +after night, when all but they two were asleep, they scratched out the +earth, and placed it on a sheet spread on the floor. Then, when their +night's work was done, they silently opened the window and emptied the +earth into the garden The hole in the floor they covered by placing a +bed over it. +</P> + +<P> +At last, when Grizel's finger nails were worn almost completely away, +the subterranean hiding-place was finished, Winter placing in it a +large box which he had made for the purpose. Inside the box was a bed +and bedding, and fresh air was admitted through holes pierced in the +lid and sides. In this box Sir Patrick was to hide whenever the +soldiers searched the house. +</P> + +<P> +But before telling her father that he could with safety return home +Grizel examined the underground room daily, to see that it was not +flooded. Feeling confident at last that the water would not percolate, +she told Sir Patrick of the hiding-place prepared for him, and during +the night he crept back to the castle. +</P> + +<P> +When he had been there a week without anyone but Grizel, her mother, +and Winter knowing of his presence, the water burst through into the +subterranean room and flooded the box. Grizel was for a few minutes +terror-stricken, for if the soldiers paid another visit to the castle, +there would be nowhere for her father to hide, and he would be +captured. She hurried to him to advise him to return that night to the +vault; but being an active man he disliked the prospect of prolonged +idleness, and decided to make an attempt to escape to Holland, where +many of his political friends had already found safety. +</P> + +<P> +Grizel now set to work to alter her father's clothes, so that he might +appear to be a man of humble station. Throughout the day and all +through the night she plied her needle, but her task was not finished +when the news reached the castle that Robert Baillie of Jerviswoode had +been executed at Edinburgh. Knowing that her father would meet a +similar fate if captured, she finished his disguise quickly, and urged +his instant flight. He acted on her advice, and had not been gone many +hours before the soldiers arrived and searched the castle thoroughly. +</P> + +<P> +After some narrow escapes from being recognised and arrested Sir +Patrick arrived at London, and crossed to France, making his way thence +to Holland. But before he had been there long he was declared a rebel, +and his estates confiscated. Lady Hume and her children were turned +out of the castle, and found themselves almost penniless. Grizel and +her mother, financially assisted by some friends, journeyed to London, +to petition the Government for an allowance out of the confiscated +estates, and after much difficulty succeeded in obtaining a paltry +pittance of £150 a year. +</P> + +<P> +Sir Patrick's hatred of the Stuarts was naturally increased by the +treatment his wife and children had received at their hands, and he +threw himself heart and soul into the conspiracy for invading England +and Scotland. He took part, under the Duke of Argyle, in the invasion +of Scotland, and on the failure of the enterprise remained in hiding +until he found an opportunity to escape to Ireland, and thence to +Holland <I>viâ</I> France. Here Lady Hume, Grizel, and all the children but +one soon joined him. +</P> + +<P> +Sir Patrick had very little money at this time, and Grizel was soon +sent back to Scotland to attend to some business on his behalf, and +collect money owing to him. She was also to bring back with her a +sister who had been left with friends in Scotland. +</P> + +<P> +Grizel having performed the business entrusted to her, sailed for +Holland with her sister, but before they had been at sea many hours a +terrible storm arose, which, of course, considerably prolonged the +voyage. This would not have been a great hardship, had the captain +been an ordinary man. He happened to be a cowardly bully, and being +short of food for himself, he forcibly took from Grizel and her sister +the biscuits which they had brought aboard for their own use. These he +ate in their presence. But this was not the worst. Grizel had paid +for a cabin bed for herself and sister, but the captain appropriated +it, and they were compelled to sleep on the floor. However, they +arrived in safety at their destination, and Sir Patrick was exceedingly +pleased with the way in which Grizel had transacted his business. +</P> + +<P> +The three years and a half which followed were comparatively uneventful +for the British exiles in Holland. Grizel devoted herself almost +entirely to domestic duties, for her father was too poor to keep +servants, and the only assistance she had was from a little girl who +was paid to come in daily to wash the plates and dishes. Every morning +she rose at six o'clock, and was busy until she retired to bed at +night. She washed and dressed the children, assisted her father in +teaching them, mended their clothes, and performed other duties which +it would be tedious to enumerate. The few hours during which she +managed to be free from domestic duties she devoted to practising music +and studying French and German. +</P> + +<P> +Grizel was now a beautiful young woman, and her gentle manner and +sweetness made her a favourite of all with whom she came into contact. +Two Scotch exiles fell in love with her, but she declined their offers +of marriage, greatly to the surprise of her father, who did not know +that she was the promised wife of another man—George Baillie, son of +his old friend Robert Baillie. George and Grizel had known each other +for many years. George was visiting his father in prison at Edinburgh +when Grizel, to the surprise of both of them, slipped out from a dark +corner and delivered her father's letter. +</P> + +<P> +The bravery of the little girl made a lasting impression on the boy, +and during the troublous years that followed he managed to see her on +several occasions. Each liked the other, and their liking changed to +love long before they were out of their teens. George's estates had +been confiscated, and he was serving as a private in the Prince of +Orange's Guards, where he had for his chum one of Grizel's brothers. +When off duty he was frequently at the Humes' house, and there, one +day, Grizel promised to become his wife. They kept their engagement a +secret, for Grizel did not wish it to be known until the good days, +which she was convinced were in store for Great Britain, arrived. +</P> + +<P> +The good days came at last. The Prince of Orange's troops landed at +Torbay, and the last of the Stuart kings fled from the land he had +misruled. Honours were now conferred upon the men who had suffered at +the hands of Charles II. and James II. Sir Patrick Hume had his +estates restored to him, and was created Lord Polwarth. Six years +later he was made Earl of Marchmont and Lord Chancellor of Scotland. +The queen greatly admired Grizel, and asked her to become one of her +maids of honour, but she declined the offer, as George Baillie, whose +estate had been restored to him, wanted her to fulfil her promise. She +was quite willing to do so, and they were married on September 17, 1692. +</P> + +<P> +In 1703 Lady Hume died. On her death-bed she looked at those standing +around her and asked anxiously 'Where is Grizel?' Grizel, who had been +standing back so that her beloved mother should not see her tears, came +forward at once. 'My dear Grizel,' Lady Hume said, holding her by the +hand, 'blessed be you above all, for a helpful child you have been to +me.' +</P> + +<P> +Grizel's married life was exceedingly happy, and lasted for forty-six +years. She often declared that during those years she and her husband +never had the slightest quarrel or misunderstanding. Throughout her +married life she was indefatigable in good works for the poor, and she +continued her kindly deeds after her husband's death. The rebellion of +1745 caused much distress in her native land, and her money was given +freely to the ruined of both parties. Her own income had been greatly +reduced, as her impoverished tenants were unable to pay her, and soon +she found herself pressed for money. All that she had possessed had +been given to those in distress, and now, in her eighty-first year, she +was unable to pay for the common necessaries of life. She called +together the tradesmen, whom she had hitherto paid promptly, and told +them that she was now poor, and would have to remain so until her +tenants were prosperous enough to pay their rents. Perhaps they would +not be in a position to do so during her lifetime, and she left it to +them, the tradesmen, to decide whether or not they would continue to +serve her, and run the risk of not being paid. Unanimously and +promptly the tradesmen declared that, as heretofore, she should have +the best of their stock. Joanna Baillie gives their reply in the +following lines:— +</P> + +<P CLASS="poem"> +No, noble dame! this must not be.<BR> +With heart as warm and hand as free<BR> +Still thee and thine we'll serve with pride,<BR> +As when fair fortune graced your side.<BR> +The best of all our stores afford<BR> +Shall daily smoke upon thy board;<BR> +And should'st thou never clear the score,<BR> +Heaven, for thy sake, will bless our store.<BR> +</P> + +<BR> + +<P> +The tradesmen were paid eventually, but not by Lady Grizel Baillie, for +she died on December 6, 1746, before prosperity came to her tenants. A +long life had been given her, and she had spent it nobly exhibiting all +the good qualities which a woman should possess. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap0405"></A> + +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +LUCY HUTCHINSON, A BRAVE WIFE +</H3> + +<P> +One morning in the spring of 1638 a large number of people had +assembled at a Richmond Church to witness the marriage of John +Hutchinson, eldest son of Sir Thomas Hutchinson, with Lucy Apsley, the +daughter of Sir Allen Apsley. The bride, who was only eighteen years +of age, was, according to her contemporaries, exceedingly beautiful and +very accomplished; her future husband was learned, well-bred and +handsome. Both had a host of friends, and thus it was that a large +crowd had gathered at the church to witness their marriage. +</P> + +<P> +The time for the bride to arrive at the church had come; but she was +not there. Minutes passed, and soon a messenger arrived with the news +that the marriage would not take place that day. 'But why was it +postponed?' This was the question which the disappointed friends +asked, and the answer was soon forthcoming. +</P> + +<P> +Lucy Apsley had been seized with small-pox on her wedding morning. In +those days small-pox was far more feared than it is at the present +time, and the crowd quickly dispersed, some of the people fearing that +the messenger who brought the bad news might also have brought the +dreaded disease. +</P> + +<P> +For some time it was thought that Lucy Apsley would die from the +complaint, but she recovered. There were many people, however, who +declared that it would have been better if she had died, for the once +beautiful girl was now much disfigured, and the Society gossips +expressed their confidence that John Hutchinson would never marry her. +</P> + +<P> +It was unjustifiable for these people to talk of John Hutchinson as if +he were a scoundrel, for he was a manly, honourable, young fellow, and +quite unlikely to refuse to marry Lucy Apsley because she had lost her +beauty. He told her that he was thankful to God for having spared her, +and urged her to marry him as soon as it was possible. +</P> + +<P> +They were married at St. Andrew's Church, Holborn, on July 3, 1638, the +bride presenting such a shocking appearance that the clergyman who +performed the ceremony could not look at her a second time. It is +highly satisfactory to be able to say that in the course of time Lucy +Hutchinson regained some of her beauty; but the contemporary writer's +statement that she became as beautiful as ever she had been must be +received with a certain amount of doubt. +</P> + +<P> +However, it is not for her beauty but for her bravery that Lucy +Hutchinson deserves to be remembered. When she had spent a few happy +years of married life, the troubles which ended in the execution of +Charles I. began. It was impossible for any man or woman to refrain +from siding with one or the other party in this momentous struggle, for +any person who claimed to be neutral would have been suspected by both +parties. Lucy Hutchinson's husband was of a studious disposition, and +had little taste for the frivolities and dissipation in which the +majority of men of his position indulged, and it is therefore not +surprising that, when it became necessary to take part in the struggle, +he determined to espouse the cause of the Parliamentary party. +</P> + +<P> +This step caused Lucy Hutchinson some sorrow, for her brother and many +other members of her family were fighting for King Charles. However, +she felt that it was her duty to hold the same political opinions as +her husband, and she became a staunch Parliamentarian. +</P> + +<P> +The Cavaliers, hearing that John Hutchinson had proclaimed sympathy +with the Roundheads, decided to take him prisoner immediately, but +warning of their intention reached him, and he fled to Leicestershire. +Lucy joined him at the earliest opportunity, but they had little peace, +for the Cavaliers were constantly in search of John Hutchinson. +</P> + +<P> +After fleeing from place to place he arrived at Nottingham, soon after +the battle of Edgehill. The Cavaliers were on their way to take +possession of Nottingham, and John Hutchinson and others urged the +citizens to defend the town. The militia was organised, and John +Hutchinson was appointed a lieutenant-colonel. +</P> + +<P> +Lucy Hutchinson was at this time living at their home at Owthorpe, but +her husband, thinking that she would be safer in Nottingham than alone +in a neighbourhood which abounded with Royalists, sent a troop of horse +to remove her by night. It was an adventurous journey, but was +accomplished safely. Finding that the citizens of Nottingham were +prepared to offer a determined resistance, the Cavaliers did not attack +the town, but passed on with the intention of returning later to +capture it. +</P> + +<P> +The citizens of Nottingham, pleased with the energy shown by Colonel +Hutchinson, elected him Governor of Nottingham Castle. It was a high +post for a man only twenty-seven years of age, but Colonel Hutchinson +soon proved that he was well fitted for it The castle, although +standing in an excellent position, was in a dilapidated condition and +required much strengthening before it could be considered strong enough +to withstand a determined attack. The required alterations were +carried out under Colonel Hutchinson's supervision, and at length all +that was needed to withstand a siege was a stock of provisions and a +larger garrison. These, however, the governor could not obtain. +</P> + +<P> +A period of waiting followed. Again and again the rumour spread that +the Cavaliers were approaching to capture the castle, but they did not +attack it. Their guns were heard in the distance, but for some reason +known only to themselves they did not deliver the long-expected +assault. Lucy Hutchinson had an unenviable time. Loving a peaceful, +domestic life, she was compelled to live in the midst of turmoil. She +saw to the feeding of the soldiers, a trying task considering that so +far the Parliamentary party had allowed her husband nothing whatever +towards defraying the cost of maintaining the garrison, and that the +stock of provisions was running low. Moreover she was often troubled +concerning the safety of her relatives. Her eldest brother, Sir Allen +Apsley, of whom she was exceedingly fond, was fighting gallantly for +the king, and believing that the Parliamentarians would triumph, she +feared that if he escaped death on the battle-field, it would only be +to suffer imprisonment and the confiscation of his estate. +</P> + +<P> +At last, in 1644, the Earl of Newcastle sent a messenger to Colonel +Hutchinson calling upon him to surrender Nottingham Castle to the +Royalists, a demand that was promptly refused. 'If his lordship would +have that poor castle,' the colonel said to the messenger, 'he must +wade to it in blood.' +</P> + +<P> +The messenger departed, and Colonel Hutchinson made preparations to +withstand a siege. Greatly to his surprise, however, the attempt on +the castle was not made, the Earl of Newcastle having been compelled to +march his forces to the assistance of Royalists in another part of the +country. +</P> + +<P> +Before long, however, the citizens of Nottingham veered round to the +Royalist party, and decided to betray the town. One night they +secretly admitted 600 Cavaliers, commanded by Colonel Hutchinson's +cousin, Sir Richard Byron, and before daybreak the town was in their +hands. But not the castle. With only eighty men, Colonel Hutchinson +determined to hold it against the enemy until not a man remained alive. +His force should have been much larger, but many of his men had on the +previous evening quitted the castle without permission and entered the +town. While enjoying themselves the Cavaliers arrived and made them +prisoners. +</P> + +<P> +Among the Parliamentarians who were taken prisoners in Nottingham were +the surgeons, and the defenders of the castle entered into the fight +with the unpleasant belief that if they were wounded there would be no +one to attend to their wounds. +</P> + +<P> +They were mistaken. When the battle had been raging for some minutes, +and the wounded defenders were being removed from further danger, Lucy +Hutchinson came forward, and skilfully and tenderly dressed their +wounds. For five days, attending to the wounded was her chief duty, +and many a poor fellow's life was saved by her promptitude and skill. +</P> + +<P> +One day, while resting from her labours, she saw three Royalists being +led away to the dungeon. They were wounded, and had been captured in +the latest assault on the castle. Seeing that they were wounded, Lucy +Hutchinson at once dressed their injuries, and while thus employed one +of her husband's officers angrily upbraided her for having pity on +them, concluding with the assertion that 'his soul abhorred to see this +favour to the enemies of God.' +</P> + +<P> +'I've done nothing but my duty,' she replied. 'These are our enemies, +but they are also our fellow-creatures.' +</P> + +<P> +For five days the little band of Roundheads held out against the strong +force of Cavaliers, and they were fully prepared for a long siege, +when, to their surprise, they saw the enemy beat a hurried retreat. In +a short time they knew the cause. A strong Parliamentary force was +advancing to the relief of Nottingham Castle. +</P> + +<P> +For his good defence of the castle, Parliament ratified the appointment +made by the citizens, and promoted Colonel Hutchinson to be governor of +the town as well as of the castle. +</P> + +<P> +Unable to obtain the castle by force of arms, the Royalists now tempted +Colonel Hutchinson, by offering him any terms he might name, if he +would surrender it and join their party. These attempts to suborn him +he ignored, and held the castle for the Parliamentary party until peace +was declared, and he was able to return with his wife and children to +his ruined home at Owthorpe. In the meanwhile, Lucy Hutchinson was +anxious concerning her brother, Sir Allen Apsley, who had held +Barnstaple for the king as gallantly as her husband had held Nottingham +Castle for the Parliament. He was a marked man, but Colonel Hutchinson +used his now great influence to obtain immunity from molestation for +the gallant Cavalier. +</P> + +<P> +Until the death of Cromwell, Lucy Hutchinson and her husband lived very +happily with their children at their rebuilt Owthorpe home. But +immediately after that event troubles began. The Royalists, hoping to +bring about a restoration of monarchy, were eager to obtain arms, and +planned a raid on Owthorpe; but their designs were repeated to Lucy +Hutchinson by a boy who overheard the conspiracy, and when the robbers +arrived they were speedily put to flight. +</P> + +<P> +As the prospects of a Restoration became greater, Lucy Hutchinson grew +alarmed for the safety of her husband, who was one of the men who had +signed the death-warrant of Charles I. The friends of the exiled king +had promised him pardon and preferment if he would become a Royalist, +but this he had firmly declined to do. +</P> + +<P> +On May 29, 1660, Charles II. was restored to the throne, and little +mercy could be expected from him by those who had signed his father's +death-warrant. Some of Colonel Hutchinson's friends urged him to +follow Ingoldsby's example, and declare that Cromwell had held his hand +and compelled him to sign it, but he rejected this advice with the +greatest indignation. +</P> + +<P> +In a terrible state of anxiety Lucy Hutchinson applied to her brother +for assistance and advice. Sir Allen Apsley was naturally in high +favour at court, where his gallant fight for Charles I. was well known, +and he was glad of an opportunity to help the brother-in-law who had +protected him in time of danger. Moreover, there was another reason +why he was anxious to help Colonel Hutchinson—he, Sir Allen, had +recently married his sister. +</P> + +<P> +Sir Allen Apsley worked exceedingly hard to obtain his brother-in-law's +pardon, and at last he had the joy of telling his sister that her +husband's name was inserted in the Act of Oblivion, and his estates +unconditionally freed to him. +</P> + +<P> +Great was Lucy Hutchinson's joy at the pardon of her husband, and she +looked forward to spending the remainder of their days in peace at +their beloved Owthorpe. Alas! this was not to be. There were many +Royalists who were highly displeased at Colonel Hutchinson's receiving +a pardon, and they determined to ruin him. Very conveniently they +discovered, or said that they had discovered, a Puritan plot for a +rising, and that Colonel Hutchinson was one of the conspirators. As +far as Colonel Hutchinson was concerned the story was utterly untrue, +but, nevertheless, on the strength of it, he was arrested for treason, +carried to London and placed in the Tower. After ten months in the +Tower, during which his wife visited him regularly, he was removed to +Sandown Castle, where, in a damp cell against the walls of which the +sea washed, he contracted ague. Lucy Hutchinson implored the governor +to be permitted to share her husband's prison, but he refused, and +treated both her and him with brutality. +</P> + +<P> +Sir Allen Apsley, hearing of the treatment accorded to his +brother-in-law, used his influence to bring about a change in his +condition, but the alteration came too late, and he died on September +11, 1664. Lucy Hutchinson was not present when he died, but the +message he sent to her was:—'Let her, as she is above other women, +show herself on this occasion a good Christian, and above the pitch of +ordinary minds.' +</P> + +<P> +Little is known of Lucy Hutchinson after her husband's death, beyond +that she soon sold Owthorpe, and that some years later she referred to +herself as being in adversity. By adversity she probably referred to +her widowed state, for it is very unlikely that with many rich +relatives a woman of simple tastes would be in want of money. But of +this we may be sure: that, whether old age found her rich or poor, it +found her a noble-minded, Christian Englishwoman. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap0406"></A> + +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +LADY BAKER, AN EXPLORER'S COMPANION +</H3> + +<P> +When Samuel White Baker decided to make an attempt to discover the +sources of the Nile, his young wife determined to accompany him and +share his dangers and hardships. On April 15, 1861, they started from +Cairo, and after a twenty-six days' journey by boat they disembarked at +Korosko, and plunged into the dreary desert. Their camels travelled at +a rapid pace, but the heat was terrible, and Mrs. Baker was taken +seriously ill before arriving at Berber. She was, however, +sufficiently recovered to accompany her husband when he started off +along the dry bed of the Atbara, and soon had a novel experience, which +Baker in <I>The Nile Tributaries of Abyssinia</I>, describes as follows:— +</P> + +<P> +'At half-past eight I was lying half asleep upon my bed by the margin +of the river, when I fancied that I heard a rumbling like distant +thunder. Hardly had I raised my head to listen more attentively, when +a confusion of voices arose from the Arabs' camp, with the sound of +many feet; and in a few minutes they rushed into my camp, shouting to +my men in the darkness, "El Bahr! El Bahr!"'[<A NAME="chap0406fn1text"></A><A HREF="#chap0406fn1">1</A>] The rolling flood was +sweeping down the dry bed of the river. 'We were up in an instant. +Many of the people were asleep on the clean sand in the river's bed; +these were quickly awakened by the Arabs.... Hardly had they (the +Arabs) descended, when the sound of the river in the darkness beneath +told us that the water had arrived; and the men, dripping with wet, had +just sufficient time to drag their heavy burdens up the bank. All was +darkness and confusion. The river had arrived like "a thief in the +night."' +</P> + +<P> +When daylight came a mighty river was flowing where yesterday there was +only dry land. +</P> + +<P> +Proceeding to Kassala, Baker engaged additional camels and attendants, +and then crossing the Atbara at Korasi proceeded to Sofi, where he +decided to halt for five months. Big game abounded, and Baker enjoyed +excellent sport. Shooting and studying Arabic occupied nearly all his +attention, until Mrs. Baker was taken ill with gastric fever. For a +time it was not expected that she would recover; but, fortunately, she +was spared to assist her husband in the arduous labours which followed. +</P> + +<P> +Mr. and Mrs. Baker arrived at Khartoum on June 11, 1862, and remained +there for six months, waiting for the rains to cease, and for the +northerly winds to set in. Quitting Khartoum on December 18, 1862, +they arrived at Gondokoro on February 2, 1863. Baker was the first +Englishman to visit the place, and the reception which the +slave-traders accorded him was far from cordial. Believing him to be a +spy of the British Government, they concealed their slaves, and waited +anxiously for him to depart. In the meanwhile they made friends with +his men, sowed discontent amongst them, and succeeded in inciting them +to make a raid for food on the natives in the next village. +</P> + +<P> +Baker, hearing of the proposed raid, promptly forbade it, whereupon his +men mutinied. Seizing the ringleader, Baker proceeded to give him a +sound thrashing, but was at once attacked by the rest of the men, and +would certainly have been killed had not Mrs. Baker rushed to the +rescue. Her sudden appearance on the scene—for it was known she was +ill with fever—and her appeals to some of the men to help her save her +husband caused the mutineers to hesitate. Instantly Baker saw his +opportunity. 'Fall in!' he commanded, and so accustomed were the men +to obeying his orders that the majority fell in instantly. The +ringleader and a few others refused to obey, and Baker was about to +administer another thrashing to the former when his wife besought him +not to do so. He acted on her advice, and promised to overlook the +mutineers' conduct if they apologised, which they promptly and +profusely did. +</P> + +<P> +The slave-traders now declared that they would not permit the Bakers to +penetrate into the interior, but, ignoring the threats, husband and +wife resumed their journey. Soon they came into contact with a +well-armed party of these traders, and a fight would have resulted had +not Mrs. Baker suggested that they should make friends with the leader. +'Had I been alone,' Baker writes, 'I should have been too proud to have +sought the friendship of the sullen trader; and the moment on which +success depended would have been lost.... The fate of the expedition +was retrieved by Mrs. Baker.' +</P> + +<P> +It was, of course, a trying task for Mr. and Mrs. Baker to be on +friendly terms with a slave-trader, and they both felt it to be so, but +it was productive of good. The slave-trader informed Baker that his +(Baker's) men intended to mutiny and kill him and his wife. Baker was +on his guard, and nipped the mutiny in the bud. +</P> + +<P> +After many hardships and perils borne uncomplainingly by Mrs. Baker, +they reached the territory of the King of Unyoro, where his majesty's +brother, M'gambi, was continually asking for presents. Having received +a great number from Baker, M'gambi went on to demand that Mrs. Baker +might be given to him. 'Drawing my revolver quietly, I held it within +two feet of his chest,' Baker writes, 'and looking at him with +undisguised contempt, I told him that if I touched the trigger, not all +the men could save him: and that it he dared to repeat the insult I +would shoot him on the spot. At the same time, I explained to him that +in my country such insolence would entail bloodshed; and I looked upon +him as an ignorant ox who knew no better; and that this excuse alone +could save him. My wife, naturally indignant, had risen from her seat, +and maddened with the excitement of the moment, she made a little +speech in Arabic (not a word of which he understood) with a countenance +almost as amiable as the head of Medusa. Altogether the +<I>mise-en-scène</I> utterly astonished him. The woman, Bacheta, although +savage, had appropriated the insult to her mistress, and she also +fearlessly let fly at him, translating as nearly as she could the +complimentary address that "Medusa" had just delivered. +</P> + +<P> +Whether this little <I>coup de théâtre</I> had so impressed M'gambi with +British female independence, that he wished to be "off his bargain," I +cannot say; but, with an air of complete astonishment, he said; "Don't +be angry! I had no intention of offending you by asking for your wife; +I will give you a wife if you want one; and I thought you had no +objection to give me yours: it is my custom to give my visitors pretty +wives, and I thought you might exchange. Don't make a fuss about it; +if you don't like it, there's an end of it: I will never mention it +again." This very practical apology I received very sternly.' +</P> + +<P> +After this interview with M'gambi, the Bakers resumed their journey, +escorted by 300 local men, whose services Baker soon discovered it +would be advisable to dispense with. He was now left with only twelve +men, and it was doubtful whether he would be able to reach his +destination and get back to Gondokoro in time to catch the last boat to +Khartoum that season. If he failed to do so, it meant another year in +Central Africa, and he did not wish his wife to endure that. But Mrs. +Baker was interested deeply in her husband's work, and urged him not to +consider her health before accomplishing his task. +</P> + +<P> +A few days later she received a sun-stroke, and for several days lay in +a litter in an unconscious state. Brain fever followed, and no one +believed that she could possibly recover. A halt was made, and the men +put a new handle to the pick-axe ready to dig a grave, the site of +which had been selected. But the preparations were premature. Mrs. +Baker recovered consciousness, and two days later the weary march was +resumed, to be crowned on March 14, 1864, with success, for on that day +they saw before them the tremendous sheet of water now well known by +the name the discoverer gave it, there and then,—the Albert Nyanza. +</P> + +<P> +We can imagine Mrs. Baker's joy on finding that their expedition had +been crowned with success, and that the perils and hardships which she +had shared uncomplainingly with her husband had not been endured in +vain. It would perhaps have only been natural if she had now urged her +husband to return to civilisation as quickly as possible, but she did +not do so. +</P> + +<P> +For thirteen days they explored in canoes the eastern shore of the +newly-discovered lake, coming at last to the mouth of Somerset or +Victoria Nile. Ascending the river they discovered a series of +cataracts, ending in a magnificent fall. These Baker named Murchison +Falls, as a compliment to the President of the Royal Geographical +Society. Continuing the journey on foot, they came to a deserted +village, where they were compelled to remain for two months through the +treachery of the King of Unyoro. This dusky potentate had promised +Baker every assistance that he could give, but having decided to make +an attack on two neighbouring tribes he asked the Englishman to +accompany his force and fight for him. This Baker refused to do, and, +in revenge, the king sent secret orders to Baker's followers to desert +him, and leave him and his wife to starve. In a desolate spot, unable +to obtain provisions, Mr. and Mrs. Baker existed for two months, +growing weaker daily from fever and want of proper food. However, +after many attempts, Baker managed to obtain an interview with the +king, and persuaded him to treat them humanely. The king would not, +however, allow them to quit his territory, and it was not until +November, 1864, that they succeeded in escaping. +</P> + +<P> +After many adventures they arrived at Khartoum on May 3, 1865, where +their arrival created great surprise among the Europeans, who had long +since been convinced that they were dead. +</P> + +<P> +On reaching England in October, 1865, the Bakers were given an +enthusiastic reception. Various learned societies at home and abroad +bestowed their highest honours upon Baker, and Queen Victoria conferred +a knighthood upon him. +</P> + +<P> +Mrs. Baker's bravery in accompanying her husband through so many +dangers was naturally praised by all classes, and it was felt by many +people that some honour should be conferred upon her. In Messrs. +Murray and White's <I>Sir Samuel Baker: a Memoir</I> (Macmillan), it is +stated that Mr. W. E. Gladstone proposed that a subscription should be +started for presenting a suitable testimonial to her. This was, +however, prior to her becoming Lady Baker, and perhaps it was +considered that having received an honour the testimonial was +unnecessary. At any rate Mr. Gladstone's suggestion was not carried +out. +</P> + +<P> +In the spring of 1869, Sir Samuel and Lady Baker returned to Africa. +The Khedive had appointed Sir Samuel Governor-General of the Equatorial +Nile Basin, to suppress the slave-trade, to develop the natural +resources of the country, and open the great lakes to navigation. This +was a formidable task, and made more difficult by the jealousy of the +Egyptian authorities, who neglected to give him the support which they +should have done. +</P> + +<P> +For two years Sir Samuel Baker was busy fighting slave-traders and +native tribes, and throughout this exciting period he was accompanied +by his wife, who was subjected to the same dangers as he or any man in +his force. At one time she was in great danger of being laid low at +any moment by bullet or spear. This was during the retreat from +Masendi, a position which Sir Samuel Baker was compelled to abandon on +June 14, 1872. For eighty miles the little band, composed of about 100 +men, marched in double file through tangled forest and gigantic grass, +fighting the whole distance. Bullets whizzed past Lady Baker, and many +a spear went within an inch of her, but unalarmed she marched on +<I>carrying ammunition</I>. The enemy hoped to annihilate the party before +it got clear of the long grass, but the determined men who were +fighting for their lives discovered the ambuscades and drove out the +enemy. Night and day the hidden foe harassed the party, and Lady Baker +knew that any moment might be her last. Nevertheless, she trudged on +with her burden of ammunition, and on some occasions marched sixteen +miles at a stretch. It was a weary march through that +grass-jungle—which harboured hundreds of the enemy—and it seemed that +it would never end. To accelerate their retreat, the cattle were +abandoned and loads of valuable goods were burnt or thrown away. At +times it seemed as if they could not possibly escape, and, in fact, +news reached England that they had been slaughtered during the retreat +from Masendi. +</P> + +<P> +However, they got through safely, and shortly afterwards inflicted a +crushing defeat on the enemy. Lady Baker was present at this battle, +but although the bullets whizzed to the right, to the left, and above +her, she escaped injury. Sir Samuel not only praised her bravery, but +he wrote of her: 'She has always been my prime minister, to give good +counsel in moments of difficulty and danger.' +</P> + +<P> +On completion of the four years' service for which the Khedive had +engaged him, Sir Samuel Baker returned with his wife to England, where +once more they received an enthusiastic reception. When they again +travelled abroad it was in more civilised parts of the world, and +unattended by the perils which had assailed them in Africa. Sir Samuel +Baker died on December 30, 1893, at Sandford Orleigh, near Newton +Abbot, aged 72. He was a brave and clever man, but not a little of his +success was due to the fact that he had a wife who shared his ambition, +and did all that lay in her power to bring his undertakings to a +successful issue. +</P> + +<BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap0406fn1"></A> +<P CLASS="footnote"> +[<A HREF="#chap0406fn1text">1</A>] The river. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<P CLASS="finis"> +THE END. +</P> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<HR> + +<BR><BR><BR> + +<A NAME="chap05"></A> + +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +The Young Girl's Library. +</H3> + +<BR> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +TWO GIRLS IN A SIEGE. A Tale of the Great Civil War. By EDITH C. +KENYON, Author of "Queen of Nine Days," etc. With Three Illustrations +by J. MACFARLANE. +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +THE SHEPHERD'S FAIRY. By the Author of "Mr. Mygale's Hobby." With +Three Illustrations. +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +MISS NETTIE'S GIRLS. A Story of London East End Life. By CONSTANCE +EVELYN. With Three Illustrations. +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +GWEN'S INFLUENCE. By FRANCES TOFT, Author of "Uncle Ronald," etc. +With Three Illustrations by CHARLES HORRELL. +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +CHRISTIE REDFERN'S TROUBLES. By MRS. ROBERTSON. With Three +Illustrations by E. BARNARD LINTOTT, Author of "The Orphans of Glen +Elder." +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +ANGEL'S BROTHER. By ELEANOR A. STOOKE, Author of "The Bottom of the +Bread Pan." With Three Illustrations by W. H. C. GROOME. +</P> + +<BR> + +<H5 ALIGN="center"> +THE RELIGIOUS TRACT SOCIETY. LONDON. +</H5> + +<BR><BR> + +<H3> +Popular Stories +<BR> +By +<BR> +Well-Known +<BR> +Writers +</H3> + +<BR><BR> + +<H4> +HESBA STRETTON<BR> +Mrs. O. F. WALTON<BR> +EVELYN EVERETT-GREEN<BR> +AMY LE FEUVRE<BR> +ETC. ETC.<BR> +</H4> + +<BR><BR> + +<H4> +Issued by<BR> +The Religious Tract Society<BR> +4 Bouverie Street and<BR> +65 St. Paul's Churchyard<BR> +London, E.C.<BR> +</H4> + +<BR><BR> + +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +POPULAR STORIES BY +<BR> +HESBA STRETTON. +</H3> + +<BR> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +HALF BROTHERS. By Hesba Stretton. With Four Illustrations by Lancelot +Speed. +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +CAROLA. By Hesba Stretton. Illustrated. +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +COBWEBS AND CABLES. By Hesba Stretton. Illustrated. +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +THROUGH A NEEDLE'S EYE. By Hesba Stretton. Illustrated. +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +DAVID LLOYD'S LAST WILL. By Hesba Stretton. Illustrated. +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +THE SOUL OF HONOUR. By Hesba Stretton. With Frontispiece. +</P> + +<BR><BR> + +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +UNIFORM EDITIONS OF STORIES +<BR> +BY +<BR> +EVELYN EVERETT-GREEN. +</H3> + +<BR> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +<I>Miss Everett-Green has long been known and appreciated as a practised +and skilled writer, and while many of her tales are specially suited +for girls, they will also be read with profit and interest by adults. +The Society is issuing the whole series of her longer stories in a +uniform style.</I> +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +THE CONSCIENCE OF ROGER TREHERN. By Evelyn Everett-Green. Illustrated. +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +JOINT GUARDIANS. By Evelyn Everett-Green. With a Frontispiece. +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +MARCUS STRATFORD'S CHARGE; or, Roy's Temptation. By Evelyn +Everett-Green. With a Frontispiece. +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +ALWYN RAVENDALE. By Evelyn Everett-Green. With Frontispiece by Harold +Copping. +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +LENORE ANNANDALE'S STORY. By Evelyn Everett-Green. With a +Frontispiece. +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +THE HEAD OF THE HOUSE. By Evelyn Everett-Green. With a Frontispiece. +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +THE MISTRESS OF LYDGATE PRIORY; or, The Story of a Long Life. By +Evelyn Everett-Green. With a Frontispiece. +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +THE PERCIVALS. By Evelyn Everett-Green. With a Frontispiece. +</P> + +<BR> + +<H5 ALIGN="center"> +LONDON: THE RELIGIOUS TRACT SOCIETY. +</H5> + +<BR><BR> + +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +POPULAR STORIES BY +<BR> +MRS. O. F. WALTON. +</H3> + +<H4 ALIGN="center"> +AUTHOR OF 'A PEEP BEHIND THE SCENES.' +</H4> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +THE LOST CLUE. By Mrs. Walton. With Illustrations by Adolf Thiede. +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +A PEEP BEHIND THE SCENES. By Mrs. Walton. Illustrated. +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +WAS I RIGHT? By Mrs. Walton. Illustrated. +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +DOCTOR FORESTER. By Mrs. Walton. With Four Illustrations by Ernest +Prater. +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +SCENES IN THE LIFE OF AN OLD ARM-CHAIR. By Mrs. Walton. Illustrated. +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +OLIVE'S STORY; or, Life at Ravenscliffe. By Mrs. Walton. Illustrated. +</P> + +<BR> + +<H5 ALIGN="center"> +LONDON: THE RELIGIOUS TRACT SOCIETY. +</H5> + +<BR><BR> + +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +POPULAR STORIES BY +<BR> +AMY LE FEUVRE. +</H3> + +<BR> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +THE MENDER; A Story of Modern Domestic Life. By Amy Le Feuvre. +Illustrated. +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +ODD MADE EVEN. By Amy Le Feuvre. Seven Illustrations by Harold +Copping. +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +HEATHER'S MISTRESS. By Amy Le Feuvre. With Fifteen Illustrations by +J. S. Crompton. +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +ON THE EDGE OF THE MOOR. By Amy Le Feuvre. +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +THE CARVED CUPBOARD. By Amy Le Feuvre. +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +DWELL DEEP; or Hilda Thorn's Life Story. By Amy Le Feuvre. +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +ODD. By Amy Le Feuvre. Illustrated. +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +A LITTLE MAID. By Amy Le Feuvre. +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +A PUZZLING PAIR. By Amy Le Feuvre. With Illustrations by Eveline +Lance. +</P> + +<BR> + +<H5 ALIGN="center"> +LONDON; THE RELIGIOUS TRACT SOCIETY. +</H5> + +<BR><BR> + +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +The Bouverie Florin Library. +</H3> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +A New Series of Interesting Stories. Each with Title-page and +Illustrations in Colour. Attractively bound. Large crown 8vo, Cloth +Gilt, 2s. each. +</P> + +<BR> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +THE AWAKENING OF ANTHONY WEIR. By SILAS K. HOCKING. With coloured and +other illustrations. +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +IN THE DAYS OF THE GIRONDE. A Story for Girls. By THEKLA. With +coloured illustrations by W. E. WIGFULL. +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +MONEY AND THE MAN. By H. M. WARD. With coloured illustrations by A. +TWIDLE. +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +THE CHARIOTS OF THE LORD: A Romance of the Time of James II. and the +coming of William of Orange. With four coloured illustrations by ADOLF +THIEDE. +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +A ROSE OF YORK. By FLORENCE BONE. With coloured illustrations by +DUDLEY TENNANT. +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +THE WONDER CHILD: An Australian Story. By ETHEL TURNER. With coloured +and other illustrations. +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +FROM PRISON TO PARADISE: A Story of English Peasant Life in 1557. By +ALICE LANG. With coloured and other illustrations. +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +A HERO IN THE STRIFE. By LOUISA C. SILKE. With coloured frontispiece +by J. FINNEMORE. +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +ADNAH: A Tale of the Time of Christ. By J. BRECKENRIDGE ELLIS. With +coloured title-page and frontispiece. +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +LIVING IT OUT. By H. M. WARD, Author of 'Money and the Man,' etc. +With three coloured illustrations by W. E. WIGFULL. +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +THE TROUBLE MAN: or, The Wards of St. James. By EMILY P. WEAVER. With +three coloured illustrations by DUDLEY TENNANT. +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +THE MEN OF THE MOUNTAIN. A Stirring Tale of the Franco-German War of +1870-1871. By S. R. CROCKETT, Author of 'The White Plumes of Navarre,' +'The Lilac Sunbonnet,' &c. Illustrated. +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +THE LOST CLUE. By Mrs. O. F. WALTON, Author of 'A Peep Behind the +Scenes,' &c. Illustrated. +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +LOVE, THE INTRUDER. A Modern Romance. By HELEN H. WATSON, Author of +'Andrew Goodfellow,' &c. Illustrated. +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +THE FIGHTING LINE. By DAVID LYALL. Author of 'The Gold that +Perisheth,' &c. Illustrated. +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +THE HIGHWAY OF SORROW: A Story of Modern Russia. By Hesba Stretton. +With 4 Illustrations by J. Finnemore, R.I. +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +VEILED HEARTS: A Romance of Modern Egypt. By Rachel Willard. With 3 +Illustrations. +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +SUNDAY SCHOOL ROMANCES. By Alfred B. Cooper, with 8 Illustrations. +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +THE COSSART COUSINS. By Evelyn Everett-Green. With 4 Illustrations by +Gordon Browne, R.I. +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +THE FAMILY NEXT DOOR. By Evelyn Everett-Green. With Frontispiece by +Lancelot Speed. +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +GREYFRIARS. By E. Everett-Green. With Frontispiece by Ernest Prater. +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +PEGGY SPRY. By H. M. Ward. With 3 illustrations by Ernest Prater. +</P> + +<BR><BR> + +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +The 'Queen' Library. +</H3> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +A New Series of Delightful Stories for younger Girls, Each with three +Coloured Illustrations: Large crown 8vo. Attractively bound in Cloth +Gilt, 2s. 6d. +</P> + +<BR> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +MARGARET, or, The Hidden Treasure. By N.F.P.K. With three coloured +illustrations by VICTOR PROUT. +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +AGAINST THE WORLD. By EVELYN R. GARRATT, Author of 'Free to Serve.' +With three coloured illustrations by J. A. SYMINGTON. +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +LITTLE MISS. By M. B. MANWELL, Author of 'The Captain's Bunk,' +'Daisy's Knight,' etc. With three coloured illustrations by F. E. +HILEY. +</P> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +BELLE AND DOLLY. By ANNE BEALE. With three coloured illustrations by +A. TWIDLE. +</P> + +<BR> + +<H5 ALIGN="center"> +LONDON: THE RELIGIOUS TRACT SOCIETY. +</H5> + +<BR><BR> + +<H3 ALIGN="center"> +'BRAVE DEEDS' SERIES.<BR> +</H3> + +<H4 ALIGN="center"> +<I>Well Illustrated.</I><BR> +</H4> + +<P CLASS="noindent"> +BRAVE DEEDS OF YOUTHFUL HEROES.<BR> +STRANGE TALES OF PERIL AND ADVENTURE.<BR> +ADVENTURES ASHORE AND AFLOAT.<BR> +THE ROMANCE OF REAL LIFE.<BR> +<SPAN STYLE="margin-left: 1em">True Incidents in the Lives of the Great and Good.</SPAN><BR> +WIND AND WAVE. A Tale of the Siege of Leyden.<BR> +THE CRUISE OF THE 'MARY ROSE.'<BR> +CEDAR CREEK; Or, from Shanty to Settlement.<BR> +A BOOK OF HEROES;<BR> +<SPAN STYLE="margin-left: 1em">Or, Great Victories in the Fight for Freedom.</SPAN><BR> +ONCE UPON A TIME;<BR> +<SPAN STYLE="margin-left: 1em">Or, The Boy's Book of Adventures.</SPAN><BR> +THE BLACK TROOPERS. And Other Stories.<BR> +A RACE FOR LIFE. And Other Tales.<BR> +NOBLE DEEDS OF THE WORLD'S HEROINES.<BR> +THROUGH FLOOD AND FLAME.<BR> +<SPAN STYLE="margin-left: 2em">Adventures and Perils of Protestant Heroes.</SPAN><BR> +HEROES OF THE GOODWIN SANDS.<BR> +ON THE INDIAN TRAIL,<BR> +<SPAN STYLE="margin-left: 2em">And Other Stories of the Cree and Salteaux Indians.</SPAN><BR> +REMARKABLE ADVENTURES FROM REAL LIFE.<BR> +THROUGH FIRE AND THROUGH WATER.<BR> +FRANK LAYTON. An Australian Story.<BR> +THE REALM OF THE ICE-KING.<BR> +THE FOSTER BROTHERS OF DOOM.<BR> +<SPAN STYLE="margin-left: 2em">A Tale of the Irish Rebellion.</SPAN><BR> +THE CAPTAIN'S STORY.<BR> +STEADFAST AND TRUE.<BR> +ADVENTURE STORIES.<BR> +<SPAN STYLE="margin-left: 2em">Daring Deeds on Land and Sea.</SPAN><BR> +HISTORICAL TALES FOR YOUNG PROTESTANTS,<BR> +BRAVE SONS OF THE EMPIRE.<BR> +THE LOG OF A SKY-PILOT;<BR> +<SPAN STYLE="margin-left: 2em">Or, Work and Adventure around the Goodwin Sands.</SPAN><BR> +SAXBY. A Tale of the Commonwealth Time.<BR> +WITHIN SEA WALLS.<BR> +</P> + +<H5 ALIGN="center"> +THE RELIGIOUS TRACT SOCIETY, 4, BOUVERIE STREET, E.C.<BR> +</H5> + +<BR><BR><BR><BR> + + + + + + + + +<pre> + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Noble Deeds of the World's Heroines, by +Henry Charles Moore + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK NOBLE DEEDS--WORLD'S HEROINES *** + +***** This file should be named 29286-h.htm or 29286-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/2/9/2/8/29286/ + +Produced by Al Haines + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + +</pre> + +</BODY> + +</HTML> + diff --git a/29286-h/images/img-130.jpg b/29286-h/images/img-130.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..84fe16b --- /dev/null +++ b/29286-h/images/img-130.jpg diff --git a/29286-h/images/img-cover.jpg b/29286-h/images/img-cover.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..48e6f24 --- /dev/null +++ b/29286-h/images/img-cover.jpg diff --git a/29286-h/images/img-front.jpg b/29286-h/images/img-front.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..b1c6971 --- /dev/null +++ b/29286-h/images/img-front.jpg diff --git a/29286-h/images/img-title.jpg b/29286-h/images/img-title.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..6f19afc --- /dev/null +++ b/29286-h/images/img-title.jpg diff --git a/29286.txt b/29286.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..9bc1073 --- /dev/null +++ b/29286.txt @@ -0,0 +1,6241 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Noble Deeds of the World's Heroines, by +Henry Charles Moore + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Noble Deeds of the World's Heroines + +Author: Henry Charles Moore + +Release Date: July 1, 2009 [EBook #29286] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK NOBLE DEEDS--WORLD'S HEROINES *** + + + + +Produced by Al Haines + + + + + + + + + + +[Illustration: Cover art] + + + + + +[Frontispiece: 'YOU SHALL NOT KILL MY MISTRESS UNTIL YOU HAVE KILLED +ME!'] + + + + +[Illustration: Title page] + + + + + +Noble Deeds of the + +World's Heroines + + +By + +HENRY CHARLES MOORE + + + + +_WITH COLOURED ILLUSTRATIONS_ + + + + +LONDON + +THE RELIGIOUS TRACT SOCIETY + +4 Bouverie Street & 65 St. Paul's Churchyard + +1903 + + + + +PREFACE + +In these pages I have tried to show how women, old and young, in many +ranks of life, have proved themselves in times of trial to possess as +much courage and daring as men. Some of these 'Brave Women' died for +their Master's sake, whilst others, in His cause, passed through dire +peril and grievous suffering. All of them counted not their lives dear +unto them, so long only as they might do their duty. I have designedly +omitted many familiar heroines in the hope of winning attention for +some whose deeds have been less widely recognised. + +H. C. M. + + + + +CONTENTS + + +I. BRAVE DEEDS OF RESCUE BY WOMEN + + ALICE AYRES AND THE UNION STREET FIRE + GRACE BUSSELL AND THE WRECK OF THE GEORGETTE + CATHERINE VASSEUR, THE HEROINE OF NOYEN + MARY ROGERS, AND THE WRECK OF THE STELLA + MADELEINE BLANCHET, THE HEROINE OF BUZANCAIS + HANNAH ROSBOTHAM AND THE CHILDREN OF SUTTON SCHOOL + +II. BRAVE DEEDS OF WOMEN IN THE MISSION FIELD + + JANE CHALMERS; ALONE AMONGST CANNIBALS + ANNA HINDERER, AND THE GOSPEL IN THE YORUBA COUNTRY + ANN JUDSON ) + SARAH JUDSON ) PIONEER WOMEN IN BURMA + OLIVIA OGREN, AND AN ESCAPE FROM BOXERS + EDITH NATHAN ) + MAY NATHAN ) MARTYRED BY BOXERS + MARY HEAYSMAN ) + MARY RIGGS AND THE SIOUX RISING + +III. BRAVE DEEDS OF WOMEN IN WAR-TIME + + MARY SEACOLE, THE SOLDIERS' FRIEND + LAURA SECORD, A CANADIAN HEROINE + LADY BANKES AND THE SIEGE OF CORFE CASTLE + LADY HARRIET ACLAND, A HEROINE OF THE AMERICAN WAR + AIMEE LADOINSKI AND THE RETREAT + LADY SALE AND AN AFGHAN CAPTIVITY + ETHEL ST. CLAIR GRIMWOOD AND THE ESCAPE FROM MANIPUR + THREE SOLDIERS' WIVES IN SOUTH AFRICA + +IV. BRAVE DEEDS OF SELF-SACRIFICE AND DEVOTION + + ELIZABETH ZANE, A FRONTIER HEROINE + NELLIE AMOS, A FRIEND IN NEED + ANNA GURNEY, THE FRIEND OF THE SHIPWRECKED + GRIZEL HUME, THE DEVOTED DAUGHTER + LUCY HUTCHINSON, A BRAVE WIFE + LADY BAKER, AN EXPLORER'S COMPANION + + + + +I + +BRAVE DEEDS OF RESCUE BY WOMEN + + +ALICE AYRES AND THE UNION STREET FIRE + +'FIRE! FIRE!' + +It was two o'clock in the morning when this cry was heard in Union +Street, Borough, London, and the people who ran to the spot saw an oil +shop in flames, and at a window above it a servant girl, Alice Ayres, +screaming for help. Some rushed off to summon the fire-brigade, but +those who remained feared that before it could arrive the place would +be gutted. + +'Jump! jump!' they shouted, and stretched out their coats to break her +fall. But instead of jumping Alice Ayres disappeared from the window. +There were other people in the house, and she was determined not to +seek safety for herself until she had made an attempt to save their +lives. + +Hurrying to the room where her master, mistress, and one child slept, +she battered at the door, and awakening them warned them of their +danger. Then through smoke and flames she sped back to her own room, +where three children slept in her charge. She gave one look out of the +window, but the firemen were not yet on the scene. + +'Jump! jump!' the crowd shouted. + +But Alice Ayres ignored the entreaties, for she had determined to save +the children or die in the attempt. Her first idea was to tie two +sheets together and lower the children one by one; but, finding that +the sheets would not bear their weight, she dragged a feather bed to +the window and dropped it into the street. Willing hands seized it and +held it out, expecting her to jump; but she disappeared again, +returning, however, a moment or two later, with a little white-robed +child in her arms. Holding her at arms' length out of the window, she +glanced down at the bed, and seeing that it was ready, dropped her. A +tremendous cheer from the crowd told her that the little one was safe. + +Then she snatched up the second little girl, but the poor mite was +terrified, and throwing her arms around Alice's neck cried piteously, +'Don't throw me out of window!' So tightly did the child cling to her +that Alice had great difficulty in getting her into a proper position +to drop her on to the bed, but she succeeded at last, and another loud +cheer from the crowd announced that she had saved two lives. + +Scarcely five minutes had elapsed since the fire broke out, but the +contents of the shop were such that the flames spread at a fearful +rate, and the onlookers knew that if Alice Ayres did not jump quickly +she would be burned to death. + +'Jump! jump!' they shouted excitedly. + +But there was a baby lying in the cot, and back Alice Ayres went, +brought it safely through fire and smoke to the window, and dropped it +out. She had saved three lives! + +Weakened by the heat and the smoke, Alice Ayres now decided to leap +from the window, and the anxious people in the street watched her in +silence as she climbed to the window sill. She jumped, but her body +struck one of the large dummy jars above the front of the shop and +caused her to fall head foremost on the bed, and then topple over on to +the pavement with a sickening thud. Quickly and tenderly she was +lifted on to a shutter and carried into a neighbouring shop, where +medical aid was soon at hand. + +In the meanwhile the firemen had arrived. They had come as soon as +they were called, but they arrived too late to save the other three +inmates of the house from perishing in the flames. + +But the interest of the crowd was centred in the condition of Alice +Ayres, and as she was being removed to Guy's Hospital there was +scarcely a man or a woman present whose eyes were not filled with +tears. Many followed on to the hospital, in the hope of hearing the +medical opinion of her condition, and before long it became known that +she had fractured and dislocated her spine, and that there was no hope +of her recovery. + +Alice Ayres died at Guy's Hospital on Sunday, April 26, 1885, aged 25, +and at the inquest, when her coffin was covered with beautiful flowers +sent from all parts of the land, the coroner declared that he should +not be doing justice to the jury or the public, did he not give +expression to the general feeling of admiration which her noble conduct +had aroused. In the hurry and excitement of a fire there were few who +had the presence of mind to act as she had done, or who would run the +risks she had for the sake of saving others. He deeply regretted that +so valuable a life, offered so generously, had been sacrificed. + +In the Postmen's Park, which adjoins the General Post Office, there is +a cloister bearing the inscription, 'In Commemoration of Heroic +Self-Sacrifice.' Within it are tablets to the memory of heroes of +humble life, and one of the most interesting of these is that on which +is inscribed:--'Alice Ayres, daughter of a bricklayer's labourer, who +by intrepid conduct saved three children from a burning house in Union +Street, Borough, at the cost of her own young life. April 24, 1885.' + + + + +GRACE BUSSELL AND THE WRECK OF THE GEORGETTE + +The steamer Georgette had sprung a leak while on a voyage from +Fremantle to Adelaide, and the captain knew that there was little hope +of saving his ship. But there were forty-eight passengers, including +women and children, and to save these and the crew was the great desire +of the captain. The ship's lifeboat was lowered, but this too was in a +leaky condition, and the eight persons who put off in it were drowned +before the eyes of their friends on the Georgette. + +Seeing, soon, that there was absolutely no hope of saving his vessel, +the captain decided to run her ashore, hoping by that means to be able +to save all aboard her. The vessel grounded some 180 miles south of +Fremantle on December 2, 1876; but she was some distance from the +shore, and it seemed to the captain that no boat could pass through the +surf which would have to be crossed to reach land. He swept the coast +through his glass, but not a house or human being could he see, and he +gave up all hope of receiving help from the shore. + +A boat was launched, but it had scarcely quitted the steamer's side +when it capsized, and before the crew could right it and bring it back +to the ship an hour had elapsed. Once again it was lowered, but it +capsized again in two and a half fathoms of water, and the women and +children who escaped drowning clung to the overturned boat, and called +to those aboard the steamer to save them. But help did not come from +that quarter. + +Grace Bussell, the sixteen years old daughter of an English settler who +lived some twelve miles from the point opposite to which the Georgette +had gone ashore, was riding through the bush, accompanied by a native +stockman, and coming out towards the edge of the cliff saw the steamer +in distress, and witnessed the overturning of the small boat. +Horrified at the position of the poor people on the upturned boat, she +moved her horse forward and descended the steep cliff. + +It was a terribly dangerous act, for had the horse slipped both beast +and rider would have fallen to certain death. Behind her, on his own +horse, rode the stockman, which of course made the danger greater. + +But Grace Bussell made nothing of the danger she was undergoing, her +sole thought being to reach the drowning people as quickly as possible. +The passengers and crew of the Georgette, watching her with a strange +fascination, expected every minute to see her fall and be killed. To +their astonishment she reached the beach in safety, and rode straight +into the boiling surf. The waves broke over her, and it seemed +impossible that she would ever reach the upturned boat and rescue the +exhausted people clinging to it. Once the horse stumbled, but Grace +was a skilful rider and pulled him up quickly. + +As she drew near to the boat, closely followed by the stockman, hope +revived in the hearts of the shivering women and children clinging to +it, and when at last she was alongside every mother besought her to +take her child. Quickly she placed two little ones before her on the +saddle, and grasping hold of a third she started for the shore. The +stockman, with as many children as he could hold, rode close behind her. + +The journey outward had been difficult and dangerous, but now that her +horse was carrying an extra load it was infinitely more so. However, +she proceeded slowly, and although on one or two occasions they were +nearly swept away they reached the beach in safety. + +Having carefully placed her living load on dry land, she rode again +into the raging sea. Her progress was slower this time, but she +returned to shore with children on her saddle and women clinging to her +skirt on each side. + +Drenched to the skin and exhausted by the buffeting of the surf, Grace +Bussell might have pleaded that she had not the strength to make +another journey, but again and again, accompanied by the stockman, she +rode out into the dangerous sea, and not until four hours had passed, +and the last passenger was brought ashore, did she take a rest. + +Hungry, tired, and shivering with cold, she sank to the ground; but she +soon noticed that many of those whom she had saved were more exhausted +than she, and that unless food and warm clothing were given them +quickly they would probably die. + +So, rising from the ground, she mounted her dripping horse and galloped +off towards home. The twelve miles were covered quickly, but on +dismounting at her home Grace fainted, and it was some time before her +anxious parents could discover what had caused her to be in such a +drenched and exhausted condition. + +When at last she told the story of the shipwreck her sister got +together blankets and food and rode off to the sufferers, whom she +carefully tended throughout the night. At daybreak Mr. Bussell arrived +with his wagon, and conveyed the whole party to his home, where they +remained tenderly nursed by mother and daughters for several days. +Mrs. Bussell, it is sad to say, died from brain fever brought on by her +anxiety concerning the shipwrecked people whom she had taken into her +house. + +Grace Bussell's bravery was not allowed to pass unnoticed. The Royal +Humane Society presented her with its medal, and a medal was also +bestowed upon the stockman who had accompanied his mistress down the +steep cliff and on her many journeys to and from the upturned boat. + + + + +CATHERINE VASSEUR, THE HEROINE OF NOYEN + +A terrible accident had occurred in one of the streets of Noyen. The +men engaged in repairing a sewer had, on finishing their day's work, +neglected to take proper precautions for the safety of the public. +They had placed some thin planks across the opening, but omitted to +erect a barrier or to fix warning lights near the hole, with the result +that four workingmen, homeward bound, stepped on the planks and fell +through into the loathsome sewer. + +An excited crowd of French men and women gathered round the hole, but +no one made any effort to rescue the poor fellows. Soon the wives of +the imperilled men, hearing of the accident, ran to the spot, and with +tears in their eyes begged the men who were standing round the opening +to descend and rescue their husbands. + +But not a man in the crowd was brave enough to risk his life for his +fellow-men. They would be suffocated and eaten by rats, was their +excuse, and the frantic entreaties of the poor wives failed to stir +them to act like men. Women were crying and fainting, men were +gesticulating and talking volubly, but nothing was being done to rescue +the poor fellows from the poisonous sewer. + +But help came from an unexpected quarter. Catherine Vasseur, a +delicate-looking servant girl, seventeen years of age, pushed her way +to the front, and said quietly, 'I'll go down and try to save them.' + +It seemed impossible that this slightly built young girl could rescue +the men, but her willingness to make the attempt did not shame any of +the strong fellows standing by into taking her place. All they did was +to lower her into the dark, loathsome hole. On arriving at the bottom +she quickly found the four unconscious men, and tying the ropes round +two of them gave the signal for them to be hauled up. + +The few minutes' work on the poisonous atmosphere was already telling +upon her, and finding herself gasping for breath she tied a rope around +her waist, and was drawn to the surface. The women whose husbands she +had saved showered blessings upon her, and the other two implored her +to rescue theirs. She replied that she would do so if possible, and +having regained her breath she again descended. + +A third man was rescued, but before she could attend to the fourth she +felt herself becoming dazed. She decided to go to the surface again, +and return for the fourth man when the fresh air had revived her. It +was necessary that she should be drawn up quickly, but the rope which +had been tied around her waist had become unfastened, and it was some +minutes before she found it. When she did find it she was too +exhausted to draw it down to tie around her. For a few moments she +tugged at the heavy rope, but could not draw it lower than her head. + +There seemed to be no escape for her, when suddenly a bright idea +occurred to her--she undid her long hair and tied it to the rope. Then +she gave the signal to haul up. + +Cries of horror and pity burst from the onlookers when they caught +sight of the brave girl hanging by her hair, and apparently dead. +Quickly untying her, they carried her into the fresh air, where she was +promptly attended to by a doctor, who eventually succeeded in restoring +her to consciousness. She received the praise bestowed upon her with +the modesty of a genuine heroine, and was greatly distressed at having +been unable to save the fourth man. The poor fellow was dead long +before his body was recovered by the sewermen, for none of the men who +had witnessed Catherine Vasseur's heroism had been brave enough to +follow her example. + + + + +MARY ROGERS AND THE WRECK OF THE STELLA + +It was at 11.25 on the morning of Thursday, March 30, 1899, that the +steamship Stella left Southampton for Guernsey with 140 passengers and +42 crew aboard. Most of the passengers were looking forward to +spending a pleasant Easter holiday at Guernsey or Jersey, but a few +were natives of the Channel Islands returning from a visit to England. + +For the first two hours the voyage was uneventful, but at about 1.30 +the Stella ran into a dense fog. The ship's speed was not reduced, but +the fog-horn was kept going. There is nothing more depressing at sea +than the dismal hooting of the fog-horn, and it is not surprising that +some of the ladies aboard the Stella became nervous. These Mrs. +Rogers, the stewardess, in a bright, cheery manner endeavoured to +reassure. + +Mary Rogers' life had been one of hard work and self-denial. Eighteen +years previous to the Stella making her last trip Mary Rogers' husband +had been drowned at sea, and the young widow was left with a little +girl two years old to support; and a few weeks later a boy was born. +To bring her children up carefully and have them properly educated +became Mrs. Rogers' chief object in life, and to enable her to do this +she obtained her position as stewardess. + +Her experience of the sea had been slight, and for five years after +becoming stewardess she scarcely ever made a trip without being +sea-sick. Many women would have resigned the appointment in despair, +but Mary Rogers stuck to her post for the sake of her children. Ill +though she might herself be, she always managed to appear happy, and to +attend promptly to the requirements of the lady passengers. When at +last she was able to make a voyage without feeling sea-sick, her +kindness to the ladies in her care became still more noticeable. In +foggy or rough weather her bright, sympathetic manner cheered the +drooping spirits of all who might be ill or nervous. At night she +would go round, uncalled, and if she found any lady too nervous to +sleep she would stay and talk to her for a time. + +Only a few months before the Stella's fatal trip, a lady passenger +assured Mrs. Rogers that her bright, cheery sympathy had done much to +make her trip pleasant. 'Well, you see, ma'am,' Mrs. Rogers replied, +'I don't believe in going about with a sad face, and it is such a +pleasure when one can help others.' + +At this time Mrs. Rogers' prospects were very bright. Her children, +whom she declared 'any mother might be proud of, they are so good,' had +grown up, and her daughter was to be married in the summer. In three +years her son would finish his apprenticeship to a ship-builder, and it +was settled that then she was to retire from sea-life and live with her +daughter, continuing, as she had done for several years, to support her +aged father. But the days to which she was looking forward with +pleasure she was never to see. + +For two hours the Stella ran through the dense fog on this fatal March +30, and at about ten minutes to four the captain was under the +impression that the Casquets lay eight miles to the east. But suddenly +they loomed out of the darkness, and almost immediately the Stella +struck one of the dreaded rocks. Instantly the captain saw that there +was no hope of saving his ship. + +'Serve out the life-belts!' 'Out with the boats!' 'Women and children +first!' were the orders he shouted from the bridge. + +Mrs. Rogers did not for a moment lose her presence of mind, and by her +activity many women were saved who would in all probability never have +reached the deck. The ladies' saloon was long, but the door was +somewhat narrow, and being round an awkward corner there would have +been a fearful struggle to get through it, had a panic arisen. But +Mrs. Rogers, by her calmness and promptitude, prevented anything +approaching a panic, and got her passengers quickly on deck. + +To all who had not provided themselves with them she gave life-belts, +and then assisted them into the boats. The last boat was nearly +full--there was room for only one more--and the sailors in charge of it +called to Mrs. Rogers to come into it. + +Before attempting to do so she took a last look round, to see that all +the ladies were gone, and saw that there was one still there, and +without a life-belt. Instantly Mrs. Rogers took off her own, placed it +upon her, led her to the boat, and gave up her last chance of escape. +But the sailors who had witnessed her heroism did not wish to pull away +without her. + +'Jump, Mrs. Rogers, jump!' they shouted. + +'No, no,' she replied, 'if I get in, the boat will sink. Good-bye, +good-bye.' + +Then raising her hands to heaven she cried, 'Lord, have me!' and almost +immediately the ship sank beneath her. + +Seventy lives were lost in the wreck of the Stella, and the news of the +terrible calamity cast a gloom over the Easter holidays. An inquiry +was held to determine the cause of the ship getting out of her course, +but the result need not be mentioned here. One thing that soon came to +light was the story of Mary Rogers' heroism, which sent a thrill of +admiration through all who heard it. + +Her well-spent life had been crowned with an act of heroism, and her +memory is deserving of more than the tablet which has been placed in +the Postmen's Park. + + + + +MADELEINE BLANCHET + +THE HEROINE OF BUZANCAIS + +The Red Republicans had risen. The factories and private residences of +the wealthy inhabitants of Buzancais were in flames, and owners of +property, irrespective of age and sex, were being dragged from their +hiding-places and murdered. + +For some months it had been rumoured that the Red Republicans, +aggrieved at the high price of bread, intended to rise and kill all who +possessed wealth; but the people of Buzancais paid no attention to +these rumours, and were consequently unprepared to defend themselves +when, on January 14, 1853, the rising occurred. Had they banded +themselves together, they could have quelled the riot, but, taken by +the surprise, the majority sought safety in hiding. + +Meeting with no resistance, the Red Republicans pushed through the +town, leaving behind them a trail of fire and blood, and came at last +to a big house where lived Madame Chambert and her son. + +Madame Chambert was a kind old lady, and generous to the poor; but the +Red Republicans, inflamed by wine which they had stolen from various +houses, forgot her good deeds, and remembered only that she was +wealthy. And because she was wealthy they were determined to kill both +her and her son. + +Madame Chambert and her son were in the drawing-room when the +infuriated mob burst into the house. It was useless to attempt to +drive them out, as all the servants, with the exception of Madeleine +Blanchet and a man, had deserted them. At last the armed mob, their +blouses stained with blood and wine, rushed into the drawing-room +hurling insults at the poor old lady, and charging her with crimes +which she had never committed. + +Madeleine Blanchet fainted on hearing her mistress so grossly insulted, +but the man-servant rushed at the ringleader and knocked him down. The +half-drunk murderers were eager to kill the Chamberts at once, plunder +the house, set light to it, and pass on; but as they stepped forward to +kill the old lady her son fired his gun and killed one of them. + +The whole mob now rushed at Monsieur Chambert, who escaped from the +room, but was caught before he could find a hiding-place, and hacked to +death. + +In the meanwhile Madeleine Blanchet had recovered consciousness, and +going to her mistress, whom she had served for nine years, she hurried +her from the room to seek a place of safety. But in the hall they came +face to face with the murderers returning from committing their latest +crime. 'Death! death!' they shouted, and attempted to strike the old +lady, but Madeleine Blanchet, with one arm around her waist, received +the blows intended for her. + +'Go, go, my poor girl!' Madame Chambert murmured. 'I must die here. +Go away.' + +But Madeleine Blanchet refused to leave her, and shouted to the +cowardly ruffians, 'You shall not kill my mistress until you have +killed me!' + +Still parrying the blows aimed at her mistress, she implored the men +not to be such cowards as to kill a helpless old lady. This appeal and +her devotion to her mistress touched the hearts of two of the Red +Republicans, who declared that the old lady should not be killed while +they could strike a blow in her defence. Guarded by these two men, +Madeleine Blanchet carried her mistress to a neighbour's house, where a +hiding-place was found for her. + +Assured that her mistress was safe from further molestation, Madeleine +Blanchet hurried back to the house, which the rioters were looting, and +saved many treasures from falling into their hands. This dangerous +self-imposed task she performed several times. + +The Red Republicans' reign at Buzancais was terrible, but it was short. +Scores of them were arrested, and Madeleine Blanchet was one of the +witnesses for the prosecution. She told of the attack upon her +mistress's house and the murder of her young master, but not a word did +she say concerning her own bravery. The President of the Court had, +however, heard of it, and was determined that her heroism should not be +unknown because of her modesty. + +'We have been told,' he said to her, 'that you defended your mistress +with your body from the blows of the murderers, and that you declared +that they should kill you before they killed your mistress. Is that +true?' + +Madeleine replied that it was, and the President, after commending her +for her bravery and devotion to her mistress, declared that if there +had been twenty men in Buzancais with the courage she had shown, the +rioters would have been quickly dispersed and the terrible crimes +averted. The story of Madeleine Blanchet's heroism spread rapidly +throughout France, and the Academy made a popular award, when it +presented her with a gold medal and five thousand francs. + + + + +HANNAH ROSBOTHAM AND THE CHILDREN OF SUTTON SCHOOL + +On October 14, 1881, a gale raged throughout England, and in all parts +of the country there was a terrible destruction of lives and property. +Round our coasts ships were wrecked, and the number of lives lost at +sea on that day was appalling, while on shore many people were killed +by the falling of trees, chimney-pots and tiles. + +In Sutton, Lancashire, the gale raged with tremendous fury, and the +children in the local National School, frightened by the roaring and +shrieking of the wind, could pay little attention to their lessons. +Hannah Rosbotham, the assistant mistress, was in charge of the school, +the head mistress being absent through ill-health. She was very +popular among her pupils, and knew them all intimately, having herself +lived all her life in the village, and having been educated at the +school in which she was now a teacher. She calmed the more timid of +her pupils, and endeavoured to carry on the school as if nothing +unusual were happening outside. + +While she was teaching the bigger children, the infants (little tots of +three and four) were sitting in the gallery at the further end of the +room in the care of a pupil teacher. Over this gallery was the belfry, +a large stone structure. It had weathered many a storm, but none had +equalled this gale. Suddenly about 11 o'clock Hannah Rosbotham was +startled by a loud rumbling, grinding noise, and almost at the same +moment a portion of the belfry crashed through the roof and fell in +pieces upon the poor little children in the gallery. + +Immediately there was a stampede. The pupils and the pupil teachers +rushed terror-stricken into the wind-swept playground, every one +anxious for her own safety. But Hannah Rosbotham did not fly from the +danger; she thought only of the little children in the gallery. The +air was filled with dust, but she groped her way to the gallery +staircase, which was littered with stone, wood and slates. Hurrying up +she found, to her great joy, that many of the little ones had escaped +injury. Some were crying, but others sat silent and terror-stricken, +gazing at the spot where several of their little friends lay buried in +the ruins. + +Having hurried out the children who had so wonderfully escaped injury, +she set to work to rescue those who lay injured. And the magnitude of +the task which lay before her may be realised from the fact that +sixteen-hundredweight of belfry-ruins had fallen through into the +gallery. Quickly and unaided Hannah Rosbotham tore away the timber, +stone and slate that were crushing the little sufferers, whose pale +faces and pleading voices filled her heart with anguish, but gave +strength to her arms. As she knelt tearing away with her bare hands +the mass of ruins, fragments of stone and slate fell continuously +around her, and she knew that at any moment she might be struck dead. +The gale was still raging, and as she glanced up through the hole in +the roof she saw the part of the belfry which had not yet given way. A +continuous shower of fragments fell from it, but if the remaining +portion were blown down simultaneously, she and her infant pupils would +be crushed to death. + +Working with tremendous energy she set free one by one the terrified +young prisoners. Some were very little hurt, and were able to hurry +away into the playground, but there were others who had been severely +injured, and these she had to carry away. + +At last her task was done, and happily without any serious results to +herself. Although she had been throughout her brave work surrounded by +danger she escaped with nothing more serious than a few scratches. + +When she came into the playground with the last of the children she had +rescued, she found that the villagers had arrived on the scene. They +had heard of the accident, and had come to seek their children, and +having found them alive they joined in showering praise and blessings +upon Hannah Rosbotham. Now that all danger was over the brave young +schoolmistress--she was only twenty years of age--broke down and cried +hysterically, but before long she was calm again, and started out to +visit at their homes the little ones whom she had saved. + +Such bravery as Hannah Rosbotham had shown could not of course escape +recognition. The Albert Medal was presented to her on January 11, +1882, and later the Managers of the Sutton National School gave her a +gold watch, on which was inscribed their appreciation 'of her +courageous behaviour in rescuing the school-children during the gale of +October 14, 1881, that destroyed the roof of the school, and for which +act of bravery she has been awarded the Albert Medal by Her Majesty.' + + + + +II + +BRAVE DEEDS OF WOMEN IN THE MISSION FIELD + + +JANE CHALMERS + +ALONE AMONGST CANNIBALS + +Alone among cannibals! One can scarcely imagine a more terrifying +experience for a white woman. No matter how friendly people around +might be, the knowledge that they were by long habit cannibals, whose +huts were adorned with human skulls, would be sufficient to strike +terror to the heart of the bravest. One woman is known to have +experienced this trying ordeal, and she was a missionary's wife. + +In the life of that noble missionary, James Chalmers,[1] we get +glimpses of a woman who was indeed a heroine, and who had the +unpleasant experience of being left for a time, without any white +companions, in the midst of cannibals. This was Jane Chalmers the +martyr-missionary's first wife. + +Jane Hercus was married to Chalmers in October, 1865, and in the +following January they sailed for Australia on their way to the South +Sea Islands. At the very outset of their missionary career danger +assailed them. A gale sprang up in the Channel, and for a time it was +believed that the ship and everyone aboard her would be lost. +Providentially, however, their vessel weathered the storm, although so +much damaged that she had to put into Weymouth, and remain there a +fortnight for repairs. On May 20 they arrived in Adelaide, and in +August sailed from Sydney for the New Hebrides; but while approaching +Aneiteum, to land some passengers, the ship struck an unseen reef, and +could not be got off until some days had elapsed. Temporary repairs +were made, and with men working at the pumps day and night the ship +slowly made her way back to Sydney. After six weeks' enforced stay at +Sydney, Jane Chalmers and her husband made another start for their +destination, which, however, they were not to reach without further +danger. + +On January 8 the ship struck on a reef which surrounds Savage Island, +and became a total wreck, but happily, without loss of life, as the +passengers and crew managed to get off in the boats. They reached +shore in safety, but although Jane Chalmers was ill for some time, +neither she nor her husband were discouraged. + +Six weeks after the wreck of the ship, Mr. and Mrs. Chalmers left on a +schooner for Samoa, and during the voyage Mrs. Chalmers' health +improved. After a six weeks' stay at Samoa Chalmers and his wife +sailed for Rarotonga, and on May 20, 1867, arrived there. In that +beautiful island Mr. and Mrs. Chalmers settled down at once to work. +'The natives,' Mrs. Chalmers wrote, 'have to be treated in all things +more like children at home than men. They soon get weary and +discouraged in any work, but a few words of praise or encouragement put +fresh spirit within them.' Missionaries had laboured at Rarotonga +before the arrival of the Chalmers, and the work was not exactly the +type which James Chalmers desired. He longed to be a missionary to the +heathen; but it was not until he had spent ten years at Rarotonga that +his desire was gratified by his being appointed to New Guinea, then a +comparatively unknown land, the people of which were savages of the +most degraded type. + +At Dunedin, where the Chalmers stayed for a time, Mrs. Chalmers was +frequently urged to remain behind until her husband was settled in his +new home. 'No,' she replied on every occasion 'my place is by my +husband's side.' And so this brave woman, in spite of the +protestations of her friends, went forth with her husband to live among +cannibals. The first native who spoke to Mrs. Chalmers on their +arrival at Suau was wearing a necklace of human bones, and wishing to +be gracious to her, this same cannibal offered her later a portion of a +man's breast ready cooked! Signs of cannibalism were to be found +everywhere, and the chief's house in which the Chalmers took up their +residence until their own was built, was hung with human skulls. Such +sights as Jane Chalmers witnessed were bad enough to appal any woman, +but she bore up bravely, and was soon busy learning the language from a +young warrior, whom, in return, she taught knitting and tatting. Both +she and her husband made friends quickly, and some of their new +friends, intending to please them, invited the missionary and his wife +to a cannibal feast. + +Nevertheless, it was not long before the Chalmers were in great danger +of losing their lives. The vessel which had brought them to New Guinea +was still standing off the island, and the natives, in an attempt to +capture it, had one of their number killed. For this they demanded +compensation from Chalmers, who, of course, was in no way responsible +for the man's death. Chalmers promised to give them compensation on +the following day, but the natives demanded that it should be given +immediately, and departed very sulkily when their request was refused. +Later in the day a native warned Chalmers that he, his wife, and his +teachers from Rarotonga had better get away to the ship during the +night, as the natives had decided to murder them early in the following +morning. Chalmers told his wife what the native had said, and added, +'It is for you to decide. Shall we men stay, and you women go, as +there is not room enough for us all on the vessel? or shall we try all +of us to go? or shall we all stay?' + +'We have come here to preach the Gospel and do these people good,' Mrs. +Chalmers replied. 'God, whom we serve, will take care of us. We will +stay. If we die, we die; if we live, we live.' + +Then the teachers' wives were asked if they would like to go aboard the +ship, but their answer was that whatever Mrs. Chalmers did they would +do. Therefore it was decided that they should all stay. + +During the night the little band of Christians could hear the war-horn +calling the natives together, and the shouts of the cannibals as they +came in from all parts. + +In the meanwhile Mr. and Mrs. Chalmers had made up in parcels the +compensation which they intended to offer the people; but when, at four +o'clock in the morning, the chief arrived to make a last demand he +declared that they were not sufficient. + +'If you will wait till the steamer comes I may be able to give you +more,' Chalmers said, 'but at present I cannot.' + +'I must have more now,' the chief declared, and departed. + +The attack was now expected every minute, but hour after hour passed +and the natives did not re-appear. At three o'clock in the morning +Chalmers turned in, but he had not long been asleep when his wife +discovered the cannibals approaching. Chalmers, aroused by his wife, +ran to the door and faced the savages. + +'What do you want?' he asked. + +'Give us more compensation,' the leader replied, 'or we will kill you +and burn the house.' + +'Kill you may, but no more compensation do I give,' Chalmers answered. +'Remember that if we die, we shall die fighting.' + +Then Chalmers took down his musket and loaded it in sight of the +cannibals, who, having seen the missionary shoot birds, feared his +skill. They withdrew and discussed what to do. For about an hour and +a half the band of Christians waited for the attack to be made. Many +of them were, naturally enough, much distressed at the thought of being +killed and eaten, but throughout this trying time Jane Chalmers +remained calm, assured that whatever might happen would be in +accordance with God's will. + +But the Chalmers' life-work was not yet ended. The chief of the +village decided that they should not be killed. 'Before this white man +came here with his friends I was nobody,' he said to the men who had +assembled from other parts of New Guinea. 'They have brought me +tomahawks, hoop-iron, red beads and cloth. You have no white man, and +if you try to kill him, you kill him over my body.' + +It would have been only natural if Jane Chalmers, after the experiences +she had undergone, had decided that she could no longer live at Suau; +but no such thought ever entered her head. Some months later she did +as not one woman in a million would have done--remained for six weeks +among cannibals with not another white person in the place. + +Her husband sailed away to visit the native preachers at other +villages, but she remained behind because she did not think it right +that they should both leave their Rarotongan teachers so soon after the +disturbances already described. The natives promised Chalmers, before +he departed, that they would treat her kindly; and although the +temptation to kill and eat her must often have been great, they kept +their promise. But nevertheless she knew that her life might be ended +at any moment, and it is easy to imagine her feelings when, one night +as she was preparing for bed, she heard a commotion outside the house, +men and women shouting and screaming loudly. One of the teachers went +out to discover the meaning of the uproar, and returned with the +comforting news that there was an eclipse of the moon, and that the +natives were alarmed because they believed it would cause many of them +to die. + +The cannibals were very proud of having taken care of Mrs. Chalmers, +and received with a conviction that they had well earned them, the +presents and thanks which her husband, on his return, bestowed upon +them. At the same time Mrs. Chalmers' pluck in remaining among them +made a great impression on the cannibals, and caused them to have more +confidence than ever in the missionaries. + +But although Jane Chalmers was as full of courage and faith as when she +arrived at Suau the trials and excitement of the life she had led there +began to impair her health. Nevertheless, she did not complain, and +when the mission at Suau was established on a sound footing she +accompanied her husband on a voyage along the coast to visit places +where a white man had never yet been seen; but eventually it became +plain to herself and her husband that she needed rest and nursing. +Accordingly she sailed for Sydney, to wait there until her husband +could follow and take her to England. But they never met again. The +doctors at Sydney pronounced her to be suffering from consumption, and +held out little hope of her recovery. She, however, was very hopeful, +and believed that before long she might be able to return to her +husband at New Guinea. But this was not to be, and this heroic woman +passed away before her husband's arrival. + + + +[1] _James Chalmers, his Autobiography and Letters_, by Richard Lovett, +M.A. (Religious Tract Society.) + + + + +ANNA HINDERER, AND THE GOSPEL IN THE YORUBA COUNTRY + +'The White Man's Grave' and 'No White Man's Land' are the ominous names +that have been bestowed on several unhealthy countries where Europeans +have been compelled to reside; but there were none, fifty years ago, +more deserving of being so described than Ashantee, Dahomey, and the +Yoruba country. Nothing but the prospect of growing rich rapidly would +persuade a white man, unless he were a missionary, to live in any of +those countries, and a European woman was almost unknown there. + +One of the first white women to risk the dangers of the Yoruba climate +was Anna Hinderer, to whom belongs the honour of being the first of her +colour to visit Ibadan. It was not, however, a mere visit that she +paid to this unhealthy West African town; for seventeen years she lived +there with her husband, devoting herself almost entirely to educating +the native children. + +Her mother died when she was five years old, and it was probably owing +to her own childhood being sad and lonely that Anna Martin, afterwards +Mrs. Hinderer, early in life began to take an interest in the welfare +of poor and neglected children. In 1839, when only twelve years of +age, she went to live with her grandfather at Lowestoft, and soon made +two lifelong friends. They were the Rev. Francis Cunningham, Vicar of +Lowestoft, and his wife, who was sister of that noble Quakeress, +Elizabeth Fry. The friendship began by Anna Martin asking Mrs. +Cunningham to be allowed to take a Sunday School class. She feared +that being only twelve years old her request would not be entertained, +but to her great joy it was granted at once. A little later she went +to live with the Cunninghams, and was never so happy as when assisting +in some good work. When only fourteen years of age she started a class +for ragged and neglected children, and eventually she had as many as +two hundred pupils. Many other schemes for the happiness of children +were suggested by her, and, with the aid of Mr. and Mrs. Cunningham, +successfully carried out. + +Anna Martin had long wished to be a missionary when she made the +acquaintance of the Rev. David Hinderer, who had returned to England +after labouring for four years in the Yoruba country, which stretches +inland from the Bight of Benin almost to the Niger Territory, and is +bordered on the west by Dahomey. Anna Martin was deeply interested in +all that Mr. Hinderer told her of his little-known land, where lived +some three million heathen, broken up into many tribes, but speaking +one language. Before long the missionary asked Anna Martin to become +his wife, and on October 14, 1852, they were married at the old parish +church of Lowestoft. + +Seven weeks after their marriage Mr. and Mrs. Hinderer started for +Africa, and arrived at Lagos on Christmas Eve. Mrs. Hinderer had +suffered greatly from sea-sickness throughout the voyage, and three +weeks after her arrival at Lagos she had her first attack of African +fever. It was a sharp one, and left her very weak, but as soon as she +was sufficiently strong to travel they started in canoes for Abeokuta. +This was indeed a trying journey for a young woman who had been +accustomed to the comforts of a well-to-do English home; but she had, +of course, made up her mind to bear hardships in her Master's service, +and whether they were sleeping in a village or in a tent pitched by the +river-side, with fires lighted to keep wild beasts at a distance, she +made no complaint. Sometimes she was home-sick, but these natural fits +of depression soon passed away. + +On arriving at Abeokuta Anna Hinderer had another severe attack of +fever, which, as she stated in her diary, edited many years later by +Archdeacon Hone, and published with the title _Seventeen Years in the +Yoruba Country_, left her so weak that she could hardly lift her hand +to her head. Her husband was also down with fever; a missionary with +whom they were staying died of it; and, a few weeks later, another +missionary passed suddenly away. A more gloomy beginning to a young +worker's missionary career there could scarcely have been, but Anna +Hinderer was far from being disheartened, and was eager to reach their +destination. + +At last they arrived at Ibadan. Mr. Hinderer had made known that he +was bringing her, and when the news, 'the white mother is come,' spread +through the village, men, women and children rushed out to see her. +Very few of them had ever seen a white woman, for, as already stated, +Anna Hinderer was the first to visit Ibadan, and their curiosity was +somewhat embarrassing. They followed her to her new home, and for days +hung about in crowds, anxious to catch a glimpse of her. + +The mission-house was not an attractive or comfortable place. It +consisted of one room, 30 feet by 6. Anna Hinderer had to exercise her +ingenuity in making it appear homelike. How she managed to do this we +gather from the following extract from a letter written by Dr. Irving, +R.N., who visited Ibadan shortly after they had settled down:-- + +'Mr. and Mrs. Hinderer at present live in such a funny little place; +quite a primitive mud dwelling, where no two persons can walk abreast +at one time. And yet there is an air of quiet domestic comfort and +happiness about it that makes it a little palace in my eyes. It is +unfortunate, however, for my temples, for in screwing in at one door +and out at the other, forgetting to stoop at the proper time, my head +gets many a knock. At one end, six feet square, is the bedroom, +separated from the dining-room by a standing bookcase; my bedroom is at +one end of this, formed by a sofa, and my privacy established by a +white sheet, put across for a screen at bedtime.' + +In a very short time Anna Hinderer became popular with the women and +children, and set to work to learn the language. The boys being eager +to learn English she would point to a tree, pig, horse, or anything +near by, and the youngsters would tell her the Yoruba name for it. In +return she told them the English name. But long before she had +acquired anything like a useful knowledge of the language she managed +to make the women and children understand that Sunday was a day of +rest, and was delighted to see that many of them followed her example +and gave up their Sunday occupations. The women were indeed deeply +attached to her. If she looked hot they fanned her, and whenever they +saw that she was tired they insisted upon her sitting down. When she +had an attack of fever they were greatly distressed, and constantly +inquiring how she was progressing. + +Having at last acquired a fair knowledge of the Yoruba language, Anna +Hinderer started a day school for children, and to nine little boys who +were regular in their attendance she gave a blue shirt each, of which +they were immensely proud. A little later she prevailed upon a chief +to allow his two children to come and live with her. One was a girl +six years of age, and the other her brother, two years younger. +Throughout the day the little ones were very happy, but towards evening +the girl wanted to go home. She was evidently frightened, and was +overheard saying to her brother, "Don't stay. When it gets dark the +white people kill and eat the black." Both, then, ran off home, but +returned the following morning. A few days later the boy, in spite of +his sister's warnings, stayed all night. The girl left him in great +distress, and at daybreak was waiting outside the mission-house, +anxious to see if he were still alive. Her astonishment on finding +that he had been treated as kindly after dark as during daylight was +great. + +It was no easy task to manage a school of native children, but, +nevertheless, the experience she had gained among the Lowestoft +children made the task lighter than otherwise it would have been. +'Happy, happy years were those I spent with you,' she wrote to Mr. +Cunningham, 'and entirely preparatory they have been for my work and +calling.' She managed to impress upon her dusky little pupils that it +was necessary to wash more than once or twice a week, and that they +must keep quiet during school and service. + +One day while her husband was preaching he referred to idols, and +quoted the Psalm, 'They have mouths, and speak not.' No sooner had he +said this than Mrs. Hinderer's boys burst into loud laughter, and +shouted, in their own language, 'True, very true.' + +Soon after their temporary church--a large shed covered with palm +leaves--had been completed and opened there came a period of trial. +Mrs. Hinderer's horse stumbled and fell upon her, and although no bones +were broken she found later that she had received an injury which +troubled her until her death. No sooner had she recovered from the +shaking she had received, than her husband had a bad attack of fever. +It was believed that he would die, but she nursed him day and night, +and eventually had the great joy of seeing him recover. But soon she +was seriously ill. Inflammation of the lungs set in, and for a time +her life seemed to be drawing to a close, but she recovered, and was +before long once more at work among the women and children. + +It was about this time that Mrs. Hinderer wrote to her Lowestoft +friends:--'You will not think me egotistical, but this I do think, if I +am come to Africa for nothing else, I have found the way to a few +children's hearts, and, if spared, I think I shall not, with God's +blessing, find it very difficult to do something with them. My boys +that I have now would never tell me an untruth, or touch a cowry or +anything they should not. This is truly wonderful in heathen boys, +brought up all their lives, hitherto, in the midst of every kind of +deceit.' + +After a stay at Abeokuta for the benefit of her health, Anna Hinderer +returned to Ibadan, to find the new church and mission-house finished. +The natives had taken great interest in the building of the +mission-house, and, soon after the Hinderers' return, the head chief, +accompanied by his wives and a host of attendants, came to see it. +They received a cordial welcome, but so many people swarmed into the +house that Mr. Hinderer began to fear it would collapse, and had to +keep out scores who wished to enter. The chief found much to amuse him +in this European-furnished house, and was immensely amused when for the +first time he saw himself in a looking-glass. His wives were shown +round by Mrs. Hinderer, and arriving at the bed-room they pointed to a +washstand and asked its use. For reply Mrs. Hinderer poured out some +water and washed her hands. Now the chief's wives had never before +seen soap, and to dry their hands after washing was a proceeding of +which they had never heard; therefore each became anxious to there and +then wash their hands in European fashion. Water was splashed about +the floor and wall, and when they wiped their hands the indigo dye from +their clothes ruined the towel. + +Anna Hinderer, although frequently in bad health, continued her work +among the children with unabated enthusiasm, and in November, 1885, she +had the joy of seeing eight of them baptized. Two months later the +state of her health made it imperative that she should proceed to Lagos +for a rest. Her husband accompanied her, but both were eager to get +back to their work, and were absent for only a few weeks. But during +that short time much had happened at Ibadan. The natives had begun to +persecute the converts, and some had forbidden their children to attend +the church or mission-school. + +One girl who refused to give up attending church was shamefully +treated. A rope was tied round her body, and she was dragged through +the streets while the mob beat her with sticks and stoned her. As she +lay bleeding and half dead the native idols were brought out and placed +before her. 'Now she bows down,' the mob cried; but the girl answered. +'No, I do not; you have put me here. I can never bow down to gods of +wood and stone who cannot hear me.' Eventually, after suffering +ill-treatment daily, she ran away to Abeokuta. + +For the next seven months Anna Hinderer continued without ceasing to +teach the children, nurse those who were sick, and adopt any little +girl-baby who had been deserted by her inhuman parents. Then Mr. +Hinderer, after six months' illness, was stricken with yellow fever, +and it became imperative that he should go to England for his health's +sake. On August 1, 1856, Mr. and Mrs. Hinderer sailed from Lagos for +home. And yet Anna Hinderer did not feel as if she were going home, +but that she were leaving it, for Ibadan was beloved by her. Husband +and wife were in bad health throughout the voyage, and the captain's +parting words to the latter as she went ashore at England were:--'You +must not come to sea again; it cannot be your duty. A few more voyages +must kill you.' Nevertheless, two years later, Anna Hinderer and her +husband, restored in health, were back at Ibadan. + +Two years of hard work followed. The school was filled, the natives +had ceased from persecuting the converts, and the prospects of +missionary work were brighter than ever, when suddenly the news came +that the fiendish King of Dahomey was marching on Abeokuta. Mr. and +Mrs. Hinderer were at Abeokuta when the news arrived, and at once they +hastened back to Ibadan, although there was a danger of being captured +and tortured by the invading force. They reached Ibadan in safety, +only, however, to find that the chief of that place was at war with the +chief of Ijaye, a neighbouring town. The place was full of excitement +and a human sacrifice was offered, the victim, prior to the ceremony, +walking proudly through the town. + +Anna Hinderer and her husband could at first have made their way to the +coast, but they decided to remain with their converts and pupils. It +was a bitter war, and soon the Hinderers were cut off from all +communication with their fellow-missionaries in the Yoruba country. +Supplies ran short, and they were compelled to sell their personal +belongings to obtain food for themselves and the children. 'We sold a +counterpane and a few yards of damask which had been overlooked by us;' +runs an entry in Anna Hinderer's diary, 'so that we indulge every now +and then in one hundred cowries' worth of meat (about one pennyworth), +and such a morsel seems a little feast to us in these days.' Many of +the native women were exceedingly kind to Anna Hinderer in the time of +privation. The woman who had supplied them with milk insisted upon +sending it regularly, although told that they had no money to pay for +it. + +For four years the Hinderers were almost entirely cut off from +communication with the outer world, but they continued their labours +unceasingly throughout this trying time. The girls' sewing class had, +however, to be discontinued, for the very good reason that their stock +of needles and cotton was exhausted. It was a time of great privation, +but Anna Hinderer, although frequently compelled to endure the gnawing +pangs of hunger, always managed to keep her native children supplied +with food. + +At last relief came. The Governor of Lagos had made one or two +unsuccessful attempts to relieve the Hinderers, and in April, 1865, +devised a means of escape. He despatched Captain Maxwell with a few +trustworthy men, to cut a new track through the bush. + +It was a difficult undertaking, but successfully accomplished, and one +night, about ten o'clock, the Hinderers were surprised to see Captain +Maxwell enter the mission-house. He brought with him supplies, and +also a hammock for Mrs. Hinderer's use on the return journey. + +It was somewhat of a surprise to the gallant officer to find that the +missionaries for whom he had performed a difficult and dangerous +journey were by no means anxious to return with him. It was the more +surprising as it was plain that both were in very bad health. Mr. +Hinderer declared that he could not possibly leave his mission at seven +hours' notice, but he joined the captain in urging his wife to go, +assuring her that it was her duty to do so. At last she was prevailed +upon to avail herself of the means of escape. She was overcome with +grief at leaving her husband shut up in Ibadan, and her distress was +increased by her inability to say 'good-bye' to the little native +children to whom she had acted a mother's part. They were asleep, and +to have awakened them would have been unwise, for there would certainly +have been loud crying, had the little ones been told that their "white +mother" was leaving them. Their crying would have been heard beyond +the mission-house compound, and the news of Mrs. Hinderer's approaching +departure would have spread through the town, in which there were +probably spies of the enemy. + +Seven hours after Captain Maxwell arrived he began his dangerous return +journey, his men carrying Mrs. Hinderer in the hammock. They proceeded +by forced marches, keeping at the same time a sharp look-out for the +enemy, who would, they knew, promptly kill any Christian who fell into +their power. On several occasions they suddenly found themselves so +close to the enemy that they could hear their voices, but, fortunately, +they were not discovered. On the third day, however, they heard that +their departure had become known to the enemy, who was in hot pursuit. +It was a terribly anxious time for the invalid missionary, but Captain +Maxwell and his men were determined that she should not be captured. +Silently and without halting once, even for food, they hurried on hour +after hour, and finally arrived at Lagos, having done a six days' +journey in less than three and a half. So carefully had Captain +Maxwell's men carried Anna Hinderer that she was little the worse for +the journey, and after a few days' rest sailed for England. Two months +later her husband followed. + +In the autumn of the following year Anna Hinderer and her husband +returned to Ibadan, where they were received joyfully. Anna Hinderer +resumed her work with all her former enthusiasm and love, although she +found before long that she had not sufficient strength to do all that +she had done formerly. + +Two years later the chiefs of the neighbouring tribes decided to expel +all white men from their territory, and they urged the Ibadan chiefs to +adopt a similar policy. The only white people in Ibadan were the +missionaries, and these they refused to expel. Announcing their +decision to the Hinderers, the chiefs said: 'We have let you do your +work, and we have done ours, but you little know how closely we have +watched you. Your ways please us. We have not only looked at your +mouths but at your hands, and we have no complaint to lay against you. +Just go on with your work with a quiet mind; you are our friends, and +we are yours.' + +Another two years of hard work followed. The schools were flourishing, +and among the pupils were children of the little ones whom, many years +previously, Anna Hinderer had taken into her home and cared for. The +chiefs continued to be friendly, and only one thing was wanting to make +Anna Hinderer perfectly happy. Frequent attacks of fever had so +weakened her that she began to feel that the work was beyond her +strength. Her husband, too, was never free from pain. They recognised +that they could not live much longer in Africa. Gladly they would have +remained and died at Ibadan, but for the knowledge that their work +could now be better carried on by younger missionaries. So with a sad +heart Anna Hinderer bade farewell to the people among whom she had +bravely toiled for seventeen years. She had lost the sight of one eye, +and the specialist whom she consulted in London assured her that had +she remained much longer in Africa she would have become totally blind. + +Although in a very weak state of health Anna Hinderer was not content +to remain idle, and in her native county of Norfolk began to interest +herself in factory girls and other children of the poor. She was +always cheerful, and few people knew how much she was suffering from +the effects of years of hard work and privation in a pestilential +country. She died on June 6, 1870, aged forty-three; and when the sad +news reached Ibadan there was great sorrow in the town, and the +Christian Church which she had helped to plant there forwarded to her +husband a letter of consolation and thankfulness for the work which she +had done among them. + + + + +ANN JUDSON, PIONEER WOMAN IN BURMA + +Ann Judson was not only the first American woman to enter the foreign +mission field, but also the first lady missionary, or missionary's +wife, to visit Rangoon. She was the daughter of Mr. John Hasseltine, +of Bradford, Massachusetts, and was born on December 22, 1789. When +nearly seventeen years of age she became deeply impressed by the +preaching of a local minister, and decided to do all in her power +towards spreading the Gospel. Sunday Schools had been started in +America about 1791, but they were very few. Bradford did not possess +one, and probably it was not known there that such schools existed +anywhere. Ann Hasseltine, being desirous of instructing the children +in religious knowledge, adopted the only course which occurred to her +as likely to lead to success; she became a teacher in an ordinary day +school. + +When she had been engaged in this and other Christian work about four +years, she made the acquaintance of Adoniram Judson, a young man who +had recently been accepted for work in the East Indies, by the newly +formed American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions. Before +they had known each other many months, Judson asked Ann Hasseltine to +become his wife and accompany him to India. He did not conceal from +her that in all probability her life as a missionary's wife would be +full of hardships and trials, but, after considering the matter for +some days, she promised to marry him, providing that her father gave +his consent. Judson wrote to Mr. Hasseltine, and after stating that he +had asked his daughter to become his wife, and that she had consented, +continued: 'I have now to ask whether you can consent to part with your +daughter early next spring, to see her no more in this world; whether +you can consent to her departure for a heathen land, and her subjection +to the hardships and sufferings of a missionary life; whether you can +consent to her exposure to the dangers of the ocean; to the fatal +influence of the southern climate of India; to every kind of want and +distress; to degradation, insult, persecution, and perhaps a violent +death. Can you consent to all this for the sake of Him who left His +heavenly home and died for her and for you; for the sake of perishing +immortal souls; for the sake of Zion and the glory of God? Can you +consent to all this, in the hope of soon meeting your daughter in the +world of glory, with a crown of righteousness brightened by the +acclamation of praise which shall redound to her Saviour from heathens +saved, through her means, from eternal woe and despair?' + +Mr. Hasseltine gave his consent, and on February 5, 1812, his daughter +was married to Adoniram Judson. It had now become known throughout the +United States that Mrs. Judson intended to accompany her husband to the +mission field, and in all quarters her intention was denounced. She +was accused of being both imprudent and lacking in modesty. These +attacks caused Ann Judson considerable pain, but they did not weaken +her determination to accompany her husband. They sailed for India on +February 12, and landed at Calcutta on June 18. On the voyage they had +for fellow passengers some Baptist missionaries, and the result of +their intercourse with them was that ten days after their arrival at +Calcutta they were baptised. By this step they lost the support of the +Board of Commissioners who had sent them out, but aid was soon sent +them by the American Baptists. + +Missionary work in India was almost at a standstill when the Judsons +arrived at Calcutta. The East India Company had issued an order, +withdrawn, however, in the following year, forbidding missionaries to +carry on their work in the Company's territory. The Judsons received +notice to depart before they had been in the country many months, and +were undecided where to go. They were anxious to settle in Rangoon, +but everyone assured them that Lower Burma was not yet ripe for +missionary work. The Burmese were described to them as little better +than fiends, and stories were told of Europeans who had met with +torture and death at their hands. + +Nevertheless, the Judsons sailed for Rangoon, and in July, 1813, were +ascending the Rangoon River, delighted with their first glimpse of the +country. On either side of the mighty river was dense jungle, +extending far inland. Here and there along the banks were small +fishing villages, with quaint little wooden huts built on tall poles to +prevent their being flooded or invaded by tigers, cheetahs or snakes. +Near every village were several pagodas whose spires rose above the +jungle; and there were many pagodas standing far from any habitation. + +As the Judsons drew near to Rangoon they saw on the hill, near by, the +great Shway Dagon Pagoda with its tall, gilded spire shining in the sun +with a brilliancy that was dazzling. But soon they turned from gazing +at the Mecca of the Burmese Buddhists to view the town, a big +collection of bamboo and mat huts protected by forts with guns, which +the people fondly believed would utterly destroy any foreign fleet +which dared to ascend the river. Many trading vessels were riding at +anchor off the city, and canoes of various sizes and design were +passing to and from them. It was a busy scene, made bright by the +gorgeous turbans of the rowers, and the brilliant attire of high +officials. + +Mr. and Mrs. Judson landed at Rangoon not only unmolested, but with a +friendly greeting from the natives. These swarmed round them smiling +pleasantly, and exhibiting none of the appearances of +atrocity-perpetrators. The women were greatly interested in Mrs. +Judson, and when she smiled at them they laughed merrily. This +unexpectedly pleasant reception greatly cheered the Judsons, and made +them eager to begin work. But before they could do this they had to +learn the Burmese language, not a word of which they knew. They could +not obtain an interpreter, for the reason that no one, with the +exception of a few merchants, understood English. The European +merchants who at that time lived in Burma were, with scarcely an +exception, men of poor character. A missionary was the last person +these men would welcome or help. + +Having settled down in their home, Mr. and Mrs. Judson began to learn +the Burmese language, a difficult task, considering that they had +neither dictionary nor grammar to assist them. Mrs. Judson, having to +buy food and superintend her servants, soon learnt a few Burmese +sentences, but her husband was learning the language scientifically, +with the intention of eventually translating the Bible into Burmese. +When both knew sufficient Burmese to make themselves understood, they +engaged teachers to help them with their studies. + +Two years passed, and Mr. and Mrs. Judson were still learning the +language. In September, 1815, a son was born to them, but to their +great grief he died eight months later, through want of medical +attention. When the child was buried, some forty Burmese and +Portuguese followed the body to the grave. + +In December, 1815, Mr. and Mrs. Judson began to make known to the +people the Gospel they had come to Burma to preach. Until then they +had wisely refrained from doing so, knowing that mistakes they might +make in their speech would bring ridicule upon their religion. But now +that they were confident of their knowledge of the language they +started hopefully on the work of winning converts. + +The time to which they had long looked forward had arrived, but the +success which they had expected was not achieved. The natives listened +attentively to everything Mr. or Mrs. Judson said to them, but their +answer was usually, 'Our religion is good for us, yours for you.' Some +laughed, good-humouredly, at the idea of the missionaries expecting +them to give up the religion of their forefathers for that of the white +_kalas_[1] from across the sea, and others declared that they were mad. +No one, however, suggested that they should be forbidden to attempt to +gain converts. It did not seem worth while interfering with them; for +what Burman living in sight of the Shway Dagon Pagoda, and near to the +monasteries where he had learnt the precepts of Guatama Buddha, would +even think of forsaking his religion? + +This indifference of the Burmese was very disheartening to the Judsons, +and when a year had passed without their having made the slightest +impression upon any native they might well have been discouraged. But +this was far from being the case, and in October, 1816, they were able +to look forward with still greater confidence to seeing their labour +crowned with success. The printing press which they had long been +expecting arrived, and two Burmese tracts which Mr. Judson had prepared +were printed and circulated. One was a clear explanation of +Christianity, the other a translation of the Gospel according to +Matthew. The result of the wide distribution of these tracts was not +such as the Judsons had expected. One or two Burmans made a few +enquiries concerning the subject of the tracts, but when their +curiosity was satisfied they showed no further interest in the matter. +Three years of steady hard work followed. Mrs. Judson continued her +efforts to win the women, and gathered around her every Sunday a large +number to whom she read the Scriptures. Her husband had in the +meanwhile finished his dictionary of the Burmese language, a work for +which successive generations of British officials, merchants and +missionaries have had cause to be thankful, and in 1819 began to preach +on Sundays. Hitherto he had been speaking to individuals; now he +addressed himself to crowds. + +The place in which he preached was a _zayat_ or rest-house, a big +one-room building erected for the convenience of pilgrims who came to +worship at the Shway Dagon Pagoda. There was no furniture in the +place, and the pilgrims, or any one else who cared to enter, squatted +on the floor, or, if tired, lay down and slept. Here, before a crowd +of men, women, and children, all, from the old men of seventy to +children of three or four, smoking big green cheroots, Mr. Judson +preached Sunday after Sunday, and on April 30, 1819, made his first +convert. Two months later, on June 27, the convert was baptized. + +The Judsons, refreshed by the knowledge that their six years' toil in a +sweltering, unhealthy country had not been wasted, continued their work +joyfully, and soon had further cause for thankfulness. Several natives +were baptized, and the Judsons had every reason for believing that +their little band of Christians would increase rapidly. + +Then their work received an unexpected check. The news reached Rangoon +that the King of Burma was highly displeased at the conversion of his +subjects, and intended to punish both missionaries and converts. No +sooner was this known than the Judsons were deserted by all but their +converts; the people who had flocked to hear Mr. Judson preach in the +_zayat_ no longer went there, and the women ceased to attend Mrs. +Judson's gatherings. + +Mr. Judson suspected that the threats emanated from the Governor of +Rangoon, and not from the king, and, therefore, he started off, +accompanied by a young missionary who had recently joined him, to the +capital, to ask the king to prohibit any interference with them or +their converts. His majesty not only received them graciously, but +promised, if Mr. Judson would come with his wife and settle in the +capital, to give them his protection and a piece of ground on which to +build a church. + +Mrs. Judson's ill-health prevented their accepting that invitation at +once. Besides attending to her domestic duties and her native classes +she had learnt the Siamese language, and with the aid of a native had +translated into Siamese her husband's Burmese tracts. The Burmese +territory in the Malay peninsula had formerly belonged to Siam, and +after its annexation to Burma many of the Siamese came to live at +Rangoon. Several thousands resided there at the beginning of the +nineteenth century, and it was that they might hear the Gospel that +Mrs. Judson learnt their language. Suffering from over-work and the +unhealthiness of the city--in those days Rangoon was a pestilential +place--Mrs. Judson sailed for Calcutta, and proceeded to Serampore. +She was back again in January, 1821, after six months' absence, but +during the long rainy season she had such a severe attack of fever that +it was evident that to save her life she would have to return to +America for a complete rest. + +After two years in America she returned to Rangoon in good health; and +Mr. Judson now decided to avail themselves of the King of Burma's +invitation to settle at Ava. Leaving the Rangoon mission in charge of +his assistant missionaries, he started with Mrs. Judson on the long +journey up the Irrawaddy to the capital. But before they had proceeded +far war broke out between England and Burma. The Burmese were +possessed of the belief that they were the greatest military power in +the world, and, confident that they had nothing to fear from the +English, encroached upon the possessions of the East India Company. +Other acts of aggression followed, and the Company decided upon +reprisals. Several battles were fought on the frontier, and the +Burmese under Bandoola won two or three victories. Mr. and Mrs. Judson +on their journey up the Irrawaddy met Bandoola proceeding in great +state to take command of his army. They were questioned by the Burmese +general's men, but on explaining that they were not British subjects +but Americans, and that they were proceeding to Ava by command of the +king, they were allowed to continue their journey. + +On arriving at Ava the king and queen treated Mr. Judson very coldly, +and did not enquire after Mrs. Judson, whom they had previously desired +to see. This was a discouraging beginning for their new work, but the +Judsons settled down to it, praying that the war might soon be ended. +But the end was far off. On May 23, 1824, the news reached Ava that an +English force had captured Rangoon. It had apparently not occurred to +the Burmese that the English might attack them elsewhere than on the +frontier, and the news of their success filled them with amazement and +indignation. An army was despatched at once with orders to drive out +the invaders. + +The king now became suspicious of Mr. Judson. He knew that the +missionary had declared that he was not a British subject, but America +was a land of which he knew nothing. The only white nations of which +he had any knowledge were England and France, and he was under the +impression that after the downfall of Napoleon the French had become +British subjects. His courtiers were equally suspicious of Mr. Judson, +and one managed to discover that he had recently received some money +from Bengal. This money was a remittance from America which had been +forwarded through a Bengal merchant, but the king and his advisers at +once came to the conclusion that Mr. Judson was a spy in the employ of +the English. + +An order for his arrest was issued immediately, and an officer, +accompanied by a 'spotted face,' or public executioner, and a dozen men +proceeded to the Judsons' house. The 'spotted face' rushing in flung +Mr. Judson to the ground and began to bind him. + +In terrible distress Mrs. Judson besought the officer to set her +husband free, but all the notice he took of her was to have her +secured. When the ropes had been tightly bound around Mr. Judson the +'spotted face' dragged him out of the house. 'Spotted faces' were +almost invariably criminals who had been sentenced to the most degraded +of duties--executing their fellow men. So that they should not escape +from the work to which they were condemned, small rings were tattoed on +their cheeks, forehead and chin. Loathed by all classes, the 'spotted +faces' treated with great barbarity all who came professionally into +their power. The man who had bound Mr. Judson made the missionary's +journey to the prison as uncomfortable as possible. Every twenty or +thirty yards he threw him to the ground, and dragged him along for a +short distance with his face downwards. On arriving at the prison +allotted to men sentenced to death, Mr. Judson was fettered with iron +chains and tied to a long pole, so that he could not move. + +Mrs. Judson was left at her home, with a number of soldiers outside to +prevent her escaping. But these men were not satisfied with keeping +her prisoner; they added to her misery by taunting her, and threatening +her with a horrible death. For two days she endured this agony, but on +the third she obtained permission to visit her husband. Heavily +fettered, Mr. Judson crawled to the prison door, but after they had +spoken a few words the jailors roughly drove her away. She had, +however, seen enough of the prison to make it clear to her that her +husband would die if he were not speedily removed from it. By paying +the jailors a sum of money she managed to get him removed to an open +shed in the prison enclosure. He was still fettered, but the shed was +far healthier than the prison. + +Having attained this slight relief for her husband, Mrs. Judson now did +all in her power to obtain his release. She called in turn on the +various members of the royal family and the high officials, assuring +them that her husband had done nothing to deserve imprisonment, and +asking for his release. Many of the people were sympathetic, but none +dared ask the king to set the missionary free, for his majesty was +infuriated by the news which reached him, now and again, of the success +of the invaders. + +At last, in the autumn, Bandoola arrived at Ava. He had been summoned +from the frontier to proceed towards Rangoon to drive out the British, +and on arriving at Ava he was received with wild enthusiasm. Even the +king treated him with respect, and allowed him to have a free hand. +Mrs. Judson, seeing Bandoola's power, determined to appeal to him for +her husband's release. She was given an audience, and after hearing +her petition, Bandoola promised that he would consider the matter, and +dismissed her with the command to come again to hear his decision. The +gracious manner in which she had been received filled Mrs. Judson with +hope, but on calling for Bandoola's reply two days later she was +received by his wife, who said that her husband was very busy preparing +to start for Rangoon; as soon as he had driven out the English he would +return and release all the prisoners. It was a terrible +disappointment, but Mrs. Judson did not break down, although her health +was far from good. She continued doing as she had done for many +months, trudging two miles to the prison with her husband's food and +walking back in the dark. Every morning she feared to find that her +husband had been murdered, for the news of the British successes +continued to reach Ava, and the people were in a state of excitement, +and continually vowing vengeance on the white _kalas_. However, her +worst fears were not realised. Her husband remained in chains, but, as +he was not treated very harshly, she began to hope that the Burmese +would release him when the war was ended. + +But the end of the war was a long way off, and in the middle of +February it became known that the English had quitted Rangoon and were +marching to Ava. Mr. Judson was immediately taken from his shed and +flung into the common prison--one room occupied by over a hundred +prisoners--loaded with five pairs of fetters. It was the hot season, +and Mr. and Mrs. Judson knew that he could not live long in that place. +Indeed, he was quickly attacked with fever, and Mrs. Judson, growing +desperate, so persistently implored the governor to allow her to remove +him that at last he consented. Mr. Judson was removed speedily to a +small bamboo hut in the courtyard, where, made comfortable and nursed +by his wife, he recovered. + +In the meanwhile Bandoola had been killed in action, and his successor +appointed. The latter was a man of fiendish tastes, and he decided +before proceeding down the Irrawaddy to take up his command, to remove +the prisoners from Ava, and have them tortured in his presence. So Mr. +Judson and two or three white traders were taken away to Amarapoora. +Mrs. Judson was absent when her husband was removed, and when she +returned and found him gone she feared that what she had been long +dreading had happened--that her husband had been killed. The governor +and the jailors protested, untruthfully, that they did not know what +had become of him; but at last Mrs. Judson discovered where he had been +taken, and started off with her few months' old baby and her native +nurse-girl to find him. + +Travelling first by river and then by bullock-cart, she arrived to find +her husband in a pitiable state of health, caused by the ill-treatment +he had received from his warders on the march from Ava. He was in a +high fever, his feet were terribly swollen, and his body covered with +bruises. Mrs. Judson obtained permission to nurse him, but on the same +day her child and nurse-girl developed small-pox. She nursed all three +patients, and to her great joy they all recovered. But the strain on +her fever-weakened strength had been great, and she felt that her life +was quickly drawing to a close. But she bore up bravely, and journeyed +to Ava to fetch her medicine chest. + +Neither she nor her husband knew of the intention of the Burmese +general. It was never carried out, for he was suspected of high +treason, and promptly executed. + +Time passed, and the King of Burma becoming alarmed at the advance of +the English towards his capital, sent his representatives to treat with +them. Mr. Judson accompanied them to act as interpreter. He was not +in fetters, but he was still a prisoner. On his return he found that +his wife had been again ill with fever, and had been delirious for many +days. But the prospect of peace being soon declared cheered the +much-tried missionaries, and gave them fresh strength. + +The terms offered by the English general had been refused by the King +of Burma; but when he found that the enemy would soon be at his capital +he quickly agreed to them, and sent the first instalment of the +indemnity down river to the victors. Mr. Judson was sent with the +Burmese officers to act as interpreter, and when the money had been +handed over to the English he was set free, after having undergone +twenty-one months' imprisonment, during seventeen of which he was in +fetters. That he had managed to live through that long imprisonment +was due to his wife's bravery and devoted attention. She had suffered +more than he, and her constitution, ruined by fever, privation, and +anxiety, was unable to withstand the illness which attacked her soon +after she had settled down again to missionary work. + +She died on October 24, 1826, aged 37, and the husband whom she loved +so dearly was not at her bedside. He was acting as interpreter to the +Governor-General of India's embassy to the court of Ava, and did not +hear of her illness until she was dead. The baby girl who had been +born in the midst of sad surroundings only lived for a few months after +her mother's death. + + + +[1] Foreigners + + + + +SARAH JUDSON, PIONEER WOMAN IN BURMA + +The boy or the girl who does not at an early age announce what he or +she intends to be when 'grown up,' must be a somewhat extraordinary +child. The peer's son horrifies his nurse by declaring that he intends +to be an engine-driver when he is 'grown up,' and the postman's wife +hears with not a little amusement that her boy has decided to be Lord +Mayor of London. + +These early aspirations are rarely achieved, but there are some notable +instances of children remaining true to their ambition and becoming, in +time, what they had declared they would be. + +Sarah Hall, when quite a little child, announced her intention of +becoming a missionary, and a missionary she eventually became. She was +born at Alstead, New Hampshire, in 1803, her parents being Ralph and +Abiah Hall. They were refined and well-educated, but by no means +wealthy, and Sarah would have left school very young, had not the +head-mistress, seeing that she was a clever child, retained her as +pupil teacher. Quiet, gentle, and caring little for the amusements of +girls of her own age, her chief pleasure was in composing verse, much +of which is still in existence. The following lines are from her +'Versification of David's lament over Saul and Jonathan,' which was +written when she was thirteen years of age:-- + + The beauty of Israel for ever is fled, + And low lie the noble and strong: + Ye daughters of music, encircle the dead + And chant the funereal song. + Oh, never let Gath know their sorrowful doom, + Nor Askelon hear of their fate; + Their daughters would scoff while we lay in the tomb, + The relics of Israel's great. + +At an early age, as already stated, she expressed a wish to be a +missionary to the heathen, and the wish grew stronger with increasing +years. But suddenly it became evident to her that there was plenty of +work waiting for her close at hand. 'Sinners perishing all around me,' +she wrote in her journal, 'and I almost panting to tell the far heathen +of Christ! Surely this is wrong. I will no longer indulge the vain, +foolish wish, but endeavour to be useful in the position where +Providence has placed me. I can pray for deluded idolaters and for +those who labour among them, and this is a privilege indeed.' She +began at once to take an active part in local mission work; but while +thus employed her interest in foreign missions did not diminish, and +the death of the two young missionaries, Wheelock and Colman, who went +to Burma to assist Mr. Judson, made a deep impression on her. +Wheelock, while delirious from fever, jumped into the sea and was +drowned, and Colman, after a time, died at Arracan from the effects of +the unhealthy climate. On hearing of Colman's death she wrote 'Lines +on the death of Colman,' the first verse of which is:-- + + 'Tis the voice of deep sorrow from India's shore, + The flower of our Churches is withered and dead, + The gem that shone brightly will sparkle no more, + And the tears of the Christian profusely are shed. + Two youths of Columbia, with hearts glowing warm, + Embarked on the billows far distant to rove, + To bear to the nations all wrapped in thick gloom, + The lamp of the Gospel--the message of love. + But Wheelock now slumbers beneath the cold wave + And Colman lies low in the dark, cheerless grave, + Mourn, daughters of India, mourn! + The rays of that star, clear and bright, + That so sweetly on Arracan shone, + Are shrouded in black clouds of night, + For Colman is gone! + +These lines were read by George Dana Boardman, a young man, twenty-four +years of age, who had just been appointed to succeed Colman at Arracan. +He obtained an introduction to Sarah Hall, and in a short time they +became engaged. They were married on July 3, 1825, and thirteen days +later sailed for Calcutta, where they landed on December 2. The war in +Burma prevented their proceeding to Rangoon, so they settled down at +Calcutta, to study the Burmese language with the aid of Mr. Judson's +books. At this they were engaged almost continuously until the spring +of 1827, when they sailed for Amherst, in Tenasserim, a newly built +town in the recently acquired British territory, to which Mr. Judson +had removed with his converts soon after the conclusion of the war. + +The Boardmans' stay at Amherst was, however, short. Towards the end of +May they were transferred to another new city--Moulmein. A year before +their arrival the place had been a wide expanse of almost impenetrable +jungle; now it had 20,000 inhabitants. Wild beasts and deadly snakes +abounded in the jungle around the city and, across the river, in the +ruined city of Martaban, dwelt a horde of fiendish dacoits, who +occasionally made a night raid on Moulmein, robbing and murdering, and +then hurrying back to their stronghold. The Boardmans had been settled +in their bamboo hut barely a month when they received a visit from the +dacoits. One night Mr. Boardman awoke, to find that the little lamp +which they always kept burning was not alight, and suspecting that +something was wrong he jumped out of bed and lit it again. The dacoits +had entered, and stolen everything they could possibly carry off. +Looking-glasses, watches, knives, forks, spoons, and keys had all +disappeared. Every box, trunk, and chest of drawers had been forced +open, and nothing of any value remained in any of them. This was the +first home of their own that the Boardmans had ever had, and to be +robbed so soon of practically everything they possessed was indeed +hard. They had, however, the satisfaction of knowing that the dacoits +had not, as usual, accompanied robbery with murder. But that the +dacoits would have murdered them had they awoke while they were +plundering was plain. Two holes had been cut in the mosquito curtain +near to where Mr. and Mrs. Boardman and their one-year-old child lay, +and by these holes dacoits had evidently stood, knife in hand, ready to +stab the sleepers if they awoke. It was a great shock to Mrs. +Boardman, who was in bad health, but soon she was joining her husband +in thanking God for having protected them. + +After the robbery the officer commanding the British troops stationed +two sepoys outside the mission house, and some idea of the dangers +which surrounded the Boardmans may be formed from the fact that one day +the sentry was attacked by a tiger. + +But, exposed as the Boardmans were to perils of this kind, they +continued their work among the rapidly increasing population, and met +with considerable success. Many native Christians, converted under Mr. +Judson at Rangoon, lived at Moulmein, and consequently the Boardmans' +work was not entirely among the unconverted. Indeed, before long +nearly all the native Christians in Burma were residing at Moulmein, +Amherst having declined in public favour. When the majority of the +inhabitants of Amherst migrated to Moulmein the missionaries +accompanied them, and soon nearly all the missionaries to Burma were +working in one city. Neither the missionary board in America nor Mr. +Judson considered this to be wise, and some of the missionaries were +removed to other places, Mr. and Mrs. Boardman being sent to Tavoy, +some 150 miles south of Moulmein. The dialect of the people of Tavoy +differed considerably from Burmese, and the Boardmans had practically +to learn a new language. As the written characters of both languages +were the same, the task was not very difficult, and before long the +missionaries were preaching the Gospel to the Tavoyans. + +Soon after they had settled down some Karens invited Mr. Boardman to +visit them. Their country was not far away, but the missionary could +not as yet leave Tavoy. The Karens, however, told him something that +excited his curiosity. A foreigner passing through the land had given +them a book, and told them to worship it. They had done so. A +high-priest had been appointed, and he had arranged a regular form of +worship, Mr. Boardman asked the Karens to let him see the book, and +they promised to bring it to him. Soon a deputation, headed by the +high-priest, attired in a fantastic dress of his own designing, arrived +at Tavoy with the book, which was carefully wrapped up and carried in a +basket. On having the book handed to him Mr. Boardman saw that it was +a Church of England Prayer-book. He told the Karens that although it +was a very good book it was not intended to be worshipped, and they +consented to give it to him in exchange for some portions of Scripture +in a language they could read. It was never discovered who gave the +Prayer-book to the Karens, but it may be taken for granted that they +misunderstood the donor's meaning. This book was afterwards sent home +to the American Baptist Missionary Society. + +On July 8, 1829, Mrs. Boardman was plunged into grief by the death of +her little daughter, aged two years and eight months. Other troubles +followed quickly. One night Mrs. Boardman was awakened by hearing some +native Christians shouting, 'Teacher, teacher, Tavoy rebels!' The +inhabitants of Tavoy had revolted against the British Government, and +had attempted to seize the powder magazine and armoury. The Sepoys had +driven off the rebels, who were, however, far from being disheartened. +They burst open the prison, set free the prisoners, and began firing on +the mission house. Bullets passed through the fragile little +dwelling-place, and the Boardmans would soon have been killed had not +some Sepoys fought their way to their assistance, with orders to remove +them to Government House. As Mrs. Boardman with her baby boy in her +arms hurried through the howling mob of rebels she had several narrow +escapes from being shot, but fortunately the whole of the little party +from the mission house reached Government House in safety. The +Governor of Tavoy was away when the rebellion broke out, and as the +steamer in which he had departed was the only means of rapid +communication between Tavoy and Moulmein, the little British force +settled down to act on the defensive until reinforcements arrived. +Soon it was found that Government House would have to be evacuated, and +eventually the British and Americans took shelter in a six-room house +on the wharf. In this small house the whole of the white population, +the soldiers, and the native Christians were sheltered. The rebels, +strongly reinforced, attempted to burn them out, but a heavy downfall +of rain extinguished the flames before much harm had been done. + +At last, to the great relief of the defenders, the governor's steamer +was seen approaching. The governor was considerably surprised to find +the natives in revolt. Immediately after his arrival he sent his wife +and Mrs. Boardman aboard the steamer, which was to hurry to Moulmein +for reinforcements. Mrs. Boardman begged to be allowed to remain and +share the danger which was threatening both the whites and the native +converts, but the governor firmly refused to allow her to do so. + +As soon as the rebellion was quelled Mrs. Boardman returned to Tavoy +and resumed her work, but troubles now came upon her quickly. On +December 2, 1830, her baby boy died, making the second child she had +lost within twelve months. Her husband, too, was in very weak health, +although still working hard. On March 7, 1831, he reported that he had +baptized fifty-seven Karens within two months, and that other baptisms +would soon follow. But the latter he did not live to see, for he died +of consumption three weeks after writing his report. + +The Europeans at Tavoy considered it natural and proper that, now Mrs. +Boardman was a widow, she should, return to America, and they were +somewhat surprised when she announced her intention of remaining at +Tavoy. 'My beloved husband,' she wrote, 'wore out his life in this +glorious cause; and that remembrance makes me more than even attached +to the work and the people for whose salvation he laboured till death.' +As far as possible she took up the duties of her late husband, and +every day from sunrise until ten o'clock at night she was hard at work. +Her duties included periodical visits to the Karen villages. This was +a most unpleasant work for a refined woman, and from the fact that she +scarcely ever alluded to these visits we may conclude that she found +them extremely trying. But, as there was no man to undertake the work +which her late husband had carried on with conspicuous success, she +knew unless she did it herself a promising field of missionary +enterprise would be uncared for. + +Preaching, teaching and visiting was not, however, the only work in +which the young widow engaged. She translated into Burmese the +_Pilgrim's Progress_. + +Adoniram Judson and Mrs. Boardman had known each other from the day the +latter arrived in Burma, and the former, as the head of the +missionaries in that country, was well aware of Mrs. Boardman's +devotion to duty. On January 31, 1834, he completed his translation of +the Scriptures, and on April 10 he and Mrs. Boardman were married. + +Mrs. Sarah Judson's home was now once more in Moulmein, and into the +work there she threw herself at once heart and soul. She superintended +schools, held Bible classes and prayer meetings and started various +societies for the spiritual and physical welfare of the women. Finding +that there was a large number of Peguans in Moulmein, she learnt their +language, and translated into it several of her husband's tracts. + +Until 1841 her life was peacefully happy, but in that year a period of +trouble began. Her four children were attacked with whooping-cough, +which was followed by dysentery, the complaint which in Burma has sent +many thousands of Europeans to early graves. No sooner had the +children recovered from this distressing illness than Mrs. Sarah Judson +fell ill with it, and for a time it was feared that she was dying. As +soon as she was able to travel Mr. Judson took her to India, in the +hope that a complete rest at Serampore would give her back her +strength. She returned in fairly good health, but in December, 1844, +she grew so weak that Mr. Judson decided to have his first furlough, +and take her home to America. On the voyage she grew worse, and died +peacefully while the ship was at anchor at St. Helena. She was buried +on shore, and Adoniram Judson, a widower a second time, proceeded on +his journey to America. + + + + +OLIVIA OGREN AND AN ESCAPE FROM BOXERS + +The Chinese dislike to foreigners settling in their country is so old +that one cannot tell when it began. But in 1900 the Boxer rising +proved that the anti-foreign feeling is strong as ever, and perhaps +more unreasonable, and the whole civilized world was horror-stricken by +the news of the massacre of men, women and children, who had been +slaughtered, not only because they were Christians, but because they +were foreigners. + +The list of missionaries who were murdered by the Boxers in 1900 is +long and saddening; but it is some consolation to know that to many of +the martyrs death came swiftly, and was not preceded by bodily torture. +In fact, some of the missionaries who escaped death must have been +sorely tempted to envy their martyred colleagues, so terrible were the +trials they underwent before reaching a place of safety. + +Mrs. Ogren was one of the representatives of the China Inland Mission, +who escaped death only to meet perils and privations such as few women +have ever survived. She and her husband had worked in China for seven +years, and had been stationed for about twelve months in the city of +Yung-ning when the Boxer troubles began. Until then the natives had +been well disposed towards them, but two emissaries of the Boxers, +describing themselves as merchants, spread evil reports concerning +them. They declared that the missionaries had poisoned the wells, and +when the people went to examine them they found that the water had +turned red. The men who accused the missionaries had, before bringing +this charge against them, secretly coloured the water. Other false +accusations, artfully supported by what appeared to be conclusive +evidence, were made against them, and naturally aroused the anger of +the people, whose demeanour became unmistakably threatening. + +On July 5 the sad news of the murder of two lady missionaries at +Hsiao-i reached Mrs. Ogren and her husband, and a mandarin, who had +secretly remained friendly towards them, urged them to escape from the +city as soon as possible, and for their travelling expenses the +secretary of the yamen brought them, in the middle of the night, Tls. +10 (L15). Mr. Ogren gave a receipt for the money, and prepared for +their flight, but it was not until July 13 that they were able to start. + +Early in the morning, before day-break, a mule-litter was brought to +the back door of the mission garden. Quickly and silently Mr. and Mrs. +Ogren, with their little nine months' old boy, mounted, and started on +their perilous journey to Han-kow. + +They arrived uninjured at the Yellow River, where, however, they found +a famine-stricken crowd, armed with clubs, eager to kill them. The +starving natives had been told, and believed, that the scarcity of food +was due to the foreigners' presence in China, and their hostile +attitude can scarcely be wondered at. However, the guard which had +been sent to protect the missionaries succeeded in keeping off the +people, who had to content themselves with yelling and spitting at the +fugitives. Hiring a boat, for which they had to pay Tls. 50, the +Ogrens and their guard started down river for T'ung-kuan. The current +of this river is exceedingly swift, and the missionaries expected every +moment that their boat would be wrecked. No mishap occurred, however, +and after travelling seventeen miles the party made a halt. It was +necessary to do so, as at this place they were to be handed over to a +new guard. Here, too, they found it would be impossible to proceed on +their journey without more money, and a messenger was despatched to the +mandarin at Yung-ning, asking for a further loan. Until the result of +this appeal was known there was nothing for the Ogrens to do but wait +where they were. It was an anxious time, but on the fourth day they +were delighted to see the secretary of the yamen approaching. He had +brought with him the money they required. + +'Praising God for all His goodness,' Mrs. Ogren writes in her account +of their trials,[1] 'we started once more, and though beset by many +difficulties, the goodness of God, and the cordial letter of +recommendation granted us by our friendly mandarin, enabled us to +safely reach a place called Lung-wan-chan, 170 miles from our +starting-place, and half way to our destination, T'ung-kuan.' + +At Lung-wan-chan they heard of the rapid spread of the Boxer movement, +and of the massacre, on July 16, of a party of men and women +missionaries. They realised now that the prospect of their escaping +the fury of the Boxers was small; but there came a ray of hope, when a +Chinaman, eighty years of age and a friend of the Yung-ning mandarin, +offered to hide them in his house. It was an offer which was +gratefully accepted; but as they were about to start for their +hiding-place, which was some twenty-five miles from the river, a party +of soldiers arrived. Their orders were, they said, to drive the +foreigners out of the province; but the aged Chinaman gave them a +feast, and, having got them into a good humour, extracted a promise +from them that they would not harm the missionaries. But although they +kept their promise to the extent of not doing them any bodily injury, +they took from them all the money they possessed. + +When the soldiers had departed, the Ogrens started on their twenty-five +miles' journey to the friendly old Chinaman's house, thankful at having +escaped one danger, and hopeful that they would reach their destination +in safety. But their hope was not realised. Before they had gone far, +their way lay along a track where it was necessary to proceed in single +file. Mrs. Ogren, riding a mule, led the way; a second mule carrying +their personal belongings followed, and Mr. Ogren with their baby-boy +in his arms came last. On one side of them was the rushing river; on +the other, steep, rocky mountains. + +Suddenly a number of armed men sprang out from behind the rocks and +barred their way. Brandishing their weapons ominously, they demanded +Tls. 300. Mrs. Ogren, dismounting from her mule, advanced to a man who +appeared to be the leader, and told him that they had no money. She +begged him to have pity on them, and to spare her at least her baby's +things. Her appeal was not entirely wasted, for while they were +helping themselves to their things the leader handed her, on the point +of his sword, _one_ of the baby's shirts. + +Having taken everything that they fancied, the robbers now looked +threateningly at the prisoners. Their leader began whetting his sword, +shouting as he did so, 'Kill, kill!' Again Mrs. Ogren pleaded for +mercy, and finally they relented, and departed without injuring them. + +The fugitives now came to the conclusion that it would be certain death +if they remained in the province, and as soon as possible they crossed +the river in the ferry. It was a dark, wet night when they reached the +other side, and it was only after much entreaty and promises of reward +that the ferrymen allowed them to take shelter in the dirty smoky caves +where they lived. Mr. Ogren at once despatched a message to their old +Chinese friend asking for help, and four days later the man returned +with some money, nearly the whole of which the ferrymen claimed, and +obtained by means of threats. With little money in their pockets, the +Ogrens started off on foot towards the promised place of refuge. It +was a trying journey, for the heat was intense, and aroused a thirst +which could not be quenched. Once Mrs. Ogren fell exhausted to the +ground; but after a rest they continued their tramp, and on the second +day reached their destination, there to experience a bitter +disappointment. The people whom they expected would be friendly proved +hostile. They refused to give them food, and only after much entreaty +did they permit them to take shelter in a cave near by. This, however, +proved to be a very insecure hiding-place, and twice they were robbed +by gangs of men. + +Leaving this place, the Ogrens tramped further into the hills, and +found another cave, where they could have remained in safety until the +rising was quelled, had they been able to obtain food. Mrs. Ogren and +her husband would have endured the agony of long-continued hunger, but +they could not see their little baby starve. For some time he was fed +on cold water and raw rice, but when their small stock of the latter +ran out, they tramped back to make another appeal to the people who had +so recently refused to help them. Their reception was even worse than +on the previous occasion. One of the men had heard of the Boxers' +offer of Tls. 100 for the head of every foreigner brought to them, and +was anxious to earn the money. Seizing his sword, he rushed at the +fugitives and would have killed them, had not some of his relatives, +perhaps moved by pity, intervened. They held him fast while the Ogrens +hurried away as quickly as their weakness would permit. + +Over the mountains they wended their way, sometimes having to crawl up +the steep hillsides. It was their intention to make their way back to +Yung-ning, and seek protection from the mandarin who had always been +friendly towards them. It must not be forgotten that during the +anti-foreign outbreak there were hundreds of Chinamen, besides the +Christian converts, who, although well aware that a price was placed on +the head of every foreigner, scorned to betray them, and did all in +their power to facilitate their escape to a place of safety. On their +journey over the mountains, Mrs. Ogren and her husband met with many of +these people, who gave them food and sheltered them at night. + +Having forded a wide, swiftly-flowing river, the Ogrens came to a +village where the natives treated them so kindly that they remained +there for two days. But on departing from this place their brief +period of comparative happiness came to an end, for, towards night, as +they drew near to a village, hoping to experience a repetition of the +hospitality they had recently received, they found that they were +likely to have a hostile reception. + +It was too late to turn back or to attempt to avoid the place, for they +had already been discovered, so they trudged on through the village, +the people laughing and jeering at them. But just as they were +quitting the village, hopeful that they would be permitted to continue +their journey unmolested, they were seized and cast into prison. The +following morning two men were told off to take them out of the +province; but it soon became evident to the prisoners that their escort +intended to hand them over to the Boxers. They were a particularly +heartless pair, and one of them took from Mrs. Ogren her baby's pillow, +which she had managed to retain through all their wanderings, and +emptying out the feathers burned them. + +The following day they arrived at the Yellow River, and as they crossed +in the ferry the prisoners saw that the village to which they were +being taken was decorated with red lanterns. This was a sign that the +place was held by the Red Lantern Society, one of the divisions of the +Boxer army. On landing, the missionaries were at once surrounded by a +crowd of jeering natives, and one fellow, with brutal glee, told Mrs. +Ogren of the massacre of the lady missionaries at Ta-ning. + +After Mr. Ogren had been closely questioned, he was told they would be +taken back to Yung-ning, but when they left the village they found that +they were being led in quite a different direction. At night they were +placed in a cave, and on the following morning were marched off to the +Boxer general's headquarters, a temple. Mr. Ogren was at once taken +before the general, Mrs. Ogren sitting in the courtyard with her baby +on her knee. She was suffering excruciating pain from a swollen eye, +caused by the heat and glare, but her mental agony was no doubt +greater, for in a few minutes her husband's fate would be decided. She +heard him answering the general's questions, heard him pleading for +their lives. Soon his voice was drowned in the sound of swords being +sharpened, and a few minutes later she heard moans. Her husband was +being tortured. + +'My feelings were indescribable,' Mrs. Ogren writes. 'I could only +pray God to cut short my husband's sufferings, and fill his heart with +peace, and give me courage to meet my lot without fear.' Soon the +moaning ceased, and she concluded that her husband was dead. + +That night Mrs. Ogren was imprisoned in a tomb, and her baby, although +he had nothing but water for his supper, slept soundly on the cold +ground wrapped up in her gown. On the following morning she was given +some rice and porridge, but before she had finished her meal the guard +set her free. At once she decided to endeavour to reach Ta-ning, where +other missionaries were imprisoned, preferring imprisonment among +friends to the wandering life she had led for so long. Hearing that +there were some Christians in a village on the other side of the river, +she forded the stream--narrowly escaping drowning, but only to find +that she had been misinformed. The villagers jeered at her when she +told her story, and asked for food for herself and baby. Departing +from these inhospitable people, Mrs. Ogren lay down with her baby in +the open. Both were hungry and shivering, and probably their trials +would have ended that night in death, had not two native Christians +found them, and led the way to a cave. Taking Mrs. Ogren to this place +of shelter was, however, all that these men could do for her. + +The following day, while trudging along towards Ta-ning Mrs. Ogren was +again captured by Boxers, and would have been promptly killed, had not +the headman of the village protected her, and, in spite of the anger of +the mob, appointed an escort to accompany her to Ta-ning. It was a +consolation to Mrs. Ogren to feel that she would soon be in the company +of fellow missionaries; but to her sorrow she heard, on being placed in +the Ta-ning prison, that they had been set free two days previously, +and had started for the coast. + +The prison in which Mrs. Ogren was now confined was a filthy place, +swarming with vermin, but the warders were kind to her, and gave her +food for herself and baby. Even the mandarin was moved when he heard +of the sufferings she had undergone, but he did not release her. Sleep +was impossible that night, but, at daybreak, as Mrs. Ogren lay dozing +with her child beside her, she fancied she heard her name called. +Jumping up she ran into the courtyard, and looked eagerly around. + +'Olivia!' It was her husband's voice, and there at the prison gate +stood he whom she had thought dead. 'Praise God! oh, praise God!' she +cried, her heart full of thankfulness; but he was too overcome with +emotion to speak. Truly Mr. Ogren was in a terrible plight. His +clothes hung in rags, and his head was bound with a piece of dirty, +blood-stained linen. One of his ears was crushed, and there were +ghastly wounds in his neck and shoulders. Even now he was not out of +danger for as he stood at the gate Mrs. Ogren saw to her dismay a mob +of infuriated Boxers rushing towards him, and it seemed as if he would +be killed before her eyes. But the yamen servants protected him, and, +later in the day, he was brought to his wife and child. The people had +evidently taken pity on the poor missionaries, for they supplied Mrs. +Ogren with some water to wash her husband's wounds and a powder that +would heal them. Moreover they supplied them with rice and mutton, and +the secretary of the yamen's wife sent them a bowl of meat soup. + +When Mr. Ogren's wounds had been dressed, and he had eaten the first +good meal he had tasted for many days, he related to his wife all that +had happened to him since they were separated by the Red Lantern Boxers. + +Briefly his story was as follows:--On being taken before the Boxer +general he was bound to a block of wood, with his hands tied behind his +back, and while in this helpless state the Boxers kicked him and beat +him with sticks, cursing the name of Jesus, and shouting, 'Now ask your +Jesus to deliver you.' After thus torturing him they untied him from +the block, and led him with his hands bound behind his back to the +river-side, with the intention of killing him and casting his body into +the water. Arriving there, they forced him down on his knees, and at a +signal set upon him on all sides with swords and spears; but in their +eagerness to slay him their weapons struck one against another, and +instead of being killed instantly he received several wounds, which +although severe did not disable him. + +Suddenly he sprang to his feet, and rushing through the crowd jumped +into the river. The Boxers, recovering from their surprise, rushed +into the water after him, but remembering that his hands were tied +behind his back they broke into jeering laughter, and waited to see him +drown. But the brave, persecuted missionary managed to reach the other +side in safety, and running inland was soon lost in the darkness. With +his hands tied behind his back, and barefooted--his shoes were lost in +the river--he tramped some fifteen miles before resting. Then he +severed the cords which bound his hands by rubbing them against a rock +until they were cut through. In the hills he found a native Christian, +who not only supplied him with food, water and a little money, but took +him to a hiding-place for the night. On the following morning Mr. +Ogren started off again, with the intention of making his way back to +Yung-ning, but before he had gone far he caught sight of Boxers +scouring the country. Finding a cave he hid in it throughout the day, +resuming his journey at night. After many hardships he met some +natives, who informed him that his wife was in prison at Ta-ning, and +at once he set off for that city, and entered it unnoticed by the +Boxers. It was only when he had almost reached the yamen that they +heard of his presence and rushed after him. How he escaped their fury +has already been told. + +Two days after Mr. Ogren had rejoined his wife the authorities sent +them with an escort out of the city on two donkeys, the men who +accompanied them being instructed to take them from city to city until +they arrived at the coast. But on the second day the officials of a +city through which they would have to pass warned them that they would +not be allowed to enter it, and therefore the much-tried missionaries +were taken back to Ta-ning, and placed once more in the loathsome +prison. Here Mrs. Ogren endured fresh trials. Her baby, weakened by +exposure and semi-starvation, became seriously ill, and for a time it +seemed as if he would not recover. When, however, the danger was +passed Mrs. Ogren's second eye became terribly inflamed and caused her +intense agony, and her husband becoming delirious with fever, had to be +tied down to his bed. Nevertheless, she did not lose her faith, and +the prisoners, aware of all she had endured, and was enduring, +marvelled to see her praying to God. When, in the course of a few +days, her husband began to gain strength they sang hymns, prayed, and +read the Bible together. + +A month later the Ogrens were told that in two days they were to be +escorted to the coast, and the comforts which were at once provided for +them made it clear that the authorities had received instructions to +protect them and treat them well. New clothes were given them, and +when they started on their journey, Mr. Ogren, being far too weak to +ride, was carried with the baby in a sedan chair. Mrs. Ogren rode a +horse. The officer and ten soldiers who comprised their escort treated +them kindly, and their example was copied by the inhabitants of the +villages through which they passed. + +It was a welcome change, but it came too late. Nine days after leaving +Ta-ning Mr. Ogren became very weak, and in spite of every attention +died on the following morning, October 15, from the effects of the +cruelty to which the Boxers had subjected him. + +Can anyone imagine a more crushing sorrow for a woman than this which +Mrs. Ogren had to bear? To lose her husband just when their long +months of persecution were ended, and they were looking forward to +happy days of peace, was indeed the hardest blow she had suffered. Her +escort, touched to the heart by this sad ending to her troubles, did +all that they could to comfort her. + +It was not until February 16, that Mrs. Ogren and her two children--a +girl baby, healthy in every way, had been born at P'ing-yang-fu on +December 6,--arrived at Han-kow, where everyone strove to show kindness +to the much-tried widow. Peter Alfred Ogren's name is inscribed on the +roll of Christian martyrs, and Olivia Ogren is a name that will ever +stand high in the list of Christian heroines. + + + +[1] _Last Letters and Further Records of Martyred Missionaries of the +China Inland Mission_. (Morgan & Scott.) + + + + +EDITH NATHAN, MAY NATHAN AND MARY HEAYSMAN, + +MARTYRED BY BOXERS + +When, in the year 1900, the anti-foreign feeling in China culminated in +the massacre of defenceless men and women, the three missionaries whose +names head this chapter were working in the city of Ta-ning. The +inhabitants of this little city among the hills had always treated the +missionaries with kindness, and it was not until Boxer emissaries +arrived and stirred up the people by spreading untruths concerning the +reason of the foreigners' presence in China, that a change occurred in +the behaviour of some of them. + +The news of the Boxer rising was soon carried to the three ladies at +Ta-ning; but it was not until July 12 that, at the earnest entreaty of +the native pastor, Chang Chi-pen, they left the city to take shelter in +one of the villages high up in the mountains. They started at 7.30 in +the morning, and, travelling through the heat of the day, arrived at +Muh-ien, where they were welcomed by the inhabitants, both native +Christians and unconverted, with kindness. The knowledge that two lady +missionaries had recently been murdered at Hsiao-i made the inhabitants +of this hill-village anxious to show kindness to the three ladies who +had come to seek shelter among them. They gave them food, which +although not very palatable to Europeans was the best to be had, and +provided them with lodging. + +The following day was passed peacefully. Native friends came out from +Ta-ning, bringing the comforting assurance that there were no signs of +the Boxers coming in pursuit of the fugitives. They told the +missionaries that eighteen warships belonging to various nations had +arrived, but had gone aground near Fuh-Kien. The news of the arrival +of these vessels naturally caused satisfaction to the three +missionaries, and made them believe that the Boxer rising would soon be +quelled. + +Sunday, July 15, was a very happy day. Native Christians came in from +the neighbouring villages, and the old pastor, Chang Chi-pen, had +stolen out from Ta-ning. A service was held, and afterwards the +missionaries were overwhelmed with invitations to take up their +residence in various villages where they would be, they were assured, +perfectly safe from the Boxers. 'It was really worth while being in +such a position, to see how loyal the Christians were to us,' May +Nathan wrote in her diary.[1] 'We are certainly in a better position +than most other foreigners, being amongst such simple, loyal, +God-fearing men.' + +The following morning, soon after breakfast and prayers, a boy arrived +from Ta-ning with the unpleasant news that 500 soldiers, who were in +sympathy with the Boxers, had entered the city. The inhabitants at +once urged the ladies to flee to a more distant village, and, taking up +their Bibles, the missionaries started off quickly, with a native +Christian for their guide. Rain fell heavily, and they arrived at +their destination, Tong-men, wet to the skin. Food was given them, and +in the afternoon they lay down and slept in a shed full of straw. The +natives were determined, however, that they should have a better place +in which to pass the night, and prepared a cave for them, spreading +clean mats on the brick beds. But, late in the afternoon, a Christian, +whom the missionaries had sent to Ta-ning to obtain information +concerning the movements of the soldiers, returned with the pleasing +news that there were none in the city, nor had any been there. +Thankful that the alarm had been a false one, the three missionaries, +one feeling somewhat unwell, trudged back to the Muh-ien, and refreshed +themselves with tea. Throughout the day, or rather from breakfast +until their return after dark, they had drunk nothing, tea, strange to +say, being an unknown luxury in the place where they had sought +temporary shelter. + +On the following day soldiers did enter Ta-ning, but as an official +despatch arrived almost at the same time instructing the yamen to +protect foreigners, the three ladies decided not to remove from +Muh-ien. This proclamation, a copy of which was brought to the +missionaries, stated that all foreigners who remained quietly at their +stations would be unmolested, and was a great improvement on the +previous one, which ordered that foreigners were to be exterminated. +The arrival of the allied forces had of course made the Chinese deem it +advisable to withdraw the former proclamation. + +Nothing occurred during the next two days to make the missionaries +think that they were in immediate danger of being massacred. They +spent the time in reading, sewing and talking to the sympathetic people +who called on them. But on the third day they received the sad +information that seven of their missionary friends had been murdered on +July 16. + +'Oh, it is sad, sad,' May Nathan wrote in her diary, 'such valuable +lives; and who will be the next? Perhaps we shall, for why should we +be spared when, for my own part, I know that the lives of those who +have gone were so much more valuable than mine? I don't want to die, +and such a death; but if it comes, well, it will be for a little, and +after, no more sorrow--no pain. Day by day we are without knowledge of +what news may come! Darling mother, don't be anxious whatever news you +may hear of me. It will be useless in the eyes of the world to come +out here for a year, to be just getting on with the language and then +to be cut off. Many will say, 'Why did she go? Wasted life!' +Darling, _No_. Trust; God does His very best, and never makes +mistakes. There are promises in the Word that the Lord will save His +servants, and deliver them from the hands of evil men. Dear, it may be +the deliverances will come through death, and His hands will receive, +not the corruptible, but the incorruptible, glorified spirit.' + +Early the following morning, just as they were about to begin +breakfast, a friendly Chinaman arrived, with the warning, that a party +of Boxers was coming up the mountains and searching everywhere on the +way for them. Instant departure was imperative, so, snatching up their +Bibles and a few biscuits, they hurried off higher up the mountains, +halting only for a few minutes among some native Christians, to deliver +three short prayers. Their Christian guide hurried them onward when +the last prayer was finished, and soon they were climbing up steep, +unfrequented sheep-paths. A ruined temple on the top of a mountain was +to be their hiding-place, and when they reached it, tired out, they lay +down on the ground with stones for their pillows. + +How long they remained hiding in this mountain-top temple is unknown. +Nor, as the last entry in May Nathan's letter is dated July 23, do we +know the sufferings which they underwent during the next three weeks. +All that is certain is that, after wandering about the mountains, they +were captured by the Boxers on August 12, and dragged to a temple near +Lu-kia-yao, where, hungry and thirsty, they were compelled to spend the +night surrounded by a mob of fiends. At day-break they were brought +out and killed. + + + +[1] _Last Letters and Further Records of Martyred Missionaries of the +China Inland Mission_. Edited by Marshall Broomhall. (Morgan and +Scott.) + + + + +MARY RIGGS AND THE SIOUX RISING + +Of all the stories that have been written for young people none have +been more popular than those describing adventures among the Red +Indians of North America. Fenimore Cooper's books have delighted many +generations of readers; but on much of the ground where that author's +famous characters lived, hunted, fought and died, big towns have sprung +up, and the Indians, driven to live in reservations and to become, +practically, pensioners of the Government, have been shorn of nearly +all their greatness. + +When the white man gained the ascendency in North America there came a +better opportunity for missionary work, and notable among those who +went to labour among the Indians was Mary Riggs, who, with her husband, +worked for thirty-two years among the Sioux--the Red Indians of Dakota. +She was born on November 10, 1813, at Hawley, Massachusetts, her father +being General Thomas Longley, who had fought in the war of 1812. +Evidently he was not a wealthy man, for Mary began her education at the +common town school, where she had for her schoolfellows the children of +some of the poorest inhabitants. Later, she attended better schools, +and at the age of sixteen became a teacher in one at Williamstown, +Massachusetts. Her salary was only one dollar a week, but she gave her +father the whole of her first quarter's earnings, as a slight return +for the money he had spent on her education. After a time she obtained +a better appointment at a school at Bethlehem, and while there she met +Stephen R. Riggs, a young man who was studying for the Presbyterian +ministry. They became engaged, and a few months later Stephen Riggs +told his future wife that he should like to become a missionary to the +Red Indians, among whom work had recently been started. She expressed +her willingness to accompany him, and, therefore, he at once offered +himself to the American Board of Commissioners for Foreign Missions, by +whom he was accepted. + +The young people were married on February 16, 1837, and about a +fortnight later began their long journey to the Far West. Travelling +was in those days, of course, very different from what it is now, and +the young missionaries had to go by stage _via_ New York, Philadelphia, +and across the mountains to Pittsburg until they came to the Ohio. +Snow, rain and mud made their journey by stage particularly unpleasant, +but rest and comfort came on the steamer which bore them down the river. + +On June 1, 1837, they arrived at Fort Snelling, near where the +Minnesota joins the Mississippi. Here they remained until the +beginning of September, living in a log-house, and learning the Dakota +language with the help of a missionary who had been in the field for +three years. From Fort Snelling they departed on September 5, 1837, +for their destination Lac-qui-parle, travelling with two one-ox carts +and a double wagon. On September 18 they arrived at the station to +which they had been appointed, and received a hearty welcome from the +two missionaries who had settled there some time before at the earnest +request of a Lac-qui-parle trader. Lac-qui-parle was a small place, a +mere collection of buffalo-skin tents, in which lived some 400 Red +Indians. Mr. and Mrs. Riggs found a home in a log-house belonging to +one of the other missionaries. Only one room could be spared them, and +although it was but 10 feet wide and 18 feet long they made themselves +comfortable. Mr. Riggs wrote as follows in his account of their work +among the Sioux[1]: 'This room we made our home for five winters. +There were some hardships about such close quarters, but, all in all, +Mary and I never enjoyed five winters better than those spent in that +upper room. There our first three children were born. There we worked +in acquiring the language. There we received our Dakota visitors. +There I wrote, and re-wrote, my ever-growing dictionary. And there, +with what help I could obtain, I prepared for the printer the greater +portion of the New Testament in the Dakota language. It was a +consecrated room.' + +When Mrs. Riggs and her husband took possession of their one-room home +they had much difficulty in making it comfortable, as they had been +unable to bring on their furniture and domestic utensils. One person, +however, lent them a kettle, another provided them with a pan, and bit +by bit they collected the most necessary articles. + +In the East missionaries have never experienced a difficulty in +obtaining servants, but in Dakota neither male nor female Sioux would +enter the Riggs' service. Consequently Mrs. Riggs had to perform all +the household duties. They bought a cow, but neither of them knew how +to milk her. Both Mr. and Mrs. Rigg tried to perform the task, but not +until the cow had experienced considerable discomfort did Mrs. Riggs +become acquainted with the art. Washing clothes was a performance +which filled the Sioux women with wonder, for they were in the habit of +wearing their garments unwashed until they became too old to be worn +any longer. Very soon they adopted the white woman's custom, and, +becoming fond of standing over the washing-tub, they took to washing +Mrs. Riggs' clothes as well as their own. For doing so they were, of +course, paid. + +The missionaries who had preceded the Riggs at Lac-qui-parle had not +been very successful, if success be judged by the number of converts +made. The native Church consisted of seven people, but before the +Riggs had been there many months nine were added. Most of these were +women, and it was they, and not the men, who assisted in the building +of the first church at Lac-qui-parle. + +When Mr. and Mrs. Riggs had worked for some time with success at +Lac-qui-parle they removed to a new station--Traverse des Sioux. But +four years later the news reached them that since their departure from +Lac-qui-parle there had been a sad falling back into heathenism among +the converts, and they hurried back to their old station. Backsliders +were reclaimed, and the missionary work carried on with increased +energy. + +But the missionaries had much to contend with. The Indians were hard +pressed for food, and occasionally shot the mission cattle. Grog shops +had been opened in the neighbourhood, and many of the Sioux bought +drink when they should have purchased provisions. Excited by the +fire-water, the Indians were frequently riotous, and, although they +never assaulted the missionaries, it was clear that they might massacre +them. On one occasion Mrs. Riggs had a very unpleasant experience. +While her husband was away, twenty-six Sioux warriors paraded in front +of mission house and fired their guns in the air. Mrs. Riggs was +naturally somewhat frightened, until she found that they were not bent +on murder and scalping. They had been searching for some Chippewas, +but, having failed to find them, they fired their guns for practice. + +Mr. and Mrs. Riggs continued their work with but few interruptions +until 1862, when the Sioux rising occurred. It began in this way. The +Sioux had assembled at Yellow Medicine to receive their annual +allowance from the Government official. While distributing the +allowance the official announced that the Great Father (President +Lincoln) was anxious to make them all very happy, and would therefore +give them, very shortly, a bonus. The Indians, having recently +suffered greatly from want of provisions, were delighted at the +prospect of an additional grant, and waited in the vicinity of the +agency for its arrival. When it arrived the Sioux found to their +dismay that it was a paltry gift of $2.50 a man. Their disgust and +anger were increased by the knowledge that during the time they had +been waiting for this insignificant present they could have earned from +$50 to $100 by hunting. Unintentionally, a Government servant added +fuel to the fire, and the Sioux, maddened, began their terrible +massacre of the scattered settlers. + +The news of the rising was carried quickly to the Riggs by friendly +Indians, who urged them to hurry away as quickly as possible to a place +of safety. But the missionaries were not disposed to consider the +rising serious. The seizure of their horses and cows, and various +other unfriendly actions performed by the people among whom they had +lived for many years, soon, however, convinced them that it would be +wise to depart. So gathering together a few belongings the little band +of missionaries, some carrying children, crept away by night to an +island in the Minnesota River. But on the following day the friendly +Indians sent word to them that they were not safe on the island, and +urged further flight. + +Acting on this advice, the Christians waded the river and started on a +tramp to the Hawk River, and on the way met other settlers, hurrying +like themselves, to escape from the infuriated Sioux. Joining forces +they proceeded on their journey, the women and children riding in two +open carts, and soon met a wounded man, whom they tenderly lifted into +one of the wagons. He was the sole survivor of a band of settlers +which had been attacked by the Sioux. + +Keeping a sharp look-out for the Indians, the fugitives continued their +journey across the prairie. On the second night the rain fell heavily, +and as the women and children could obtain no shelter in the open carts +they crept under them. Wet and shivering, the fugitives found, when +daylight came, that they had scarcely any food. Wood was collected, a +fire built, and one of the animals killed and roasted. + +A day later they were espied by an Indian, who fortunately proved to be +friendly. He advised the fugitives to hurry to Fort Ridgely, and +assured them that all the whites, with the exception of themselves, who +had not taken shelter in the fort had been killed. Acting on his +advice, they proceeded in the direction of the fort, but travelled very +cautiously, for there were signs that Indians were in the neighbourhood. + +One of the fugitives crept into the fort, but the news he brought back +to his comrades in distress was not cheering; the fort was already +overcrowded with women and children, and there was a very small force +of soldiers to defend it. For five days they had been continually +attacked by the enemy, and unless reinforcements arrived quickly the +fort would probably be captured. + +The Riggs and their fellow fugitives decided, therefore, to hurry on to +some other place, fully aware of the danger they were running in +travelling through a neighbourhood which abounded with the +scalp-seeking Indians. One of Mary Riggs' daughters wrote of this +period in their flight: 'Every voice was hushed, except to give +necessary orders; every eye swept the hills and valleys around; every +ear was intensely strained for the faintest sound, expecting +momentarily to hear the unearthly war-whoop, and see dusky forms with +gleaming tomahawks uplifted.' + +[Illustration: EVERY EAR WAS STRAINED ... EXPECTING MOMENTARILY TO HEAR +THE UNEARTHLY WAR-HOOP.] + +Hour after hour the tired and footsore fugitives trudged on without +being discovered. Then four of their number, believing the danger was +passed, bade adieu to the remainder of the party and proceeded in a +different direction; but before they had gone far they were killed by +the Indians. The Riggs and their party heard the fatal shots, but the +tragedy was hidden from their sight by the bush. Fortunately, the +proximity of the larger party of fugitives was not discovered by the +Sioux; and at last, after a long, weary journey, the Riggs and their +friends arrived at the town of Henderson, where their appearance +occasioned considerable surprise, as their names had been included in +the list of massacred. + +Over a thousand settlers were killed during the rising, and there were +many people who escaped death, but never recovered completely from the +horrors of that terrible time. Mary Riggs returned with her husband to +the work among the Sioux; but her health grew slowly worse, and when, +in March, 1869, an ordinary cold developed into pneumonia she had not +the strength to battle against it. She died on March 22, 1869, in +Beloit, Wisconsin, worn out with her thirty-two years' work in the +mission-field. + + + +[1] _Mary and I; Forty Years with the Sioux_. By Stephen R. Riggs. +Philadelphia, 1887. + + + + +III + +BRAVE DEEDS OF WOMEN IN WAR-TIME + + + +MARY SEACOLE, THE SOLDIERS' FRIEND + +Florence Nightingales's noble work among the sick and wounded in the +Crimean War is known to everyone; but very few people are aware that +there was another woman, working apart from Miss Nightingale, who +performed deeds of bravery and humanity in the same campaign which +entitle her to a high place in any list of brave and good women. Sir +William Russell, the famous war correspondent of the _Times_, wrote, in +1858, of Mary Seacole: 'I have witnessed her devotion and her courage; +I have already borne testimony to her services to all who needed them. +She is the first who has redeemed the name of 'sutler' from the +suspicion of worthlessness, mercenary business and plunder; and I trust +that England will not forget one who nursed her sick, who sought out +her wounded to aid and succour them, and who performed the last offices +for some other illustrious dead.' England seems to have forgotten her, +but it is hoped that this account of her life may help to remove the +reproach. + +Mary Seacole was born at Kingston, Jamaica, her father being a +Scotchman and her mother a native. The latter kept a boarding-house +which was patronised chiefly by naval and military officers stationed +at Kingston, but she was also widely known in the West Indies as a +"doctoress." Officers, their wives and children were her chief +patients, and she is reputed to have healed many troublesome complaints +with medicines made from the plants which she herself gathered. Mary +inherited her mother's tastes, and when quite a child decided to become +a "doctoress." She bandaged her dolls in the way she had seen her +mother bandage patients, and on growing older she doctored any stray +dogs and cats who could be prevailed upon to swallow the medicine she +had made. After a time she became anxious to try her skill upon human +beings, but as no one would consent to take her medicine, she drank it +herself, happily without any serious effects. + +When Mary Seacole (as she afterwards became) was about twelve years of +age her mother began to allow her to assist in waiting upon the invalid +officers staying at the boarding-house, and whilst thus engaged she was +able to obtain a knowledge of nursing which was of the greatest value +in after years. While still a girl she paid a visit to England, and +remained there, with some relatives, for some months. She visited +England again a few years later, and saw that there was a good opening +in London for West Indian commodities. Therefore, on her return, she +exported guava jelly, pickles and various preserves, and being anxious +to add to the variety of her wares, she visited the Bahamas, Hayti and +Cuba, to inspect the productions of those places. + +On returning from her travels among the islands she settled down again +to nurse her mother's invalid boarders, and before long married one of +them, a Mr. Seacole. Her married life was, however, short for Mr. +Seacole died a few months after the wedding. A little later her mother +passed away, and Mary Seacole was left without relatives in Jamaica. +She continued to manage the boarding-house; but her generosity to the +poor was so unlimited that when she had a bad season she was without +money to support herself. However, she struggled on until her +boarding-house was once more filled with well-paying invalids. But in +1843 she had a very serious loss; her house was burnt in a fire which +destroyed a large portion of Kingston. The boarding-house was, +however, rebuilt, and prosperity returned. Many a white man asked her +to become his wife, but she refused every offer, and devoted all her +spare time to the task of adding to her store of medical knowledge. +Several naval and military surgeons, surprised to find that her +knowledge of medical matters was, for a woman, great, assisted her with +her studies. + +In 1850 cholera broke out in Jamaica, and raged for a greater portion +of the year, and a doctor who was living at Mary Seacole's house gave +her many valuable hints concerning the treatment of cholera cases. +Before long the knowledge thus obtained proved to be the means of +saving many lives. + +Shortly after the cholera had ceased to rage in Jamaica Mary Seacole +proceeded on a visit to her brother, who owned a large, prosperous +store at Cruces in California. On arriving there, she found the place +crowded with a mixed mob of gold-diggers and speculators, some +proceeding to the gold-fields, others returning. The men returning +were drinking, gambling and "treating" those who were bound for the +gold-fields. It was a degrading sight, and Mary Seacole wished that +she had not left Jamaica. There was nowhere for her to sleep, wash or +change her travel-stained clothes, for every room in her brother's +house was engaged by the homeward-bound gold-diggers. Until they +departed she had to manage to exist without a bed. + +These parties of miners arrived at Cruces weekly, and the scenes of +dissipation were the same on each occasion. + +Quarrels which ended in the death of one of the combatants were +frequent and little noticed, but the very sudden death of a Spaniard +who resided at Cruces caused great excitement. He had dined with Mary +Seacole's brother, and on returning home was taken ill and suddenly +died. Suspicion fell upon Mary Seacole's brother, and it was said +openly that he had poisoned the man. Mary Seacole, indignant at the +accusation brought against her brother, went to see the body, and knew +at once that the man had died from cholera. No one believed her, but +the following morning a friend of the dead man was taken ill with the +same disorder, and the people who had scoffed at her became +terror-stricken. + +There was no doctor at Cruces, and Mary Seacole set herself to battle +single-handed with the plague. Fortunately, she never travelled +without her medicine-chest, and taking from it the remedies which had +been used in Jamaica with great success she hurried to the sick man's +bedside, and by her promptitude was able, under God, to save his life. +Two more men were stricken down and successfully treated, and Mary +Seacole was beginning to hope that the plague would not spread, when a +score of cases broke out in one day. The people were now helpless from +terror, and Mary Seacole was the only person who did not lose her +presence of mind. Day and night she was attending patients, and for +days she never had more than a hour's rest at a time. Whenever a +person was stricken, the demand was for 'the yellow woman from +Jamaica,' and it was never made in vain. + +When the cholera had been raging for some days, Mary Seacole despatched +a messenger to bring a medical man to the place; but the Spaniard who +arrived in response to the summons was horror-stricken at the terrible +scenes, and incapable of rendering any assistance. Mary Seacole was +compelled, therefore, to continue her noble work unaided. + +One evening she had just settled down to a brief rest when a mule-owner +came and implored her to come at once to his kraal, as several of his +men had been attacked with cholera. Now Mary Seacole had been visiting +patients throughout the day and the previous night, but without the +slightest hesitation she went out into the rain and made her way to the +sick muleteers, whom she found in a veritable plague-spot. Men and +mules were all in one room, and the stench was so great that a feeling +of sickness came over her as she stood at the door. But with an effort +she overcame the feeling, and entering flung open the windows, doors +and shutters. Then, as the much-needed fresh air poured in, she looked +around. + +Two men she saw at once were dying, but there were others whom she +thought there was a possibility of saving, and these she attended to at +once. For many hours she remained in this strangely crowded room, and +when she did quit it she only went away for an hour's sleep. On her +return to the plague-spot she found fresh patients awaiting her, one, a +little baby, who in spite of her efforts died. Everything was against +Mary Seacole in this pestilential stable, but nevertheless she was the +means of saving some lives. + +At length, when the plague was dying out, the brave woman who had so +nobly fought the disease was herself stricken with it, but happily for +the British army she recovered. + +Throughout the plague Mary Seacole had treated rich and poor alike. +The centless man and the down-trodden muleteer received as much +attention from her as the wealthy diggers returning home with their +bags of gold dust. The latter paid her liberally for having tended +them, but the majority of her patients had nothing but thanks to give +her. Possibly she appreciated the latter most, for some of her rich +patients seemed to think that having rewarded her they had wiped out +the debt of gratitude. + +On June 4 some of her wealthy patients gave a dinner party, and invited +Mary Seacole to be present. One speaker proposed her health, and after +referring to her having saved their lives continued in the following +strain: 'Well, gentlemen, I expect there are only two things we are +vexed for. The first is that she ain't one of us--a citizen of the +great United States; and the other thing is, gentlemen, that Providence +made her a yellow woman. I calculate, gentlemen, that you're all as +vexed as I am that she's not wholly white, but I do reckon on your +rejoicing with me that she's so many shades removed from being entirely +black; and I guess if we could bleach her by any means we would, and +thus make her as acceptable in any company as she deserves to be. +Gentlemen, I give you Aunty Seacole.' + +Mary Seacole's reply to this ill-mannered speech was as follows: +'Gentlemen, I return you my best thanks for your kindness in drinking +my health. As for what I have done in Cruces, Providence evidently +made me to be useful, and I can't help it. But I must say that I don't +appreciate your friend's kind wishes with respect to my complexion. If +it had been as dark as any nigger's, I should have been just as happy +and as useful, and as much respected by those whose respect I value; +and as to the offer of bleaching me, I should, even if it were +practicable, decline it without any thanks. As to the society which +the process might gain me admission into, all I can say is, that, +judging from the specimens I have met here and elsewhere, I don't think +that I shall lose much by being excluded from it. So, gentlemen, I +drink to you, and the general reformation of American manners.' + +In 1853 Mary Seacole returned to Jamaica, and before she had been there +many weeks yellow fever broke out. It was the worst outbreak that had +occurred for many years, and soon Mary Seacole's boarding-house was +full of patients, chiefly officers, their wives and children. In +nursing her boarders, and procuring proper food for them, Mary Seacole +had more work than most women would care to undertake; but when the +military authorities asked her to organise a start of nurses to attend +to the men in Up-Park Camp, Kingston, she set to work on this +additional task, and, carrying it out with her customary thoroughness, +rendered a great service to the army. + +After the yellow fever had subsided Mary Seacole sold her +boarding-house, and opened a store in New Granada, where she speedily +obtained popularity because of her medical skill. On war being +declared against Russia, she determined to go to the Crimea to nurse +the sick and wounded, and started for London as quickly as possible, +arriving there soon after the news of the battle of Alma had been +received. She had anticipated no difficulty in getting sent to the +front, as there were many officers who could testify to her nursing +abilities; but she found on arriving in London that every regiment to +whom she was known had been sent to the Crimea. However, as the news +of the sufferings of our men at the front had reached London, and the +necessity of nurses being sent out was recognised, she imagined that +her services would be promptly accepted. + +Soon she found, greatly to her sorrow, that the colour of her skin was +considered, in official circles, a barrier to her employment. She +applied in turn at the War Office, the Quartermaster General's +Department, the Medical Department, and the Crimea Fund, but at each +place some polite excuse was made for declining her services. It was +indeed a foolish act on the part of the officials. Nurses were sorely +needed, and here was Mary Seacole, who had far greater experience of +nursing British soldiers than any woman living, refused employment. +She declared in her little book of adventures,[1] published soon after +the war ended, that at her last rebuff she cried as she walked along +the street. + +But Mary Seacole's determination to proceed to the Crimea was not +shaken by her inability to prevail upon the authorities to accept her +services, and after consideration she decided to go to the front at her +own expense. She had sufficient money to pay her passage to Balaclava, +and to support her for some months after her arrival, but not enough to +enable her also to supply herself with the medical outfit necessary for +work at the seat of war. The only way in which she could hope to be in +a position to help the sick and wounded was by earning money in the +Crimea, and therefore she decided to start an hotel at Balaclava for +invalid officers. By the next mail she sent out to the officers who +had known her at Jamaica a notice that she would shortly arrive at +Balaclava, and establish an hotel with comfortable quarters for sick +and convalescent officers. + +While Mary Seacole was making preparations for her departure she met a +shipper named Day, who, hearing of her plans, offered to enter into +partnership with her in the proposed hotel. This offer she accepted, +as with a partner she would be able to devote more time to the wounded. + +At Malta Mary Seacole found herself once more among people who knew and +appreciated her. Some medical officers who had been stationed at +Kingston were among those who welcomed her, and believing that Florence +Nightingale would be glad of her help, gave her a letter of +introduction to that noble Englishwoman. Having made arrangements for +her work in the Crimea, Mary Seacole had now no desire to become +attached to any nursing staff, but she accepted the letter of +introduction, as she was anxious to make the acquaintance of Florence +Nightingale, who was then at the barracks at Scutari, a suburb of +Constantinople, which were being used as a hospital for British troops. + +When Mary Seacole arrived at Scutari, Florence Nightingale was too busy +to grant her an interview immediately, so she spent the period of +waiting in inspecting the wards. As she passed along, many of the +invalid soldiers recognised her and called to her. Some of them she +had nursed in Jamaica, and the sight of her kindly brown face filled +them with recollections of happy days in the West Indies. To every man +who recognised her she said a few cheering words, and in several cases +rearranged bandages which had slipped. While thus engaged, an officer +entered the ward, and was about to reprimand her, when he saw, much to +his surprise, that she was as skilful as any doctor or nurse in the +hospital. When she had finished her self-imposed task, he thanked her +for her thoughtful kindness. + +At last Mary Seacole saw Florence Nightingale, whom she describes in +these words: 'A slight figure, in the nurse's dress, with a pale, +gentle, and withal firm face, resting lightly on the palm of one white +hand, while the other supports the elbow--a position which gives to her +countenance a keen, enquiring expression which is very marked. +Standing thus in repose, and yet keenly observant, was Florence +Nightingale--that Englishwoman whose name shall never die, but sound +like music on the lips of British men until the hour of doom.' + +Naturally Florence Nightingale was interested in the woman who came to +her warmly recommended by British medical officers, and made many +enquiries concerning her intentions. On the following morning Mary +Seacole resumed her journey, but these two good women met several times +before the war was ended. + +On arriving at Balaclava Mary Seacole received hearty welcome from the +troops. Men who had been stationed in Jamaica told their comrades of +her bravery and kindness, and everyone hailed her as a great friend. +Many officers, including a general and that gallant Christian, Captain +Hedley Vicars, met her as she landed, and expressed their thanks to her +for coming to the Crimea. + +Mary Seacole was soon at work among the wounded, assisting the doctors +to transfer them from the ambulances to the transports. While engaged +in this work, on the day after her arrival, she noticed a wounded man +who was evidently in great pain, and saw at once that his bandages were +stiff, and hurting him. Having rearranged them she gave the poor +fellow some tea, and as she placed it to his lips his hand touched +hers. 'Ha!' he exclaimed, too weak even to open his eyes, 'this is +surely a woman's hand. God bless you, woman, whoever you are! God +bless you!' + +A few days later, as she was busy at her usual work of attending to the +sick and wounded, the Admiral of the Port placed his hand on her +shoulder, and said earnestly, 'I am glad to see you here among these +poor fellows.' A day or two before--when she had made some enquiries +concerning the landing of her stores--this admiral had declared +brusquely that they did not want a parcel of women in the place. When +at last Mary Seacole's stores were put ashore, she started business in +a rough little hut, made of tarpaulin, on which was displayed the name +of the firm--Seacole and Day. The soldiers, however, considered that +as Mary Seacole's skin was dark, a better name for the firm was Day and +Martin, and as such it was generally known. + +Towards the end of the summer, Seacole and Day's British Hotel was +opened at Spring Hill. It had cost L800 to build, and was an excellent +place for sick officers to rest. Adjoining the hotel, and belonging to +the same proprietors, was a store at which could be purchased creature +comforts and useful articles. At first the store was opened every day +of the week. Mary Seacole had a strong dislike to opening it on +Sunday, but the requirements of the soldiers made it almost a +necessity. After a time, when the most pressing needs of the men had +been met, she gave notice that the store would be closed on Sundays, +and this rule she refused to alter, in spite of being constantly urged +to do so. + +Many officers, instead of going into hospital when ill, became boarders +at Mary Seacole's, and among these was a naval lieutenant who was a +cousin of Queen Victoria. These officers she doctored and nursed with +her customary skill, and for every vacancy in her hotel there were +half-a-dozen applicants. + +One day it became known in camp, that among the things which Mary +Seacole had received from a recently arrived ship was a young pig, +which she intended to fatten and kill. Immediately she was overwhelmed +with orders for a leg of pork, and if the pig had possessed a hundred +legs she could have sold every one of them. An officer to whom she did +eventually promise a leg of pork was so anxious that there should be no +mistake about the matter, that he made the following memorandum of the +transaction:--'That Mrs. Seacole did this day, in the presence of Major +A-- and Lieutenant W--, promise Captain H--, a leg of _the_ pig.' + +Every portion of the pig was sold long before the animal was fit to be +killed, and then the purchasers began to fear that it would be stolen. +Everybody took an interest in tins pig, and it was considered the +correct thing for every soldier who passed the sty to assure himself +that the animal was still there. One day two officers, coming off +duty, galloped up to the hotel and shouted excitedly, 'Mrs. Seacole! +Quick, quick, the pig's gone!' It was not a false alarm; the pig had +been stolen. As, however, the nest in the sty was warm, it was evident +that the pig had only recently been taken, and a party of officers +started in pursuit of the thieves, shouting laughingly as they rode +off, 'Stole away! Hark away!' The thieves, two Greeks, were quickly +overtaken, and the precious pig was brought back in triumph to Mary +Seacole. + +It must not be thought that Mary Seacole devoted herself entirely to +the officers, for her best work was done among the privates on the +battlefield. Sir William Russell bore testimony to her courage and +humanity. 'I have seen her,' he wrote, 'go down under fire, with her +little store of creature comforts for our wounded men; and a more +tender or skilful hand about a wound or broken limb could not be found +among our best surgeons. I saw her at the assault on the Redan, at the +Tchernaya, at the fall of Sebastopol, laden, not with plunder, good old +soul! but with wine, bandages, and food for the wounded or the +prisoners.' + +The Inspector-General of Hospitals praised her work, and the +Adjutant-General of the British Army wrote on July 1, 1856:--'Mrs. +Seacole was with the British Army in the Crimea from February, 1855, to +this time. This excellent woman has frequently exerted herself in the +most praiseworthy manner in attending wounded men, even in positions of +great danger, and in assisting sick soldiers by all means in her power.' + +From officers who could afford to pay for her medicine or wine she +accepted payment, but a man's need, and not his ability to pay, was her +first thought. On the battle-field she gave strengthening food to +wounded privates which she could easily have sold, at a large profit, +to the officers. + +Regardless of the danger she was running--she had many narrow escapes +from shot and shell--she bandaged the wounded, administered +restoratives to the unconscious, and prayed with the dying. Scores of +dying men gave her messages for their loved ones at home, and these she +despatched as speedily as possible. She saw many an old friend laid to +his last rest, and among these was Hedley Vicars, with whom she had +been associated in much good work in Jamaica. + +Mary Seacole was known to have a very poor opinion of our French ally, +but a wounded Frenchman received as much attention from her as an +Englishman. The enemy, too, had good cause to bless her, for many a +wounded Russian would have died on the battle-field but for her skilful +and prompt aid. One Russian officer, whose wounds she bandaged and +whom she helped to lift into the ambulance, was greatly distressed at +being unable to express his thanks in a language which she understood. +Taking a valuable ring from his finger, he placed it in her hand, +kissing her hand as he did so, and smiled his thanks. + +Mary Seacole continued her noble work until the war ended. But her +generosity to the sick and wounded had been a great strain upon her +finances, as the whole of her share of the profits in the firm of +Seacole and Day, and much of her capital, had been spent on her +charitable work. And, to make matters worse, when the British troops +had departed from the Crimea, the firm had to dispose of its stock at +one-tenth of the cost price. Proceeding to England, Seacole and Day +started business at Aldershot, but after a few months the partnership +was dissolved, and Mary Seacole found herself almost penniless. But as +soon as her unfortunate position became known, friends hastened to +assist her. _Punch_ recorded some of her good deeds in verse, and made +a humorous appeal on her behalf. + +The red-coats did, at _Punch's_ invitation, 'lend a willing hand;' for, +although all ranks were sorry to hear of Mary Seacole's misfortune, +they were glad to have an opportunity to prove to her that they had not +forgotten her noble work in the Crimea. Subscriptions to the fund that +was started for her benefit poured in, and a sufficient sum was +received to enable her to spend the regaining years of her life in +comfort. + + + +[1] _The Wonderful Adventures of Mary Seacole_. Edited by W. J. S. + + + + +LAURA SECORD, A CANADIAN HEROINE + +Many years ago, when His Majesty King Edward VII. was in Canada, he +paid a visit to Mrs. Laura Secord, a very old and revered Canadian +lady. The news of the visit of the Prince of Wales (for such, of +course, His Majesty then was), and the present which he afterwards +bestowed upon her, was heard with pleasure throughout Canada, for Laura +Secord is a heroine of whom the Canadians are justly very proud. + +The brave deed for which she is famed is here told: + +On June 18, 1812, the United States of America declared war against +Great Britain. The conquest of Canada was the object President Madison +had in view, and he was confident that he would achieve it with little +difficulty. Truly he had good reasons for his confidence. In the +whole of Canada there were less than 4500 regular troops, and it was +known that Napoleon's activity in Europe would prevent the British +Government from sending out reinforcements. + +Naturally, the news that America had declared war filled the Canadians +with dismay; but this feeling was quickly succeeded by a determination +to repel the invaders, or die in the attempt. The call to arms was +sounded throughout the country, and an army composed of farmers, +fur-traders, clerks, artisans, French Canadians, Red Indians, and negro +slaves was soon formed. + +Among the white men who volunteered was James Secord, who had married +Laura Ingersoll, the daughter of a sturdy loyalist who quitted the +United States, after the War of Independence, to live under the British +flag in Canada. Mr. and Mrs. Secord were living at Queenston, on the +banks of the Niagara River, when the war broke out, and it was at +Queenston that a fierce battle was fought, four months later. + +About two o'clock in the morning of October 13 the British discovered +that the Americans had crossed the river under cover of darkness, and +that some were already scaling the cliffs at various points. A fierce +fire was opened upon the invaders on the beach, who concealed +themselves behind the rocks and fired whenever they saw an opportunity. +The American losses were great, and it appeared as if they would either +have to surrender or be annihilated, when suddenly a volley was poured +into the rear of the British. + +Unseen by the defenders, a body of Americans had scaled the cliffs, and +taken up a strong position above the British, who were now between two +fires. The British general--Brock--was mortally wounded, and for a few +moments his men stood aghast. Then the cry, 'Avenge Brock!' was +raised, and with a cheer the British force advanced to drive out the +invaders. + +A terrible hand-to-hand fight ensued, and slowly but surely the +Americans were driven to the edge of the cliff. Several hundred +surrendered, and many more might have been taken prisoners but for the +fact that the Indians had got beyond control, and refused to give +quarters to their hated foe. Seizing men who were willing to +surrender, they hurled them from the cliff into the water below. +Scores of Americans, fearing the vengeance of the Indians, jumped from +the cliff and were drowned, and many others fought stubbornly until +they reached the brink and fell backwards. A terribly sanguinary fight +had resulted in a victory for the British; but it had been dearly +bought. The British general was dead, and the battle-field was strewn +with the bodies of brave volunteers who had died in defence of their +homes and liberty. + +Before the last of the invaders had surrendered or been killed, Laura +Secord was on the battlefield searching for her husband. She found +Captain Secord's men, but he was not with them, and not one of them +knew where he was. In the hand-to-hand fight they had lost sight of +their captain, but they pointed out to the distressed lady the spot +where they had fought. + +Hither Laura Secord hurried, and where the dead and dying lay thick she +found her husband terribly wounded. Falling on her knees beside him, +she called him by name, but he gave no sign that he heard her. +Believing him to be dead, she cried bitterly, and taking him up in her +arms carried him to their house. Then as she laid him down she found +to her great joy that he still breathed. + +By her tender nursing she saved his life, although his recovery was +very slow. Winter and spring passed, and summer came, and Captain +Secord was still an invalid and unable to walk. It was a great trial +to him to be kept to the house, fur another American force had landed +at Queenston, and occupied the town and neighbourhood. It had been +impossible to remove Captain Secord when the other Canadians retired, +and thus he and his wife were left in the midst of the Americans. But, +as it turned out, it was a happy thing for the British that he was too +ill to be removed. + +One day, towards the end of June, some American officers entered the +Secords' house, and commanded Laura to give them food. She did so, and +while waiting on them listened to all they said. Of course she did not +let them see that she was taking an interest in their conversation, and +succeeded in making them believe that she was a very simple and +unintelligent person. Imagining that she would not understand what +they were saying, they began to discuss their general's plans, and +unwittingly revealed to her the fact that a surprise attack was to be +made on the British force. When the officers, having eaten a hearty +meal, departed, Laura Secord repeated to her husband all that they had +said. + +Captain Secord was at a loss what to do. The British would have to be +warned of the attack, but who could he get to pass the American pickets +and carry a message through twenty miles of bush? Never before had he +felt so keenly his helpless condition. + +But his despair was short-lived, for his wife declared that she would +carry the news to the British general. Quickly she told him her plans, +and although it seemed to him that there was little prospect of her +being able to carry them out, he did not attempt to dissuade her from +the undertaking. + +At daybreak the following morning Laura Secord, disguised as a +farm-maid, quitted the house bare-footed and bare-legged, and walked +straight to the cow to milk her. But she had scarcely begun her task +when the cow kicked over the milking pail and ran forward towards the +bush. The American soldiers laughed heartily at the mishap, but +ignoring them Laura Secord picked up her stool and pail and ran after +the cow. Her second attempt to milk her ended in the same way--the cow +kicked over the pail and frisked a few yards nearer to the bush. To +the delight of the soldiers this performance was repeated several +times, and chasing the cow Laura Secord passed the pickets and entered +the bush. The Americans saw her make another and equally unsuccessful +attempt at milking. Soon cow and milk-maid were lost to sight. Again +Laura Secord approached the cow and began to milk her, and this time +the animal stood quietly. + +The pinch which Laura Secord had given the cow on the previous +occasions was not repeated, and the milking could soon have been +finished, had the brave woman time to spare. Sitting on her stool, she +peered in the direction whence she came and listened. Convinced that +the soldiers had not had their suspicions aroused, she sprang up and +leaving cow, pail and stool, started on her long journey. + +Hour after hour she pressed forward, fearful that at any moment she +might come face to face with the enemy's scouts. Nor was this the only +danger she had to fear. The bush was infested with venomous snakes, +and on several occasions she found one lying in her path. Sometimes +she succeeded in frightening away the reptile, but frequently she was +compelled to make a detour to avoid it. Her feet and legs were torn +and bleeding, but still she plodded on, across hill and dale, through +swamp and stream. + +When night came she was still wearily trudging along, but uncertain +whether she was proceeding in the right direction. Again and again she +fell to the ground, and would have lain there, but for the knowledge +that the lives of hundreds of her countrymen would be lost if she did +not reach the British lines quickly. This thought spurred her on. + +Exhausted, bleeding and hungry, she continued her journey, praying to +God to give her strength to reach her destination. + +Hours passed, and at length she became so exhausted that her hope of +reaching the British grew faint. She felt that if she fell again she +would not have the strength to rise. Then suddenly the air was filled +with the war-whoop of the Red Indians, and a score of the dreaded +savages sprang from their hiding-places and surrounded her. + +Indians were fighting for the Americans as well as for the British, and +the atrocities which they perpetrated made the war of 1812 one of the +most bitter, most unchivalrous, that had been waged between civilized +nations for many years. Believing her captors to be allies of the +Americans, Laura Secord felt that her last hour had come, but imagine +her joy when, a few moments later she discovered that they were scouts +of the British force. + +Quickly she was carried to the British lines, and at her own request +was taken at once to the officer in command, whom she told of the +impending attack. After praising Laura Secord for her bravery, and +ordering that her wants should be attended to immediately, the officer +proceeded to make use of the information she had brought him; and so +well did he lay his plans, and so quickly were they carried out, that +the Americans, instead of surprising the British, were themselves +surprised, and every man in the force captured. + + + + +LADY BANKES AND THE SIEGE OF CORFE CASTLE. + +During the Great Rebellion many brave deeds were performed by women. +Royalists and Parliamentarians each had their heroines, and we can +honour them all, irrespective of party, for their devotion to the cause +which they had espoused, and rejoice in the fact that they were British +women. + +Lady Bankes was a woman whom Roundheads as well as Cavaliers admitted +to be a noble specimen of an English lady. She was the wife of the +Right Honourable Sir John Bankes, Chief Justice of the Common Pleas and +a member of His Majesty's Privy Council. + +When it began to appear that the differences between King Charles and +his Parliament would be settled by arms, Lady Bankes retired with her +children to Corfe Castle, in Dorsetshire. Sir John was on circuit at +the time, but it was soon discovered that he had supplied the king with +money to carry on war against his Parliament, and for this reason he +became a marked man. He was not, however, a Royalist who hoped to keep +his appointment by concealing his opinions from the Roundheads. At the +Salisbury assizes he made his charge to the grand jury an opportunity +for denouncing as guilty of high treason several peers who had taken up +arms against the king. For this Parliament denounced him as a traitor, +and declared his property forfeited. + +No attempt was, however, made to seize Corfe Castle until May 1643, +when all the other castles in the neighbourhood having been captured, +it was the only one held by a Royalist. The Parliamentary army was +well aware that Sir John Bankes was not at the castle, and that Lady +Bankes had a very small force of servants to protect her, and +consequently it was, for some time, not considered necessary to capture +it. It was believed that Lady Bankes, shut up in her own castle, was +powerless to harm Cromwell's army. But, eventually, it was decided +that it was unwise not to interfere with a place that was notoriously a +Royalist possession, and it was decided to capture it. + +The day fixed for the event was the first of May. On that day it was +the custom of the gentlemen of Corfe Castle to hunt a stag on the +island, and any one who liked to do so might participate in the sport. +The Roundheads decided to attend the hunt, seize the men from the +castle, and then capture the castle itself. But the arrival of an +exceptionally large number of people to attend the hunt aroused the +suspicions of the few Royalists, who quickly withdrew to the castle and +gave instructions that the gates were to be kept shut against anyone +seeking admission. + +Having failed to capture the Royalists in the hunting-field, the rebels +came to the castle, and pretending that they were peaceable country +folk, craved permission to be allowed to see the interior. The +permission was refused, and some of the soldiers, angry at the failure +of the plot, forgot the part they were playing, and threatened to +return and gain admission by force. The officers, anxious not to +arouse Lady Bankes's suspicions, loudly reprimanded their men for +making foolish threats, and assured her ladyship that they had no +intention of doing as their men had vowed. + +Lady Bankes did not, however, believe the rebel officers, and, +convinced that an attack would shortly be made on the castle, she +prepared to defend it. She had no Royalist troops whatever in the +castle, and her first step, therefore, was to call in a number of men +whom she could rely upon. But no sooner were the men instructed in +their duties than the rebels demanded that the four small guns which +were mounted on the wall should be given up. + +Lady Bankes refused to surrender them, and some days later forty seamen +came and demanded them. Now at that hour Lady Bankes had only five men +in the castle, but pretending that she had a large garrison, she +refused the seamen's demand, and caused one of the guns to be fired +over their heads. The report of this gun, which only carried a +three-pound ball, so alarmed the seamen that they fled in dismay. They +must have been very different from the men who sailed under Blake, and +made the Commonwealth's navy world-famed. + +No sooner had the timorous seamen fled than Lady Bankes summoned to the +castle all her tenants and friendly neighbours, to assist her to hold +the place until her husband should return. They came in quickly, many +bringing arms, and vowed to fight for her and King Charles; but the +Roundheads, discovering who had entered the castle, went to the homes +of these men, and told their wives that unless their husbands returned +home their houses would be burned to the ground. The frightened wives +thereupon made their way to the castle and implored their husbands to +return. Some of the men did as their wives desired, but others would +not break the promise they had made to the mistress of Corfe Castle. + +The enemy now decided to starve out Lady Bankes, and threatened to kill +anyone caught conveying food to the castle. This measure was +effective, for Lady Bankes, being without sufficient food and +ammunition to withstand a siege, agreed to deliver up the guns, on the +condition that she should remain in possession of the castle unmolested. + +Lady Bankes had, however, little confidence in the honour of the +attacking party, and felt assured that they would before long, in spite +of their promise, endeavour to take possession of the castle. This was +made evident by the behaviour of the soldiers, who, although they did +not enter the castle, did not hesitate to boast that it belonged to +them, and that they would take possession of it whenever it was +required. But Lady Bankes was determined that it should not, if she +could possibly prevent it, fall into the hands of the enemy. Therefore +she gave instructions that the men appointed to watch the castle should +be supplied liberally with food and drink, with the result that they +neglected to do their duty, and allowed Lady Bankes to smuggle in +sufficient provisions and ammunition to withstand a long siege. +Moreover, Lady Bankes despatched a messenger to Prince Maurice, asking +him to send a force to help her hold the castle against the enemy, and +in reply to her appeal Captain Lawrence and some eighty men arrived +upon the scene. + +The Parliamentarians had now become aware of the fact that Lady Bankes +was taking steps to render the castle capable of withstanding a siege, +and they decided to occupy it at once. + +On June 23, 1643, Sir Walter Earle arrived before the castle with a +force of about 600 men, and called upon Lady Bankes to surrender, which +she firmly but courteously declined to do. Her refusal greatly +incensed the besiegers, who thereupon took an oath that 'if they found +the defendants obstinate not to yield, they would maintain the siege to +victory, and then deny quarter unto all, killing without mercy men, +women and children.' + +The Parliamentarians, possessing several pieces of ordnance, opened +fire on the castle from all quarters, but did comparatively little +damage, and their attempts to carry it by assault were equally +unsuccessful. + +When some days had passed, and the attacking forces were no nearer +capturing the castle than when they first arrived, the Earl of Warwick +sent to their assistance 150 sailors, a large supply of ammunition and +numerous scaling-ladders. Possessing these ladders, the Roundheads +anticipated that the castle would soon be in their hands. They divided +their force into two parties, one assaulting the middle ward, which was +defended by Captain Lawrence, and the other, the upper ward, where Lady +Bankes, her daughters, women-servants and five soldiers were the sole +defenders. + +As the Parliamentarians fixed their ladders against the castle wall +Lady Bankes and her brave assistants showered down upon them red-hot +stones and flaming wood. The soldiers too, delighted at the bravery of +the mistress of the castle, fought desperately, and not one of the +enemy succeeded in gaining entrance to the castle. + +Sir Walter Earle, seeing that he could not carry the castle by assault, +withdrew with a loss of one hundred killed and wounded. He would in +all probability have made another attack, but during the evening the +news reached him that the king's forces were approaching, and overcome +by fear he ordered a retreat, leaving behind muskets, ammunition and +guns, all of which fell into the hands of Lady Bankes and her gallant +garrison. + +After this siege, which had lasted for six weeks, Lady Bankes was +allowed to remain for two years in undisturbed possession of the +castle; but she lived in the knowledge that at any time another attempt +to capture it might be made, as it was the only place of any importance +between Exeter and London that remained loyal to the royal cause. +Threats were constantly reaching her from certain members of the +Parliamentary party, and to add to her trials her husband, whom she had +not seen for two years, died at Oxford on December 28, 1644. + +In October, 1645, the Parliamentary army decided to make another and +more determined effort to capture Corfe Castle, and a large force was +sent to besiege it. Lady Bankes and her handful of men had now pitted +against them some of the best regiments in the victorious +Parliamentarian army, but they scorned to surrender to them. + +It was in January of the following year that a young officer--Colonel +Cromwell--determined to make an effort to rescue Lady Bankes, and +riding with a specially picked troop from Oxford he passed through the +enemy without its being discovered that he was a Royalist until he +arrived at Wareham, the governor of which fired upon the troop. A +fight ensued, but the daring troopers speedily captured the governor +and other leading men, and rode off to Corfe Castle, only, however, to +find that between them and the besieged lay a strong force of the +enemy. They did not hesitate, but prepared instantly for the fight, +and the besieged, cheering them loudly, made ready to sally forth and +assist them. + +Afraid of being caught between the two Royalist parties, the besiegers +retired, and Colonel Cromwell rode up in triumph to the castle walls, +and handed over to Lady Bankes, for safe custody, the Governor of +Wareham and other prisoners whom he had taken. + +Greatly to Colonel Cromwell's surprise, Lady Bankes declined to avail +herself of the opportunity for escape which he had contrived, declaring +that she would defend the castle as long as she possessed ammunition. +Thinking that he could render the king greater service in the open than +in a besieged castle, Colonel Cromwell rode off with his troop, but +losing his way he and many of his men were captured by the enemy. +Those who evaded capture made their way back to Corfe Castle, and +assisted in its defence. + +Days passed without the enemy improving his position in the slightest +degree, and Lady Bankes would have kept the royal flag flying for many +months more, had there not been traitors in the castle. Colonel +Lawrence, who had gallantly assisted in the first defence of Corfe +Castle, was persuaded by the Governor of Wareham to help him to escape, +and to accompany him on his flight. The treachery of Lawrence was a +heavy blow for Lady Bankes, but she did not despair, believing it +impossible that any other of her friends would turn traitor. +Unfortunately she was mistaken. An officer, who had hitherto been +loyal and energetic as Colonel Lawrence, secretly sent word to the +officer commanding the besieging force that if protection were given +him he would deliver up the castle. The proposal was welcomed, and +after much secret correspondence it was settled that fifty men of the +Parliamentarian army should disguise themselves as Royalists, and be +admitted into the castle by the traitor. + +This plan succeeded. The men were admitted without arousing any +suspicion, and not until the following morning did the garrison +discover that they had been betrayed. A brief fight ensued, but +resistance was useless, and with a sad heart Lady Bankes surrendered +the castle which she had so nobly defended for nearly three years. + +The Parliamentarian officer who accepted the surrender was a humane +man, and took care that his troops should not fulfil their vow to put +to death every man, woman and child found in the castle. After the +place had been plundered, an attempt was made to destroy it, but the +walls were so massive that its destruction was impossible, and to-day +much of it is still standing. + +Lady Bankes was not kept prisoner for long, and Oliver Cromwell +ordained that she should not be made to suffer for her loyalty and +bravery. Throughout the Commonwealth the heroine of Corfe Castle lived +peacefully, and did not die until Charles II. had been upon the throne +nearly a year. She died on April 11, 1661, and in Ruislip Church, +Middlesex, there is a monument, erected to her memory by her son, Sir +Ralph Bankes, on which is inscribed a record of her brave defence. + + + + +LADY HARRIET ACLAND. + +A HEROINE OF THE AMERICAN WAR. + +It was at the beginning of the year 1776 that Major Acland was ordered +to proceed with his regiment to America, to take part in the attempt to +quell the rising of the colonists. His wife, to whom he had been +married six years, at once asked to be allowed to accompany him, but he +hesitated to give his consent, being doubtful whether she would be able +to bear the hardships of a campaign. + +Hitherto her life had been one of comfort. She was the third daughter +of the first Earl of Ilchester, and her training had not been such as +would qualify her for roughing it. Major Acland did not, however, +offer any objections when his wife, fearing that he thought the life +would be too hard for her, declared that she had made up her mind to +accompany him. + +Arriving in Canada, she soon found that campaigning was more arduous +than she had imagined. Her husband's regiment was continually on the +march, and she suffered greatly from cold, fatigue and want of proper +food. + +When they had been in Canada about a year, Major Acland became +dangerously ill, and his wife, herself in ill-health, was his only +nurse. Although the twenty-seven years of her life had been without +any experience of nursing, she soon became efficient, and before long +had the pleasure of knowing that by her care and attention she had +saved her husband's life. But before Major Acland had fully regained +his strength he was ordered to rejoin his regiment, to take part in the +attack upon Ticonderoga. + +So far Lady Harriet had followed her husband from place to place, and +she prepared to accompany him to Ticonderoga; but, knowing that the +fight would be a severe one, he insisted upon her remaining behind. +She obeyed him, but was miserable during his absence, and would have +preferred the greatest hardships to sitting idle, waiting to hear the +result of the battle. It was a hard-fought one, but Ticonderoga was +captured by the British, and the news filled Lady Harriet with joy, for +her husband, who sent her the message, told her that he was unhurt. +The joy was short-lived, however. Two days later Lady Harriet was +informed that on the day following the capture of Ticonderoga her +husband had been dangerously wounded. Reproaching herself for having +been away from him in time of danger, she started off at once to where +he lay, and by careful nursing she again saved his life. + +Lady Harriet had decided, during her husband's last illness, to follow +him everywhere, no matter how great the danger; and when she was once +more on the march some of the artillerymen, anxious to make her +self-imposed task lighter, constructed for her a small two-wheeled +carriage. + +Major Acland commanded the grenadiers, whose duty it was to be at the +most advanced post of the army, and consequently Lady Harriet was +always in danger of being killed or captured. She, like the officers, +lay down in her clothes, so that she might be ready at any moment to +advance. One night the tent in which she and her husband were sleeping +caught fire, and had it not been for the prompt and gallant conduct of +an orderly-sergeant, who at great personal risk dragged them out, they +would have been suffocated or burnt to death. As it was, Major Acland +was severely burnt, and all their personal belongings were lost. + +Instead of being disheartened by the hardships and mishaps which fell +to her lot, Lady Harriet became more cheerful as time went on; but +another severe trial was in store for her. Major Acland informed her +that as they would in all probability engage the enemy in a day or two, +she would have to remain in the care of the baggage guard, which was +unlikely to be exposed to danger. Lady Harriet protested, being +anxious to accompany her husband into battle, but she was compelled to +do as the major desired. Here among the baggage she had for companions +two other ladies, wives of officers. + +When the action began Lady Harriet was seated in a small hut which she +had found unoccupied, and here she remained listening to the artillery +and musketry fire, and praying that her husband might come out of the +fight uninjured. Soon, however, she had to vacate the hut, for the +surgeons told her that they required it, as the fight was fierce, and +the men were falling fast. Unwittingly the surgeons had alarmed her. +If men were falling fast there was little chance of her husband, whose +place was in the front line of attack, escaping injury. + +For four hours the battle raged fiercely, but Lady Harriet could obtain +no news other husband. He was not among the wounded or dead who had +been brought to the rear, but she feared that at any moment she might +see him lying white and still on a stretcher. The two ladies who +waited with her were equally anxious for news from the front, and for +them it came soon, and cruelly. The husband of one was brought back +mortally wounded, and a little later the other was told that her +husband had been shot dead. + +The battle ceased, and the last of the wounded was brought to the +surgeons, but still Lady Harriet was without news of Major Acland, and +it was not until many hours later that she heard he was still alive. +Her joy was tempered by the knowledge that the fighting would be +renewed before many days had elapsed. + +At last, on October 7, 1777, the second battle of Saratoga was fought. +Lady Harriet was once again doomed to listen to the sound of cannon and +musketry, and to see a sad procession of wounded moving to the rear. +As time passed without any news of her husband reaching her, she began +to hope that he would pass through the battle uninjured; but this was +not to be. Soon the news came that the British, under General +Burgoyne, had been defeated, and that Major Acland, seriously wounded, +had been taken prisoner. + +For a time Lady Harriet was overcome with grief, but growing calmer she +determined to make an attempt to join her husband in the American camp +and nurse him there. 'When the army was upon the point of moving after +the halt described,' General Burgoyne wrote in his account of the +campaign, 'I received a message from Lady Harriet, submitting to my +decision a proposal (and expressing an earnest solicitude to execute +it, if not interfering with my designs) of passing to the camp of the +enemy, and requesting General Gates's permission to attend her husband. +Though I was ready to believe (for I had experienced) that patience and +fortitude in a supreme degree were to be found, as well as every other +virtue, under the most tender forms, I was astonished at this proposal. +After so long an agitation of the spirits, exhausted not only for want +of rest, but absolutely want of food, drenched in rains for twelve +hours together, that a woman should be capable such an undertaking as +delivering herself to the enemy, probably in the night, and uncertain +of what hands she might first fall into, appeared an effort above human +nature. The assistance I was enabled to give was small indeed; I had +not even a cup of wine to offer her; but I was told she had found, from +some kind and fortunate hand, a little rum and dirty water. All I +could furnish to her was an open boat and a few lines, written upon +dirty and wet paper, to General Gates, recommending her to his +protection.' + +Accompanied by an army chaplain and two servants, Lady Harriet +proceeded up the Hudson River in an open boat to the enemy's outposts; +but the American sentry, fearing treachery, refused to allow her to +land, and ignoring the white handkerchief which she held aloft, +threatened to shoot anyone in the boat who ventured to move. For eight +hours, unprotected from the night air, Lady Harriet sat shivering in +the boat, but at daybreak she prevailed upon the sentry to have her +letter delivered to General Gates. The American general readily gave +permission for her to join her husband, who, she found, had been shot +through both legs, in addition to having received several minor wounds. +His condition was serious, but Lady Harriet succeeded in nursing him +into comparatively good health. + +When Major Acland was sufficiently recovered to be able to travel he +returned with his wife to England, where the story of Lady Harriet's +bravery and devotion was already well-known. A portrait of her, in +which she is depicted standing in the boat holding aloft a white +handkerchief, was exhibited in the Royal Academy and engraved. Sir +Joshua Reynolds also painted a portrait of her. + +Lady Harriet, 'the heroine of the American War,' lived, admired and +respected, for thirty-seven years after her husband's death, dying +deeply mourned at Tatton, Somersetshire, on July 21, 1815. + +'Let such as are affected by these circumstances of alarm, hardship and +danger, recollect,' General Burgoyne wrote, 'that the subject of them +was a woman, of the most tender and delicate frame, of the gentlest +manners, habituated to all the soft elegances and refined enjoyments +that attend high birth and fortune. Her mind alone was formed for such +trials.' But in very many cases heroines have been women from whom few +would have expected heroism. The blustering braggart does not often +prove to be a hero in time of danger, and the gentle, unassuming woman +is the type of which heroines are frequently made. The aristocracy the +middle and the lower classes, have each given us many heroines of this +type. + + + + +AIMEE LADOINSKI AND THE RETREAT FROM MOSCOW. + +Napoleon was entering Moscow in triumph. It was night, and the streets +of the Russian capital were deserted, but at a window of one house past +which the victorious troops were marching sat a French lady, eagerly +scanning the faces of the officers. Her husband, Captain Ladoinski, of +the Polish Lancers, was somewhere among the troops, but she failed to +recognise him as he rode by. Soon, however, he was at her house, and +great was the joy of meeting after long separation. + +After the first greeting, Aimee Ladoinski noticed that her husband was +wounded, and although he spoke lightly of his wound, it was not a +slight one. Moreover, it had been aggravated by want of attention, for +Napoleon's surgeons did not at this time possess the proper appliances +for dressing wounds. Captain Ladoinski's wound had been dressed with +moss and bandaged with parchment! In a few minutes after making this +discovery Madame Ladoinski had bandaged her husband's wound with lint +and linen. It was a great relief to the warrior, and settling down in +a comfortable chair he proceeded to question his wife as to how she had +fared during his absence, and then to relate his own adventures. + +Suddenly, as they sat talking, a fierce red light shone into the room, +which had until then been in darkness, except for the feeble glimmer +from a shaded lamp in the corner. Rising quickly, Madame Ladoinski +went to the window, closely followed by her husband, who uttered an +exclamation of surprise when he saw that a fire was raging in the newly +captured city. + +Taking up his lance Captain Ladoinski hurried out, to order his men to +assist in subduing the fire, but at the doorway he was met by a +messenger who made known to him Napoleon's command, that the troops +billeted in that portion of the town were not to leave their quarters. +Surprised at this order, Captain Ladoinski returned to his wife, and +together they watched from their window the rapidly extending fire. +The burning part of the city was at a considerable distance from where +they stood, but it seemed to them that unless prompt measures were +taken it would be impossible to save the city from utter destruction. +Hundreds of soldiers were resting near them who might have been busily +employed in checking the progress of the flames. The truth dawned on +both of them. Napoleon did not see his way to save Moscow from this +new calamity. + +Now Aimee Ladoinski had resided for some time in Moscow, and its +streets and palaces were familiar to her, and the thought of their +ruthless destruction to thwart the designs of one man filled her with +shame--shame that he who had caused this act of vandalism was a +Frenchman. + +Madame Ladoinski did not admire Napoleon, for she was at heart a +Bourbon, and regarded him as an usurper. The reckless sacrifice of +thousands of his fellow countrymen for his own aggrandisement filled +her with loathing for the man, and she did not conceal her feelings +from her husband, who made no attempt to defend the emperor. It was +not for love of him that Captain Ladoinski had fought under 'the Little +Corporal.' He was a Pole, and it was because Napoleon was fighting the +oppressor of the Polish race--Russia--that he fought for the French. +The Russians had been humbled, and he, a Pole, had marched as one of a +victorious army into their capital. But secretly he wondered if the +condition of much-persecuted Poland would be better under Napoleon than +it was under Russia. His wife candidly declared that it would not be. +Napoleon had promised he would free Poland from the Russian yoke, but +she felt convinced that it would simply be to place the country under +French rule. + +'And, wherefore,' she said to her husband, as we read in Watson's +_Heroic Women of History_, 'should Poland find such solitary grace in +the eyes of Europe's conquerors? Shall all the nations lie prostrate +at his feet, and Poland alone be permitted to stand by his side as an +equal? Be wise, my dear Ladoinski. You confess that the conqueror +lent but a lifeless ear to the war-cry of your country. Be timely +wise; open your eyes, and see that this cold-hearted victor--wrapped in +his own dark and selfish aims--uses the sword of the patriot Pole only, +like that of the prostrate Prussian, to hew the way to his own throne +of universal dominion.... Believe it, this proud man did not enslave +all Europe to become the liberator of Poland. Ah! trust me, that is +but poor freedom which consists only In a change of masters. O +Ladoinski! Ladoinski! give up this mad emprise; return to the bosom of +your family; and when your compatriots arise to assert their rights at +the call of their country, and not at the heartless beck of a stranger +despot, I will buckle the helmet on your brow.' + +Captain Ladoinski was inclined to believe that his wife had spoken the +truth when she said that Napoleon would forget the Poles, now that +Russia was crushed. Posing as a disinterested man eager to deliver the +Poles from the hands of their oppressor, Napoleon had gathered round +him a band of brave men, who fought with the determination of men +fighting for their homes and liberty. They had served his purpose, and +he would reward them, not with the freedom he had promised, but with +the intimation that they were now his subjects. It was a terrible +disappointment, but Captain Ladoinski consoled himself with the belief +that French rule would not be so hard to bear as the Russian had been. + +The fire spread apace. It was a grand yet terrible scene, the like of +which, it is to be hoped, will never again be witnessed. Soon the heat +became unbearable in the quarter of the city where the Ladoinskis stood +and watched, and sparks and big flaring brands fell in showers. Unless +they departed quickly they would be burned to death. + +Captain Ladoinski could not seek safety in flight, for he had been +commanded to remain in his quarters, and the order had not been +cancelled. Assuring his wife that he would soon be at liberty to leave +his post, he urged her to depart with their child and wait for him +outside the city. This she refused to do, declaring that as long as he +remained where he was she would stay with him. And this determination +he could not alter, although he used every persuasion possible to that +end. + +On came the flames, crackling, hissing and roaring, and soon the houses +facing the Ladoinskis would be engulfed in them. The captain would not +quit his post without orders, and his wife would not leave him. Death +seemed certain, and they were preparing to meet it, when suddenly an +order came from head-quarters ordering the troops to evacuate the city +with all despatch. Instantly the retreat began, but many men fell in +the scorching, suffocating streets never to rise again. Captain +Ladoinski and his wife and child had many narrow escapes from the fiery +brands which fell hissing into the roads as they hurried on towards the +suburbs, but fortunately they received no injury. + +Arriving on high ground, and safe from the fire's onslaught, the +Ladoinskis stood, with thousands of Napoleon's army, gazing at the +destruction of Moscow. The captain, remembering the havoc which the +Russians had wrought by fire and sword in Warsaw, rejoiced to see their +capital in flames; but his wife checked his rejoicing by warning him +that the destruction of Moscow would not bring freedom to Poland. + +And now began Napoleon's retreat. Terrible were the sufferings of the +men, but it is only with Madame Ladoinski's trials that we are +concerned. Knowing that after the burning of Moscow it would be +dangerous for any French person to remain in Russia, she, with many +other people of her nationality, accompanied the French army on its +disastrous retreat. She travelled in a baggage-wagon, which at any +rate afforded her and her child some protection from the frost and +snow. To her the journey was not so terrible an undertaking as to some +of her compatriots, for she had the pleasure of being daily with her +husband, after some years of separation. But her pleasure soon +received a rude shock. The Cossacks hung on with tenacity to the +remains of the great French army, swooping down at unexpected times +upon some dispirited, disorganised section, cutting it to pieces, and +recapturing some of the spoil with which the troops were loaded. + +Captain Ladoinski was present when one of these attacks was made, and, +while assisting to repel the attackers, received a dangerous wound. A +place was found for him in the baggage-wagon, and there he lay for +days, tenderly nursed by his wife. The road was blocked in many places +with abandoned guns, dead horses, and broken-down wagons, and +travelling was difficult. Some of the wagons had not broken down +accidentally or through hard wear, but had been tampered with by the +drivers. Many a terrible act was perpetrated in baggage-wagons during +the retreat from Moscow. In these wagons, among the spoil taken from +the capital, were placed the wounded, frequently unattended and without +protection. Many of the drivers, anxious to possess some of the spoil +with which their wagons were loaded, weakened the axle, so that it +should collapse. The bedraggled soldiers would march on, and when the +drivers were well in rear of the force they murdered their wounded +passengers and looted the wagons. + +One night Madame Ladoinski was awakened by the stoppage of their wagon. +She had heard stories of the murdering of the wounded by wagon-drivers, +but she had not believed them, and after peeping out at the +snow-covered country, and seeing that soldiers and other wagons were +near, she lay down again, and in a few minutes was sleeping soundly--a +sleep from which in all probability she would not have awakened, so +intense was the cold, had not the wagon arrived at Smolensk, a depot of +the French army, an hour later. Her life was saved by the prompt +attention of a young officer, who glanced into the wagon, and was +surprised to find her lying insensible with her child beside her. +Calling to some brother officers, he jumped into the wagon and poured a +little brandy into Madame Ladoinski's mouth. Then, when she began to +show signs of returning consciousness, he and his companions lifted her +from the wagon to carry her and her boy to a house where they would be +properly warmed, fed and nursed. + +On the way some of the officers recognised her as Captain Ladoinski's +wife, and they were naturally surprised to find her in such a sad +condition. 'Where is Ladoinski?' they asked each other; and one +replied that on the previous day he had seen him, wounded, in the wagon +with his wife and child. Some expressed the belief that he had died of +his wounds, but others declared that he must have been murdered by the +wagon-drivers, who, scoundrels though they were, had possessed +sufficient humanity to spare the woman and child. + +As in a dream, Madame Ladoinski had heard the conversation of the +officers, and suddenly she grasped the meaning of what they had said. + +'My husband! my husband!' she cried, wildly. 'Where is he?' + +The officers, distressed at her grief, told her that when the wagon +arrived at Smolensk, she and her boy were the only people in it. Of +her husband they had seen or heard nothing, and the wagon-drivers had +disappeared soon after reaching the city. They endeavoured to cheer +her, however, by assuring her that he was, no doubt, not far away, and +would soon return to her. But she, remembering what they had said when +they believed her to be unconscious, was not calmed by their +well-intentioned words. + +Two days passed, and nothing was seen or heard of Captain Ladoinski, +although the officers who had taken an interest in his wife made every +effort to obtain news of him. They were in their own minds convinced +that he was dead, but in order that a searching enquiry might be made, +they obtained for her an interview with two of the most powerful of +Napoleon's officers--the King of Naples and Prince Eugene Beauharnais, +Viceroy of Italy. These officers listened quietly to the story of her +husband's disappearance, and having expressed their sympathy with her, +an aide-de-camp was summoned and ordered to make immediate enquiries +among the wagon-drivers as to the fate of Captain Ladoinski. The +aide-de-camp answered respectfully that he and several of his brother +officers had already closely questioned every wagon-driver they could +find, and that the men had sworn that Captain Ladoinski had died during +the night of cold and of his wounds, and that his body had been thrown +out into the snow. Madame Ladoinski, they declared, was insensible +from cold when her husband died. + +Clasping her boy, Madame Ladoinski burst into tears. For a few minutes +she sat sobbing bitterly, but then, in the midst of her grief, she +remembered that she was encroaching on the time of the officers before +her. Controlling her tears as well as she was able, she asked for a +safe-conduct for herself and child. As a Frenchwoman and the widow of +a Polish rebel she would receive, she reminded her hearers, no mercy if +she fell into the hands of the Russians. Her husband had fought for +the French, and she claimed French protection. Instantly the two +marshals declared that she should have the protection she asked, and +Prince Eugene offered her a seat in a wagon that would accompany his +division when it started in the course of a few days. + +Madame Ladoinski accepted the offer with gratitude, whereupon the +aide-de-camp was informed that she was to be placed in a baggage-wagon, +and that the drivers were to be told that if their passengers did not +reach the end of the journey in safety they would answer for it with +their lives. On the other hand, if she arrived safely in Poland, and +declared that she and her boy had been well-treated on the way, each +driver would receive five hundred francs. + +In a few days Madame Ladoinski was once again in a baggage-wagon; but +Napoleon's 'Grand Army' was now in a terrible condition. Ragged, +starving, dispirited by the constant harassing from the enemy, and the +continuous marching through snow, it made but slow progress. The +gloomy forests through which the miserable army tramped on its way to +attempt the passage of the Beresina were blocked with snow, and so +difficult was it to move the guns that Napoleon ordered that one half +of the baggage-wagons were to be destroyed, so that the horses and oxen +might be utilised for dragging forward the artillery. The wagon in +which Madame Ladoinski rode was one of the number condemned to +destruction, but the men who had been ordered to protect her speedily +found room for her in another vehicle. + +A day or two later, when the bedraggled army was nearing the Polish +frontier, Madame Ladoinski was startled from her dejection by hearing +loud joyful shouts, and on enquiring of the driver the reason of the +noise she was told that a reinforcement under Marshal Victor had +unexpectedly arrived. + +Soon the reinforcements were passing the wagon, but Madame Ladoinski +possessed neither the energy nor the curiosity to glance out at them. +She could think of nothing but her dead husband and her little orphaned +boy. But suddenly as she sat brooding over her great loss she heard, +'Forward, lancers!' uttered in Polish. Believing that it was her +husband's voice she had heard, she sprang up and looked out at the +troop trotting ahead. But she could not recognise her husband among +the lancers, and she turned to sit down, believing that she was the +victim of a delusion. To her surprise she saw her little son standing, +with a finger uplifted to urge silence, listening eagerly. + +'What is it, darling?' she asked. + +'Father!' he replied. + +Again Madame Ladoinski's spirits rose, but they fell quickly when she +remembered that the Polish Lancers had quitted Smolensk before she and +her boy arrived there. It was madness, therefore, to imagine that her +wounded husband could be with Marshal Victor's army, and she dismissed +the hope from her mind. + +Days of terrible suffering for Napoleon's army followed, but eventually +Studzianka, on the left bank of the Beresina, was reached, and the +soldiers hoped that once in Poland their trials would diminish. Madame +Ladoinski, her spirits reviving at the prospect of soon being in her +husband's native land, lay listening to the noise of the men busily +engaged in building the bridges over which the French army was to pass. +Suddenly there was a tremendous uproar; shouts of joy, cries of +triumph. Looking out Madame Ladoinski saw at once the cause of the +excitement--the enemy who had been encamped on the opposite bank of the +river was in full retreat. The fierce battle which she had dreaded, in +case her boy might be injured, would not be fought. Falling on her +knees in the wagon, she thanked God for averting the danger she feared. + +Now that the Russians were gone, the cavalry swam their horses across +the river, and took up a position that would protect the crossing of +the foot soldiers. The bridges were completed at last, and quickly the +ragged regiments hurried over them. The baggage-wagons were to be left +until the last, and for hours Madame Ladoinski sat watching regiment +after regiment hurry across. Napoleon, stern and silent, passed close +to her, and a mighty shout of 'Vive L'Empereur' burst from his +trusting, long-suffering troops, when he gained the opposite bank. + +Soon after Napoleon had crossed, Prince Eugene came along, and seeing +Madame Ladoinski he rode over to her, and told her cheerfully that she +would soon be among her husband's friends, and that her trials would +then be at an end. Then, turning to the drivers, he commanded them not +to forget the order he had given concerning their behaviour and care of +the lady entrusted to them. + +When at last more than half the troops had crossed, the news arrived +that the Russians had suddenly turned about and were marching back to +the position they had vacated, while another strong body of the enemy +was advancing to attack in the rear the troops which had not yet +crossed. Instantly there was a panic, and the wagon-drivers, anxious +for their own safety, turned Madame Ladoinski and her companions out of +the wagon, so that their weight might not impede their progress. +Madame Ladoinski reminded them of Prince Eugene's instructions, but +they took no notice. Neither fear of punishment nor hope of reward had +any influence over them now; they were anxious only for their own +safety. + +For a minute or two Madame Ladoinski knew not what to do. To attempt +to cross either of the bridges on foot would, she soon saw, result in +her and her child being crushed to death. Others, men and women, had +come to the same conclusion, and were wandering, shivering with cold, +along the bank of the river. These Madame Ladoinski hastened to, +believing, as did they, that before long the bridges would be less +crowded, and they would be able to cross in safety. + +But soon the sound of the Russian guns was heard in the rear of Madame +Ladoinski and her fellow-sufferers, and a little later the cheers of +the advancing enemy could be heard distinctly. Marshal Victor's force, +which lay between these unfortunate people and the Russians, fought +gallantly at first, but at last they began to give way, and Madame +Ladoinski feared that all was lost. Nearer and nearer came the enemy, +and many of their musket balls reached the despairing creatures by the +riverside. Approaching nearer to one of the bridges, Madame Ladoinski +decided to join the crowd of terrified fugitives that was struggling +across it. But before she reached it there was a terrible rush for it, +and she stood aghast looking at the awful scene. Every one in the +living mass was terrified, and each was fighting for his own life. +Those who fell were quickly trampled to death by the hurrying mob, or +crushed beneath the wheels of baggage-wagons and artillery. Now and +again some terrified man, possessed of more than average strength, +would be seen making his way along the crowded bridge by seizing and +pitching into the river any who barred his way. And to add to the +horror of the scene a terrible storm burst. + +Madame Ladoinski, horrified by what she saw, decided to make no attempt +to cross, but to remain where she was. Musket balls were now falling +rapidly around her, and, to save her boy from the chance of being +wounded, she laid him down on the ground, and placed herself in such a +position that no ball could touch him unless it passed through her. +Thick and fast the balls were flying, and Madame Ladoinski expected to +receive at any minute a fatal wound, but, although men and women fell +close around her, she remained unhurt. + +Slowly but surely Victor's men were driven back on the crowd that was +still struggling to cross the bridge, and whose condition was made +still more awful by the Russian infantry firing on it. + +At last some of the regiments fled in disorder before the advancing +enemy, and a troop of horse dashed back within a few yards of Madame +Ladoinski. + +'Stand, lancers, stand!' the officer was shouting to his men, and his +voice sent a thrill of joy through Madame Ladoinski, for it was her +husband's. + +She was confident of it this time, and almost immediately a strong gust +of wind blew aside the smoke, which hung heavily over the battlefield, +and there, not many yards away, was he whom she had believed to be +dead. In stirring tones he called upon his men to charge once again +into the ranks of the enemy. + +'My love, my husband!' Madame Ladoinski called, still sheltering her +boy with her body. 'It is I, it is Aimee.' But the din of warfare and +the roaring of the wind drowned her voice. Again she called, but still +he did not hear. + +'Lancers! forward,' he shouted. 'For God and Poland! 'For God and +Poland!' his men answered, and spurring their horses they dashed +forward once more to meet the enemy. Ladoinski had not seen his wife, +and perhaps he would never see her again! Madame Ladoinski wept +quietly; but as night began to draw nigh she determined to cross the +bridge, thinking that she and her boy might as well risk being crushed +on the bridge as being shot by the enemy. But when she saw the crowd +of human beings turned by terror into demons, she decided to remain +where she was. + +A few minutes later, as she lay protecting her boy and gazing at the +struggling mob, she saw the largest bridge sway, and almost instantly +it collapsed and fell, with its struggling mass of human beings, into +the icy river. For a few minutes the terrified shrieks of the drowning +men and women were heard even amidst the noise of battle and the +roaring of the wind; then they ceased. + +It seemed to Madame Ladoinski that there was to be no end to the +terrors of that day. She felt that she was going out of her mind, and +prayed that she and her boy might die quickly. + +Throughout the night Madame Ladoinski lay beside her boy in the snow. +But she did not sleep a minute. The thunder of the enemy's artillery, +the sound of the musketry, and the noise of the disordered mob of +soldiers who fought like demons to get safely across the one remaining +bridge, would have prevented almost anyone from sleeping. + +When daylight came the Russians were so near that it was clear to +Madame Ladoinski that unless she crossed the bridge immediately she +would soon be a prisoner. Lifting her boy, and sheltering him as much +as possible, she hurried towards the bridge, but two or three times, +when the enemy's fire increased in severity, she took cover for a few +minutes. At last she reached the bridge. The crowd was not now great, +and it would have been possible for her to cross without any fear of +her boy being crushed, but no sooner had they put their feet on the +bridge when shouts of 'Go back, go back! Give yourselves up to the +Russians,' burst from their comrades who had already crossed the river. +Stupefied, the people fell back, and almost at the same moment the last +bridge burst into flames. To prevent the Russians from pursuing them, +the French had burnt the bridge and left hundreds of their fellow +countrymen to fall into the hands of the enemy. + +The Cossacks, who were first of the Russian army to reach the river, +were more eager for plunder than slaughter, and Madame Ladoinski fled +along the river bank with her child pressed to her bosom. She had no +idea of what to do, and for a time she escaped molestation. Then she +decided to make an attempt to struggle through the river. She knew +that there was very little probability of her being able to reach the +other side, but it would be better for her and her little son to die +than to fall into the hands of the semi-savage Cossacks. Tying her boy +to her, so that the fate of one might be the other's, she approached +the water; but on the brink she was seized by a Russian. Terrified, +she screamed for help, and it was fortunate that she did so, for the +remnants of the Polish Lancers--last to cease fighting the +Russians--were entering the river not many yards away, and Captain +Ladoinski heard her cries. Calling to his men to come back, he urged +his horse up the bank, and galloped along the riverside until he came +to his wife and child. The Russian fled at the approach of the Polish +Lancers, and Captain Ladoinski lifted his wife and child on to his +horse without recognising them. Then quickly he put his horse to the +river, and soon they were plunging through it with the water sometimes +more than half over them, and musket balls lashing the river around +them. + +Madame Ladoinski had recognised her husband the instant he placed her +before him on his horse, and, overcome with joy, she had swooned before +she could utter a word. He remained quite unconscious of whom he had +rescued until, in mid-stream, the shawl which had been over his wife's +head and shoulders slipped and disclosed her face. Joy did not cause +the Polish captain to lose his wits, but made him more careful of his +precious burden. He had been in a reckless mood, courting death in +fact, during the last quarter of an hour of the fight, but now he was +anxious to live. It would indeed be sad, he thought, if now, when +safety was almost reached, a shot should lay him, or still worse, his +wife, low. But on through danger the brave horse struggled with his +heavy load, and soon Captain Ladoinski was able to place his wife and +son on dry land, and to give them the warmth and food which they sadly +needed. + +Then when Madame Ladoinski had recovered from the excitement of again +meeting her husband, he told her that he had long since been assured +that both she and their boy were dead. He, as the wagon-drivers had +sworn, had been thrown out of the wagon for dead, but some of his men +came along soon after, and seeing him lying in the snow dismounted to +see if he were alive. Finding that his heart was beating, they set to +work and restored him to consciousness, and then took him on to +Smolensk, whence he sent back to enquire after his wife and child. The +message that was brought to him was that his wife and child had been +murdered on the road. Believing this to be true, he went on with his +regiment--before they arrived at Smolensk--with henceforth only one aim +in life--to avenge Poland's wrongs. + +The story of Captain Ladoinski's extraordinary rescue of his own wife +and child created some excitement among Napoleon's soldiers, dispirited +though they were by the terrible march they had undergone, and numerous +and hearty were the congratulations which husband and wife received. +Prince Eugene was one of the first to congratulate them, and Captain +Ladoinski seized the opportunity to express his deep gratitude to the +prince for the kindness he had shown to his wife in her sorrow, a +kindness that was all the more creditable because Prince Eugene knew +that Madame Ladoinski was a member of a Royalist family and an enemy of +the Napoleonic dynasty. For some considerable time after the terrible +retreat from Moscow, Captain Ladoinski fought in Prince Eugene's army, +but when, at last, the Prince's military career came to an end he +retired into private life. He had long since come to the conclusion +that his wife was right when she said that Napoleon never had any +intention of setting Poland free, but had obtained the services of the +brave Poles under false pretences. + +Madame Ladoinski deserved years of happy domestic life after her +fearful experiences with the French army, and it is pleasant to be able +to say that she had them. Until death parted them, many years later, +she and her husband enjoyed the happiness of a quiet life unclouded by +domestic or political troubles. + + + + +LADY SALE AND AN AFGHAN CAPTIVITY + +'Fighting Bob' was the nickname affectionately bestowed upon Sir Robert +Sale by his comrades-in-arms. Truly the name was well deserved, for +wherever the fight was thickest there Sale was to be found, and the +histories of his life abound with stories of his bravery and disregard +of danger. + +When twenty-seven years of age he married Florentia Wynch, a girl of +nineteen, who proved before long to be almost as brave as he. +Throughout his life she was his companion in danger, and many times +nursed him back to health when seriously wounded. Adventures such as +are rarely encountered by women were continually falling to her lot, +but the greatest hardships which she was compelled to undergo were +those attending the British retreat from Kabul in January, 1842. + +Discontent with British rule had led to rebellion in Afghanistan, and +Sir Robert Sale was sent with a brigade to clear the passes to +Jelalabad. Lady Sale remained at Kabul, where the signs of discontent +became daily more evident. The British native troops were +disheartened, and eventually it was decided to retreat from the city. + +At half-past nine in the morning of January 6, 1842, the British force, +consisting of about 4500 soldiers, mostly native, and 12,000 followers, +quitted Kabul. The snow lay a foot deep on the ground, and the +thermometer registered several degrees below freezing-point. The +bullocks had great difficulty in dragging the guns, and it took two +hours and a half to cover the first mile. This slow rate of progress +was not, however, entirely due to the state of the weather, as some of +the delay was caused by a bridge of boats having to be made across the +Kabul river, which lay about half a mile from the city. The camp +followers refused to cross by any means but a bridge, but Lady Sale and +her daughter, Mrs. Sturt, rode through with the horsemen. Immediately +they reached the opposite bank their clothes froze stiff, and they +could not change them for others, for as the rear-guard quitted the +city the Afghans fired upon them and captured, without meeting any +resistance, nearly the whole of the baggage, commissariat and +ammunition. That night the British force, cold, hungry and dispirited, +slept in the snow. There were no tents, but an officer erected a small +pall over the hole in the snow where Lady Sale and her daughter lay. + +At half-past seven on the following morning the march was resumed, but +the force had not proceeded far when a party of Afghans sallied out +from a small fort and carried off three guns. The British fought +bravely, but the sepoys made scarcely any resistance, and hundreds of +them fled for their lives. + +As the British force advanced they saw the Afghans gathering in +strength on either side, and before they had gone five miles they were +compelled to spike and abandon two six-pounders, the horses not having +sufficient strength to drag them. They were now in possession of only +two guns and very little ammunition. + +Men, hungry and numbed with cold, dropped out of the ranks, to be left +to die from starvation, or to be massacred by the enemy. Another night +was spent in the open, and when daylight came there were many frozen +corpses lying on the ground. The troops were now utterly disorganised, +and the Afghans continued to harass them, both while bivouacing and on +the march. It was a terrible time, but Lady Sale was calm, and +endeavoured to instil with courage other women of the party. Soon the +British arrived at a spot where, some time previously, Sir Robert Sale +had been wounded, and there a fierce attack was made upon them. A ball +entered Lady Sales' arm, her clothes were riddled with bullets, and her +escape seemed impossible, so fierce was the fire of the enemy, who were +in a strong position about fifty yards distant. Nevertheless she did +escape, but only to find that her daughter's husband, Lieutenant Sturt, +had been mortally wounded. Five hundred soldiers and two thousand five +hundred camp followers were killed, and many women and children were +carried off by the Afghans. Others lay dying in the fast-falling snow. + +Lady Sale and her daughter were in great distress at the death of +Lieutenant Sturt, and took little interest in the proposal that all the +women should be placed under the protection of Mahommed Akbar Khan, who +had suggested this step. However, with the other women, they accepted +the proffered protection, and were taken to a fort in the Khurd Kabul, +and eventually they heard that the force with which they had quitted +Kabul had been annihilated. + +On January 17, Lady Sale and her companions, among whom were now +several British officers whom Mahommed Akbar Khan had captured, arrived +at Badiabad, where, in a small mud fort the party, consisting of 9 +women, 20 men and 14 children, were kept prisoners. However, they were +not molested, and as food of a kind was supplied to them, they did not +complain. Their uncomfortable surroundings were, however, made more +unpleasant by a series of earthquakes. + +On February 19, Lady Sale was spreading some clothes out to dry on the +flat roof of the fort, when a terrible shock occurred, causing the +place to collapse. Lady Sale fell with the building, but rose from the +ruins unhurt. Even the wounds received by her on the day Lieutenant +Sturt was killed were not aggravated by the accident. Before dark that +day there were twenty-five distinct shocks, and about fifteen more +during the night. For some weeks after this they were constantly +occurring. At one spot, not far away, 120 Afghans and 20 Hindus were +buried in the ruins of buildings shaken to the ground. + +During her captivity Lady Sale had been able to write letters to her +husband, who was shut up with his garrison in Jelalabad, and her great +desire was that he should be able to hold the place until relief +arrived. On March 15 a rumour reached her that it had been captured by +the Afghans, but to her great delight she heard later that the rumour +was false. She was exceedingly proud of her husband, and gloried in +his successes. A successful defence of the city would, she knew, add +considerably to his reputation. During the following five months Lady +Sale and her daughter were continually being moved from one place to +another, and before long it became clear to them that the Afghan +rebellion was being rapidly quelled. Rumours of British victories +reached them, and the man who was in charge of them, while moving from +place to place, made it understood that for Rs. 20,000 and Rs. 1000 a +month for life he would effect their escape. + +But soon, on September 15, the good news was received that the British +were coming to their rescue, and, guided by the bribed Afghan, Lady +Sale and her companions moved off secretly to meet them. Two days +later they arrived at the foot of the Kalu Pass, where they met Sir +Richmond Shakespeare, with 600 native horsemen, coming to their rescue. + +Lady Sale was naturally anxious to hear of her husband's doings, and +Sir Richmond Shakespeare was able to make her happy by telling her of +how gallantly he had defended Jelalabad. Soon, however, she heard from +his own lips the story of his defence. On September 19, a horseman +arrived with a message from Sir Robert Sale, saying that he was +advancing with a brigade. Lady Sale had been feeling weak for several +days, but the news of her husband's approach gave her fresh strength. + +'It is impossible to express our feelings on Sale's approach,' she +wrote in her diary. 'To my daughter and myself happiness so long +delayed as to be almost unexpected was actually painful, and +accompanied by a choking sensation which could not obtain the relief of +tears.' + +The men loudly cheered Lady Sale and her daughter, and pressed forward +to express their hearty congratulations at their escape. 'And then,' +Lady Sale continued in her diary, 'my highly-wrought feelings found the +desired relief; and I could scarcely speak to thank the soldiers for +their sympathy, whilst the long withheld tears now found their course. +On arriving at the camp, Captain Backhouse fired a royal salute from +his mountain train guns; and not only our old friends, but all the +officers in the party, came to offer congratulations and welcome our +return from captivity.' + +After a visit to England, Sir Robert and Lady Sale returned to India in +March, 1844. Towards the end of the following year the Sikh War broke +out, and at the battle of Mudki, fought on December 18, Sir Robert's +left thigh was shattered by a grape shot, and he died three days later. + +Lady Sale continued to reside in India after her husband's death, her +comfort secured by a pension of L500 a year, granted to her by Queen +Victoria, as a mark of approbation of her own and Sir Robert's conduct. +She died at Cape Town, which she was visiting for the benefit of her +health, on July 6, 1853, aged sixty-three. + + + + +ETHEL ST. CLAIR GRIMWOOD, + +AND THE ESCAPE FROM MANIPUR + +Until late in the last century it was a common thing for the ruler of a +native Eastern state to celebrate his accession to the throne by +slaughtering his brothers and uncles. This drastic measure reduced the +possibilities of the new ruler being deposed, and was considered by the +majority of the natives a wise precaution. The Maharajah of Manipur +was more humane than many rulers, and although he had seven brothers, +he refrained from killing any of them. + +For several years the brothers lived on friendly terms with each other, +but eventually quarrels arose through two of them wanting to marry the +same woman. The eight brothers divided into two parties, and +quarrelled so incessantly, that the maharajah deemed it wise to +abdicate and leave the country. Mr. Grimwood the British Political +Agent, did his utmost to dissuade the maharajah from abdicating, but +without success. He departed, and one of his brothers became ruler. + +Mr. Grimwood and his wife had lived for three years in Manipur when the +maharajah abdicated, and during that time the natives had always been +friendly towards them. Even the royal brothers, while quarrelling +among themselves, maintained their usual friendly relations with them. + +Manipur is an out-of-the-way place, lying in the heart of the +mountainous region, which is bordered on the north by the Assam Valley, +on the east and south by Burma, and on the west by the Cachar district. +During the greater portion of their stay in Manipur Mr. and Mrs. +Grimwood were the only white people in the place, and consequently the +news that the Chief Commissioner was on his way to hold a durbar at the +Residency afforded them much pleasure. But the information that his +excellency was accompanied by 400 men of the 42nd and 44th Ghurkhas, +made it clear that some political event of considerable importance was +about to take place. The Chief Commissioner had, in fact, decided to +arrest the jubraj, the maharajah's brother, at the durbar which was +fixed for eight o'clock in the morning of March 23, 1891. + +But the jubraj had his suspicions aroused by the military force which +accompanied the Chief Commissioner. He did not attend the durbar, but +sent a message to say that he was too unwell to be present. Four hours +later, Mr. Grimwood was sent to the palace to inform the jubraj that he +was to be arrested and banished, and to persuade him to surrender +peacefully. This the jubraj refused to do, and consequently it was +decided to storm the palace and capture him. + +Fighting began on the following day, shortly before daybreak. The +palace walls, some sixty yards from the Residency, and separated from +it by an unfordable moat, were loop-holed, and soon a fierce fire was +opened on the attackers. Mrs. Grimwood sought shelter in the little +telegraph office, but bullets were soon crashing through it, and her +position was one of extreme danger, but after the first fright she +settled down to help the doctor attend to the wounded. + +The British attack on the palace was not, however, successful, and the +Manipuris crept round to the back of the Residency, and made an attack +upon it. They were beaten off, but the British force was soon in a +critical position; for, shortly after 4 o'clock, some big guns opened +fire on the Residency, where the whole of the force was now +concentrated. Mrs. Grimwood states in her book, _My Three Years in +Manipur_, that the first shell fired at the Residency made her +speechless with fear; but others who were present state that a few +minutes later she was hard at work attending to the wounded under fire. +The cellars under the Residency were used as a hospital, and terrible +were the sights which the brave woman witnessed. Every hour the +position of the British became more desperate. Men were falling +quickly, and the ammunition was running out. + +At last a message was sent to the jubraj asking on what conditions he +would cease firing on the Residency. His reply was to the effect that +the British must surrender unconditionally. Finding that the British +would not agree to this, he sent word that if the Chief Commissioner +would come to the palace gates he would discuss terms with him. His +excellency and Mr. Grimwood went forward, but as they reached the gates +they were pushed inside the palace enclosure, and the gates closed +behind them. Then the Manipuris shouted that the white men were +prisoners, and again opened fire on the Residency. The British troops +replied, but their position was now critical. Very little ammunition +remained, and shells were bursting over the Residency. One burst near +to Mrs. Grimwood's feet, but fortunately she only received a slight +wound in the arm. + +At midnight the British officers decided to evacuate the Residency and +retreat to Cachar. + +Mrs. Grimwood being the only person who knew the way to the Cachar +road, acted as guide, and led the retreating force through hedges, over +mud walls, and across a river. Looking back when they had gone four +miles, Mrs. Grimwood saw that the Residency, her home for three happy +years, was in flames. Her husband a prisoner, and her home destroyed, +it would not have been surprising if Mrs. Grimwood had been too +grief-stricken to continue the journey on foot. But she plodded on +bravely in her thin house-shoes, and with her clothes heavy with water. +Sometimes the hills were so steep that she had to climb them on hands +and knees, but she never complained, and did not hamper the progress of +the force. Not until twenty miles had been covered did she have a +rest, and then, thoroughly exhausted, she wrapped herself in the +overcoats which the officers lent her, and lay down and slept. + +A few hours later the retreating force, hungry, tired and somewhat +dispirited, resumed its march. Mrs. Grimwood's feet were cut and sore, +but she tramped on bravely in the military boots which had been given +her to replace her thin worn-out shoes. They had now travelled beyond +the country with which Mrs. Grimwood was familiar, and no one knew the +way. They pushed on in the direction which they believed to be the +right one, but without being able to obtain anything to eat. When, +however, they had been two days without food, they came suddenly upon +some Manipuri soldiers cooking rice. The Manipuris, taken by surprise, +fled quickly, leaving their rice to fall into the hands of the starving +British force. + +Refreshed by the meal which they had so unexpectedly obtained, the +British resumed their journey, but they had not gone far when they +found a stockade barring their way. The defenders opened fire on them +at once, and as the British had no ammunition they rushed the stockade, +causing the Manipuris to run for their lives. + +The British officers now decided to remain for a time in the captured +stockade, but soon a large body of men was seen advancing towards it. +Were they Ghurkhas or Manipuris? No one could tell, and reliance could +not be placed on a bugle call, as both Ghurkhas and Manipuris had the +same one. It was believed by the majority that the advancing men were +Manipuris, and one of the officers told Mrs. Grimwood that he had two +cartridges left, one for her and one for himself, if the men proved to +be the enemy. + +But they were not the enemy. A sharp-eyed man discovered a white +officer among the advancing soldiers, and this was ample proof that +they were Ghurkhas. A cheer from the stockade was answered by one from +the approaching men, who were proceeding to Manipur, but had only heard +a few hours before of the retreat of their comrades-in-arms. They had +plenty of provisions with them, and quickly gave the tired, hungry men +a good meal. + +The remainder of the journey to the frontier was made in comparative +comfort, but Mrs. Grimwood's trials were not yet ended. Soon the sad +news of her husband's death was broken to her. He and his fellow +prisoner had been executed with horrible brutality by order of the +jubraj. + +The story of Mrs. Grimwood's heroism in attending to the wounded under +fire, and her bravery during the long and trying retreat, aroused +admiration throughout the civilized world. In consideration of her +exceptional services, the Secretary of State for India in Council +awarded her a pension of L140 a year, and a special grant of L1000. +The Princess of Wales--our present Queen--was exceedingly kind to her, +and Queen Victoria invited her to Windsor Castle, and decorated her +with the well-deserved Red Cross. + + + + +THREE SOLDIERS' WIVES IN SOUTH AFRICA + +In December, 1880, a detachment of the 2nd Connaught Rangers was +escorting a wagon-train, nearly a mile in length, from Leydenberg to +Pretoria. Until more than half the journey had been travelled the +Boers, whom the British met on the way, had shown no disposition to be +unfriendly, but, one morning, as the convoy slowly wended its way up a +hill, studded with clumps of trees, a strong force of Boers jumped out +from their places of concealment and called upon the British to +surrender. They sent forward, under a flag of truce, a written demand +to that effect, but, seeing that the British officer in command had no +intention to order his men to lay down their arms, they treacherously +disregarded the white flag that was flying, and opened fire upon the +convoy. + +The British were caught in an ambush, and the Boers, who greatly +outnumbered them, wrought terrible havoc. The Boers were concealed +behind trees and stones, but the British could obtain scarcely any +cover. Their colonel was mortally wounded early in the fight, and soon +there was only one officer unhurt. + +When the attack on the convoy began there were three women in one of +the wagons. Mrs. Marion Smith, widow of the late bandmaster, was +travelling down country, with her two children, to sail on a troopship +for England. The other two women were Mrs. Fox, wife of the +sergeant-major, and Mrs. Maistre, wife of the orderly-room clerk. +Scarcely had the massacre begun when Mrs. Fox received a bullet wound +as she sat in the wagon, and fell backwards, badly hurt. + +Mrs. Smith and Mrs. Maistre were naturally alarmed at finding +themselves suddenly in a position of such great danger. But they were +soldiers' wives, and soon all fear vanished, and having made Mrs. +Smith's children comparatively safe in a corner of the wagon they +stepped out to render aid to the wounded. It was a terrible sight for +them. The ground was strewn with dead and dying, and nearly every face +was familiar to them. Regardless of the bullets that whizzed past +them--one grazed Mrs. Smith's ear they tore up sheets to make bandages, +and passing from one wounded man to another, stanched the flow of blood +and bound the wounds. + +At last, when it became clear to the mortally wounded colonel that the +annihilation of his force would be the result of a continuation of the +fight, the 'Cease fire' was sounded, and the outnumbered British +delivered up their arms. + +The soldiers' work was finished; Mrs. Smith and Mrs. Maistre had still +much to do. On the battle-field the wounded lay thick, and for hours +the two brave women worked at their self-appointed task. Many a dying +lad had his last minutes made happy by their kindly words and actions. + +From December 20 until March 31, 1881, the three women remained +prisoners in the hands of the Boers. They might, had they cared to do +so, have led lives of idleness during their imprisonment, but, instead, +they were busy from morning until night nursing the wounded. Mrs. +Fox's courage was indeed wonderful, for the wound she had received in +the attack was very serious, and the doctors had told her that she +could not expect to live long. Her husband, too, had been severely +wounded early in the fight, but nevertheless she was as indefatigable +as Mrs. Maistre and Mrs. Smith in doing good. The three women were +adored by the wounded soldiers, for whom they wrote letters home, +prepared dainty food, and read. + +When peace was declared the three brave women returned to England, and +Mrs. Smith was decorated with the medal of the Order of St. John of +Jerusalem. She was reported, in the application that was made on her +behalf, to have been 'unremitting in her attention to the wounded and +dying soldiers during the action, and that her conduct while living +under canvas was beyond all praise. She did the utmost to relieve the +sufferings of the men in hospital, and soothed the last moments of many +a poor soldier, while sharing their privations to the full.' + +After a time Mrs. Smith's whereabouts became unknown to the +authorities; they did not in fact know whether she were alive, and +consequently she was not recommended for the Red Cross. Mrs. Fox and +Mrs. Maistre received the coveted decoration, but the former did not +long survive the honour. She died in January, 1888, at Cambridge +Barracks, Portsmouth, and in making her death known to the regiment the +colonel said:--'Mrs. Fox died a soldier's death, as her fatal illness +was the result of a wound received in action, and aggravated in +consequence of her noble self-devotion afterwards.' + +The Commander-in-Chief--H.R.H. the Duke of Cambridge--ordered that +military honours should be paid to the dead woman. It was a very +unusual thing, but the honour was well-merited, and crowds lined the +streets to see the coffin borne past on a gun carriage. Over the +coffin was laid a Union Jack, and on this was placed the brave woman's +Red Cross. The men who bore her from the gun carriage to her grave in +Southsea Cemetery were six non-commissioned officers who had been +wounded in the fight of December 20, 1880, and whom she had nursed. + + + +* It is interesting to note that the publication of this volume quickly +led to Mrs. Smith (now Mrs. Jeffreys) being traced; and, in response to +an appeal to the War office, the authorities awarded the heroine the +coveted decoration of the Royal Red Cross. + + + + +IV. + +BRAVE DEEDS OF SELF-SACRIFICE AND DEVOTION + + + +ELIZABETH ZANE, A FRONTIER HEROINE + +'The Indians are coming!' + +It was on September 1, 1782, that a scout employed to watch the +movements of the Red Indians rushed into the West Virginian village of +Wheeling, shouting the dreaded warning of the savages' approach. +Instantly the inhabitants took refuge in the fort, and prepared to +offer a determined resistance. The fort had no regular garrison, it +being the duty of the settlers to defend it. Colonel Silas Zane took +command, and felt confident that, although he had only twenty men under +him, he would be able to beat off the savages. + +The Governor of Wheeling was Colonel Ebenezer Zane, and with two white +men he decided to remain in his private residence, which was about +forty yards from the fort, to prevent the ammunition which was stored +there from falling into the hands of the Indians. The scout who had +brought the news of the Indians' approach was soon followed by the +savages themselves, who, brandishing their tomahawks and waving their +scalping-knives, instantly demanded the surrender of the white men. +The reply they received was a volley fired at the standard which they +bore aloft. With a terrible war-whoop the Indians rushed to the +assault, but the men in the fort and in the house were good shots, and +it was rarely that one of them missed his mark. Happily, there was a +good stock of arms in both strongholds, and taking advantage of this, +the women loaded the muskets and handed them to the men, who were thus +enabled to fire quickly and were spared the fatigue of loading. + +Again and again the Indians attacked the house and the fort, but on +every occasion they were driven back. When darkness came on the +attacks ceased, but the white men did not grow less vigilant, for they +were confident that before daybreak the savages would make an attempt +to surprise them. And this proved to be the case. In the dead of +night one of the defenders espied an Indian crawling towards the house. +He watched him until he rose to his feet and kindling a torch that he +carried, attempted to set fire to the building. Then the watcher +fired, and the Indian dropping his torch fled, wounded. + +At daybreak it was seen that the Indians were still surrounding the +fort and the house, and that they were evidently unusually excited. +Could they have captured any of the defenders? Enquiries shouted from +the fort to the house elicited the assurance that no one was missing. + +Suddenly there was a tremendous explosion at the spot when the Indians +were thickest, and the surprised white men could see that several of +the enemy had been killed and many injured. The explosion was caused +in this way: On the preceding evening, after the firing had ceased, +some of the Indians surprised a boat ascending the river with cannon +balls for the fort. The boatman escaped, but the cannon balls fell +into the hands of the Indians, who believed that all they now wanted to +demolish the house and fort was a cannon. Therefore they decided to +make one. They procured a log of wood, bound it tightly with chains, +and then made a hole in it large enough to admit the ball. Then they +charged it heavily, and when it was pointed towards the fort the match +was applied. Instantly the cannon burst, killing many of the men who +stood near and injuring others. + +This accident did not, as one might suppose, dishearten the Indians. +On the contrary, it excited them to further efforts to capture the +whites. Maddened with excitement they rushed boldly forward to the +attack, but the steady, deadly fire which the defenders maintained +drove them back time after time. + +But now the defenders in the fort began to get anxious, for their stock +of gunpowder was nearly exhausted. There was a plentiful supply at the +house, and someone would have to undertake the perilous task of running +to it and returning under fire with a keg of powder. There were plenty +of volunteers for this dangerous undertaking, but among them was a +woman--Elizabeth Zane, the youngest sister of the two Colonels Zane. +She had been educated in Philadelphia, and until her arrival at +Wheeling, a few weeks previously, had experienced none of the hardships +of frontier life. But now, in the hour of danger, she was brave as if +she had been brought up in the midst of stirring scenes. + +It was pointed out to her that a man would run less risk than she, from +the fact of his being able to run faster; but she answered that if he +were shot in the act, his loss would be severely felt. 'You have not +one man to spare, she declared. 'A woman will not be missed in the +defence of the fort.' + +The men did not like the idea of allowing her to run so great a risk, +but she overcame their objections, and started on her perilous journey. + +The moment the gate was opened she bounded through, and ran at full +speed towards the house. Surprised at her sudden appearance in the +open, the Indians seized their muskets, but quickly recognizing that +she was a woman they exclaimed, 'Only a squaw,' and did not fire. + +Arriving at the house she announced to Colonel Ebenezer Zane the object +of her journey, whereupon he fastened a table-cloth around her waist, +and emptied a keg of powder into it. + +The moment that she appeared again in the open, the Indians noticed the +table-cloth around her waist, and, guessing at once that she was +carrying to the fort something that was necessary for its defence; +promptly opened fire on her. Undeterred by the bullets which whizzed +past her Elizabeth Zane ran quickly towards the fort; and reached it in +safety. It is needless to say that the brave young woman received an +enthusiastic greeting from the garrison who had witnessed with +admiration her daring act. + +The defenders of the fort, their stock of ammunition replenished, +fought with renewed confidence when the Indians again attacked, and +repulsed them with a deadly fire. As time went on the assaults became +less frequent, and on the third night they finally ceased. The task of +massacring the settlers of Wheeling had, contrary to the Indians' +expectation, been too formidable for them, and therefore they raised +the siege and crept quietly away by night. Their losses had been +great, but during the three days' fighting the casualties of the +defenders were only two men wounded. + + + + +NELLIE AMOS, A FRIEND IN NEED + +In the tiny cabin of a canal-boat which had but recently started on its +long journey from the Midlands to London, lay a woman seriously ill. +And by her side lay her two days' old baby. Her husband was on deck +steering the boat, but every few minutes he hurried down to see if +there were anything he could do to make his wife comfortable. He could +do but little, however. + +Never before had he felt so helpless; never had he experienced so +acutely the isolation of barge-life. The district through which he was +travelling was thinly populated, and to obtain a doctor the bargeman +would have to trudge some miles across country, leaving his wife alone +on the canal. He could not leave her unattended, and consoled himself +with the hope that before long he would meet someone whom he could send +for a doctor. But he was disappointed; he met no one. + +At last he arrived at Stoke Bruerne, in Northamptonshire, and, having +tied up his barge, hurried to the post-office--a little general shop +kept by Mrs. Nellie Amos, who was well-known to the canal boatmen. He +told her of his wife's illness, and asked her if she would be good +enough to come to his barge and see if she could discover the nature of +her illness. Without the slightest hesitation Mrs. Amos accompanied +the man to his barge, and found his wife very feverish. + +Mrs. Amos could not discover what was the matter with the invalid, but +one thing was very plain to her--the poor woman could not be expected +to get well in her present quarters. The cabin was low-roofed, about +eight feet by six in size, and near the door stood the stove in which +the meals were cooked. In such close quarters the sick woman had +little chance of recovery, and Mrs. Amos did not conceal this fact from +the husband. She told him also that if a doctor would certify that she +could be removed with safety, she would take her to her house and nurse +her and the baby. As soon as the bargeman hurried away to fetch a +doctor, Mrs. Amos made the sick woman some beef-tea, tidied the bed, +and took charge of the baby. + +The doctor was soon with the patient, and, having examined her, gave +his permission for her removal to Mrs. Amos's house, to which she was +quickly taken. Mrs. Amos had a husband and six children, and her house +was a small one; but nevertheless she was able to give the mother and +baby a comfortable room. Day after day she nursed them tenderly, but +to her surprise the mother did not show any signs of improvement. The +doctor came regularly to see her, and one day, when he had been +attending her for about a week, he announced that she was suffering +from small-pox. + +For a few minutes Mrs. Amos was overcome with horror at the danger to +which she had unintentionally subjected her six children. Nearly all +of them had nursed the baby and waited on the sick woman, and it seemed +to her certain that they would be stricken down with the disease. It +would probably spread through the village, and she would be the cause +of the sorrow that would ensue. + +These fears she soon overcame, and bravely faced the danger. She +declared that she would not have the poor creature removed from the +house unless the doctor insisted upon it, and that she would continue +to nurse her. The patient was allowed to remain, but steps were, of +course, taken to guard against the disease spreading. The shop was +closed, and Mrs. Amos's only means of earning a living was gone, at any +rate for a time. Her children were sent away, and watched carefully +for any signs of the disease appearing in them. Anxiety concerning her +own family and the loss occasioned by the suspension of her business +might well have made her willing to hand over to the local medical +authorities the innocent cause of her trouble. But Mrs. Amos would not +relinquish her self-imposed duty. She nursed mother and child as +tenderly as if they had been her relatives, and if it had been possible +to save their lives they would have been saved. The child died, and a +week later the woman herself passed away. Happily, neither Mrs. Amos +nor any of her children contracted the disease. + +'I prayed earnestly that God would spare the village,' Mrs. Amos told +the writer of this book, 'and He did. Not one case resulted from it.' + +It was some time before the little shop was re-opened, but many people, +hearing of Mrs. Amos's bravery, came forward to help her tide over her +difficulties. The landlord set a good example by sending her a receipt +for rent which she had been unable to pay, and several Brentford +ladies, having been told of her conduct by Mr. R. Bamber, the London +City missionary to bargemen, presented her with a tea and coffee +service. + + + + +ANNA GURNEY, THE FRIEND OF THE SHIPWRECKED + +Anna Gurney was a cripple from her birth. Unable to walk, and +consequently debarred nearly all the pleasures of childhood, it would +not have been surprising had she become a sad, peevish woman. The fact +that her parents were rich, and able to supply her with comforts such +as poor cripples could not receive, may have prevented her from +becoming depressed, but it must be remembered also that the knowledge +that they were in a position to give her every reasonable pleasure a +girl could desire might well have caused her to be continually +deploring her crippled condition. + +She did not, however, brood over her infirmity, and although she was +never entirely free from pain, she was always bright and happy. +Intellectually clever, she was ever anxious for self-improvement, and +her knowledge of languages was remarkable. No sooner had she become +thoroughly conversant with one than she began to learn another. + +Early in life she became deeply interested in foreign missions, and in +after years was a generous supporter of them. Her desire to do good +was not, however, satisfied by the money she gave to various societies, +and being unable to offer herself as a missionary to the heathen, she +found a sphere of usefulness in working to improve the moral and +spiritual condition of the poor of Cromer. She invited the mothers to +her home, North Repps Cottage, and held classes for young men, young +women and children. Humble visitors were continually calling to tell +her of their joys or sorrows, and were never refused admittance. She +might be busy in her library or suffering acute pain, but with a bright +smile she would wheel herself forward in her mechanical chair to greet +her visitor. + +The fishermen along the coast regarded her with reverence, for she was +their friend, adviser and patron. For many years she could be seen +almost daily on the foreshore with a little group of weather-beaten men +around her. She knew the dangers and disappointments of their calling, +and was genuinely delighted whenever she heard that the fleet had +returned with a good catch. And when the boats were out and a storm +sprang up, she was anxious as any fish-wife for their safety. At her +own expense she provided a lifeboat and complete apparatus for saving +life, and, with the thoroughness characteristic of her, she made +herself at once acquainted with the proper working of it. + +Whenever there was a shipwreck, she would be down on the shore giving +directions for the rescue of the people aboard the vessel. No matter +the weather or the hour, she was always on the spot. Many a time the +news came to her in the middle of the night that there was a ship in +distress, and in a few minutes her man was wheeling her quickly down to +the shore. The wind might be howling, the rain falling in torrents, +but this did not deter her from being at her self-appointed post. When +she first came out in rough weather, the fishermen begged her to return +home, but they soon discovered that she was determined to remain. + +When the boat had been launched she would remain in the cold, waiting +anxiously for its return. Often she was in great pain, but only her +attendant was aware of this. To the fisher-folk she would be cheerful, +and express confidence that her lifeboat would rescue all aboard the +ship. And when the lifeboat did return with the rescued people, who +were sometimes half dead from exposure, there was more self-imposed +work for her. She superintended the treatment of the shipwrecked folk, +and arranged where they were to be taken. Many were removed to her own +house, and kept there until they were able to proceed to their homes or +to London. So kindly were the rescued people treated, that it became a +saying along the East Coast, that to be taken care of by Miss Gurney, +it was worth while being shipwrecked. + +Anna Gurney died at Cromer in June, 1857, aged sixty-one. She was +buried in Overstrand Churchyard, being carried to her last +resting-place by fishermen who had known and loved her for many years. +The news of her death had spread rapidly along the coast, and over a +thousand fishermen were present at her funeral. Their sorrow was +great, and they were not ashamed to show it. + +The following lines, written by Anna Gurney on the death of a friend +whom she dearly loved, might truly have been her own epitaph;-- + + Within this frame, by Jesu's grace, + High gifts and holy held their place; + A noble heart, a mighty mind, + Were here in bonds of clay confined. + + + + +GRIZEL HUME, THE DEVOTED DAUGHTER + +There was rejoicing at Redbraes Castle, Berwickshire, in February, +1676, for Sir Patrick Hume had returned home after seventeen months' +imprisonment in Stirling Castle. + +No one was more delighted at his return than his little ten years' old +daughter, Grizel, who loved him dearly, and was proud that he had +suffered imprisonment for conscience sake. He had been imprisoned as +'a factious person,' because he refused to contribute to the support of +the soldiers stationed in the country for the suppression of the +meetings of the Covenanters. + +Grizel was a very intelligent child, and surprised her father by her +knowledge of the political events of the day, and her detestation of +the Government. Some men would have been simply amused at her interest +in politics, but Sir Patrick saw that she was an exceptionally clever +child, and told her many things which he would have confided to few of +her seniors. One thing that he told her was of his desire to get a +letter conveyed to his friend Robert Baillie of Jerviswoode, who was +confined in the Tolbooth of Edinburgh for rescuing a minister--his +brother-in-law--from the hands of the Government's servants. + +Grizel at once volunteered to take the letter, and having overcome her +father's objections to sending her on such a dangerous mission, she +started on her long journey to Edinburgh, which she reached without +mishap. + +Being at Edinburgh she had now to devise some means of getting into +Robert Baillie's prison. For a child of her age to outwit the prison +officials one would think an impossibility; but she did. Joanna +Baillie states that she slipped in, noiselessly and unobserved, behind +the jailer, and hid in a dark corner until he withdrew, when she +stepped forward and presented the letter to the astonished prisoner. +Whether or not this be true, it is a fact that she gained admission to +the prison, delivered her letter, and escaped with the reply. + +Two years later, Sir Patrick Hume was again arrested, and although he +was neither tried nor told of what he was accused, he was kept in +prison for fifteen months. At first he was confined at Edinburgh, but +afterwards he was removed to Dumbarton Castle. + +At both of these places Grizel was allowed to visit him, but the +authorities never suspected that such a child would be used as a +political messenger. In the presence of the jailer she would give Sir +Patrick news of home. She showered kisses upon him, and delivered +loving messages from her mother, sisters, and brothers. But when the +jailer had withdrawn she gave her father an account of the movements of +his political friends, and delivered many important verbal messages, +which they had entrusted to her. By her means Sir Patrick was kept +informed of his friends' actions, and was able to assist them by his +advice. + +On being released from Dumbarton Castle he returned to his home in +Berwickshire, and for a time led a peaceful life, conscious that the +Government would have him arrested again if they could find a pretext +for doing so. + +In October, 1683, information was brought to him that his friend, +Robert Baillie, had been arrested in London, and imprisoned for alleged +connection with the Rye House Plot. Sir Patrick's friendship for +Robert Baillie was well known, and Grizel feared that her father would +soon be arrested on a similar charge. Sir Patrick was of the same +opinion, but the Government did not act with the promptitude he had +expected. + +It was not until nearly a year had elapsed that a lady sent word to him +that soldiers had arrived at her house, and that she had discovered +that they were on their way to arrest him. Instant flight was +imperative, for there was no place in Redbraes Castle in which he could +conceal himself from soldiers skilled in searching for enemies of the +Government. His wife and Grizel--the only people in the castle who +knew of his danger--discussed with him the most likely means of +escaping detection, and finally it was decided that he should hide in +the family vault in Polwarth Church, which stood about a mile and a +half from Redbraes Castle. + +In the middle of the night Grizel and a carpenter named Winter carried +bed and bedding to the vault. It was a weird hiding-place for Sir +Patrick, as the vault was littered with the skulls and bones of his +ancestors. Grizel shuddered at the sight, but she knew that the vault +was the only place which the soldiers would be unlikely to search. + +They arrived at Redbraes Castle confident that they would find Sir +Patrick there, and great was their surprise when they searched it from +cellar to turret without finding him. Even then they would not believe +that he had escaped them, so they made a second and still more thorough +search. Every cottage, stable, and shed in the neighbourhood of the +castle was searched, but no one examined the vaults in Polwarth Church. + +Sir Patrick Hume was safe from discovery in his gruesome hiding-place, +but he could not live without food, and the difficulty was to convey it +to him without being detected. + +This dangerous task Grizel, now nineteen years of age, undertook, and +every night, when all in the castle but herself were asleep, she crept +out with a stock of provisions for her father, and trudged the mile and +a half of country which lay between the castle and Polwarth Church. + +It was a trying journey for Grizel, for not only had she to fear being +seen by the soldiers, or some villager out late on poaching bent, but +she believed implicitly in ghosts--as did the majority of people in +those days. Frequently she was startled by the cry of a bird aroused +by her footsteps, and on several occasions a dog detected her, and +barked furiously. + +It can easily be understood that Grizel's visits were a great comfort +to Sir Patrick, for she was the only person who ventured to go to him. +She would spread out on the little table in the vault the provisions +which she had brought him, and while he ate his supper she amused him +by humorously relating the difficulties she met in obtaining them. +Lady Hume, Winter and herself were the only people who knew that Sir +Patrick was in the neighbourhood. Grizel's brothers and sisters and +the servants believed that he had fled from the country, and Grizel was +very anxious that they should not be undeceived, for the children might +unintentionally divulge the secret, and among the servants there were, +possibly, some who would be ready to earn a reward by betraying their +master. + +But her fear of admitting the children and servants into her secret +made the task of obtaining provisions exceedingly difficult. Had they +seen her taking food into her room, they would at once have suspected +that it was for her father, and that he was somewhere close at hand. +The only way in which she could get the food she required for him was +by slipping some of her dinner from her plate into her lap. This was +not an easy thing to do without being detected by some of her brothers +and sisters, of whom there were many at table, she being the eldest but +two of eighteen children. Once she feared that she had been +discovered. Her mother had given her a large helping of chicken, +knowing well that the greater portion of it would be taken that night +to Sir Patrick. One of Grizel's younger brothers had noticed the large +helping she had received, and was somewhat jealous that he had not been +served as liberally. A few moments later he glanced again at her +plate, and saw to his surprise that it was nearly empty. + +With a brother's acknowledged right to make personal remarks, he loudly +called attention to the fact that Grizel had eaten nearly all her big +helping before anyone else had scarcely started. Lady Hume promptly +reprimanded the boy, and ordered him to confine his attention to his +own plate. The youngster made no further remarks concerning his +sister's appetite, but Grizel often found him glancing at her during +meals, and was in constant fear that he would detect her slipping the +food into her lap. + +After giving her father the day's news of home and political events she +would start on her return journey, leaving Sir Patrick alone for +another twenty-four hours in his gruesome hiding-place. Many men would +have been driven out of their mind by a month's sojourn in a +skull-and-bone-littered tomb, but Sir Patrick was a man of high +spirits, and his daughter never once found him depressed. During a +previous imprisonment he had committed to memory Buchanan's translation +of the Psalms, and he obtained much comfort from repeating them while +in the Polwarth vault. + +One day as he sat at his little table deep in thought he fancied that +he saw a skull lying on the floor move slightly. He watched it, and +saw to his surprise that it was undoubtedly moving. He was not +alarmed, but stretching out his cane turned over the skull and startled +a mouse from underneath it. + +Grizel was determined that her father should not remain in the vault +longer than was absolutely necessary, and with the assistance of the +trusty Winter was preparing a hiding-place for him at the castle. +There was a room on the ground floor, the key of which was kept by +Grizel, and under this they dug a big hole with their bare hands, +fearing that the sound of a spade, if used, would be heard. Night +after night, when all but they two were asleep, they scratched out the +earth, and placed it on a sheet spread on the floor. Then, when their +night's work was done, they silently opened the window and emptied the +earth into the garden The hole in the floor they covered by placing a +bed over it. + +At last, when Grizel's finger nails were worn almost completely away, +the subterranean hiding-place was finished, Winter placing in it a +large box which he had made for the purpose. Inside the box was a bed +and bedding, and fresh air was admitted through holes pierced in the +lid and sides. In this box Sir Patrick was to hide whenever the +soldiers searched the house. + +But before telling her father that he could with safety return home +Grizel examined the underground room daily, to see that it was not +flooded. Feeling confident at last that the water would not percolate, +she told Sir Patrick of the hiding-place prepared for him, and during +the night he crept back to the castle. + +When he had been there a week without anyone but Grizel, her mother, +and Winter knowing of his presence, the water burst through into the +subterranean room and flooded the box. Grizel was for a few minutes +terror-stricken, for if the soldiers paid another visit to the castle, +there would be nowhere for her father to hide, and he would be +captured. She hurried to him to advise him to return that night to the +vault; but being an active man he disliked the prospect of prolonged +idleness, and decided to make an attempt to escape to Holland, where +many of his political friends had already found safety. + +Grizel now set to work to alter her father's clothes, so that he might +appear to be a man of humble station. Throughout the day and all +through the night she plied her needle, but her task was not finished +when the news reached the castle that Robert Baillie of Jerviswoode had +been executed at Edinburgh. Knowing that her father would meet a +similar fate if captured, she finished his disguise quickly, and urged +his instant flight. He acted on her advice, and had not been gone many +hours before the soldiers arrived and searched the castle thoroughly. + +After some narrow escapes from being recognised and arrested Sir +Patrick arrived at London, and crossed to France, making his way thence +to Holland. But before he had been there long he was declared a rebel, +and his estates confiscated. Lady Hume and her children were turned +out of the castle, and found themselves almost penniless. Grizel and +her mother, financially assisted by some friends, journeyed to London, +to petition the Government for an allowance out of the confiscated +estates, and after much difficulty succeeded in obtaining a paltry +pittance of L150 a year. + +Sir Patrick's hatred of the Stuarts was naturally increased by the +treatment his wife and children had received at their hands, and he +threw himself heart and soul into the conspiracy for invading England +and Scotland. He took part, under the Duke of Argyle, in the invasion +of Scotland, and on the failure of the enterprise remained in hiding +until he found an opportunity to escape to Ireland, and thence to +Holland _via_ France. Here Lady Hume, Grizel, and all the children but +one soon joined him. + +Sir Patrick had very little money at this time, and Grizel was soon +sent back to Scotland to attend to some business on his behalf, and +collect money owing to him. She was also to bring back with her a +sister who had been left with friends in Scotland. + +Grizel having performed the business entrusted to her, sailed for +Holland with her sister, but before they had been at sea many hours a +terrible storm arose, which, of course, considerably prolonged the +voyage. This would not have been a great hardship, had the captain +been an ordinary man. He happened to be a cowardly bully, and being +short of food for himself, he forcibly took from Grizel and her sister +the biscuits which they had brought aboard for their own use. These he +ate in their presence. But this was not the worst. Grizel had paid +for a cabin bed for herself and sister, but the captain appropriated +it, and they were compelled to sleep on the floor. However, they +arrived in safety at their destination, and Sir Patrick was exceedingly +pleased with the way in which Grizel had transacted his business. + +The three years and a half which followed were comparatively uneventful +for the British exiles in Holland. Grizel devoted herself almost +entirely to domestic duties, for her father was too poor to keep +servants, and the only assistance she had was from a little girl who +was paid to come in daily to wash the plates and dishes. Every morning +she rose at six o'clock, and was busy until she retired to bed at +night. She washed and dressed the children, assisted her father in +teaching them, mended their clothes, and performed other duties which +it would be tedious to enumerate. The few hours during which she +managed to be free from domestic duties she devoted to practising music +and studying French and German. + +Grizel was now a beautiful young woman, and her gentle manner and +sweetness made her a favourite of all with whom she came into contact. +Two Scotch exiles fell in love with her, but she declined their offers +of marriage, greatly to the surprise of her father, who did not know +that she was the promised wife of another man--George Baillie, son of +his old friend Robert Baillie. George and Grizel had known each other +for many years. George was visiting his father in prison at Edinburgh +when Grizel, to the surprise of both of them, slipped out from a dark +corner and delivered her father's letter. + +The bravery of the little girl made a lasting impression on the boy, +and during the troublous years that followed he managed to see her on +several occasions. Each liked the other, and their liking changed to +love long before they were out of their teens. George's estates had +been confiscated, and he was serving as a private in the Prince of +Orange's Guards, where he had for his chum one of Grizel's brothers. +When off duty he was frequently at the Humes' house, and there, one +day, Grizel promised to become his wife. They kept their engagement a +secret, for Grizel did not wish it to be known until the good days, +which she was convinced were in store for Great Britain, arrived. + +The good days came at last. The Prince of Orange's troops landed at +Torbay, and the last of the Stuart kings fled from the land he had +misruled. Honours were now conferred upon the men who had suffered at +the hands of Charles II. and James II. Sir Patrick Hume had his +estates restored to him, and was created Lord Polwarth. Six years +later he was made Earl of Marchmont and Lord Chancellor of Scotland. +The queen greatly admired Grizel, and asked her to become one of her +maids of honour, but she declined the offer, as George Baillie, whose +estate had been restored to him, wanted her to fulfil her promise. She +was quite willing to do so, and they were married on September 17, 1692. + +In 1703 Lady Hume died. On her death-bed she looked at those standing +around her and asked anxiously 'Where is Grizel?' Grizel, who had been +standing back so that her beloved mother should not see her tears, came +forward at once. 'My dear Grizel,' Lady Hume said, holding her by the +hand, 'blessed be you above all, for a helpful child you have been to +me.' + +Grizel's married life was exceedingly happy, and lasted for forty-six +years. She often declared that during those years she and her husband +never had the slightest quarrel or misunderstanding. Throughout her +married life she was indefatigable in good works for the poor, and she +continued her kindly deeds after her husband's death. The rebellion of +1745 caused much distress in her native land, and her money was given +freely to the ruined of both parties. Her own income had been greatly +reduced, as her impoverished tenants were unable to pay her, and soon +she found herself pressed for money. All that she had possessed had +been given to those in distress, and now, in her eighty-first year, she +was unable to pay for the common necessaries of life. She called +together the tradesmen, whom she had hitherto paid promptly, and told +them that she was now poor, and would have to remain so until her +tenants were prosperous enough to pay their rents. Perhaps they would +not be in a position to do so during her lifetime, and she left it to +them, the tradesmen, to decide whether or not they would continue to +serve her, and run the risk of not being paid. Unanimously and +promptly the tradesmen declared that, as heretofore, she should have +the best of their stock. Joanna Baillie gives their reply in the +following lines:-- + + No, noble dame! this must not be. + With heart as warm and hand as free + Still thee and thine we'll serve with pride, + As when fair fortune graced your side. + The best of all our stores afford + Shall daily smoke upon thy board; + And should'st thou never clear the score, + Heaven, for thy sake, will bless our store. + + +The tradesmen were paid eventually, but not by Lady Grizel Baillie, for +she died on December 6, 1746, before prosperity came to her tenants. A +long life had been given her, and she had spent it nobly exhibiting all +the good qualities which a woman should possess. + + + + +LUCY HUTCHINSON, A BRAVE WIFE + +One morning in the spring of 1638 a large number of people had +assembled at a Richmond Church to witness the marriage of John +Hutchinson, eldest son of Sir Thomas Hutchinson, with Lucy Apsley, the +daughter of Sir Allen Apsley. The bride, who was only eighteen years +of age, was, according to her contemporaries, exceedingly beautiful and +very accomplished; her future husband was learned, well-bred and +handsome. Both had a host of friends, and thus it was that a large +crowd had gathered at the church to witness their marriage. + +The time for the bride to arrive at the church had come; but she was +not there. Minutes passed, and soon a messenger arrived with the news +that the marriage would not take place that day. 'But why was it +postponed?' This was the question which the disappointed friends +asked, and the answer was soon forthcoming. + +Lucy Apsley had been seized with small-pox on her wedding morning. In +those days small-pox was far more feared than it is at the present +time, and the crowd quickly dispersed, some of the people fearing that +the messenger who brought the bad news might also have brought the +dreaded disease. + +For some time it was thought that Lucy Apsley would die from the +complaint, but she recovered. There were many people, however, who +declared that it would have been better if she had died, for the once +beautiful girl was now much disfigured, and the Society gossips +expressed their confidence that John Hutchinson would never marry her. + +It was unjustifiable for these people to talk of John Hutchinson as if +he were a scoundrel, for he was a manly, honourable, young fellow, and +quite unlikely to refuse to marry Lucy Apsley because she had lost her +beauty. He told her that he was thankful to God for having spared her, +and urged her to marry him as soon as it was possible. + +They were married at St. Andrew's Church, Holborn, on July 3, 1638, the +bride presenting such a shocking appearance that the clergyman who +performed the ceremony could not look at her a second time. It is +highly satisfactory to be able to say that in the course of time Lucy +Hutchinson regained some of her beauty; but the contemporary writer's +statement that she became as beautiful as ever she had been must be +received with a certain amount of doubt. + +However, it is not for her beauty but for her bravery that Lucy +Hutchinson deserves to be remembered. When she had spent a few happy +years of married life, the troubles which ended in the execution of +Charles I. began. It was impossible for any man or woman to refrain +from siding with one or the other party in this momentous struggle, for +any person who claimed to be neutral would have been suspected by both +parties. Lucy Hutchinson's husband was of a studious disposition, and +had little taste for the frivolities and dissipation in which the +majority of men of his position indulged, and it is therefore not +surprising that, when it became necessary to take part in the struggle, +he determined to espouse the cause of the Parliamentary party. + +This step caused Lucy Hutchinson some sorrow, for her brother and many +other members of her family were fighting for King Charles. However, +she felt that it was her duty to hold the same political opinions as +her husband, and she became a staunch Parliamentarian. + +The Cavaliers, hearing that John Hutchinson had proclaimed sympathy +with the Roundheads, decided to take him prisoner immediately, but +warning of their intention reached him, and he fled to Leicestershire. +Lucy joined him at the earliest opportunity, but they had little peace, +for the Cavaliers were constantly in search of John Hutchinson. + +After fleeing from place to place he arrived at Nottingham, soon after +the battle of Edgehill. The Cavaliers were on their way to take +possession of Nottingham, and John Hutchinson and others urged the +citizens to defend the town. The militia was organised, and John +Hutchinson was appointed a lieutenant-colonel. + +Lucy Hutchinson was at this time living at their home at Owthorpe, but +her husband, thinking that she would be safer in Nottingham than alone +in a neighbourhood which abounded with Royalists, sent a troop of horse +to remove her by night. It was an adventurous journey, but was +accomplished safely. Finding that the citizens of Nottingham were +prepared to offer a determined resistance, the Cavaliers did not attack +the town, but passed on with the intention of returning later to +capture it. + +The citizens of Nottingham, pleased with the energy shown by Colonel +Hutchinson, elected him Governor of Nottingham Castle. It was a high +post for a man only twenty-seven years of age, but Colonel Hutchinson +soon proved that he was well fitted for it The castle, although +standing in an excellent position, was in a dilapidated condition and +required much strengthening before it could be considered strong enough +to withstand a determined attack. The required alterations were +carried out under Colonel Hutchinson's supervision, and at length all +that was needed to withstand a siege was a stock of provisions and a +larger garrison. These, however, the governor could not obtain. + +A period of waiting followed. Again and again the rumour spread that +the Cavaliers were approaching to capture the castle, but they did not +attack it. Their guns were heard in the distance, but for some reason +known only to themselves they did not deliver the long-expected +assault. Lucy Hutchinson had an unenviable time. Loving a peaceful, +domestic life, she was compelled to live in the midst of turmoil. She +saw to the feeding of the soldiers, a trying task considering that so +far the Parliamentary party had allowed her husband nothing whatever +towards defraying the cost of maintaining the garrison, and that the +stock of provisions was running low. Moreover she was often troubled +concerning the safety of her relatives. Her eldest brother, Sir Allen +Apsley, of whom she was exceedingly fond, was fighting gallantly for +the king, and believing that the Parliamentarians would triumph, she +feared that if he escaped death on the battle-field, it would only be +to suffer imprisonment and the confiscation of his estate. + +At last, in 1644, the Earl of Newcastle sent a messenger to Colonel +Hutchinson calling upon him to surrender Nottingham Castle to the +Royalists, a demand that was promptly refused. 'If his lordship would +have that poor castle,' the colonel said to the messenger, 'he must +wade to it in blood.' + +The messenger departed, and Colonel Hutchinson made preparations to +withstand a siege. Greatly to his surprise, however, the attempt on +the castle was not made, the Earl of Newcastle having been compelled to +march his forces to the assistance of Royalists in another part of the +country. + +Before long, however, the citizens of Nottingham veered round to the +Royalist party, and decided to betray the town. One night they +secretly admitted 600 Cavaliers, commanded by Colonel Hutchinson's +cousin, Sir Richard Byron, and before daybreak the town was in their +hands. But not the castle. With only eighty men, Colonel Hutchinson +determined to hold it against the enemy until not a man remained alive. +His force should have been much larger, but many of his men had on the +previous evening quitted the castle without permission and entered the +town. While enjoying themselves the Cavaliers arrived and made them +prisoners. + +Among the Parliamentarians who were taken prisoners in Nottingham were +the surgeons, and the defenders of the castle entered into the fight +with the unpleasant belief that if they were wounded there would be no +one to attend to their wounds. + +They were mistaken. When the battle had been raging for some minutes, +and the wounded defenders were being removed from further danger, Lucy +Hutchinson came forward, and skilfully and tenderly dressed their +wounds. For five days, attending to the wounded was her chief duty, +and many a poor fellow's life was saved by her promptitude and skill. + +One day, while resting from her labours, she saw three Royalists being +led away to the dungeon. They were wounded, and had been captured in +the latest assault on the castle. Seeing that they were wounded, Lucy +Hutchinson at once dressed their injuries, and while thus employed one +of her husband's officers angrily upbraided her for having pity on +them, concluding with the assertion that 'his soul abhorred to see this +favour to the enemies of God.' + +'I've done nothing but my duty,' she replied. 'These are our enemies, +but they are also our fellow-creatures.' + +For five days the little band of Roundheads held out against the strong +force of Cavaliers, and they were fully prepared for a long siege, +when, to their surprise, they saw the enemy beat a hurried retreat. In +a short time they knew the cause. A strong Parliamentary force was +advancing to the relief of Nottingham Castle. + +For his good defence of the castle, Parliament ratified the appointment +made by the citizens, and promoted Colonel Hutchinson to be governor of +the town as well as of the castle. + +Unable to obtain the castle by force of arms, the Royalists now tempted +Colonel Hutchinson, by offering him any terms he might name, if he +would surrender it and join their party. These attempts to suborn him +he ignored, and held the castle for the Parliamentary party until peace +was declared, and he was able to return with his wife and children to +his ruined home at Owthorpe. In the meanwhile, Lucy Hutchinson was +anxious concerning her brother, Sir Allen Apsley, who had held +Barnstaple for the king as gallantly as her husband had held Nottingham +Castle for the Parliament. He was a marked man, but Colonel Hutchinson +used his now great influence to obtain immunity from molestation for +the gallant Cavalier. + +Until the death of Cromwell, Lucy Hutchinson and her husband lived very +happily with their children at their rebuilt Owthorpe home. But +immediately after that event troubles began. The Royalists, hoping to +bring about a restoration of monarchy, were eager to obtain arms, and +planned a raid on Owthorpe; but their designs were repeated to Lucy +Hutchinson by a boy who overheard the conspiracy, and when the robbers +arrived they were speedily put to flight. + +As the prospects of a Restoration became greater, Lucy Hutchinson grew +alarmed for the safety of her husband, who was one of the men who had +signed the death-warrant of Charles I. The friends of the exiled king +had promised him pardon and preferment if he would become a Royalist, +but this he had firmly declined to do. + +On May 29, 1660, Charles II. was restored to the throne, and little +mercy could be expected from him by those who had signed his father's +death-warrant. Some of Colonel Hutchinson's friends urged him to +follow Ingoldsby's example, and declare that Cromwell had held his hand +and compelled him to sign it, but he rejected this advice with the +greatest indignation. + +In a terrible state of anxiety Lucy Hutchinson applied to her brother +for assistance and advice. Sir Allen Apsley was naturally in high +favour at court, where his gallant fight for Charles I. was well known, +and he was glad of an opportunity to help the brother-in-law who had +protected him in time of danger. Moreover, there was another reason +why he was anxious to help Colonel Hutchinson--he, Sir Allen, had +recently married his sister. + +Sir Allen Apsley worked exceedingly hard to obtain his brother-in-law's +pardon, and at last he had the joy of telling his sister that her +husband's name was inserted in the Act of Oblivion, and his estates +unconditionally freed to him. + +Great was Lucy Hutchinson's joy at the pardon of her husband, and she +looked forward to spending the remainder of their days in peace at +their beloved Owthorpe. Alas! this was not to be. There were many +Royalists who were highly displeased at Colonel Hutchinson's receiving +a pardon, and they determined to ruin him. Very conveniently they +discovered, or said that they had discovered, a Puritan plot for a +rising, and that Colonel Hutchinson was one of the conspirators. As +far as Colonel Hutchinson was concerned the story was utterly untrue, +but, nevertheless, on the strength of it, he was arrested for treason, +carried to London and placed in the Tower. After ten months in the +Tower, during which his wife visited him regularly, he was removed to +Sandown Castle, where, in a damp cell against the walls of which the +sea washed, he contracted ague. Lucy Hutchinson implored the governor +to be permitted to share her husband's prison, but he refused, and +treated both her and him with brutality. + +Sir Allen Apsley, hearing of the treatment accorded to his +brother-in-law, used his influence to bring about a change in his +condition, but the alteration came too late, and he died on September +11, 1664. Lucy Hutchinson was not present when he died, but the +message he sent to her was:--'Let her, as she is above other women, +show herself on this occasion a good Christian, and above the pitch of +ordinary minds.' + +Little is known of Lucy Hutchinson after her husband's death, beyond +that she soon sold Owthorpe, and that some years later she referred to +herself as being in adversity. By adversity she probably referred to +her widowed state, for it is very unlikely that with many rich +relatives a woman of simple tastes would be in want of money. But of +this we may be sure: that, whether old age found her rich or poor, it +found her a noble-minded, Christian Englishwoman. + + + + +LADY BAKER, AN EXPLORER'S COMPANION + +When Samuel White Baker decided to make an attempt to discover the +sources of the Nile, his young wife determined to accompany him and +share his dangers and hardships. On April 15, 1861, they started from +Cairo, and after a twenty-six days' journey by boat they disembarked at +Korosko, and plunged into the dreary desert. Their camels travelled at +a rapid pace, but the heat was terrible, and Mrs. Baker was taken +seriously ill before arriving at Berber. She was, however, +sufficiently recovered to accompany her husband when he started off +along the dry bed of the Atbara, and soon had a novel experience, which +Baker in _The Nile Tributaries of Abyssinia_, describes as follows:-- + +'At half-past eight I was lying half asleep upon my bed by the margin +of the river, when I fancied that I heard a rumbling like distant +thunder. Hardly had I raised my head to listen more attentively, when +a confusion of voices arose from the Arabs' camp, with the sound of +many feet; and in a few minutes they rushed into my camp, shouting to +my men in the darkness, "El Bahr! El Bahr!"'[1] The rolling flood was +sweeping down the dry bed of the river. 'We were up in an instant. +Many of the people were asleep on the clean sand in the river's bed; +these were quickly awakened by the Arabs.... Hardly had they (the +Arabs) descended, when the sound of the river in the darkness beneath +told us that the water had arrived; and the men, dripping with wet, had +just sufficient time to drag their heavy burdens up the bank. All was +darkness and confusion. The river had arrived like "a thief in the +night."' + +When daylight came a mighty river was flowing where yesterday there was +only dry land. + +Proceeding to Kassala, Baker engaged additional camels and attendants, +and then crossing the Atbara at Korasi proceeded to Sofi, where he +decided to halt for five months. Big game abounded, and Baker enjoyed +excellent sport. Shooting and studying Arabic occupied nearly all his +attention, until Mrs. Baker was taken ill with gastric fever. For a +time it was not expected that she would recover; but, fortunately, she +was spared to assist her husband in the arduous labours which followed. + +Mr. and Mrs. Baker arrived at Khartoum on June 11, 1862, and remained +there for six months, waiting for the rains to cease, and for the +northerly winds to set in. Quitting Khartoum on December 18, 1862, +they arrived at Gondokoro on February 2, 1863. Baker was the first +Englishman to visit the place, and the reception which the +slave-traders accorded him was far from cordial. Believing him to be a +spy of the British Government, they concealed their slaves, and waited +anxiously for him to depart. In the meanwhile they made friends with +his men, sowed discontent amongst them, and succeeded in inciting them +to make a raid for food on the natives in the next village. + +Baker, hearing of the proposed raid, promptly forbade it, whereupon his +men mutinied. Seizing the ringleader, Baker proceeded to give him a +sound thrashing, but was at once attacked by the rest of the men, and +would certainly have been killed had not Mrs. Baker rushed to the +rescue. Her sudden appearance on the scene--for it was known she was +ill with fever--and her appeals to some of the men to help her save her +husband caused the mutineers to hesitate. Instantly Baker saw his +opportunity. 'Fall in!' he commanded, and so accustomed were the men +to obeying his orders that the majority fell in instantly. The +ringleader and a few others refused to obey, and Baker was about to +administer another thrashing to the former when his wife besought him +not to do so. He acted on her advice, and promised to overlook the +mutineers' conduct if they apologised, which they promptly and +profusely did. + +The slave-traders now declared that they would not permit the Bakers to +penetrate into the interior, but, ignoring the threats, husband and +wife resumed their journey. Soon they came into contact with a +well-armed party of these traders, and a fight would have resulted had +not Mrs. Baker suggested that they should make friends with the leader. +'Had I been alone,' Baker writes, 'I should have been too proud to have +sought the friendship of the sullen trader; and the moment on which +success depended would have been lost.... The fate of the expedition +was retrieved by Mrs. Baker.' + +It was, of course, a trying task for Mr. and Mrs. Baker to be on +friendly terms with a slave-trader, and they both felt it to be so, but +it was productive of good. The slave-trader informed Baker that his +(Baker's) men intended to mutiny and kill him and his wife. Baker was +on his guard, and nipped the mutiny in the bud. + +After many hardships and perils borne uncomplainingly by Mrs. Baker, +they reached the territory of the King of Unyoro, where his majesty's +brother, M'gambi, was continually asking for presents. Having received +a great number from Baker, M'gambi went on to demand that Mrs. Baker +might be given to him. 'Drawing my revolver quietly, I held it within +two feet of his chest,' Baker writes, 'and looking at him with +undisguised contempt, I told him that if I touched the trigger, not all +the men could save him: and that it he dared to repeat the insult I +would shoot him on the spot. At the same time, I explained to him that +in my country such insolence would entail bloodshed; and I looked upon +him as an ignorant ox who knew no better; and that this excuse alone +could save him. My wife, naturally indignant, had risen from her seat, +and maddened with the excitement of the moment, she made a little +speech in Arabic (not a word of which he understood) with a countenance +almost as amiable as the head of Medusa. Altogether the +_mise-en-scene_ utterly astonished him. The woman, Bacheta, although +savage, had appropriated the insult to her mistress, and she also +fearlessly let fly at him, translating as nearly as she could the +complimentary address that "Medusa" had just delivered. + +Whether this little _coup de theatre_ had so impressed M'gambi with +British female independence, that he wished to be "off his bargain," I +cannot say; but, with an air of complete astonishment, he said; "Don't +be angry! I had no intention of offending you by asking for your wife; +I will give you a wife if you want one; and I thought you had no +objection to give me yours: it is my custom to give my visitors pretty +wives, and I thought you might exchange. Don't make a fuss about it; +if you don't like it, there's an end of it: I will never mention it +again." This very practical apology I received very sternly.' + +After this interview with M'gambi, the Bakers resumed their journey, +escorted by 300 local men, whose services Baker soon discovered it +would be advisable to dispense with. He was now left with only twelve +men, and it was doubtful whether he would be able to reach his +destination and get back to Gondokoro in time to catch the last boat to +Khartoum that season. If he failed to do so, it meant another year in +Central Africa, and he did not wish his wife to endure that. But Mrs. +Baker was interested deeply in her husband's work, and urged him not to +consider her health before accomplishing his task. + +A few days later she received a sun-stroke, and for several days lay in +a litter in an unconscious state. Brain fever followed, and no one +believed that she could possibly recover. A halt was made, and the men +put a new handle to the pick-axe ready to dig a grave, the site of +which had been selected. But the preparations were premature. Mrs. +Baker recovered consciousness, and two days later the weary march was +resumed, to be crowned on March 14, 1864, with success, for on that day +they saw before them the tremendous sheet of water now well known by +the name the discoverer gave it, there and then,--the Albert Nyanza. + +We can imagine Mrs. Baker's joy on finding that their expedition had +been crowned with success, and that the perils and hardships which she +had shared uncomplainingly with her husband had not been endured in +vain. It would perhaps have only been natural if she had now urged her +husband to return to civilisation as quickly as possible, but she did +not do so. + +For thirteen days they explored in canoes the eastern shore of the +newly-discovered lake, coming at last to the mouth of Somerset or +Victoria Nile. Ascending the river they discovered a series of +cataracts, ending in a magnificent fall. These Baker named Murchison +Falls, as a compliment to the President of the Royal Geographical +Society. Continuing the journey on foot, they came to a deserted +village, where they were compelled to remain for two months through the +treachery of the King of Unyoro. This dusky potentate had promised +Baker every assistance that he could give, but having decided to make +an attack on two neighbouring tribes he asked the Englishman to +accompany his force and fight for him. This Baker refused to do, and, +in revenge, the king sent secret orders to Baker's followers to desert +him, and leave him and his wife to starve. In a desolate spot, unable +to obtain provisions, Mr. and Mrs. Baker existed for two months, +growing weaker daily from fever and want of proper food. However, +after many attempts, Baker managed to obtain an interview with the +king, and persuaded him to treat them humanely. The king would not, +however, allow them to quit his territory, and it was not until +November, 1864, that they succeeded in escaping. + +After many adventures they arrived at Khartoum on May 3, 1865, where +their arrival created great surprise among the Europeans, who had long +since been convinced that they were dead. + +On reaching England in October, 1865, the Bakers were given an +enthusiastic reception. Various learned societies at home and abroad +bestowed their highest honours upon Baker, and Queen Victoria conferred +a knighthood upon him. + +Mrs. Baker's bravery in accompanying her husband through so many +dangers was naturally praised by all classes, and it was felt by many +people that some honour should be conferred upon her. In Messrs. +Murray and White's _Sir Samuel Baker: a Memoir_ (Macmillan), it is +stated that Mr. W. E. Gladstone proposed that a subscription should be +started for presenting a suitable testimonial to her. This was, +however, prior to her becoming Lady Baker, and perhaps it was +considered that having received an honour the testimonial was +unnecessary. At any rate Mr. Gladstone's suggestion was not carried +out. + +In the spring of 1869, Sir Samuel and Lady Baker returned to Africa. +The Khedive had appointed Sir Samuel Governor-General of the Equatorial +Nile Basin, to suppress the slave-trade, to develop the natural +resources of the country, and open the great lakes to navigation. This +was a formidable task, and made more difficult by the jealousy of the +Egyptian authorities, who neglected to give him the support which they +should have done. + +For two years Sir Samuel Baker was busy fighting slave-traders and +native tribes, and throughout this exciting period he was accompanied +by his wife, who was subjected to the same dangers as he or any man in +his force. At one time she was in great danger of being laid low at +any moment by bullet or spear. This was during the retreat from +Masendi, a position which Sir Samuel Baker was compelled to abandon on +June 14, 1872. For eighty miles the little band, composed of about 100 +men, marched in double file through tangled forest and gigantic grass, +fighting the whole distance. Bullets whizzed past Lady Baker, and many +a spear went within an inch of her, but unalarmed she marched on +_carrying ammunition_. The enemy hoped to annihilate the party before +it got clear of the long grass, but the determined men who were +fighting for their lives discovered the ambuscades and drove out the +enemy. Night and day the hidden foe harassed the party, and Lady Baker +knew that any moment might be her last. Nevertheless, she trudged on +with her burden of ammunition, and on some occasions marched sixteen +miles at a stretch. It was a weary march through that +grass-jungle--which harboured hundreds of the enemy--and it seemed that +it would never end. To accelerate their retreat, the cattle were +abandoned and loads of valuable goods were burnt or thrown away. At +times it seemed as if they could not possibly escape, and, in fact, +news reached England that they had been slaughtered during the retreat +from Masendi. + +However, they got through safely, and shortly afterwards inflicted a +crushing defeat on the enemy. Lady Baker was present at this battle, +but although the bullets whizzed to the right, to the left, and above +her, she escaped injury. Sir Samuel not only praised her bravery, but +he wrote of her: 'She has always been my prime minister, to give good +counsel in moments of difficulty and danger.' + +On completion of the four years' service for which the Khedive had +engaged him, Sir Samuel Baker returned with his wife to England, where +once more they received an enthusiastic reception. When they again +travelled abroad it was in more civilised parts of the world, and +unattended by the perils which had assailed them in Africa. Sir Samuel +Baker died on December 30, 1893, at Sandford Orleigh, near Newton +Abbot, aged 72. He was a brave and clever man, but not a little of his +success was due to the fact that he had a wife who shared his ambition, +and did all that lay in her power to bring his undertakings to a +successful issue. + + + +[1] The river. + + + + +THE END. + + + + +The Young Girl's Library. + + +TWO GIRLS IN A SIEGE. A Tale of the Great Civil War. By EDITH C. +KENYON, Author of "Queen of Nine Days," etc. With Three Illustrations +by J. MACFARLANE. + +THE SHEPHERD'S FAIRY. By the Author of "Mr. Mygale's Hobby." With +Three Illustrations. + +MISS NETTIE'S GIRLS. A Story of London East End Life. By CONSTANCE +EVELYN. With Three Illustrations. + + +GWEN'S INFLUENCE. By FRANCES TOFT, Author of "Uncle Ronald," etc. +With Three Illustrations by CHARLES HORRELL. + +CHRISTIE REDFERN'S TROUBLES. By MRS. ROBERTSON. With Three +Illustrations by E. BARNARD LINTOTT, Author of "The Orphans of Glen +Elder." + +ANGEL'S BROTHER. By ELEANOR A. STOOKE, Author of "The Bottom of the +Bread Pan." With Three Illustrations by W. H. C. GROOME. + + +THE RELIGIOUS TRACT SOCIETY. LONDON. + + + +Popular Stories + +By + +Well-Known + +Writers + + + + HESBA STRETTON + Mrs. O. F. WALTON + EVELYN EVERETT-GREEN + AMY LE FEUVRE + ETC. ETC. + + + + Issued by + The Religious Tract Society + 4 Bouverie Street and + 65 St. Paul's Churchyard + London, E.C. + + + +POPULAR STORIES BY + +HESBA STRETTON. + + +HALF BROTHERS. By Hesba Stretton. With Four Illustrations by Lancelot +Speed. + +CAROLA. By Hesba Stretton. Illustrated. + +COBWEBS AND CABLES. By Hesba Stretton. Illustrated. + +THROUGH A NEEDLE'S EYE. By Hesba Stretton. Illustrated. + +DAVID LLOYD'S LAST WILL. By Hesba Stretton. Illustrated. + +THE SOUL OF HONOUR. By Hesba Stretton. With Frontispiece. + + + +UNIFORM EDITIONS OF STORIES + +BY + +EVELYN EVERETT-GREEN. + + +_Miss Everett-Green has long been known and appreciated as a practised +and skilled writer, and while many of her tales are specially suited +for girls, they will also be read with profit and interest by adults. +The Society is issuing the whole series of her longer stories in a +uniform style._ + + +THE CONSCIENCE OF ROGER TREHERN. By Evelyn Everett-Green. Illustrated. + +JOINT GUARDIANS. By Evelyn Everett-Green. With a Frontispiece. + +MARCUS STRATFORD'S CHARGE; or, Roy's Temptation. By Evelyn +Everett-Green. With a Frontispiece. + +ALWYN RAVENDALE. By Evelyn Everett-Green. With Frontispiece by Harold +Copping. + +LENORE ANNANDALE'S STORY. By Evelyn Everett-Green. With a +Frontispiece. + +THE HEAD OF THE HOUSE. By Evelyn Everett-Green. With a Frontispiece. + +THE MISTRESS OF LYDGATE PRIORY; or, The Story of a Long Life. By +Evelyn Everett-Green. With a Frontispiece. + +THE PERCIVALS. By Evelyn Everett-Green. With a Frontispiece. + + +LONDON: THE RELIGIOUS TRACT SOCIETY. + + +POPULAR STORIES BY + +MRS. O. F. WALTON. + +AUTHOR OF 'A PEEP BEHIND THE SCENES.' + + +THE LOST CLUE. By Mrs. Walton. With Illustrations by Adolf Thiede. + +A PEEP BEHIND THE SCENES. By Mrs. Walton. Illustrated. + +WAS I RIGHT? By Mrs. Walton. Illustrated. + +DOCTOR FORESTER. By Mrs. Walton. With Four Illustrations by Ernest +Prater. + +SCENES IN THE LIFE OF AN OLD ARM-CHAIR. By Mrs. Walton. Illustrated. + +OLIVE'S STORY; or, Life at Ravenscliffe. By Mrs. Walton. Illustrated. + + +LONDON: THE RELIGIOUS TRACT SOCIETY. + + +POPULAR STORIES BY + +AMY LE FEUVRE. + + +THE MENDER; A Story of Modern Domestic Life. By Amy Le Feuvre. +Illustrated. + +ODD MADE EVEN. By Amy Le Feuvre. Seven Illustrations by Harold +Copping. + +HEATHER'S MISTRESS. By Amy Le Feuvre. With Fifteen Illustrations by +J. S. Crompton. + +ON THE EDGE OF THE MOOR. By Amy Le Feuvre. + +THE CARVED CUPBOARD. By Amy Le Feuvre. + +DWELL DEEP; or Hilda Thorn's Life Story. By Amy Le Feuvre. + +ODD. By Amy Le Feuvre. Illustrated. + +A LITTLE MAID. By Amy Le Feuvre. + +A PUZZLING PAIR. By Amy Le Feuvre. With Illustrations by Eveline +Lance. + + +LONDON; THE RELIGIOUS TRACT SOCIETY. + + + +The Bouverie Florin Library. + +A New Series of Interesting Stories. Each with Title-page and +Illustrations in Colour. Attractively bound. Large crown 8vo, Cloth +Gilt, 2s. each. + + +THE AWAKENING OF ANTHONY WEIR. By SILAS K. HOCKING. With coloured and +other illustrations. + +IN THE DAYS OF THE GIRONDE. A Story for Girls. By THEKLA. With +coloured illustrations by W. E. WIGFULL. + +MONEY AND THE MAN. By H. M. WARD. With coloured illustrations by A. +TWIDLE. + +THE CHARIOTS OF THE LORD: A Romance of the Time of James II. and the +coming of William of Orange. With four coloured illustrations by ADOLF +THIEDE. + +A ROSE OF YORK. By FLORENCE BONE. With coloured illustrations by +DUDLEY TENNANT. + +THE WONDER CHILD: An Australian Story. By ETHEL TURNER. With coloured +and other illustrations. + +FROM PRISON TO PARADISE: A Story of English Peasant Life in 1557. By +ALICE LANG. With coloured and other illustrations. + +A HERO IN THE STRIFE. By LOUISA C. SILKE. With coloured frontispiece +by J. FINNEMORE. + +ADNAH: A Tale of the Time of Christ. By J. BRECKENRIDGE ELLIS. With +coloured title-page and frontispiece. + +LIVING IT OUT. By H. M. WARD, Author of 'Money and the Man,' etc. +With three coloured illustrations by W. E. WIGFULL. + +THE TROUBLE MAN: or, The Wards of St. James. By EMILY P. WEAVER. With +three coloured illustrations by DUDLEY TENNANT. + +THE MEN OF THE MOUNTAIN. A Stirring Tale of the Franco-German War of +1870-1871. By S. R. CROCKETT, Author of 'The White Plumes of Navarre,' +'The Lilac Sunbonnet,' &c. Illustrated. + +THE LOST CLUE. By Mrs. O. F. WALTON, Author of 'A Peep Behind the +Scenes,' &c. Illustrated. + +LOVE, THE INTRUDER. A Modern Romance. By HELEN H. WATSON, Author of +'Andrew Goodfellow,' &c. Illustrated. + +THE FIGHTING LINE. By DAVID LYALL. Author of 'The Gold that +Perisheth,' &c. Illustrated. + +THE HIGHWAY OF SORROW: A Story of Modern Russia. By Hesba Stretton. +With 4 Illustrations by J. Finnemore, R.I. + +VEILED HEARTS: A Romance of Modern Egypt. By Rachel Willard. With 3 +Illustrations. + +SUNDAY SCHOOL ROMANCES. By Alfred B. Cooper, with 8 Illustrations. + +THE COSSART COUSINS. By Evelyn Everett-Green. With 4 Illustrations by +Gordon Browne, R.I. + +THE FAMILY NEXT DOOR. By Evelyn Everett-Green. With Frontispiece by +Lancelot Speed. + +GREYFRIARS. By E. Everett-Green. With Frontispiece by Ernest Prater. + +PEGGY SPRY. By H. M. Ward. With 3 illustrations by Ernest Prater. + + + +The 'Queen' Library. + +A New Series of Delightful Stories for younger Girls, Each with three +Coloured Illustrations: Large crown 8vo. Attractively bound in Cloth +Gilt, 2s. 6d. + + +MARGARET, or, The Hidden Treasure. By N.F.P.K. With three coloured +illustrations by VICTOR PROUT. + +AGAINST THE WORLD. By EVELYN R. GARRATT, Author of 'Free to Serve.' +With three coloured illustrations by J. A. SYMINGTON. + +LITTLE MISS. By M. B. MANWELL, Author of 'The Captain's Bunk,' +'Daisy's Knight,' etc. With three coloured illustrations by F. E. +HILEY. + +BELLE AND DOLLY. By ANNE BEALE. With three coloured illustrations by +A. TWIDLE. + + + +LONDON: THE RELIGIOUS TRACT SOCIETY. + + + + 'BRAVE DEEDS' SERIES. + + _Well Illustrated._ + + BRAVE DEEDS OF YOUTHFUL HEROES. + STRANGE TALES OF PERIL AND ADVENTURE. + ADVENTURES ASHORE AND AFLOAT. + THE ROMANCE OF REAL LIFE. + True Incidents in the Lives of the Great and Good. + WIND AND WAVE. A Tale of the Siege of Leyden. + THE CRUISE OF THE 'MARY ROSE.' + CEDAR CREEK; Or, from Shanty to Settlement. + A BOOK OF HEROES; + Or, Great Victories in the Fight for Freedom. + ONCE UPON A TIME; + Or, The Boy's Book of Adventures. + THE BLACK TROOPERS. And Other Stories. + A RACE FOR LIFE. And Other Tales. + NOBLE DEEDS OF THE WORLD'S HEROINES. + THROUGH FLOOD AND FLAME. + Adventures and Perils of Protestant Heroes. + HEROES OF THE GOODWIN SANDS. + ON THE INDIAN TRAIL, + And Other Stories of the Cree and Salteaux Indians. + REMARKABLE ADVENTURES FROM REAL LIFE. + THROUGH FIRE AND THROUGH WATER. + FRANK LAYTON. An Australian Story. + THE REALM OF THE ICE-KING. + THE FOSTER BROTHERS OF DOOM. + A Tale of the Irish Rebellion. + THE CAPTAIN'S STORY. + STEADFAST AND TRUE. + ADVENTURE STORIES. + Daring Deeds on Land and Sea. + HISTORICAL TALES FOR YOUNG PROTESTANTS, + BRAVE SONS OF THE EMPIRE. + THE LOG OF A SKY-PILOT; + Or, Work and Adventure around the Goodwin Sands. + SAXBY. A Tale of the Commonwealth Time. + WITHIN SEA WALLS. + + THE RELIGIOUS TRACT SOCIETY, 4, BOUVERIE STREET, E.C. + + + + + + + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Noble Deeds of the World's Heroines, by +Henry Charles Moore + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK NOBLE DEEDS--WORLD'S HEROINES *** + +***** This file should be named 29286.txt or 29286.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + https://www.gutenberg.org/2/9/2/8/29286/ + +Produced by Al Haines + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +https://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +https://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at https://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit https://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including including checks, online payments and credit card +donations. To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + https://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/29286.zip b/29286.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..16c7865 --- /dev/null +++ b/29286.zip diff --git a/LICENSE.txt b/LICENSE.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6312041 --- /dev/null +++ b/LICENSE.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +This eBook, including all associated images, markup, improvements, +metadata, and any other content or labor, has been confirmed to be +in the PUBLIC DOMAIN IN THE UNITED STATES. + +Procedures for determining public domain status are described in +the "Copyright How-To" at https://www.gutenberg.org. + +No investigation has been made concerning possible copyrights in +jurisdictions other than the United States. Anyone seeking to utilize +this eBook outside of the United States should confirm copyright +status under the laws that apply to them. diff --git a/README.md b/README.md new file mode 100644 index 0000000..70ae3ac --- /dev/null +++ b/README.md @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +Project Gutenberg (https://www.gutenberg.org) public repository for +eBook #29286 (https://www.gutenberg.org/ebooks/29286) |
